l^ <'^M§:<^"-^^'^^'''' -■■■

mm,.:

LIBRARY OF

1685- IQSe

/

THE

PEOCEEDINGS

OF THE
OF

NEW SOUTH WALES.

VOL. IX.

FOE THE YEAK 1884.

SYDNEY:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SO '^"

F. CUNNINGHAMi l46 PITT STK^^^T

ND

SOLD B\ ■ HE SOCIETY.
1885.

CONTENTS OF VOL. IX.

PART I.

PAGE

Supplement to the Descriptive Catalogue of the Fishes of Australia.

By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c 2

On some Batrachians from Queensland. By Charles W. De Vis, M. A. 65

Occasional Notes on Plants Indigenous in the immediate neighbour-
hood of Sydney. No. 6. By E. Haviland 67

Studies of the Elasmobranch Skeleton (Plates 1 and 2). By, William

A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc 71

A Monograph of the Australian vSponges. By E. von Lendenfeld,

Ph.D. Parti 121

The Scyphomeduste of the Southern Hemisphere. Part I. By R.

VON Lexdexfeld, Ph.D. 155

Notices of new Fishes. By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c. ... 170

On the ImproveuKuits effected by the Australian Climate, Soil, and

Culture on the Merino Sheep. By P. N. Trebeck, Esq. ... 173

Notes and Exhibits - 119,178

PART II.

PAGE

Plants which have become Naturalized in New South Wales. By

W. WooLLS, Ph.D., F.L.S 185

The Australian Hydromedusse. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D. ... 206

The Scyphomeduste of the Southern Hemisphere. Part II. By R.

VON Lendenfeld, Ph.D 242

On some Fossil Plants from Dubbo, N.S.W. Plate IX. By the Rev.

J. Milne Chrran, F.Gr.S 250

On the Preservation of Tender Marine Animals. By R. von Lenden-
feld, Ph.D 256

On the ScyphomedusK of the Southern Hemisphere. Part III., Plates

in. and IV. By R. VON Lendenfeld, Ph.D _ 259

Note on the Developement of the Versiiridce. Plate V. By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 307

Monograph of the Australian Sponges. Part II. By R. von Lenden-
feld, Ph.D 310

The Australian Hydromedusaj. Part II., Plate VI. By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 345

Revision of the Recent Rhipidoglossate and Docoglossate Mollusca of

New Zealand. By Professor F. W. Hdtton, F.G.S 354

Notes on Hybridism in the Genus Brachy chiton. By Baron F. von

Mueller, K. CM. G., F.R.S., &c 379

Notes on the Claspers of Heptanchus. Plate X. By W. A. Haswell,

M.A., B.Sc 381

New Australian Fishes in the Queensland Museum. By Charles W.

DeVls, M.A 389

The Australian Hydromedusse. Part III., Plates VII. and VIII. By

R. VON Lendenfeld, Ph.D 401

The Geographical Distribution of the Australian Scyphomedusa". By

R. VON Lendenfeld, Ph.D 421

The Digestion of Sponges Ectoderm or Entoderm ? By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 434

The Eruption in the Straits Settlements and the'Evening Glow. By

R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 4.39

Notes and Exhibits 254,382,442

CONTENTS. V.

PART III.

PAGB

Occasional Notes on Plants indigenous in the immediate neighbour-
hood of Sydney. No. 7. By E. Hatiland 449

New Australian Fishes in the Queensland Museum. No. 2. By

Chas. W. De Vis, M.A 4.53

On a Marine Species of PhUougria. Plate XI. By Charles

Chilton, MA 463

The Australian Hydromedusa?. Part IV , Plates XII. to XVII. By

R. VON Lendenfeld, Ph D 467

On the occurrence of Flesh-spicules in Sponges. By R. von Lenden-
feld, Ph.D 493

Note on the Slimy Coatings of certain Boltenias in Port Jackson. By

R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 495

Report on a collection of Echinodermata, from Australia. By F.

Jeffrey Bell, M.A., &c 496

Revision of the recent Lamellibranchiata of New Zealand. By

Captain F. W. Hutton.F.G.S., &c. 512

A Record of Localities of some New South Wales Zoophytes. By

Baron Sir F. von Mcller, M D., F.R.S., &c 534

New Fishes in the Queensland Museum. No. 3. By Charles W.

DeVls, M.A 537

Census of Australian Snakes, with description of two New Species.

By William Macleay, F.L.S. 548

On a New Species of Kangaroo from New Guinea. By N. de

Miklouho-Maclay. Plate XIX 569

On some peculiarities in the Brain of the Australian Aboriginal.

Plate XVIII. By N. DE MiKLOUHo-MArLAY 57S

The Australian Hydromedusre. Part V., Plates XX. to XXIX. By

R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D 581

Muscular Tissues in Hydroid Polyps. Plate XXX By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D 635

VI. CONTENTS.

PART lU.—contimoed.

PAGE

Notes on the Fibres of certain Australian Hircinida;. By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 641

On the Myrtacea3 of Australia. By the Rev. W. Woolls. Ph.D.,

F.L.S., &c 643

The Marine Annelides of the order Serpulea. Some observations on
their Anatomy, with the characteristics of the Australian Species.
Plates XXXI. to XXXV. By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. 649

On a new Crustacean found inhabiting the tubes of Vermilia. Plates

XXXVI. and XXXVII. By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. 676

Note on the Young of Pristiophorus cirratus. By William A..

Haswell. M.A., B.Sc. 680

New Fishes in the Queensland Museum. No. 4. By Chakle.s W.

DeVls, M.A 685

Note on the Eyes of Deep Sea Fishes. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D. 699

The Insects of the Maclay-Coast, New Guinea. By William

Macle.\y, F L.S., &c 700

On a Subgenus of Paramelidae (Brachymelis), from New Guinea.

Plate XXXVIII. By N. de Miklouho-Maclay 713

Descriptions of Australian Microlepidoptera. Part XI. By E.

Meyrick, B.A 721

Critical list of Mollusca from the North-west coast of Australia. By

John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 793

Synonymy of some Land Shells from New Guinea. By John

Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c 804

The time of the Glacial Period in New Zealand. By R. von Len-
denfeld, Ph.D 806

Catalogue of Papers and Works relating to the Orders Marsupialia

and Monotremata. By J. J. Fletcher, M. A., B.Sc 809

On two new Birds from the Austro-Malayan Region. By E. P.

Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.L.S., &c 863

Notes and Exhibits 507,681, 864

PART IV.

PAGE

New Fishes in Queensland Museum, No. 5. By Charles W. De

Vis, M.A 869

Notes on the Temperature of the Sea on the East Coast of Australia.

By N. DE Miklouho-Maclay ... 887

On two new species of Macropus, from New Guinea (with Plate).

By N. DE Miklouho-Maclay 890

The Homocada of Australia and the new family Homodermidce. By

R. VON Lendenfeld, Ph.D. 896

Addenda to the Australian Hydromedusa (with Plates). By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D. ... 908

Local colour-varieties of Scyphomedusie. By R. von Lendenfeld,

Ph.D 925

The Metamorphosis of Bolina Chuni (with I Plate). By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 929

Revision of the Marine Tsenioglossate and Ptenoglossate Mollusca of

New Zealand. By Captain Hutton, F.G.S., &c. 932

Suggestions as to the formation of Barrier Reefs in the Solomon

Islands. By H. B, Guppy, Surgeon, R.N., with Plate 949

Record of an undescribed Correa of New South Wales. By Baron

Sir Feed, von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., &c. 960

On traces of Volcanic Action on the north-east of New Guinea. By

N. DE Miklouho-Maclay 963

Notes on a Beroid of Port .Jackson. By R. von Lendenfeld. Ph.D. 968

The Histology and Nervous System of Calcareous Sponges. By R.

VON Lendenfeld, Ph. D 977

Addenda to the Australian Hydromedusce, No. 2. By R. von

Lendenfeld, Ph.D 984

Note on the Flight of Insects. By R. voN Lendenfeld, Ph.D. ... 986

List of recent Shells found in clay on the Maclay Coast, New

Guinea. By John Brazier, CM. Z.S., &c 988

Revision of the Australian Ltemodipoda (with 2 Plates). By

William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. 993

Revision of the Australian Isopoda (with 4 Plates). By William A.

Haswell, M. A., B.Sc 1001

VIU. CONTENTS.

PART JY .—continued.

pa(;e
On a New Instance of Symbiosis. By William A. Haswell, M.A.,

B.Sc 1019

On the Pycnogonida of the Australian Coast (with 4 Plates). By

William A. Ha.swell, M. A., B.Sc. 1021

Notes on Australian Edriophthalmata (with 2 Plates). By Charles

Chilton, M.A lO.S.')

Descriptions of Australian Micro-Lepidoptera, No. XII. By E.

Meyrick, B.A 10-1.5

A Monograph of the Australian Sponges, Part 3 (with 9 Plates.) By

R. VON Lendenfeld, Ph.D 1083

Notes on the Direction of the Hair in some Kangaroos (with 1 Plate.)

By N. DE Miklouho-Maclay 1151

On Tribrachyocrimis corrwjatus from the Sandstone of New South

Wales (with 1 Plate.) By F. Ratte, Eng. Arts and Manuf. ... 1158

On the Larvfe and Larva Cases of some Australian Aphrophoridre

(with 2 Plates.) By F. Ratte, Eng. Arts and Manuf 1164

Occasional Notes on Plants indigenous in the Immediate Neighbour-
hood of Sydney. By E. Haviland 1171

The Geology and Physical Geography of the State of Perak. By the

Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S. 1175

On the Temperature of the Body of Ornithorhynchus paradoxus. By

N. DE Miklouho-Maclay 1204

Notes and Exhibits 944,1015,1169,1205

President's Address 1207

Office-Bearers and Council for 1885 1241

Title page, Contents, and Index for Vol. IX.

ERRATUM.

Page 252, line 34— instead of " reason for this, for it appears," read
reason for what appears."

WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 24x11, 1884.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S., in the chair.

The following gentlemen were introduced as visitoi's : — E.
Bedwell, Esq. ; H. Hammond, Esq. ; Dr. Bancroft, of Brisbane :
Mons. Lison, of Noumea ; and Mons. L. Marin La Meslee.

MEMBERS ELECTED.

Professor T. P, Anderson Stuart, M.D., of Sydney University.

DONATIOXS.

"Science," Vol. IV., Nos. 74, 75, 76, 77, July 4tli to 25th,
1884. From the Editor.

"Journal of Conchology," Vol. IV, No. 6, April, 1884. From
the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

" Journal of Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South
Wales for 1883," Vol. XVII. From the Society.

" Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich - Koniglichen Zoologisch.

Botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien," Austria. Band XXXIII,, for

1883. " Brazilische Saugethiere. Resultate von Johann Natterers

Reisen in den Jahren 1817 bis 1835. Dargestellt von August

von Pelzeln," I Vol. 8vo., 1863. From the Kaiserl. Konig. Zool.

Bot. Gesellschaft in Wien.
57

868 DONATIONS.

" Zoologischer Anzeiger." Complete set. Vols. I. to VI., 1878
to 1883. Also, Vol. VII., Nos. 157 to 167, and 173, 1^84.
From the Editor.

" Mittlieilungen der Natm-forschenden Gesellscliaft in Bern,"
Nos. 1 and 2 for 1882, and No. 1 for 1883.

" New Guinea Bibliography." By E. 0. Eye, F.Z.S. (Pamphlet. )
From the Author.

" Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada."
Vol. I., for 1882 and 1883. From the Society.

" Medical Press and Circular," No. 2359, July 16, 1884. From
the Editor.

^'Victorian Naturalist," Vol. I., No. 8, August, 1884. From
the Field Naturalist's Club, Victoria.

" Annual Report of the Registrar of Births, Deaths and
Marriages, as embodied in the Statistics of Tasmania, for 1883."
From R. M. Johnston, Esq., F.L.S.

" Monatliche Mittlieilungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins
des Regierungsbezirks Frankfurt." Jahrg. II. Nos. 3 and 4.
June and July, 1884, From the Society.

" Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes." No. 166. August 1884.
From the Editor.

" Result of Rain and River observations in New South Wales
during 1882." " Sydney Observatory, History and Progress,
1882." " Spectrum and appearance of the recent Comet, 1881."
By H. C. Russell. " Anniversary Address to the Royal Society,
1882." By H. C. Russell, B. A. From the Author.

"Jahreshefte des Vereins fiir vaterlandische Naturkunde in
Wiirttemberg." Jahrg. 40, 1884. From the Society.

PAPERS READ,

NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

By Ciias. W. De Vis, M.A.

No. 5.

Atherinichthys puxctatus.
D. 6, 1/9. A. 1/10. Lat. 35.

The height of the body is 6J, the length of the head 4|- in the
total length. Orbit 3, snout neai'ly the same, interorbit 2J in the
length of the head. Habit much that of a young mullet. The
origin of the first dorsal is in the middle of the length, s.c. The
space between the dorsals equals that between the second and the
caudal. The origin of the anal is in advance of that of the second
dorsal. The ventral rises between the pectoral and the first dorsal.
The cleft of the mouth extends to below the anterior nostril. Teeth
minute. Upper jaw the longer. Pinky yellow. The lateral band
blue edged above. Scales of the upper parts edged with dots.
Tip of the snout nearly black with a group of close spots behind it.
A black dot on the lower edge of the base of the pectoral.

Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

MUGIL CONVEXUS.

D. 4, 1/8. A. 3/10. Lat. 34. Tr. 11-12.
The height of the body is 4, the length of the head 5 in the
total length. Orbit 4|, snout 4, interorbit 2|, pectoral 1^ in the
length of the head. No adipose eyelid. Upper profile convex,
lower nearly straight. Head narrow. Snout rather pointed. No
pectoral axillary scale. Maxillary exposed throughout its length.
Preorbital strongly serrated behind and in front. Jaws with fine
close set teeth. About 27 scales between the dorsal and the

870 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

interorbit, the rest of the head naked. The pectoral rises rather
below the angle of the operculum, the ventral below the posterior
third of the pectoral. The first dorsal over the tip of the ventral.
The second dorsal considerably behind the anal. The height of the
caudal peduncle at its greatest is equal to its length. The free
space on the chin is broadly lanceolate. Colour entirely silveiy.
Operculum golden. No mai'kings.

Length, 8 inches. Locality, Card well.

The " Mangrove Mullets " of the Brisbane fishermen are M. tade
Forsk and M. longimanus, Gth.

MUGIL MARGINALIS.

D. 4, 1/8. A. 3/8. Lat. 40-41. Tr. 13.
The height of the body and length of the head are 4| in the
total length. Orbit 3J-, snout 4^, interorbit 2| in the length of
the head. Pectoral |, caudal peduncle ^2\, first dorsal spine less
than 2 in the same. The adipose membrane broad fore-and-aft
with a gelatinous mass on the snout and pre-operculum. Upper lip
thin. Hinder nostril much nearer to the eye than to the snout.
Preorbital entire in front tapering to an obtuse point, slightly
armed behind. Maxillary uncovered. Mandibulaiy angle rather
more than a right angle. Cleft of the mouth twice as broad as
long. Fi-ee space behind the chin very broad. The opercles
widely separate behind. First dorsal midway between the snout
and the base of the caudal. The 11th scale corresponds with the
tip of the pectoi-al and origin of the first dorsal. The twenty-third
with the origin of the second dorsal. There are about 25 scales
between the snout and the oi-igin of the dorsal. The pectoral is
above the middle of the height, rather above the angle of the oper-
culum. It has no axillary scale. Origin of ventral nearer to the
pectoral than to the dorsal. Second dorsal and anal nearly on the
same pai^allel. Caudal moderately forked. Second dorsal spine
the longest. Head thick, obtuse ; ssales over it concentrically
striated. Body with alternate clear and cloudc d lines. An obscure
blue spot on the base of the j^ectoral. Dorsals and caudal with a
broad dark and narrow black edge.

BY CHAKLES W. DE VIS, M.A 871

Length, 5 A inches. Locality, Brisbane.

In a younger exami)le there are differences which might mislead.
The mandibulai-y angle is acute and the lower jaw much longer in
proportion ; the free space much narrower, the opercles nearly
meeting behind, the head is more pointed and longer than the
height of the body. There is a large dark patch in the middle of
the caudal, another in that of the soft dorsal and a streaky one on
the spinous dorsal.

The affinities of the species seem to be with M. cejjhalotus on
the one hand and J/, gelatinosus on the other.

MUGIL SPLENDENS.

D. 41 A. 3/9. Lat. 40, Tr. 12.

The height of the body is 45, the length of the head 5 in the
total length. Orbit and snout 4 J, interorbit I5 in the length of
the head.

No adipose eyelid, the eye in spirits covered with an opaque
membrane. No teeth. Lower lip strongly ciliated. No free
space under the chin. The lower end of the maxillary is visible
at the angle of the mouth. The preorbital is strongly serrated on
its posterior limb. Twenty-one series of scales between the snout
and the first dorsal. The root of the pectoral is level with the
upper angle of the operculum ; it has a moderately long axillary
scale and reaches nearly to the origin of the dorsal. The dorsals
rise opposite the 13th and 25th scale rows, the anal opposite the
second dorsal. Elongated scale of first dorsal 5 of the first spine,
that of the ventral short.

Colour golden, rather greyish on the back and yellow on the
lower part of the head. The scales with shining margins. The
duller centres produce longitudinal bands changing their position
as the incidence of the light is altered. Pectoral with a bright
yellow elongated spot across the base, above it a black spot
extended on the edge of the fin.

Length, 10 inches. Locality, Card well.

872 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Amphisile CRISTATA.
D. 3?/9. A. 14. C. 10. V. 7. P. 11.

The height of the body is 5, the length of the head l|d in the
length from the snout to the base of the caudal fin. Snout one-
fourth longer than the lieight of the body. The distance of the
pectoral from the operculum is thi'ice the distance of the latter
(i.e., its posterior edge) from the orbit. There are six vertebral
shields, the sutures indistinct, simple, and five lateral shields witli
no suture along the vertebral line. The operculum is veiy little
broader than high. The humeral does not nearly extend to thf;
base of the pectoral. There is no longitudinal groove on the
head, the sharp edge of the nostral is continued to the first
vertebral shield. The top of the root of the pectoral is on the
u[)per third of the body. The first and second super-abdominal
shields are equal in size and as high as broad. The cuirass covers
two-thirds of the height of the body and is equal in height to the
caudal peduncle. Profile regularly convex from the snout to the
caudal. There are three radiating dorsal spines, but the tip of the
cuirass being lost its appendages remain to the ascertained.

Length, 11 inches. A dry specimen picked up on the beach at
Noosa and not in good condition, but the absence of serrated
sutures between the plates, length of the thorax, ridged crown,
<fec., are in the present state of our knowledge of these remarkable
fish, suflicient to separate it from A. scutata. Linn.

Heptadecantiius brevipinnis.
D. 17/15. A. 2/14.

The height of the body is less than 2, the length of the head A
times in the total length. Profile of head regulai-ly subconvex, of
nape gibbous. Operculum entire, preoperculum serrated, preorbital
finely serrated. The pectorals reach the third scale row from the
anal. The lateral line reaches the middle of the soft dorsal. Tlie
first ray of the ventral elongated, filiform. Caudal forked. Colour
nearly uniform greenish brown, a little clouded with darker.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 873

Upper rays of })ectoral aiid soft portion of dorsal, lobes and middle
rays of caudal and a few rays of spinous part of dorsal with dark
brown specks.

Length, 4^ inches. Locality, Queensland Coast.

Heptadecanthus maculosus
D. 17/15. A. 2/16.

The height of the body is 2 or less in the length s.c, 25 c.c.
Head 4| in the total. Orbit 3, snout 4 nearly, interorbit 3, in the
length of the head. The pectorals and ventrals reach neai-ly to the
anus. Preopercule and preorbital finely serrated. Caudal deeply
forked.

Colour, anterior two thirds of body greenish brown with lines of
dark brown (blue) spots on each side. Similar spots on operculum
cheeks, and chest. Posterior third of body greenish gi-ey. Spinous
part of dorsal dark brown.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Cardwell.

The proiile, especially of the head, is much lower down than in
H. longicaudis. Macl.

Pomacen'trus subniger.
D. 12/16. A. 2, 13. Lat. 34. Tr. 3/10.
The height of the body is 2^ in the total length. Infraorbital
denticulated. Dorsal spines lengthening to the fifth, the rest equal
to it. Second anal spine very long and strong, as long as the
breadth of the base of the caudal peduncle. Caudal sublobed.
Colour murky black. Scales with some obscure pearly markings.
Length, 4| inches. Locality, Cardwell.

POMACENTRUS PROSOPOTCEXIA. Blk.

Locality, Cardwell.

POMACENTRUS PROFUNDUS.

D. 12/14. A. 2/15. Lat. 28. Tr. 3/9.
The height of the body is I5 in the length s.c. Preorbital with
a notch in front and a hook posteriorly. One or two small teetli

874 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

on the in£raorl)ital and one on the opercle. Preopercle sharply-
toothed, the teeth larger at the angle. Profile above regular and "
very convex, below deep beneath the postabdomen. Eye large, 2^
in the length of the head.

Colour uniform pale yellowish brown.

Length, 2 inches. Locality, Barrier Eeef.

POMACENTRUS APICALIS.

D. 13/14-15. A. 2/13. Lat. 26-28. Tr. 3/11.

The height of the body is 25 in the total length. Dorsal spines
behind the third sub-equal in length. Second anal spine equals the
third dorsal and half the length of the head nearly. Preorbital
denticulations broad and flat near the angle. Caudal deeply
forked, lobes slightly rounded, upper one the largest. Profile of
nape elevated.

Colour uniform greenish brown. The soft dorsal narrowly and
the upper lobe of the caudal broadly tipped with white.

Length, 4 1 inches. Loc, Barrier Reef.

A Pomacentrus also from the Barrier Reef, having a height of
'2\ in the total length, differs from the preceding species not only
in its shortened proportions but in having a black blotch between
the 2nd and 4th dorsal spines. It may possibly be distinct.

Pomacentrus frenatus.
D. 13/14-15. A. 2/13-14. Lat. 25. Tr. 3/8.

The height is 2| in the total length. Infraorbital denticulated
without stronger teeth anterioi ly. Dorsal spines gradually length-
ening posteriorly. Caudal emarginate with rounded lobes. Oper-
culum with a short spinous tooth. Upper teeth with a basal lobe.

Colour ])ale yellowish green. Between the eyes two transverse
lines curving strongly forward. On the cheek two straight lines
from the upper part of the preopercle to the angle of the mouth
and a line of spots below them. Opercle with spots, dashes, and
curved streaks. Scales of the body below the lateral line each with
a vertical line on the base extending to the scales above and below
it. On the scales above the lateral line posteriorly, small round

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 875

spots extending a little on the base of the soft dorsal. Base of
caudal and pectoral similarly spotted. A very obscure brown
])atch on the base of the first four dorsal rays. A dark brown
axillary spot and an obscure bluish spot on the origin of the
lateral line.

Length, 5 inches. Locality, Cardwell.

Glypiiidodon expansus.
D. 13/13. A. 2/11. Lat. 32. Tr. 3/8.

The height of the body is rather more than ^ of the length s.c.
Interorbit flat. Profile symmetrically concave above and below.
Three series of scales on the cheeks. Preorbital not half the
breadth of the orbit. Infraorbital narrow merging gradually into
the preorbital.

Colour uniform blueish silv^ery. Fins darker. Hinder part of
the dorsal and anal whitish, with the rays minutely dotted black.

Length, 2J inches. Locality, Barrier Reef.

Onar n.g. Pomacentrid^ 1

Pungent spines of the dorsal few. Dentition labroid, none of
the bones of the head curved. Scales ctenoid. Lateral line
resumed. Branchiostegals five.

Onar nebulosum.
D. 2/17. A, 3/U. Lat. 46. Tr. 3/14.

The height of the body is 4^-, the length of the head 4 in the
total length. Orbit 3 in the length of the head.

Lower lateral teeth short, stout, conical close set, canines one
pair in front. Upper laterals small transversely compressed on
edge of the jaw, canines, two pairs, small. The first two rays of
the dorsal the shortest, pungent, the rest flexible. Lateral line
ending beneath the soft dorsal on the 32nd scale and resumed
below on the 36th. Lower jaw protruding and teeth exposed.
Lips thin, cheeks with five rows of scales, caudal scaly at base.
Dorsal a little scaly at posterior end. Brownish black, each scale
with a round black spot at the base. Fins black.

876 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Locality, Murray Island. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbeut.
This form seems a link between the Pomacentridse and Labrida^,

Chcerops albigena.
D. 13/7. A. 3/10. Lat. 29. Tr. 3/8.
The height of the body is less than a third, the length of the
head less than a fourth of the total length. Snout and preorbital
2| in the length of the head. Scales of cheeks not imbricated,
caudal truncate, no posterior canines. Violet brown, chin yellowish
white ; anal with four pale longitudinal bands. A dark blotch
(sometimes obsolete) on the back beneath the ninth dorsal spine.
Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

Chcerops olivaceus.
D. 13/7. A. 3/10. Lat. 28. Tr. 3i/8^.

No posterior canine. Scales of the cheeks rudimentary in
regular distant rows Preorbital !from snout to orbit) h of the
length of the head. Preoperculum entire.

Colour (in spirits) olive green to rosy green on the post abdo.
men, anterior portion of the base of the anal pale with 3 rose
coloured bands and another along the base. A pale blotch beneath
the posterior half of the soft dorsal.

Length, 2 inches. Locality, Barrier Keef (Cardwell), Cape
York.

The living fish appears to be streaked with red on the abdomen
and lower half of the caudal peduncle.

Chcerops concolor.
D. 13/7. A. 3/10. Lat. 27. Tr. 2/8.
No posterior canine. Serrature of preopercle distinct. Head
longer than high, snout pointed. Preorbital high 2| in the length
of the head. Scales on the cheeks not imbricate.

Colour uniform greenish brown (dry). Caudal with numerous
faint brown bars near the tips. Aral with two or three pale
longitudinal bands.

Length, 5^ inches. Locality, N. E. Coast.

BY CHAKLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 877

Chcerops UNIMACULATUS.

D. 13/7. A. 3/10. Lat. 27, Tr. 2/8.

No posterior canine. Serrature of preopercle rather coarse.
Head much longer than high. Snout obtuse. Preorbital J- in the
length of the head. Scales on the cheeks not imbricate.

Colour light brown (in spirits) with hardly appreciable broad
cross bands. Fins immaculate, A bright oval spot below the end
of the soft dorsal. Middle of the operculum rather bright.

In a younger example the body and preorbital are somewhat less
deep ; the general colour darker, nearly black at the root of the
caudal and round the oval spot and the end of the upper lobe of
the caudal numerous short dark brown bars composed of spots on
the rays.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Barrier Reef.

Chcerops perpulcher.
D 13/7. A. 3/10. Lat. 28. Tr, 3i/10.

No posterior canines. Preoperculum entire. Cheeks with a
few embossed scales towards the limb of the preopercle. Caudal
very rounded or a little produced in the middle. Canines *, the
outer lower pair very long outwardly curved. The uiiddle upper
long curved forwards.

Colour, recent, forehead from upper lip to nape blue crossed by
narrow orange lines. Chin with blue descending lines. Between
nape and dorsal dame red. Opercula with small orange spots
enlarging posteriorly. A blue line across the base of the pectoral
a few others above the the axil. Behind the pectoral an indistinct
dark oblique band. Last ray of pectoral bright blue edged with
cinnamon. Body bluish green, base of most of the scales blue.
Dorsal edged with cinnamon with the free tips blue, base yellowish,
above it oblique blue streaks and a blue longitudinal band. Anal
bright blue at the base, pale yellow in the middle, near the margin
pale blue with golden s])ots. Tail blue with broad close wavy
yellowish brown bands. Teeth blue.

In spirits the colours mostly disappeai', in dry specimens almost
entirely.

Length to 14 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay,

878 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Chcerops GRAPHICUS.

. D. 13/7. A. 3/9-10. Lat. 27-28. Tr. 3/9.

The Ii eight of the body is 3 to 3^, the length of the head 4
nearly in the total length. Orbit 5, snout less than 3, interorbit -i
in the length of the head. No posterior canine. Preoperculum
not serrated. Scales of the cheeks in 8 series, subimbricate.
Preorbital 2^ to 3\ in the length of the head. Yellowish grey to
brown with seven or eight broad black cross bands confluent in the
middle or on the dorsum. In one example a distinct black spot on
the lateral line opposite the 6th and 7th dorsal spine. Teeth blue.
Fins immaculate.

Length to 14 inches. Locality, Queensland Coast (Cai-dwell.)

COSSYPHUS LATRO.

D. 12/9. A. 3/11. Lat. 33. Tr. 5/12.

The height of the body is Sh, the length of the head S^ in the
total length. Orbit 7 preorbital 3^ in the length of the head.
Ventral f of the height of the body. Both limbs of the preoper-
culum naked and entire. Nine series of scales on the cheeks
decreasing to four behind the orbit. Lateral teeth of lower jaw-
distinct and large. Caudal rounded in the middle edge, the lobes
elongated. Yentrals with the outer rays gradually elongated. The
eight anterior spines of the dorsal without scales at the base,
increasing in length to the 4th and 5th, then decreasing, the ninth
one third longer, and together with the rest of the iin and the
anal scaly at the base. The first dorsal spine stands over the
middle of the pectoral.

Colour of body (dry) yellowish. The scales mai'gined with grey,
and each with a dark medial streak near the tip constituting
continuous lines. The eight anterior dorsal spines and webs black,
A black blotch at the base of the middle caudal web, another on the
base of the pectoral. Ventral streaked longitudinally with black.

Length, 20 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 0 / 'J

Labrichthys Guntheri. Blk.

A fish occurs ill Moreton Bay which may possibly be the one
named by Dr. Bleeker, L. Guntheri. If it be so it is either
variable in colouring to an unusual extent or it has suffered fi'oni
a too imperfect description. Though I should prefer to think the
latter alternative impossible so much doubt remains in my mind
as to the identity of the fish with L. Gimtheri that T venture to
give its characters.

Lat. 26.

Posterior canine very small. Cheek with four series of scales.
Tubex-cles of lateral line unifurcate. Canines \ "? Caudal slightly
rounded with the lobes a little produced.

Recent colour, green, in one specimen rosy green on the trunk,
oil green on the back, blue green on mouth and chest, yellowisli
green on the base of the caudal. Six red stripes radiate from the
eye, the upper postorbital one extending on the body, above it a
broader red band traversing nine cross bands which are more
distinct above the longitudinal band and extend on the base of
the dorsals. From the angle of the mouth a red band running
beneath the pectoral to the abdomen. Base of the caudal with
two oblique blotches, the hinder half golden brown with the webs
stained with purple. Spinous dorsal red between the first thret;
spines, with a black blotch in the centre and the base yellow.
Soft dorsal mingled green and red, the red predominating
postei'iorly and forming a broad margin. Anal with three red
longitudinal bands and a sky-blue margin. Pectoral red with a
black axillarv spot. Throat golden brown, the preopercle and
opercle tinged with the same. The upper teeth consists of a pair
evidently canines, the next on each side very much smaller, can
only rank as the first of the diminishing series behind it.

Labrichthys cruentatus.

Lat. 27.

A posterior canine. Scales of the cheeks in four series, the

upper two the larger. Canines two above and probably four

below. Tubules of scales twice, or once dichotomous, caudal

truncate.

880 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Colour, recent, reddish olive with stains of crimson on the base
of pectoral, and on the dorsal and anal especially along their
bases. Rest of the fins green. A spot on the axil and one
between the 3rd and 4th dorsal spines deep blue. Pectoral and
upper lip pinky yellow.

Length, 7 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay. Collected by
Captain Towneley, St. Helena.

Labriciithys sexlineatus.

A posterior canine. Scales of the cheeks in three series.
Canines % Tubules of scales bifid. Caudal truncate.

Colour, (in spirit) upper half of the web between the first three
dorsal spines black, an obscure dark blotch on the base of the
caudal above and below, a black stripe along the back from the
upper part of the orbit, two on the side converging towards the
orbit and continued as one on the snout, the u[)per commencing on
the caudal peduncle as black spots, the other vanishing beneath the
pectoral, the fourth obscure, from the infra orbital to the base of
the pectoral, the fifth from the angle of the preoperculum passes
below the pectoral to the abdomen, the sixth on the chest and
abdomen. Two obscure stripes on the lower side of the caudal
peduncle. Dark blotches on the anterior part of the web of the
soft dorsal, above them a faint narrow dark band.

Length, 4 inches. I>ocality, Barz'ier Reef.

Labrichthys rex.
Lat. 26.

A posterior canine. Six rows of scales on the cheeks, two behind
the orbit. Caudal subconcave, lobes a little prolonged. Canines ;.

Colour, recent, olive brown to olive grey, stained more or less
with pink with six indistinct subvertical bands across the trunk.
Two oblique bands converging towards the end of the caudal
peduncle and a broad one across the middle of the caudal. A
broad black band on the centre of the first four dorsal webs and
spines. Soft dorsal pink with or without three cloudy patches at
the base. Anal pink posteriorly. A greater or less pink patch on
the cheek. Two dark lines from the orbit to the lips and two

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 881

running backwards to the edge of the opercle. A black axillary
spot. A line from the angle of the mouth to the side of the chest.

In spirits variable, more or less of the pink stainings being
destroyed, a little on the dorsal and anal however usually remains.
In pale specimens the lower postorbital line is undulated on the
opercle or both lines are continued as longitudinal bands along the
back.

Length 5 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay. Collected by Captain
Townley, St. Helena.

Labriciithys maculatus.
Lat. 27.

A posterior canine. Scales of the cheeks in four series. Canines ;.
Caudal short, truncate. Tubules of lateral line widely bifid.

Colour olive yellow. Two dark streaks from the upper lip
through the eye to the edge of the operculum. A double line of
black spots on the posterior half of the trunk over the lateral line.
The first two dorsal webs black. Fins orange red. A faint yellow
line along the middle of the anal.

Length, 4^ inches. Locality, Moretou Bay, Collected by
Captain Townley, St. Helena.

Labrichthys nudigena.
Lat. 27.

A posterior canine. Scales of the cheeks in one infraorbital
series. Canines L Caudal subconvex. Tubules of lateral line
simple. Height 4 J- in the total length.

Colour (diy) brownish grey, head and fins yellow. A. broad ill-
defined dark streak down the operculum. Each scale of the upper
part of the trunk with a dark vertical streak. A black blotch on
the middle of the upper side of the caudal peduncle.

Length, 4^ inches. Locality, Barrier Reef.
Torresia lineata.
D. 13/7. A. 3/10. Lat. 27.

Height of the body 2|, length of the head 3^ in the length of
the body, s.c. Orbit and snout each 4, interorbit 3^ in the length
of the head.

882 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Four lower canines, the two laterals of the u)>per jaw minute.
Upper profile tumid over the nape, the lower over the post abdo-
minal region. Nape tubuliferous.

Colour yellowish brown, with numerous bluish longitudinal
stripes on the trunk formed by the pearly centres of the scales.
Head with four blue stripes diverging backwards over the cheeks
and opercles, the lowest from the angle of the mouth to the chest.
A black blotch on the dorsum extending on the base of the
l)osterior third of the dorsal fin. In a second example the fish is
uniform in colour except the dorsal blotch.

Length, 4 inches. Locality, Card well.

PSEUDOJULIS ZICZAC.

D. 9/12. A. 3/11. Lat. 28. Tr. 2/9.

The height of the body and length of the head each 4 in the
total length. Caudal truncated. Yentrals produced beyond the
oiigin of the anal. Brownish white. A broad dark band of
ziczac markings (distinct when recent) from the snout below the
eye to behind the soft dorsal. A salmon coloured stripe from the
angle of the operculum to the abdomen. Blotches of the same on
the cheeks and opercles A longitudinal band of the same near
the base of the anal. Dorsals very pale salmon with a central
paler band. Base of caudal orange.

Locality, Murray Island. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

PSEUDOJULIS MURRAYENSIS.

D. 9/11. A. 3/11. Lat. 27. Tr. U/8.

The height of the body and length of the head are each 4 in the
total length. Caudal rounded, yellowish. A broad blackish band
occupies the middle of the side of the body. A dark .spot behind
and before the eye and on the snout. Anal with four small bright
black spots on each web. Dorsals with fainter spots more or less
conflxient on the spinous portion into oblique bands.

Locality, IMurray Island. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 883 ' f— .

Corns CORONATA. ' ' .r...

D. 9/11. A. 2/11. Lat. 55. O ^'^

The height of the body and length of the head each 4^ in thfe^ (L
total lengtli. Caudal rounded. Anterior dor.sal spines low.
Body with three or four broad faint ill-defined bands across the f*^
back, the first sometimes as though composed of large spots. This
ends above in a dark spot on the anterior dorsal spines and a
dibtinct baud across the base of the pectoral. A spot before and
behind the eye, one on the side and another near the rays of the
nape. These form together a circle of spots around the head, but
are sometimes replaced by small irregularly scattered spots on the
head. Under parts pink, the base of the scales bearing each a
pink triangle. The dorsal bands sometimes nearly obsolete, the
pectoral band and soft dorsal ocellus constant.

Locality, Murray Island. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

Heteroscarus tenuiceps.
D. 14/9. A. 2/12. Lat. 36. Tr. 4/8. V. 1/4. P. 14.

The height of the body is 2|, the length of the head 3 in the
length, s.c. Orbit 4|, snout and interorbit each 3^ in the length
of the head. Lower jaw with a median suture. Head naked,
minutely rugose, pi'ofile sloping at a low angle from the dorsal
and tumid over the orbit. Three series of scales on the oper-
culum. Jaws equal. Preoperculum denticulated. Anterior
dorsal spines not fiiamentose. Dorsal and anal sheathed at their
base.

Colour, after long maceration in spirits, ferruginous with a few
brown blotches. No markings discernible.

Length 2^ inches. Received from the South Australian
Institute.

In a second specimen the attenuation of the head is not so
pronounced. The fish is evidently very near to B. Castlenaui,
Macl., but it has the normal number of anal spines, and the
abnormal median suture in the lower jaw, and it lias no trace of
lines upon the head.
58

.884 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEDM,

JULIS VENTRALIS.

D. 8/13. A. 2/10. Lat. 28. Tr. 3/9.

The height of the body is 3|, the length of the head 4 in the
length s.c. Orbit and interorbit each 4, snout 3 in the length of
the head.

Head blue black with obscure green streaks, one above the eye
to the lateral line, one from the snout touching the lower edge
of the orbit and going to the base of the pectoral, the third
produced from the lower edge of the body colour as a bright blue
green streak to the subopercle, thence obscurely to near the angle
of the mouth, where it curves down to meet its fellow of the opposite
side on the chin, on which there is before it another transverse
streak, from its centre a longitudinal streak runs along the median
line of the belly. Between these three green lines the thorax and
belly are of a copper red colour. Body green, each scale brownish
at the base. Pectoral green with a broad chocolate band near its
upper edge. Hinder part of spinous dorsal with a band of white-
edged green spots at the base. A mesial chocolate streak extending
forwards and a yellow marginal band. Anal chocolate at the base,
green in the middle, yellow on the edge. Caudal yellow, lobes
edged above and below with green, enclosing a reddish orange
streak.

Length, 5 inches. Locality, Moreton Bay. Collectedby ]\Ir.
G. Watkins, Dunwich.

Allied to J. Aneitensis.

JULICHTHYS, n.g.

Dorsal with eleven spines. A posterior canine. Scales of the
thorax comparatively small. Cheeks and opercles nearly naked.
Anterior canines I. Lateral line continuous.

JULICHTHYS INORNATA.

D. 11/11. A. 2/11. Lat. 28. Tr. 3/10.

The height of the body is 4 J, the length of the head 41 in the

total length. Suborbital 4, orbit 5, interorbit 4 in the length of the

head. Snout pointed, head attenuated. Cheeks with one series of

piercedinf raorbital scales. Operculum with one or two rudimentary

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 885

scales. Tail sub truncate. Dorsal spines gradually lengthening
posteriorly. Lateral line deflected on the 20th scale. Tubules
simple except the first three which are bifid.

Pale yellowish (dry). Trace of a black spot behind the orbit, of
a curved mark from the angle of the mouth across the preopercle,
of a bluish coloration on the opercle and a dark one on the
sides of the trunk. A small dark spot on the base of the pectoral
Scales of the posterior part of the body with one, occasionally two,
dark brown dots, of the fore part below the lateral line each with
a dark vertical streak.

Length, 6 inches. Locality, Barrier Reef.

Platyglossus punctatus.
T). 9/11. A. 2/11. Lat. 30. Tr. 3/10.
The height of the body and length of the head are each 4|^ in the
total length. Caudal rounded. Light pinky yellow, each scale of
the upper parts with a small blue spot on the base. A blue edged
peai-ly 1 bar from the orbit to the snout. A dark blotch behind
the orbit and a light crimson one below it.

Locality, Murray Island. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

Platyglossus amabilis.
D. 9/11. A. 3/11. Lat. 30. Tr. 3/10.

The height of the body and length of the head are each (nearly)
4 in the total length. Caudal rounded. Pale green. A pale
violet bar from the snout through the eye over the operculum. A
second from the angle of the mouth over the operculum, a third
from the side of the chin over the suboperculum to the abdomen, a
fourth along the chest and abdomen. A faint spot behind the
orbit. Caudal largely tipped with rich violet and with a spot of
the same on the upper pai't of its base.

Locality, Murray Island. Collected by Mr. K. Broadbent.

Platyglossus equinus.
D. 9/11. A. 2/10. Lat. 27. Tr. 2/8.
The height of the body is 4J, the length of the head 3| in the
total length. Caudal a little rounded. First ventral ray produced.

886 NEW FISHES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM,

Lilac grey. A large oval white patch on the cheeks enclosing a
horse shoe shaped dark edged blue Vjand. A similar band from the
orbit to the angle of the mouth. On the operculum a curved band
edging the white patch and enclosing a blue dot in its upper
rounded end, a dark blue patch on the angle. A ring on each side
the nape, a horse shoe mark on the vertex. Body marbled with
purplish brown on its upper part descending in broad irregular
bands over the postabdomen. Soft dorsal with a series of pale
spots along the base and a black blotch on the anterior rays and
webs, traces of pale spots in rows on tbe spinous dorsal. Caudal
with six brown bars across its middle rays. A deep blue axillary
spot.

Length, 6| inches. Locality, Barrier Reef (Card well).

PSEUDOSCARUS FLAVIPINNIS.

D. 9/10. A. 3/9. Lat. 25. Tr. li/6.

The height of the body is 3| nearly, the length of the head 4
nearly, in the total length. Orbit 4, snout 3 in the length of the
head. Three series of scales on the cheeks ; one sei'ies on the
lower limb of the preoperculum. Upper lip thin. Dental ridges
slightly grooved and nicked on the edge. No corner tooth. Caudal
subtruncate. Yellowish brown, paler beneath. The scales
striated with brown, fins yellowish.

Locality, Cape York. Collected by Mr. K. Bi-oadbent.

PsEUDOSCARUS STRIGIPINNIS.

Three series of scales on the cheeks, the lowest composed of
five on the preopercular limb, the middle series composed of six
scales. Upper lip narrow, leaving the jaw exposed. Jaws
white without pointed teeth at the angle. Dorsal spines subequal
in length. Pectoral with fourteen i-ays. Caudal short, truncate
with three long jointed scales at the base. Grey, clouded with
darker grey. Fins black, the caudal with alternating white
longitudinal stripes equalling the black intervals in breadth.
Dorsal, anal and pectoral, with irregular white lines and streaks
in the direction of the rays. All the white streaks appearing as
if laid on with pigment.

Length, 6 inches. Locality Cardwell.

BY CHARLES W. DE VIS, M.A. 887

PSEUDOSCARUS FUSCDS.

Two series of scales on the cheek and two scales on the lower
preopercular limb ; the middle series composed of five scales.
Upper lip broad. Jaws whitish with pointed teeth at the angle.
Thirteen pectoral rays. Caudal lobes prolonged. Uniform
brownish olive, vertical fins darker. Caudal white on its posterior
edge.

Length, 10 inches. Locality, Barrier Reef.

NOTE ABOUT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE SEA
WATER ALONG THE EASTERN COAST OF AUS-
TRALIA, OBSERVED IN JULY 1878 AND 1883.

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

Having found a complete absence of published records of obser-
vation of the temperature of sea water on the Coasts of Australia,
I venture to submit tc the Society these very limited observations,
hoping that they may be of some use for Zoologists who are
interested in the geographical distiibution of marine animals.

On ray way from Singapox-e to Sydney in 1878, it appeared
interesting to me to observe the temperature of the sea water as
we were steaming near the coast of Australia. I used to do it
every day at noon with a very exact thermometer of Grainer in
Berlin (well compared with the Standard Thermometer of the
Meteorological Observatory of Batavia), leaving the same each time
over ten minutes in the bucket of sea water, which was hauled
up from the sea just before the observation.

Before submerging the thermometer in the water, it was left
suspended for half-an-hour or more in a shady place under the
awning, to ascertain the temperature of the air.

888 SEA WATER TEMPERATURE ALONG COAST OF EAST AUSTRALIA,

THESE OBSERVATIONS ARE FOLLOWING

&<

o

a •

fgiiiiiiiimliiiii

< -

I-

oSoooooooSooooooooo

<

d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 M 1

< ^

^ O LI «5 lO O O O O O OJ O O iC o o o o o

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

^ s

-.l--t-u'5CO-HOOOOt^I:^t^C»OOiniO'*CO

(^^(^^(^^c^^(^^(M(^^(N(M(^^-<-i-Hr-(,-^,-^^rt

<

B

!^

1

MM"! to 1 "I) S "i)"!) S S S S S S £

O

g S § : :o :-i 515 S S i« -^3 -3 -a -3 ie is

P

^-^i« . .!- ._^t-0>-^ClCiOUOt)0

QJ « ., - O

Bi

:» I: —:; — :;:;:::;: '

s

&

o

<

K ci

11

d 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1

S^

lO'^oec^coioTjHOiooot^oooi-ooo

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO

I:^OTt<THMC^^<M(N oiMOtMOCClOIMM-i

£^

(MC^lN(>J<N!N(M<MOI(M(M-H^r-ir-.^^^-H

H

P^
§
&

Mll.mnMMiMH

CS

<

oooa Pm

;z;

&:

%

mcblbcbbc^Mt- ^ g b^

w

O«-h(NOtMM(NC0 k^(M ^ j ^ -^

1

f- >>'n >> ^

g

1 S| S S§)

b

^§^5^§t§^^2S:^'S ^^St^^'^

M

K^^^hhhh^hr^u ;f^ii

5

-ij "S ->^ s -t^ ->^

<1 0<5 O <1<3

tH

cooso-HC-ico-tmco -t^co r,o --h c^ - ^

1^

„rt^,-(r-Hrtr-l -rt-H "(N " (N (M "^ "^

- o

II

■So

^•2

I-
•S-a

i5

2 ?

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY.

889

On my return voyage from Hongkong to Sydney in June 1883,
I had the opportunity to verify the correctness of these observa-
tions, and found that the list of temperatures obtained, agreed very
closely with the former, taking into consideration the slight
difference in the time of the year, and that the observations have
not been made in both cases in exactly the same place.

Date.

Near what Place.

Temperature of
THE Air.

Temperature of
the Sea Water.

30th June

Hogestone Island

27° 2 C

26° 5 C

31st ,,

Cap. Sidmouth

26° 7 -

25° 9 -

2nd July

P. Douglas

27° 1 —

25° 4 —

3rd „

Townsville

25° 6-

24° 0 —

4th „

Percy Islands

22° 3 —

24° 0 —

5th „

L. Elliot Islands

17° 2 —

23° 6 -

6th „

Glass Houses

22° 3 —

22° 1 —

7th „

Moieton Bay (on anchor)

20° 5 —

18° 0 -(1)

8th „

P. Danger

19° 6-

22° 0 —

9th „

Solitary Island

20° 1 —

21° 7 —

10th „

Broken Bay

17° 8 -

18° 8-

>. M

Sydney Heads

18° 5-

» "

Port Jackson

''

16° 2 —(2)

The steamers on the Eastern Coast of Australia follow a track
from 5 to 10 miles (seldom more) distant from the shore, and the
average depth of the sea in this track vai-ies from 12 to 60
fathoms. (See Admiralty Charts.)

The current which runs from the northward (with a velocity of
1 to 3 knots) (3) on the Eastern Coast of Australia, from about
the latitude of Brisbane, is, as we know, a part of the current
which having followed the tropic of the Capricorn divides in two
branches on the south end of New Caledonia ; one in the direction
towards Torres Straits, the other along the coast of New South
Wales, turns near Cape Howe towards New Zealand. This
current is a warm one and explain the reason why the sea water
at the Heads of Sydney Harbour is about 7° C warmer than the

(1). An hour before anchoring at Moreton Bay, I found bhe temperature
of the sea water to be 23° 3, and leaving the bay and passing Stadbroke
Island outside the temperature of the sea water was 22° 5.

(2). The place of observation was passing Camp Cove.

(3J Wellbank's Australian Nautical Almanac, 1884, p. 280.

890 TWO NEW SPECIES OF MACROPUS,

water on the "Western South American coast in about the same
latitude (Valparaiso) (4-), which on the other hand is, on account
of the cold Peruvian current, lower than on the Eastern Coast of
South America, in the Atlantic Ocean, where (in the latitude of
42° and 43° south) the temperature of the sea water on the
surface varies between 14° 0 and 14° 5 C (5).

My fragmentary observations of sea temperature prove also,
that during the winter months, the sea water in comparatively
shallow bays in Port Jackson (in Darling Harbour the depth is
from 3 to 5i fathom) is much colder than the water of the ocean.
It is very likely that in the hot summer months the reverse is the
rule, i.e., that the water of the ocean is colder than the water in
the Bay.

ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF MACROPUS FROM THE
SOUTH COAST OF NEW-GUINEA.

(Plate XXXIX.)

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

Amongst the collection of Mammals from New Guinea in the
Macleay Museum, two undescribed species of Kangaroo attracted
my attention. Through the well-known kindness of Mr. W. Macleay,
I had the opportunity of examining the specimens sufficiently to
enable me to bring the following remarks and descri[ttion before
this Society.

Both wei-e remarkably alike in the general proportions of the
body and the colour of the fur. One was smaller than the other,
which difference however, I accounted for its being a female. But
the closer inspection of its incisors (Fig. 5 and Fig. 8), presented

(4). I found the temperature of the sea water on the surface in the
harbour of Valparaiso (in May, 1S71) to vary fi'om 12° 0 and 12° 5 C.

(5). Vide : my letter on the way to New Guinea in 1871, published in
the "Iswestija" of the Imp. Russ. Geograph. Soc. of St. Petersburg,

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 891

such diversity in shape, that it cannot be explained, I believe, as a
sexual dilierence and therefore, I find myself obliged to distinguish
them as two diflerent species.

The general shape of the body, principally the greyish brown
colour of the fur, greatly resembles Dorcopsis luctuosa. but the
hair on the neck directed backwards and the large incisors contra-
dict this supposition.

Having been informed by Mr. Masters, the Curator of the
Macleay Museum, that a few skins of some New Guinea Kangaroo's,
purchased by Mr. Macleay from Mr. Goldie, were preserved in
spirits, I examined them at the first opportunity and had the good
chance of finding amongst them a skin, with the skull, of one of the
new species, which discovery put me in the position of examining
the dentition and of making the description of this species more
complete.

The shape of incisors, the absence of canines, the smallness of
premolars and the direction (backwards) of the hair on the neck
are reasoos why I include the two new species in the Genus
]Macropus. One of them I have called in honor of J. Beete Jukes,
the distinguished naturalist of the surveying voyage of H.M.S.
Fly in Torres Straits and New Guinea during the years 1842-46.

1. Macropus Jukesii. n. sp.

9. From the hills near Anuabada (Port Moresby) on the South
Coast of New Guinea. (Stuffed specimen in the Macleay Museum.)
Measuremeyits.

From tip of nose to base of tail 635 mm. 24,8 in.

Tail „ „ ,, , 370 — 14,6

From tip of nose to occiput 124 — ^ 4,9

Fore limb „ „ ,, about 170 — g 6,7

Hind limb „ ,, ,, about 330 — -^ 13,0

From head to the end of nail of 4th toe 142 — t, 5,6

Length of the ear 44 — '^ 1,7

Circumference of tail near base 124 — 4,9

Colour of the fur. The head, back and external sides of the
limbs dark grey. The underside of the body from the chin to the
end of the tail of light grey colour.

Mufiie bare.

892 TWO NKW SPECIES OP MACROPUS,

Tail slender, on the under side nearly bare, on the upper covered
with short dark hair. No white tips to the tail.

I have already mentioned, that I had the opportunity of examin-
ing the skull of M. Jukesii, but unfoi'tunately, the skin before it
arrived in Sydney had been preserved in common salt, which mode
of preservation had the result, that the bones and teeth of the
specimen were covered with a thick layer of some white stuff, which,
though not interfering with the general shape of the skull, rendered
the examination of the sutures as well as other minor osteclogical
details of the same very difficult. Wishing to get rid of this white
interfering cover, I tried to dissolve it in boiling water but not
having succeeded, I went to Dr. A. Leibius to find out about its
chemical nature. It proved to be magnesia (*), which could only
be dissolved by boiling the skull in a solution of muriatic acid.

Fearing however, that even a very weak solution of acid would
destroy the thinner bones, T preferred to abstain from the experi-
ment and to remove as much as possible the white crust mechanically
by scratching it off with a scalpel. I succeeded only partly, some of
the suture remained still not distinct and the molars could not be
made free from the incrustation of magnesia, without destroying
them.

The shull is elongated ; examined from above (Fig. 2) shows two
very marked ridges running from the orbital margin of the frontal
bone, along the parietalia, to the external corners of the imparietal
bones.

Examined from the side, (Fig. 1) the skull appears not of great
height in the region of the fronto-parietal suture and shows a very
marked bending of the premaxillary region downwards. The apex
of the angular process of the inferior margin of the zygoma is
opposite the posterior cusp of the second molar. The palate

* Dr. A. Leibius who kindly examined the above-mentioned white sub-
stance, expressed the opinion that the magnesia crust on the skull was
probably the result of deeomposition of magne>!him cloride, which is nearly
always contained in the unpuritied common salt, which had been used
in this case for preserving the skin. Tlie other product of this decom-
position—chlorhydric acid— had the efifect of softening the bones. I think
this case shows sufficiently tlie unfitness of using uupurified ordinary salt
for preserving Zoological specimens.

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 893

presents some strongly marked transversal folds, of the disposition
of which, a glance on Fig. 3 can give a better idea than a long
description. The anterior part of the palate, between the second
lateral incisor and the first transversal fold is only half the width of
the palate between the 3rd and 4th molar.

Dentition. 3 1 3

_i^ — pm. — m. (Fig. 3 and Fig. 4.)
1 1 4

Incisors. (Fig. 5 and 6.) The first, is a little longer than the
other two, the second little smaller than the first and third and the
third broader than the first and second. The lower margin of the
third incisor is not a straight line but an angular one and presents
on his posterior lower corner an indication of a fold which is
rather easy to discern only when the skull is taken out. (Examin-
ing the incisors of the stuffed specimen, I was not at all sure
about the existence of the fold and convinced myself of it only
after having examined the skull.)

The third incisor inspected from below (Fig. 6), consists of two
longitudinal, parallel edges, of which the interior is lower than the
exterior. The third incisor of Macropus (Halmaturus Thetidis (*)
is a little like the corresponding tooth of Macropus Jukesii.

Premolars. The upper premolar is not larger (broader) than the
first molar. On the cutting edge of the upper premolar 2 anterior
cusps and a 3rd longer and less pointed one are distinctly to be
seen. The lower premolars are smaller than the upper and have
also 3 marked cusps on the cutting edge.

The anterior cusps of premolars of both jaws are the most distinct
and the most pointed. The incisors and premolars have suffered less
from the effect of the salt than the molars, where the crust of
magnesia could not be removed without destroying the teeth, t.e.,
breaking also away pieces of enamel. Notwithstanding the crust
the usual shape of the molars of Macropodidae could however easily
be discerned, as well as that the transversal ridges only of the first
maxillar and of the first and second mandibular molars have been
to a certain extent worn down.

(*) Waterhouse. Mammalia II., p. 194, pi. 3, fig. 2 c. and d.

894 TWO NEW SPECIES OP MACROPUS,

On the lower jaw 3 molars on each side are to be found, with
the tops of the crown of the 4th just appearing.

2. Macropus gracilis, n. sp.
(^ig- 7.)
(J. From the hills near Anuabada (Port Moresby), on the South
Coast of New Guinea. (Stuffed specimen at the Macleay Museum.)
Measurements.

From tip of nose to base of tail 725 mm. 29,3 in.

Tail „ „ ,, „ .... 385 — 15,2

From tip of nose to occiput 138 — ^ 5,4

Fore limb ,, ,, ,, about.... 220 — g 8,7

Hind Hmb ,, ,, ,, about 410 — -§ 16,2

From head to the end of nail of 4th toe 162 — ^^ 6,4

Length of the ear 58 — ^ 1,9

Circumference of tail near base .... 128 — 5,0

Muffle bare and split vertically in the median line.

Colour of the fur. Head, back, external side of limbs dark
brownish-grey, the underside of the body, from the chin to the end
of the tail, of light grey colour. On the head, from the upper lip
to under the eye, a light coloured band is noticeable.

Nails long and sharp ; on the middle finger 17 mm. (about 0.7 in.)
on the 4th toe 32mm. (about 1-3 in.) long.

Tail. One third of the upper side covered with dark grey hair,
on the other two third hair scarce, on the under side nearly bare.

The white tip of the tail is quite distinct.

As already mentioned, these two species present very slight
differences : the fur of M. gracilis is a little browner than of M.
Jukesii, the tail in proportion to the body and the distribution of
hair on the same shows trifling differences. Therefore I am very
sorry not to have had the chance of obtaining a skull of M. gracilis
the examination of which could, I think, decide the question if
these differences are specific or only sexual.

Not having the skull, all 1 know about the dentition of M-
gracilis is restricted to the i-esult of the examination of the incisors
from the outer side and the fact of the absence of the d. canini
(which fact as well as the direction of the hair on the neck authorise
me to describe this animal as a Macropus.)

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 895

Fig. 8 represents the lateral view of the incisors of M. gracilis
(four times the nat. size) and Fig. 5 the corresponding teeth of M.
Jukesii (four times the nat. size).

The comparison of these two figures, shows very marked differ-
ence in shape which I do not think could be recognised as sexual
differences only, and until it is proved, that the dentition of
Kangaroos varies to such an extent, according to the sex, the de-
scribed two species have to stand separate.

Fig. 1.-

Fig. 2.-

Fig. 3.-

Fig. 4.-

Fig. 5.-

Fig. 6.-

Fig. 7.-

Fig. 8.-

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIX.

-Lateral view of a skull of Macropus Jukesii, Mel. (Nat. size.)

•Superior view of the same. (Nat. size.)

-Teeth of the upper jaw and the palate, with the transversal folds

of M. Jukesii. (Nat. size.)
-Teeth of the lower jaw. (Nat. siz. )

-Lateral view of the incisors of M. Jukesii. (Four times nat. size.)
-Under surface of the 8 right incisors. (Four times nat. siz.)
-Man-ojms gracilis, Mel. (Sketch after a stufifed specimen of the

Macleay-Museum. )
-Lateral view of the incisor of M. gracilis. (Four times nat. size.)

896 THE HOMOC(ELA DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIA,

THE HOMOCCELA HITHERTO DESCRIBED FROM AUS-
TRALIA AND THE NEW FAMILY HOMODERMID^.

By R. v. Lexjjenfeld, Ph.D.

THE HOMOCCELA.

The simplest of all Sponges doubtlessly, are the AsconidiB and
the Physemaria.

The Sponge nature of the latter however, is not sufficiently
acknowledged for them to be placed in the Class Spongise, and so
those Sponges appear as the least developed, which possess a
non-diflferentiated Entoderm, where flagellate cells cover the whole
of the Entodermal surface.

I. SUBORDO HOMOCCELA.

PolejaefF, 1884 (1.)

THE WHOLE OF THE INNER SURFACE COVERED BY THE
SAME KIND OF FLAGELLATE CELLS, NO DIFFERENTIATION
OF THE ENTODERMAL EPITHELIUM.

Polejaeff (I.e.) made this group, which I recognize here as a
Suborder for the Asconidge of Haeckel, because he justly con-
siders the Lenconidse, Syconidse and Carter's Teichonellidae much
nearer related to one another than to the Asconidae.

(L) N. Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea, Zoology of the Voyage of
H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 22.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 897

If we were not to attach great importance to the chemical
nature of the skeleton we would have to place the Physemai-ia —
those that are Sponges — in this Suborder because they resemble
the Asconidse very closely, I think it very probable that this will
be done in fiitui-e, when the Embryology of these doubtful
organisms is better known.

1. FAMILY. ASCONID^. Claus (1.)
HOMOCCELA WITH A PLAIN POROUS BODY WALL, WITH-
OUT ANY COMPLICATION OF THE INNER SURFACE.

The Asconidse are identical with Haeckel's (2) Ascones.
PolejaefF (I.e.), comprises all species in Bowerbank's (3) Genus
Lencosolenia. Although the difference between the Genera of
Haeckel may in many cases appear trivial, I shall nevertheless
adopt them here. The soft parts of only very few have been
studied, so that any classification must appear preliminary,

1. GENUS. ASCETTA. Haeckel, 1872.
Asconidae possessing triradiate spicules only.

1. SPECIES ASCETTA PRIMORDIALIS. E. Haeckel.
Prosycum primordialis. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme. Jenaische

Zeitschrift fur Medicin und Naturwissenschaft, 1870.

Band v., Heft, 2, p. 236-257.
Olynthus simplex. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus, I.e., p. 237.
Lencosolenia dictyoides. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus, I.e., p. 243.
Soleniscus loculosus. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus, I.e.. p. 244.
Clathrina loculosa. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus, I.e. p. 245.

(1.) C. Claus. Grundzuge der Zoologie, IV., Anflage. Seite 22L

(2 ) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme, eine Monografie. Band II. Seite

11.

{3.).y. S. Boiverbank. On the Anatomy and Physiology of the Spongiadae.

Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Vol. 152, p. 1094.

898 THE HOMOCCELA DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIA,

Auloplegma loculosum. E. Hackel.

Prodromus, I.e., p. 250.
Thecometra loculosa. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus, I.e., p. 254.
Ascetta primordialis, E. Haeckel.

Die Kalkschwamme Eine Monopraphie. Band II., p 16.

Triradiate spicules regular, with equal angles and rays ; rays
straight, slender conic or cylindrical proximally, distally semi-
spindle-shaped, tapering from the middle ; point of rays simple,
sharp, without bulbous terminal extension (not inflated. )

Size of spicules very variable, genei-ally the rays O'l — 0-15
X 0-008— 0-012.

Special description and figures in Haeckel (Monografie der Kalk-
schwamme I.e.)

Colour : Generally white, sometimes yellowish or reddish, rarely
pure sulphur yellow, gold yellow, menning red, crimson or brown.

Locality: Mediterranean, Nice, Naples, Messina. Gibraltar,
Lesina, Haeckel ; Adria, Zara, Sebenna, Lesina, Lagosta, Oscar
Schmidt ; Lesina, Heller.

Atlantic Ocean, Rio Janeiro, Wendt ; Algoa Bay, Poehl ; Cape
Town, Wilhelm Bleek.

Red Sea, Frauenfeld, Mikluho.

Indian Ocean, Singapore, Putnam.

Coast of Australia, St. Vincent's Gulf, Wendt ; Sydney, Sonder.
Bass Straits, "Wendt.

Pacific Ocean, Philippines, Semper.

Viti Islands, Graeffe.

Valparaiso, Trautmann.

2. SPECIES. ASCETTA POTERIUM. E. Haeckel.

Ascetta primordialis var poterium. E. Haeckel.

Die Kalkschwamme eine Monografie. Band II., Seite 17.
Clathi'ina poterium. Ridley.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1881,

p. 133.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. OVV

Loucosolenia poteriiini. Polejaeff.

Report on the Calcarea. Zoology of the Voyage of
H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 35.

Spicules diflerentiated, of unequal size. The spicules on the
surface form a dermal membrane, consisting of several layers of
spicules, with thick rays, which are only 6-8 times as long as thick.
The spicules of the inner surface with slender rays, which are 1 6-20
times as long as thick. The dermal spicules 1-2 times as long, but
3-4 times as thick as those near the inner surface. Gastral cavity
not fan-shaped.

It appears in the Auloplegma form, and possesses peculiar
triradiate spicules in the peristomial membrane.

Interior spicules with rays 0-12 — 0-18 x 0-OOG — 0-01 mm.,
dermal spicules 0-3 x 0-035 mm. Some Sub-dermal spicules show
an incipient fourth ray.

Special description and figures in Polejaeff, I.e.

Colour : White and yellowish.

Locality : Australia (St. Vincent's Gulf, ■ Wendt 1 Sydney,
Sonder? Bass' Straits, Wendt. Station 163, April 4, 1874. Lat.
3G= 50' S. long., 150° 30' E., off Twofold Bay; depth 120 fathoms,
Challenger); South America (Tour Bay, South-west Chili, Alert.)

3, SPECIES. ASCETTA CHALLENGE fil. Von Lendenfeld.

Leucosolenia Challengeri N. Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea.
Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV.,
p. 38.

A special set of triradiate spicules covering the outer surface of
the colony. These are all sagittal, while the triradiate spicules of
the interior are all regular. Solemiscus form. The diameter of
the tubes varies fi'om 0*3 — 0-8 mm. ; the pseudopores are still
narrower, rarely exceeding 0*28 mm. in diameter ; the Oscula
sj^arsely scattered here and there possess the same ilimensious, or
they are slightly larger. The whole forms an irregularly oval body
30 mm, long and 20 mm. broad in its thickest part, presenting a
compact web of minute tubes and terminating in a short (2 mm )
peduncle, which is solid.
59

900 THE IIOMOCOELA DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIA,

Skeleton : Two forms of spicules are to be distinguished, regular
and sagittal.

The regular spicules possess slender rays, which are 018 mm.
long and 16-20 as long as thick, cylindrical with rounded end.

The basal ray is sometimes rather longer than this, some
of them show an incipient fourth apical ray.

The sagittal triradiate spicules are on an average of the same
size as the regular ; their rays, comjtared with those of the latter,
are more conical, although there is no want of intermediate stages,
they are not constant in their outline. With some of them the
irregularity consists only in their not being flat, the point of
meeting of the rays not lying in the same plane as their ends, the
basal ray being in this case either of the length of the lateral
rays or rather longer ; but such a form is comjjaratively rare.
The greater part also show variation in their angles ; the angle
formed by the basal, and each of the lateral rays varying from
120*^ to 92° ; the length of the basal ray is in this case variable
(0-12-0-25 mm.) ; it is either straight or undulating, the lateral
rays being horn-shaped and curved, more or less, one towards the
other. There exists also on the outer surface of the colony another
constituent part of the dermal skeleton, namely, large regular
triradiate spicules ; each ray attaining a length of 0 -8 mm. and a
diameter of 0'06 mm ; but these spicules are so extremely rare
thai they are of no importance.

Special description taken from Polejaeff (I.e.) where the Sponge
is figured.

Colour : Yellowish.

Locality: Australia. Station 186, September 8th, 1874, lat.
10^ 30' S., long. 142^ 18' E. ; Cape York, depth 8 fathoms. Coral
sand, Challenger.

2. GENUS. ASCALTIS. Haeckel.
Asconidse, with triradiate and quadriradiate spicules.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 901

4. SPECIES. ASCALTIS LAMARKII. E. Haeckel.

Lencosolenia Lamarkii. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwiimme, Jenaische
Zeitschrift fiir Medicin und Naturwissenschaft, 1870-
Baud v., Heft. 2, p. 243.
Aulorliiza intestinalis. E. Haeckel.

Prodromus I.e., p, 250.
Ascaltis Lamarkii. E. Haeckel.

Die Kalkschwiimme, Eine Monographie. Band TI., p. GO.
Lencosolenia Lamarckii. Polejaeff.

Report on the Calcarea. Zoology of the Voyage of
H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 36.
Triradiate and quadriradiate spicules regular, with equal angles
and rays. Some of the triradiate spicules much larger up to three
times as thick and long as the quadriradiate spicules.

Forms irregular masses on seaweed, which attain a diameter of
5-20 mm., consisting of inouthless colonies, which are composed of
a net work of tubes.

Skeleton, — The quadriradiate spicules possess straight, conic
rays ; the apical ray is as long or shorter than the facial rays.
vertical to the plane in which they lie. Often slightly curved,
Rays 0-08— 0-12 x 0004— 0-006 mm.

The triradiate spicules are of two sizes, the smaller ones are
regular with rays of equal length as in the quadriradiate spicules.
The larger ones often form a membrane in the outer surface, their
rays measure 0*2 — 0"3 x 0015 — 0-02 mm., they are mostly regular,
like the smaller kind, a few however have paired rays.

Polejaefl's specimens possessed spicules which showed a greater
tendency towards sagittal differentiation. The rays of the large
triradiate spicules attained a size of 0-5 x 0-06 mm.

Special description and figures in Haeckel (I.e., Monographie.)
Colour : White or red.

Locality : North Atlantic Ocean ; Coast of Marocco (Magador,
Haeckel) ; Gibraltar (Tenarifa, Haeckel) ; Florida (Alexander

902 THE HOMOCOELA DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIA,

Agassiz) ; East Coast of Greenland (North Shannon, Pansah.)
Australia (163 A, off Port Jackson, depth 30-35 fathoms, bottom,
rock, Challenger.

3. GENUS. ASCANDRA. Haeckel.
Asconidge with acerate ti'iradiate and quadriradiate spicules.

5. SPECIES. ASCANDRA DENSA. E. Haeckel.
Tarrus densus. E. Haeckel.

Pi'odromus eines Systems der Kalkschwiimme. Jenaische

Zeitschrift fiir Medicin und Naturwissenschaft. Band

v.. Heft 2, p. 244.
Nardopsis gracilis. E. Haeckel.

Prodromiis I.e., p. 247.
Ascandra densa. E. Haeckel.

Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographie. Band II.,

p. 85.
Triradiate and quadriradiate spicules regular of equal size. All
the rays straight and pointed, cylindrical ; a})ical ray half as thick,
straight. Acerate spicule straight, truncate at both ends ; the
exterior end thickened, club-shaped, three to four times as long
and five to six times as thick as the rays of the triradiate spicules.

Colonies consisting of entwined tubes, 8 — 10 mm. in diameter
in Auloplegma-form or with a proboscis to the mouth.

Skeleton : The greater numljer of spicules ai'e triradiate and
regular. The rays measure 0-1— 0-12 x 0-OOG— 0-008 mm.

The quadriradiate spicules are few in number, and of the same
size and shape as the triradiate spicules, regular with slender rays.

The .(cerate spicules are large, 0-5 — 0-6 x 0-03 — 0-04 mm., and
protrude from the outer surface their distal ends are thickened,
club-shaped, and rounded.

Special description and figures in Haeckel (I.e. Monographie.)

Colour : (Dried) white.

LocaUfy : South Coast of Australia (Glenelg ? Schomburgk.)

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 903

2. FAMILY. HOMODERMID^. Von Lendenfeld.

HOMOCCELA, THE INNEH SURFACE OF WHICH IS COMPLI-
CATED SO AS TO FORM RADIAL SACK-SHAPED EXCRESCENCES
SIMILAR TO THE RADIAL TUBES OF THE SYCONID.E. (CILIATED
CHAMBERS )

I constitute this family for a small Sponge, which combines
characters of the Syconidaj, with those of the Asconidae. The
whole of the Entoderm consists of flagellate cells, and we find the
same Epithelium on the inner side of the Oscular tube, in the hollow
peduncle and even in the Entoderm of the hollow stolons, which
connect the different individuals of one colony ; as in the sack-
shaped excrescences, the homologa of ciliated chambers. Pores
lead from the outer water not only into the radial tubes but also
direct into the Gastral cavity.

I place this family in the group Homoccela, because I consider
the " homodermic " character more important than the " asconic."

Haeckel (1) has described two Sponges, namely, Ascaltis
canariensis and Ascaltis Lamarkii which show a similar structure
of the body wall. He describes papillae growing from it into the
gastral cavity, papillae into which the outer ectoderm is drawn and
which are situated in longitudinal rows. It is evident that this
complication is similar to the canal system of the Syconidse. If
these two species are not to be considered as Ilomodermidae they
are in any case transition forms between it and the Ascouidae
proper, with a simple or irregularly folded gastral cavity.

GENUS. HOMODERMA (2). Nov. Gen.
Homodermidse, with acerate triradiate and quadriradiate spicules.

HOMODERMA SYCANDRA. Nov. Spec.

Shape : From a creeping hollow stem homologous to the
Hydrorhiza of Hydroids, tubes grow up which ai"e about twice as

(1). From ofioiov Sep/xa, the same kind of skin throughout.
(2). E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwiimme, eine Monographie. Band II.,
Seite 53-54 and 6L

904 THE HOMOCCELA DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIA.

thick in the middle than at either end, and which therefore
appear spindle-shaped. These attain a height of 4 and a thick-
ness of 1-5 mm., and [)Ossess two frills of acorate spicules I'ound the
month.

Yiewed with the magnifying glass the outer surface presents a
hairy appearance, and the Oscular frill is found to consist of two
sets of spicules, one set longitudinal, parallel to the axis and the
other set divergent.

The hairy appearance is caused by acerate spicules, which are
situated in tufts, one tuft at the end of each of the numerous
protruberances, which give the whole a papillate appearance.

These spicules are turned towards the Osculum, they are longest
in the central pare and shorter towards the narrow ends. The
surface of the Spongorhiza, as I propose to call the creeping stems
is covered with vertically projecting spicules, shorter than the
others.

Structure : In the central part of the Sponge, where it is
thickest, we find that tubes extend from the central Gastral cavity
radially, perfectly similar to the ciliated chambers of the Syconidaj
On the dermal surface each I'adial tube is found to project a good
distance. In the vaulted ends of these chambers, as well as in the
body wall, where no chambers are developed, numerous pores can
be detected.

One might from this be led to suppose that my Homoderma
Sycandra is only a young Sycon.

I must state that I have examined a great many specimens of
this Sponge, and that I never found any larger individuals than
those of 4 mm., and that evidently this was the limit of growth,
because the central ones of large colonies were all of this size
throughout. I have repeatedly detected mature sexual products
in these Sponges.

The Oscular tube is very wide, of the same diameter as the
Gastral cavity ; the walls of it are very thin, and the sarcode
extends in good Osmic acid specimens far up the spicules of the two
frills.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 905

The cilated chambers ai-e simple sac-shaped, and in their
proximal part cylindrical, and not contracted towards the cir-
cular opening into the Gastral cavity

The most interesting part of our animal is tlie Entoderm : It
consists, as mentioned above, throughout of the same flagellate
cells. This can be seen in the living Sponge, but still better in
Osmic-acid specimens. The peculiar short cylindrical shape which
the flagellate cells attain, when hardened, the large, highly
colourable nucleus, and the regular network of boundary-lines
between the cells is the same throughout the inner surface of the
Sponge.

The cells correspond to the well-known shape of the flagellate,
frilled Sponge cells.

It is particularly remarkable that the same cells also cover the
inner surface of the Spongorhiza.

We find in our Sponge an Entoderm, which is not difi"erentiated
into difi'erent kinds of cells, whilst a higher development in the
direction of the Syconidse has already been attained by the Sponge,
in consequence of the folding ])rocess which has produced the
ciliated chambers. This would appear altogether exceptional.
Generally the cells are diflerenciated first, and then Organs of a
whole complex of such difierentiated elements are formed.

The exception is, however, I think, not actual, but only
ap]iarent. I am inclined to believe that the Mesoderm is, in our
case, the active part growing, more or less, in different parts, and
so forcing the Entodermal layer to attain a complicated structure,
which is not caused by the cells of the latter.

The Ectoderm consists of the ordinary flat cells, and is the
same throughout.

The Mesoderm also presents no peculiar character.
The Skeleton consists of seven different kinds of spicules. 1-
Gastric quadriradiates ; 2. Parenchymal Quadriradiates ; 3. Par-
enchymal triradiates ; 4. Dermal triradiates ; 5. Dermal acerates
thick ; 6. Dei-mal acerates slender ; and 7, Oscular acerate spicules.
1. The gastric quadriradiate spicules are found all over the
inner surface. Three tangental rays lie in one plane in the

906 THE HOMOC(ELA DESCRIBED FROM AUSTRALIA,

surface which divides the Entoderm from the Mesoderm, They
stand at equal angles, each ray measuring 0-04 — 0-05 x 0004 mm.
The fourth ray penetrates the Entoderm, and is situated radially.
Like the former it is conic, and ofteia slightly curved. The three
tangental rays are at their base convex towards the axis, the
radial ray concave towards the Osculum. The radial ray measures
0-02 — 0-04 X 0-0025 mm., and it is accordingly as long or shorter
than the others.

2. The Parenchymal quadriradiate spicules are all parallel
three short and equal rays tangental and one longer radial
ray pointing outward. These s])icules vary very much in size ;
the radial ray is straight, slender, and conic, measuring
0-03— 0-05 X 0002— 0-003 mm. The tangental rays all have the
same angle of 120° between each other, and are slightly curved at
the ])ase, the convex side towards the axis. They measure
0-0075—0-01 X 0-002—0-003 mm. ; they are therefore much stouter
than the radial ray.

These spicules are found throughout the Mesoderm, the larger
ones towards the inner surface. In no case do they penetrate
either the Entoderm or the Ectoderm.

3. The Parenchymal tri-radiate spicules are situated below the
Ectoderm, and do not penetrate it. Their position is irregular,
their rays lie at equal angles, and appear much curved and
irregular, measuring 0-05 x 0-003 mm. These spicules are not nearly
so numerous as the former.

4. The Dermal tri-radiate spicules are similar to the former in
shape and size ; the diflerence lies mainly in the fact that these
always possess perfectly straight rays, one of which is always
situated radially, and penetrates the Ectoderm. They are found
in rings around the tufts of acerate spicules near the summit of
the ciliated chamber, and also intermingled with the latter.

5. The thick Dermal acerate spicules in tufts of 15 — 25 on the
summit of each ciliated chamber stand at an angle of 45 to the
axis of the Sponge, and point upward toward the Osculum ; they
are pointed at both ends and spindle-shaped. The thickest part is
nearer the proximal end, they measure O'O — 1 x 0-01 mm.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 907

6. The slender Dermal acei'ate spicules are of the same length,
as the former, but only 0"003 thick. They are rare, and situated
in the tufts between the others.

7. The acerate spicules of the Oscular frills are similar to those
in the chamber tufts, but larger.

The upright ones are slightly curved, the convex side towards
the axis ; they are pointed at both ends, and measure 1"5 — 2
X 0-015— 0-02 mm.

The lower frill is composed of spicules similar to the slender
acerate ones of the tufts ; these are slightly curved, the convexity
towards the basis of the Sponge, and measure 0*5 — 1 x 0'004.

DEVELOPMENT.

I have traced the postembryonal development, or metamor-
phosis, as it may be termed, of Homoderma.

The young Sponge is cylindrical, with short acerate spicules
distributed equally all over the surface, and presents, therefore,
the same outer appearance as the Spongorhiza,

There is a slight trace of an Oscular frill visible.

It grows in size without changing its shape, but developes the
two frills of the Osculum. All this time the inner surface is
perfectly simple. Our Sponge is an Ascon.

With the development of the first excresences of the Entoderm,
when in the centre of the Sponge, a few chambers make their
appearnce ; tufts of spicules also appear on the surface

Move chambers and tufts are developed ; the Sponge grows, and
the Oscular frills attain the large size we find in the adult. The
small, equally distributed spines of the young, ax'e then only found
in those parts of the Sponge which do not contain ciliated
chambers.

The Sponge has attained the structure of the full-grown adult
when it is 2 mm. high.

Colour : Light yellow.

Locality : South Coast of Australia, Port Phillip, Victoria.

yUb ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSiE,

ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HTDROMEDUS^.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Plates XL., XLL, XLIL, XLIIL

In this paper a series of new or otherwise interesting species of
Hydromediisse from different Australasiatic localities, which I
obtained after my papei's on the Hydromedusae were read, will
be described, and a few erroneous statements corrected.

They are the following ; —

I. SUBORDO HYDROPOLYPIN.E.

1. FAMILY. HYDRIDE.
L GENUS. HYDRA. Liune.
2. HYDRA FUSCA. Linn6.

This species must be struck from the list of Australian H3 dro-
medusae, because the specimens referred to it ai'e identical with
H. oligactis. Pallas.

5. FAMILY. BLASTOPOLYPID^.

4a (70). GENUS. MONOSKLERA.

10b (231). M. PUSILLA. Nov. Spec.
An interesting representative of a new Genus from Port
Phillip.

6. GENUS. LAFCEA.
18a (232). L. CYLINDRICA. Nov. Spec.
A new Species from the Bay of Islands, New Zealand, which is
very similar to Lafoea parasitica Ciamician.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 909

8a (71). GENUS. SYNTHECIUM.

21a (233). S. ELEGANS. Allman.

I obtained a specimen of this Species from Timaru, New
Zealand.

9. GENUS. 8ERTULARIA.

63a (234). S. SIMPLEX. Nov. Spec.

An apparently new Species from Lyttleton, New Zealand.

10. GENUS. DIPHASIA.
69a (235). D. RECTANGULARIS. Nov. Spec.
An interesting new Species from Torres Straits.

14. GENUS. THUIARIA.

85. T. QUADRIDENS. Bale.

In a specimen from Timaru, New Zealand, I found the
Gonophors which were hitherto unknown.

II. SUBORDO HYDROMEDUSINJE.

9. FAMILY. ANTHOMEDUSID^.

34. GENUS. SARSIA.

178. S. MINIMA. Von Lendenfeld.

I obtained the hitherto unknown adult Medusa of this Species
in Port Jackson.

36a (72). PAND^A.

180a (236). P. MINIMA. Nov. Spec.
A new Species of Haeckel's Genus Pandsea, from Port Jackson.

40a (73). GENUS. MARGELIS.
185a (237). M. TRINEMA. Nov. Spec.
A new species from Port Jackson.

910 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN IIYDROMEDUS^,

11. FAMILY. LEPTOMEDUSID^.

46a (74). GENUS. OCTORHOPALOK
197a (240). 0. FERTILIS. Nov. Spec.
I obtained this interesting representative of a new Genus in
Port Jackson.

49. GENUS. EUCOPE.

201a (239). E. HYALINA. Nov. Spec.
A large new Species obtained in Port Jackson.
50. GENUS. OBELIA.
203. OBELIA AUSTRALIS. Von Lendenfeld.
I obtained the hitherto imknown adult stage of this Medusa in
Port Jackson.

12. FAMILY. CAMPANULINID^.
59a (75). GENUS. CAMPANULINA.
214a (240). CALICULATA. Von Leuclenfeld.
I have received specimens of Campanularia caliculata, Hincks,
from Port Phillip, Victoria ; and Lyttleton, New Zealand. I
find, that this Species is not a Campanulai'ia but a CampanuUna.

The Species which are added to the Australian Fauna in this
paper, bring the total number of Australian Hydromedusse up to
240, which are distributed amongst 74 Genera.

I. SUBORDO HYDROPOLYPIN^.

Von Lendenfeld.

5. FAMILY. BLASTOPOLYPIDA. Von Lendenfeld.
III. SUB- FAMILY. CAMPANULAEIN.E.
4a (70). GENUS. MONOSKLERA (1). Nov. Gen.
Campanularinre, with erect unbranched stems, which bear alter-
nate Trophosomes on the distal ends of each Internode on short
annulated stalks. Internodes wedge-shaped, with a cylindrical
tube along one side. Gonophor^ unknown.

(1.) From iiovo one, one-sided ; and crKkrjpa thick skin.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 911

8b (231). MONOSKLERA PUSILLA. Nov. Spec.
Plate XL., Figs. 1, 2, 3.

The Hydi-orhiza forms a network of minute threads, with
elongate meshes, which adheres closely to the Thalloms of
Macrocystis. The Hydrorhiza is thick- walled, and appears flattened
onthe side which is in contact with the seaweed. No such broad
extension, however, is formed as in Eucapella. The colour of the
Perisarc is light yellow. The Coenosark contains in the Entoderm
of the single specimen, which I obtained, and which was hardened
with chromic acid, numerous round cells, which take up Carmin
very freely ; they may, perhaps, be considered as young stages of
ova.

From this Hydrorhiza, erect and unbranched stems arise, which
attain a height of 10-15 mm. (Fig. I.) They consist of a row of
Internodes, which are wedge-shaped, and twice as broad at the
distal-end than at the proximal termination. These joints are fixed
to one another in this way that the narrow end of one is always
inverted into the broad and flat end of the preceding one laterally.
They are alternate, in as much as the third Internode grows
out from the left margin of the second ; the second out of the
right margin of the first. (Fig. 2.)

These Internodes consist of solid light yellow, and per-
fetly transparent Chitin. They are perforated by a cylin-
drical tube, which runs along the slanting side (Fig. 1 and 2),
and therefoi-e appears regularly zig-zag-shaped. Between the
Internodes the tube is slightly constricted.

From the upper end of the tube in each Internode (Fig. 3), a
process extends to the other side of the Internode, a small sac-
shaped excrescence of the cavity. This sac is in communication
with the cavity of the Hydrotheca, by means of a tube v/hich
perforates the short peduncle of the Trophosome. The part of the
Internode which is solid, appears compressed, as a ridge con-
necting the main tube with the sac-shaped excrescence. The
Trophosomes are attached to the free part of the flat end of
the Internode. They are, therefore, alternate. (Fig. 2.) Generally

912 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^,

there is one Trophosome to each Internode, but sometimes there
are two, close together. The Peduncle consists of two spherical
parts, with incisions dividing them from the Hydrotheca, each
other and the Internode of the stem. Strictures in the Ccenosark
tube correspond to these. The Hydrotheca is cup-shaped, bi-lateral,
symmetrical, the outer margin a little higher than the inner, so
that the oval aperture looks obliquely forward.

The Ccenosark of the stem does not contain the highly colourable
cells found in the Hydrorhiza.

The alimentary zooids posses^s 10-15 stout tentacles and a short
proboscis, but otlierwise appear similar to other Campanularians
or Leptomeduse- Polyps. There is a decided "floor" to the
Trophosome.

Locality — Port Phillip.

6. GENUS. LAFOEA. Lamourroux.
ISa (232). L. CYLINDRICA. Nov. Spec.
Plate XL., Figs. 4, 5.

Ciamician (1) described a species of this genus as L. Parasitica,
from the Adriatic. I have recently obtained a similar Lafcea,
which, however, is not identical with Ciamician's species.

The Hydrorhiza is creeping, and closely adnate to the stem of
other Hydroids, mainly Sertularians. It appears very small and
slender, and is not smooth. It runs in a straight line, and keeps
to the same side of the Hydroid and is attached throughout, as is
also the case with L. Parasitica. From this creeping stem large
Hydrothecee arise, which are box-ne on very short and extremely
narrow peduncles. (Fig- 5.) The Hydrotheca is mainly
cylindrical and thin walled, large as in L. Parasitica. The margin
is recurved so that it attains a trumpet shape. Near the
bottom, which appears semi-spherical we find a pei'forated disc,
forming a ring near the base of the Hydrotheca. Although the
Trophosome of Lafcea is considered always to be destitute of a
flooi, I do not hesitate to consider this species as a true Lafcea.

(1.) T. Ciamician Ueber Lafcea parasitica, n. sp. Zeitschrift fiir
Wissenschaftliche Zoologie. Band XXXIII. ISeite 673.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 913

Gonophores unknown. The Hydranihs are large, and possess
about 20 stout tentacles.

It appears doubtful whether our species should be considered
parasitic, as I failed to find any organs by means of which it
might extract nourishing material from the Hydroid to which it
clings. It appears to me rather as if the only use the Lafoea
makes of the Sertularia on which it grows, was to use it as a
support. Lafoea Cylindrica is therefore to be termed " climbing "
rather than parasitic.

Locality : Bay of Islands, New Zealand.

IV. SUB-FAMILY SERTULARIN.E.

8a (71). GENCJS. SYNTHECIUM. Allman.

Sertulai^inre, with opposite alimentary zooids, and wi^h Gonophors
which appear to grow out from an ordinary Hydrotheca which
surrounds the peduncle of the Polypostyl.

21a (233J. SYNTECIUM ELEGANS. Allman.
Allman (1) describes this interesting Hydroid from New
Zealand. It appears that Bale (2) had his doubts about it, as he
does not mention it in the catalogue. I have, however, found a
small fragment on a sea-weed from an unknown locality, which
corresponds to Allman's description.

9. GENUS. SERTULARIA. Hincks.
63a (234). SERTULARIA SIMPLEX. Nov. Spec.
Hydrocaulus simple, Hydrothec?e opposite, a pair to each
Internode, conic aduate throughout their whole length, and
straight, the outer surface at an angle of about 30° to the axis of
the stem ; aperture, simple oval ; margin, entire and smooth,
lying in a plane vertical to the axis of the stem. The margin is
prolonged into a short conic process, looking outward on the side
everted from the stem.

(1.) G. T. Allman. A M onograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian
Hydroids. (Ray. Society for 1870, Vol. IL, page 229.)

(2.) W, Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes.

914 ADDEKDA TO THE AUSTRALIAX IIYDROMEDUS^,

The stem is simple, unbranched, and rises from a reticulate
Hydrorhiza to a height of 12-18 mm.

Gonoi)hores oblong, rather lax-ge, on short peduncles.
Locality : Lyttleton, New Zealand.

10. GENUS. DIPHASIC. Agassiz.

69a (235) DIPHASIA RECTANGULARIS. Nov. Spec.

Plate XLL, Figs. 6, 7, 8.

Prom an anastomosing thick Hydrohiza, which is adnato to
shells and other hard bodies, thick and rough, straight stems grow
forth, which attain a height of 9 Cm. They taper towards theto]).
These stems bear alternate Pinnse, which are shorter towards the
end, and appear longest near the base, from 2 to 14 mm. in length.
Towards the tops, where growth is going on rapidly, the Hydrothecse
stand at right angles to the stem. Pinnse, and stem bear the
Hydrothecfe which are close to one another, and appear biserial,
but otherwise disposed in a very irregular manner. Further down
the stem and Pinnae they are disposed in a perfectly regular
manner. Here they are distant and alternate. (Fig. 7.) They
are tubulai', and bent in the shape of a knee, at a right angle in
the middle of their length. The proximal half is immersed in the
stem, and nearly parallel to it, whilst the distal half is turned
outward, and projects at right angles. TJie Hydrotheca has a
circular transverse section throughout. The aperture is simple,
smooth, oval, and looks obliquely outward and forward. (Fig. 7.)

The Qonophors spi'ing from the stem at the bases of same of the
Pinnae. (Fig. 6.) The male Polypostyls are invested by a very
jjretty Gonangium. (Fig. 8.) It is conic, attached with the small
end to a minute peduncle, the sides convex, and the base
slightly raised towards the circular aperture in the centre.
Eight or more ridges run from the aperture to the peduncle.
The surface between them is depi-essed into as many valleys,
which are particularly well marked on the sides. Fi'om serrate
projections in the ridges transverse lines take their origin,
which cross the valleys between the ridges. The ridges on the
tlat base of the cone are smooth.

BY R. VOK LENDENFELD, PH.D. 915

Female Gonopliores unknown.
Locality : Torres Straits.

14. GENUS. THUIARIA. Fleming.
85. THUIARIA QUADRIDENS. Bale.
Plate XL., Fig. 9.
This species has been described by Bale (1). The Gonophores
have not been found hitherto. A specimen which I obtained from
Timaru, New Zealand, bears Gonophores. (Fig. 9.) They are
pietty large, barrel-shaped and annulated. Transverse ridges run
round them like hoops. These are particularly well visible in the
distal part and less distinct towards the rounded base, which is
on the stem.

II. SUBORDO HYDROMEDUSIN^.

Von Lendenfeld.

9. FAMILY. ANTHOMEDUSID^. Yon Lendenfeld.
I. SUB-FAMILY. CODONIN/E.

34. GENUS. SARSIA. Lesson.
178. SARSIA MINIMA . Von Lendenfeld.

I described (2) this species in a former paper and have now
obtained a series of small Medusse, which lead up from the small
young Medusae which were produced by the Polypcolonies in my
Aquarium to adult Sarsise. I obtained all intermediate stages
with the surface net in early spring in Port Jackson.

The adult Medusae, filled with ripe generative elements, is about
four times the size of the larva at the time of liberation. The
shape is the same with the exception of the gastral tubular Gonad.
The Medusa is 2| mm. broad and 3 mm. high. The manubrium
slightly shorter in proportion than in the larva.

(1.) William Bale. Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes,
page 119

(,2.) Von Lendenfeld. The Australian Hydromedusffi, Part V. Proceed-
ings of the Linnean Society of N S.VV., Vol. IX., p. 584, pi. XXL, fig. 34.
60

916 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN IIYDROMEDUS^,

II. 5:UB-FAMILY. TIAEIN.'E.

36a (72). GENUS. PAND^A. Lesson.

Tiarinse, with numerous tentacles (8-16) or more in one row.
Abaxial Ocelli, outside on the base of the tentacle. No peduncle
to the stomach. Edges of stomach connected with the radial
canals in the Sub-umbrella by four mesentei'ia. Four simitle
Gonads with smooth surface. Longitudinal lines of thread cells
on the Ex-umbrella. Polypcolonies unknown.

iSOa (236). PAND^A MINIMA. Nov. Spec.
Plate XLIL, Figs. 10, 11, 12.

The Medusa is semi-ovate, higher than broad. It possesses
eight tentacles of about the same length as the Umbrella. There
are eight nettlecell-lines on the Exumbrella at equal intervals,
which are situated in the Adradiis, but they do not appear con-
tinuous. They consist apparently of a series of elongate nettle-
warts. (Fig. 11), which taper to a narrow line at each end. The
line can be traced from one nettle-wart to another. All appear
connected by it. Subjected to slight maceration the covering
Exumbrella Epithel becomes loose and floats away when the
cover glass is tapped. (Hardening with week osmic acid and
macerating with week acetic acid, the time that is necessary for
exposure to the latter re-agent depends on the temperature and
varies from half an hour to twelve hours.) Then the Sub-epithelial
layer becomes more clearly visible and with a high power.
(Zeiss i\. Fig. 12.) It is easy to recognize a nerve fibre in the
thread which connects the nettle-warts with one another.

The nerve fibre consists of similar fibrils and bipalar ganglia
cells as those which I described (1) in the homologous organ of
Encopella Campanularia.

In another ])aper (2) I have pointed out that the Cnidoblasts

(1. ) Vo7i Lendtnjdd. Eucopella Campanularia. Zeitschrift fiir Wiss.
Zoologie, Band XXXVIII. Seite 55S.

(2.) Von Ltndcvfeld. Ueber Wehrthiere and Nesselzellen. Zeitschrift
fiir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Band XXXVIII. Seite 368.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 917

are connected by one thick fibre with the supporting laineHa or
gallert, and by a thin fibril, probably with the Sub-epithelial
plexus of ganglia cells.

This hypothesis [ ti'ied to prove by additional facts (1)
published in another paper.

Korotnefi" has recently (2) found a similar structure in tlie
nettle-bulb of Pi'aya, where, besides the thick peduncles, which
he considers as muscular, fine and granulose Nerve-fibres are
described, connecting the Cnidoblast with a Ganglia cell.

Although working at the unparalleled Zoological Station at
Naples he is apparently unacquainted with my discovery, pub-
lished in the papers mentioned above a year previously, he
describes the same thing which I have discovered. He has, how-
ever, not been led to the very simple conclusion which I drew
from the fact, and overlooks the great importance of it concerning
the physiology of Thread-cells altogether.

The stomach of our Medusa is slender, and about half as long
as the Umbrella. The ]\Iesenteria which connect it with the
Radial Canals are inconspicuous and transparent. The Gonads are
four longitudinal, narrow folds, with smooth surface. There are
four small lips to the mouth.

Size : Height of Umbi'ella, 3 mm. Breadth, 2mm.
Colour: Umbrella, light pink. The nettle-lines more intensely
coloured. Stomach and tentacle-bulbs light brown.

Locality : Port -Jackson.

Season : Spring, August, September.

III. SUB-FAMILY MARGELIN^.

40a (73). GENUS. MAEGELIS. Steenstrup.

Margelinse, with ramified or composite mouthstyles, and with
four perradial bundles of tentacles. Stomach small, without
peduncle, with narrow basis attached to the point, where the

(1.) V. Lendenfeld. Zur Histologie der Actinien. Zoologischer Anzeiger.
Band VI. Seite 189.

(2.) A. Korotneff. Zur Histologie der Siphonophoren. Mittheilungen
der Zoologischen Station in Neapel. Band V. Seite 264. Tafel 18.
Fig 80.

918 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS.E,

four Radical Canals meet. No elongated Manubrium. Mouth
narrow. Mouth styles touching at the base. The Gonads do not
extend to the Radial Canals. The Polyiocolonies are branched ;
the alimentary Polyps possess one vertical of filiform tentacles,
the Medusae, bud on peduncles, which arise out of the Hydrorhiza.

185a (237.) MARGELIS TRINEMA. Nov. spec.

Plate XLI., Fig. 13.

Umbrella semi-spherical, a trifle higher than broad. Stomach
short, cylindrical, nearly half as long as the Umbrella ; not quite so
broad as long. Gonads in the shape of four pair of oblique folds.
The folds ascending towards the primary Radii. Mouthstyles
about as long as the stomach, the margin of the mouth between
the styles straight. Each style bears at its end three small eqval
branches, about a third as long as the style. These mouth-styles
are carried upward.

The Tentacle-bulbs are small, broader than high, and thick.
From each bulb thi-ee tentachss take their origin, which are about
half again as long as the Umbrella ; also the tentacles ai'e curved
upwp.rds terminally (Fig. 13.)

Colour : Medusa colorless. Entoderm of stomach and tentacle
bulbs dark yellow.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella, 2-3 mm.

Ontogenesis : I have found some Bougainvillia's in Port Jackson,
which are similar to B. ramosa. They are the only Hydroid Polyps
resembling that Genus, which I have met with in Australian waters.

It seems thei-efore not unlikely that they are different stages in
the cyclus of development of our Margelis trinema. Both how-
ever. Medusa and Polyp are rare, so that not much reliance can be
placed on that assumption.

Locality : Port Jackson.

Season : Early Spring.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 919

11. FAMILY. LEPTOMEDUSID^. Von Lendenfeld.

I. SUB-FAMILY. THAU VIANTIN/E.
46a (74.) GEN-US. OCTORHOPALON (1.) Nov. gen.

Thamantinfe with four Radial Canals and four Gonads, eiglit
tentacles, and eight clubs, in the intervals between the tentacles
one in each Octant.

This new Genus belongs to Haeckel's Sub-Family Laodicidse (2),
and ajipears very nearly related to his Genus Octonema, from
which it differs by the absence of Cirrhi, and by the small number
(8) of the niai-ginal clubs.

197a (238), OCTORHOPALON FERTILIS. Nov. spec.
Plate XLIL, fig.s. 14-15.

Umbrella somiovate, much higher than broad. Stomach repre-
senting a double four-sided Pyramid, Octeedral, widest in the
middle. Tips of the mouth produced into four inconspicuous
extensions at the corners. Intervening parts of the margin
concave. Gonads very large and extending all about the Eadial
Canals. The four Gonads are joined around the stomach. They
are richly folded transversely.

The tentacles about two-thirds of the length of the Umbrella.
The perradial ones longer than the interradial ones. The bulbs at
the bases of the tentacles not large, elongate. The clubs
large, elongate-oval, a little longer than the tentacle bulbs.

Colour : Gonads reach orange yellow. Medusae otherwise
colourless.

Size : Height of Umbrella, 2-5 mm., breadth, 2 mm.

Ontogenesis : Unknown.

Locality : Port Jack.son.

Season : Early spring.

(1.) oKTo), eight ; s'onaXov, a club.

(2.) Haeckel. Das System der Meduseu. Seite 12c

920 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS/E,

III. SUB-FAMILY. ENCOPIN.E.

49. GENUS. EUCOPE. Gegenbaur.
201a (239). EUCOPE HYALIXA. Nov. Spec.
Plate XLIL, Figs. 16, 17, 18.

Umbrella flat, nearly watch-glass shaped, more than twice as
broad as high. Gallert in the centre, exceptionally thick. The
stomach half as long as the Umbrella is high and a little broader
than long. Margin extended, with irregular small flaps. The
4 Gonads are oval and gi'ow out from the distal third of the four
Radial Canals. Eight tentacles about as long as the Umbrella is
high with conic basal tentacle bulbs. Eight adradial large
vesicles. Thei-e are always three Otolithes on each vesicle. The
A^esicles (Fig. 18) ai-e sphei'ical and attached to the cushion of
elongated sensitive cells with long ciliae by a broad and short
peduncle

Colour : Medusa extremely transparent. Gonads and stomach
pale yellow.

Size : Diameter of Umbrella 6 mm. ; height 3 mm.

Ontogenesis : Unknown. I have found numerous different
species of Campanularians which have not been decribed, because
their Gonophores were not seen. There is no one of these more
likely than any other, to be the Polypcolony belonging to our
Eucope.

Locality : Port Jackson.

Season : Early spring.

50. GENUS. OBELTA. Peron et Leseur.

203. OBELIA AUSTRALIS. Von Lendenfeld.

Plate XLIIL, Figs. 19, 20, 21, 22.

1(1) have described this species from the Polypcolonies and
the young larvoe, which I obtained in Port Jackson. Since then
I have obtained the adult Medusa, apparently belonging to this

(1.) Vo7i Lendenfeld. The Australian Hydromeduste. Part V. Pro-
ceedings of the Linnean Society of N.S.W., Vol. IX., p. 604.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 921

species. The Umbrella is flat, and always reversed. I have
examined hundreds of these Obelias lately, and have always found
the Umbrella in this aj^parently abnormal state. But as these
Olielias seemed perfectly healthy, and were obtained together
with other Medusae which never reverted the Umbrella, I am led
to suppose that this is their natural position. All Obelias seem to
have the extraordinary habit of i-everting the Umbrella, and even
of fastening themselves to foreign bodies by means of the mouth.

Whilst the other Australian species, O. geniculata, is often
found with non-reverted Umbrella, and also the young larvse of
O. Australis present that appearance, I have never seen an adult
Medusa of this species in another position from that represented
in the figure. (Fig. 19.)

The Gonads are situated in the distal part of the Radial Canals,
oval and thicker at the distal than near the proximal end. The
Radial Canal widens at the pi'oximal end continuously into the
cavity of the Gonad. In the distal end the Radial Canal enters
and widens abruptly into the fundus of the cavity. (Fig. 21.)

The male genital products are produced by a continual division
and subdivision of the cells in the Subumbral wall of the Gonad.
A thin layer of Ectodermal Epithelium covers the Gonad. It
ajDpears as if the Spermamother cells were Entodermal. The
division of the cells goes on more rapidly towards the cavity, so
that these cells always appear smaller (fig. 21e) than the outer
ones (g). From the inner surface lines extend centrifugally (fig
27f), and it appears that these lines are minute channels in
connection with the Gastral cavity, through which nourishing
material flows to the growing Spermatozoa.

Tlie stomach (fig. 19) is spherical, and we find attached to it a
short Manubrium, with four short, cylindrical Moutharms in the
Perradii. Looked at from above tlie stomach appears quad-
rangular. (Fig. 20.)

922 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDEOMEDUS^,

The tentacles are from 30 to 40 in number, and inserted in the
margin of the Umbrella by means of a plug-shaped f&g. 22a)
centripetal process (1).

Eight adradial Otolithes at the side of adradial tentacle-bulbs.

12. FAMILY. CAMPANULINID.^. Von Lendenfeld.

No Australian representatives of this family were known
hitherto. I have had occasion to examine the Gonophors of some
Hydroids, which are apparently identical with Campanularia
Caliculata Hincks ; and I find that they are Medusostyles.
Therefore I consider myself justified in placing this well-known
Hydroid in this family.

59a (75.) GENUS. CAMPANULINA. Von Lendenfeld.

Campanulinidee, which consist of Polycolonies invested by a
chitinous Perisarc, and containing alimentary zooids, with one
verticil of filiform tentacles, invested by a radially symmetrical
cup on a peduncle, Polypostyles, which grow from the Hydrorhiza
in the shape of trumpet-like tubes, and Medusostyles budding
at their sides.

Connected by Eucapella with Eucope.

214a (240). CAMPANULINA CALYCULATA. Von Lendenfeld.
Var. Makrogona.

In my paper on Eucopella (2) I referred to a Hydroid from
Port Phillip, which is very similar to Eucopella, and which I
believed to belong to the above species. I have since obtained
specimens with Gonophors, and find that it is identical with
Campanularia Caliculata, Hincks (3) and Allman (4), and with

(1.) Compare AUman. Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian
Hydroids. Vol. I. Page 142.

(2.) R. von Lendenfeld. Eucopella Campanularia. Zeitschrift fitr Wis-
senschaftliche Zoologie. Band XXXVIII.. Seite 499.

(.3 ) T. Hincks. On some new British Hydroids. Annal. and Maigazine
of Natural History, 2nd series, Mai'ch, 1836.

(4.) G. T. Allman. On the structure of the Eeproductive Organs in
certain Hydroid Polypes. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh
for 1857-58.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 923

Campanularia Breviscyphya, Sars (1), Agassiz (2) describes it as
Clythia poteriura.

In the variety Makrogona — all Australian specimens belong to
it — the Gonophors are nearly as high as the Hydrocaulus of the
Trophosome, and 8-10 times as large as the Hydrotheca.

Medusoid buds are produced in the Gonophor, which do not
become free, in fact they do not possess a properly developed
Umbrella at the time when the sexual products are matured.
Judging from Hincks's (3) figure, the European Campanulina
caliculata produces similar Medusoid buds, and I therefore do not
hesitate to place this species in this family. It appears, as I have
often taken occasion to mention, extremely likely, that many other
species will wander from the Hydropolypinae to this Subordo, so
particularly the Genus Sertularia.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XL. to XLIII.

Fig. 1. — Monosklera pusilla, R. v. L. A small Colony in Natural size.

Fig. 2. — Monosklera pusilla, K.. v. L. Part of a shoot. AA., Oc, 1.

Fig. 3. — Monosklera pusilla, E. v. L. An luternode with two H ydrothicse.

C, Oc. II.
Fig. 4. — Lafcea cylindrica, R. v. L. A , Oc. II.
Fig. 5. — Lafcea cylindrica, R. v. L. C, Oc I.
Fig. 6. — Dipliasia rectangularis, R. v. L. Natural size.
Fig. 7. — Diphasia rectangularis, R. v. L. Part of a pinna, AA., Oc. II.
Fig. 8. — Diphasia rectangularis, R v. L. A male Gonophore. AA.,Oc. II.
Fig. 9. — Thuiaria quadridens, Bale. With a Gonophore. AA., Oc. I.
Fig. 10. — Panda?a minima, R. v. L. A., Oc. 111.
Fig. 11. — Pand;ea minima, R. v. L. An Exumbi'al Meridianal-line. C,

Oc, II.
Fig. 12. — Pand»a minima, R. v. L. Part of the Exumbral Meridianal-line

treated with osmic and acetic acid, i, Oc. I. The outer Epithel

removed from the upper part of the Figure.

(1.) G. 0. Sars. Campanularia Breviscvphia. Bidrag til Kundskaben
om Middelhavet's Littoral-Fauna, 1857, 49, pi. 1, figs. 12, 13.

(2.) L. Agassiz. Clytia poterium Contribution to the Natui'al History
of the United States Acalephai, Vol. IV., p. 297, pi. XXVIII.

(3 ) T. Hincks. A History of the British Hydroid Zoophytes, Vol. II.,
pi. XXXI , fig. 2d.

)24 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN IIYDROMEDUSiE.

(a) Ordinai-y flat Epithel-cells.

(b) Nervefibre.

(c) Nettle cells.

(d) Bipolar Ganglia cell.

(c) Irregular Ganglia cell of the nettle-wart.
(/) Subepithelial cell producing nettle capsules.
((j) Nerve tibrills radiating out from the fibre to the different
Ijarts of the nettle wart.
-Margelis trinema, R. v. L. A., Oc. III.
-Octorhopalon fertilis, R. v. L. A., Oc. III.,
-Octorhopalon fertilis, R. v. L. The Medusa seen from below.

AA., Oc. II.

-Eucope hyalina, R. v. L. A., Oc. III.
-Eucope hyalina, A. v. L. Longitudinal section through the

stomach and the commencement of a Radial Canal, osmic acid,

alum-carmin. F.. Oc. II.
-Eucope hyalina, R. v. L. An acustice vesicle with three Otolithes.

A fresh compressed specimen. DD., Oc. II.
-Obelia Australis, R. v. L. AA., Oc. II. A Medusa with reverted

Exumbrella.
-Obelia Aiistralis, E. v. L. The mouth seen from below. AA., Oc.

II.
-Obelia Australis, R. v. L. Longitudinal section through a growing

male t^exual Organ, osmic acid, picra carmin. DD., Oc. I.

(a) Proximal part of Kadial Canal.

(b) Granulose part of the Umbrella Gallert just below the

Sexual Organ.

(c) Ordinary Entoderm on the upper side of the Sexual cavity.
((/) Distal part of the Radial Canal.

(e) Mass of small, indistinct cells, with Protoplasme which

does not refract the light very strongly.
(J) Minute Canal leading from the cavity into this mass of cells.
([/) Larger and well separated cells, filled with highly refracting

Protoplasme near the outer surface.
(h) Ectodermal Epithel.
Fig. 22, — Obelia Australis, R. v. L. Base of one of the Tentacles. Afresh
specimen compressed. C, Oc. I.

(o) Plug-shaped transparent mass inserted into the margin of
the Umbrella.

(b) Proximal wall of the Ring canal.

(c) Hing canal.

(d) Distal wall of the Ring canal.

(e) The rudimentary rest of the Velum.

(;) Large Ectodermal cell of the tentacle-bulb.
{(j) First Entodermal cell of the Axis of the Tentacle.
(h) Conic extension of the cavity of the Ring canal into the
'J'entacle.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

13.
14.
15.

Fig.

Fig.

16.

17.

Fig.

18.

Fig.

19.

Fig.

20.

Fig.

21.

LOCAL COLOUR-VARIETIES OF SCHYPHOMEDUSyE.

A New Species Produced in Forty Years'?

By R. VON Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

The colours of the large Mecluspe are as variable as they are
brilliant, and we generally find the same species appearing in a
long sei'ies of finely toned colour-varieties.

I have observed two species of large Medusje, Cyanea Annaskala,
R. V. L., and Crambessa mosaica H., which although tJiey vary
very much in their colour do not appear in a series of connecting
varieties, but rather as " beginning species " in as much as the
colour in these varieties is quite constant in the different coloured
Medusae met with in different localities.

I have found these two species in Port Phillip, South Coast, and
in Port Jackson, East Coast. Although these two places are not
far apart, still the water is very much warmer in the latter harbour
than in the former. This is owing to the nature of the Ocean
Currents. A warm equatorial current which passes along the
Eastern Coast of Australia, sujiplies Port Jackson with warmer
and probably salter water than that with which Port Phillip is
filled. A cold Polar current flows past the entrance to Port
Phillip.

T have found occasion to draw attention to the fact, that
Crambessa mosaica in Sydney was brown, whilst in Melbourne the
same species always appeared deep blue. The brown colour
is not always of the same depth and of similar hue all over the
surface of the Medusa, but varies from the colour of white bread to
that of coffee. The cause of this colour is to be found in yellow
cells, which appear in more or less dense clusters throughout the
gallert. These cells are parasitic Algse, known as Zooxanthella.
Such Zooxanthellfe are very common in Jelly-fish, Sj)onges, &c..

926 LOCAL COLOUR- VARIETIES OF SCHYPHOMEDUSiE,

in all parts of tlie world. Also, in Port Phillip, I obtained
numerous Actiniae, which were infested by them. The Cram-
bessa mosaica of Melbourne however, never shows a trace of a
Zooxanthella, and consequently retains its original blue colour.
In the harbour of Sydney on the other hand, Zooxanthellpe, which
appear identical with those in Melbourne are found in great masses
in all CrambessjB. In Sydney as well as in ^lelbourne I had
occasion to see many thousand specimens, and I found that the
Melboui-ne variety was always blue, but that the Sydney species
was not absolutely always quite brown.

With the trawl we sometimes brought up Crambessse from depths
of 10 or 20 metres, Avhich did not show the brown colour very
distinctly, and it ap]3eared that only few heaps of ZooxanthelUe
could be detected with the magnifying glass. In every case some
yellow cells were present.

I think that I might be justified in considering the difference
between the Sydney and Melbourne specimens as sufficient to
make two varieties of them.

In the cold water of Port Phillip, it ap})ears not to be advanta-
geous for the Medusa or the Algje to live symbiotic, whilst this does
appear to be the case in the warm water of Port Jackson. The
Melbourne variety which I name

CRAMBESSA MOSAICA CONSERVATIVA
is blue and has apparently retained the habits of its ancestors.
The Sydney variety which I shall name

CRAMBESSA MOSAICA SYMBIOTICA,

has given up this mode of life and has taken to live together with
a Zooxanthella. The difference between the two is evidently the
same as that between Fungi and Lichens. Should the variety Sym-
biotica adapt itself in the ordinary course of natural selection so
wholly to this Symbiotism so as not to be able to live without the
Zooxanthella a new species will have been formed, which may
perhaps be the case already.

Crambessa mosaica has been described by several authors (see
for reference my former paper the Scyphomedusae of the Southern

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 927

Hemisphere.) All the specimens were collected near Sydney, and
the species is described as blue to gray, No one mentions the
bright brown colour, which is so very striking. The latest of these
observers was T. Huxley in the year 1845. Has the change taken
place since that time 1 Have we to assume that a new species or
variety has been produced within the last forty years 1

If this paper should be read by anyone who has access to the
original type specimens of Quoy et Gaimard or Huxley, it would
be well worth while to examine them so as to find out whether
they can detect any Zooxanthellse in them or not.

Two years ago I described a most beautiful Medusa of Port
Phillip as Cyanea Annaskala, R. v. L. Although this species
appears in millions in the place mentioned there is no record of its
having been found anvwhere else, and also I have not found it in
any other locality until lately. In September a few specimens
appeared in Port Jackson, which although slightly different in
colour and size must doubtlessly be referred to my species Cyanea
Annaskala. Whilst the Melbourne specimens appeai-ed never to
grow beyond 10 Cm. in diameter, the Sydney specimens attain a
diameter of 20 Cm. and more. There is hardly a doubt that this
Medusa grows to a larger size in the warmer water of the
equatorial current than in the cold water that comes from the
South Pole, the Fauna of which is comparatively poor. There
exists also a difference in the colour of the mouth-arms. The
Melbourne specimens possess mouth arms, which are deep purple
throughout, whilst the purple colour in the Sydney specimens is
found only at the margin.

The margin, which is much thicker than the proximal parts of
the mouth-arms, consists of a number of cells in the Ectoderm,
which here is composed of many layers. The pigment is found in
these cells exclusively and not also in the supporting lamella as in
the Melbourne specimen.

Among the thousands of specimens which I examined at
Melbourne I did not find a single form which might be considered
as a transient variety. The moutharms of all had quite the same
coloui", a fact to which I drew attention at the time. As also the

928 LOCAL COLOUR-VARIETIES OF SCHYPIIOMEDUSvE.

few Sydney specimens which I found were constant in this
particular. T consider myself justified in setting up provisionally
two varieties of this species :

CYANEA ANN ASK ALA PURPUREA

found as yet only in Port Phillip, with moutharms which avo
richly purple throughout, and

CYANEA ANNASKALA MARGINATA

found as yet only in Port Jackson with moutharms, which are
purple at the free margin, but otherwise appear colourless.

The purple colour in the moutharms is very similar to the
brilliant purple " Sehpui'pur " in the sensitive apparatus of the
Retina of some animals, particularly the lizard. When the
Cyanea is placed in a glass aquarium this colour fades in less
than an hour to a dirty brickred. . When the Medusa is sick even
in the open sea it is always this colour, which is affected first and
turns into a dirty coifee colour long before the tentacles begin to
drop ofi", which is always a sign of approaching death.

In my paper on the structure of Cyanea Annaskala, I pointed
out that no pigment occurs in the marginal bodies and that there-
fore the organs of sight of this si)ecies, if to be found in the
marginal bodies at all were not nearly so highly developed as in
other MedusfB, nor even as in the other species of the same genus,
which do not possess purple moutharms.

Sensitive cells are very numerous, particularly in the purple
margin and contain the purple substance. Ganglia cells are also
met with there. The pigment in the other parts might be con-
sidered as reserve material for that, which may perhaps be used
up by the sensitive cells.

I do not go so far as to draw the conclusion which the reader
will have inferred from the preceding lines, but I should like to
hint at the possibility of the moutharms of our Medusa being
able to perceive light.

THE METAMOEPHOSIS OF BOLINA CHUNI. Nov. Spec.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Plates XLIV.-XLV.

The extreme delicacy of Ctenaphorse in general must in a great
measure be considered as the reason why so few of these Coelenterata
have been described from Australian waters. Nevertheless they
really appear to be rare. During my three years stay in the
colonies, a great pai't of which time was devoted to the investi-
gation of marine animals I have only met with two species one of
which was very abundant in Port Jackson. The ssvarms consist
apparently of Bolina and Cydippidte, but I found after I had
examined a great number of specimens, that the Cydippidse were
nothing else than the young stages of the Bolina.

The metamorphosis of this Genus has been studied by A. Agassiz
(1), and Chun (2) describes the development of Eucharis multi-
coi'nis. In both these cases as well as in a few other species of
Lobatfe, the young stages are similar to Cydippe.

The metamorphosis of our Bolina is nevertheless slightly different
from that of Bolina alata described by Agassiz (I.e.)

The larvae possess for a long time a perfectly circular transverse
section. (Fig. 5), and are depressed neither in the Gastral nor in
the funnel-plane. The paddle-lines are in the young larva much
longer than in corresponding stages of other Lobate. The apical
Callert masses protrude far beyond the sense organ.

I shall first describe the adult animal

(1.) A. Agassiz. North American Acalephse. Illustrated Catalogue of
the Museum of Compai-ative Zoology. No. II, 1865.

(2 ) C. Chun. Die Ctenophoren des Golfes von Neapel. b'auna und Flora
des Golfes von Neapel. Band I.

930 THE METAMORPHOSIS OF BOLINA CHUNI,

BOLINA CHUNI. Nov. spec.

Body slightly compressed. Lobes when expanded about as long
as the body. Surface smooth. Auricels long and triangular with
straight sides and a sharp-pointed end. Bulges above the nerve-
center high, paddles not large and rather numerous. Adradial
canals join the proximal part of Meridional vessels. Curves of the
lobe-vessels simple.

Size : Length 11 Cm., breadth of lobes 9 Cm.

Colour: Perfectly transparent. Lobe-vessels in the adult violet.

The most striking feature of this Bolina is the great bulk of the
lobes, which are thicker than the body, and nearly circular. The
lobe- vessels are extremely simple and show the characteristic
arabese-shaped curves only when the lobe is contracted. The
muscles in the lobe are clearly visible forming an extremely delicate
network of radial and cii'cular fibres, which however, are by no means
so distinct as those in Eucharis multicornis. The body appears in
its upper end decidedly truncate. The stomach is rectangular and
much broader than in other species.

The sense organ is situated about 1 Cm., below the aboral end
of the body.

The specific name needs no explanation.

DEVELOPMENT.

The youngest Bolina Chuni, which I obtained was a globular
larva with about 3 mm., in diameter. (Fig. 3). Decidedly pear-
shaped it differs from the larvae figui'ed by Agassiz and Chun in
shape very much, as the narrow part is the oral, whilst the broad
part, the aboral end of the animal.

The sense organ lies more than half way below the aboral
end of the body, a peculiarity which is met with in very much
younger larvae of Eucharis and Bolina alata. I have mentioned
befoi-e that the transverse section of this, as well as of later stages,
is circular. It appears that the larva of Eucharis is compressed
in another direction than the adult animal. (Chun I.e., p. 122.)
Agassiz (I.e., p. 15) states that Bolina is compressed in the same
direction throughout It appears, therefore, that this character is
subjected to greater changes than has been supposed.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 931

The gastro-vascular system of our larva resembles one stage of
Eucharis very closely. (Clnm I.e., Tafel. IX., fig. 7.) The two
tentacles are very long. (Fig. 3), extended up to ten times the
length of the body.

A later stage, measuring 8 mm. in diameter, is represented in
figures 4 and 5.

The difference between it and Eucharis larvae of a similar size
mainly consists in the greater width of the canals in the former,
and in the peculiarity that the tentacles arise very much further
from the point where the main channel branches, so that a
continuation of the perradial canal stem is formed which extends
as far beyond the bi-anches as these are distant from the centre
(Fig. 5.)

The paddle-lines are long, and lines can already be traced con-
necting them with the aboral pole. (Fig. 4.)

The lobes are very small, about the same size as in a 6 mm.
larva of Eucharis. When the animal attains a length of about
3 Cm., all its parts are developed and it presents the same
appearance as the largest.

The lobes of the smaller species are carried much further apart,
more horizontally than in the lai'ger individuals.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLIV. and XLV.

BOLINA ChUNI.

Fig. 1. — Large specimen in natural size, painted from life. Seen from the

funnel-plane.
Fig. 2. — The same from the Gastral-plane.

Fig. 3. — Youngest larva, magnified four diameters, painted from life.
Fig. 4. — Older larva, magnified about four diameters from the Gastral-plane,

painted from life.
Fig. 5. — The same from above.

61

932 REVISION OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND,

REVISION OF THE MARINE T^NIOGLOSSATE AND
PTENOGLOSSATE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND.

By Captain F. W. IIutton, F.G.S., Hon. Memb. Linn. Soc,
New South Wales.

T^NIOGLOSSA.

Family. TRiTONiDiE.*

Triton tritonis. Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 2ncl edition, 1222. T.
variegatus, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition. Vol.
IX., p. 623 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 3. Tryon Man.
Conch. Vol. III., p. 9, pi. 1 ; tig. 1, pi. 3 ; fig. 16, pi. 4:
fig. 25.

Habitat. — Northei-n parts of the Auckland Province. (Buller.)
Found also through the whole Indo-pacific region.

Triton nodiferus, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. IX., p. 624. T.australis, Lam. I.e. Vol. IX., p. 625 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 12. T. saulice, Reeve, I.e., fig. 17.
Tryon, Man. Conch. Vol, III., p. 10, pi. 1, fig. 2-3, pi. 3, fig.
17, pi. 4, fig. 23.

Habitat. — North Island as far as South Napier, and at Chatham
Island. Found also in Australia, Japan, and other places.

Triton olearium. Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., edition. XL, p.
748 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 32. T. succinctum, Lamarck.
Anim. sans. Vert., 2nd edition. Vol. IX., p. 628 ; Homb.

* The following species has been omitted : —

Triton fxisif or nis, Kiener ; inhabits Australia.

BY CAPTAIN F. AV. HUTTON, F.G.S., &C. 933

and Jacquinot, Voy. Pole Sud., pi. 25, fig. 3 . Tryon Man.

Conch. Vol. III., p. 11, pi. 3, fig. 19, pi. 4, fig. 24; pi. 5,

fig. 27-29 ; pi. 6, fig. 37. T. acclivis, Hutton, Cat. Marine

Moll, of New Zealand, p. 13.
Habitat — Auckland.
Found in Australia, Polynesia, and various parts of the world.

Triton spengleri. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition. Vol.
IX., p. 627, Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 36 ; Quoy and Gaimard,
Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., Vol. II., p. 583, pi. 40, figs. 1-2 ; Tryon,
Man. Conch., Vol. III., p. 16, pi. 9, fig. 61.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham Islands.
Found also in Australia and Tasmania.
Ranella leucostoma. Lamarck, Anim, sans Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. IX., p. 542 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 4 ; Quoy and
Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., Vol. II., p. 546, pi. 40, figs.
3-5. Tryon, Man. Conch., Vol. Ill, p. 42, pi. 23, tigs. 53-54.
Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand, and Martin's Bay in
the South Island.

Found also in Australia and Tasmania.
Ranella argus. Gmelin ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 12 ; Tryon,
Man. Conch., Vol. III., p. 44, pi. 24, figs. 61-65. B vexillum,
Sovvb. Pro. Zool. Soc, 1841, p. 51 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig.
13. Hombron and Jacquinot, Voy. Pole Sud. Zool., Vol. V.,
p. 115, pi. 25, figs. 38-39. Bursa proditor, Franenfeld, Reise
der No vara, Moll., pi. 1, fig. 1. B. tumida, Dunker, Novit.
Conch., pi. 11, fig. 8.
Habitat. — Auckland to Stewart's Island.

Found also in Tasmania, Chili, St. Paul's Island, and the Cape of
Good Hope.

Family. DoLllDiE.

DoLiUM VARIEGATUM. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. X., p. 143 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 7.

Habitat. — North Cape to Tauranga.
Found also in Australia.

934 REVISION OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND,

Cassis pyrum. Lamarck, Aniin. sans Vert., 2nd edition. Vol.
X., p. 33 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 29. C. striatus, Hutton,
Cat. Tertiary Moll, of New Zealand, p. 8 (Young.)
Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand and Martin's Bay in
the South Island.

Found also in Australia and Tasmania.

Cassis achatina. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert , 2nd edition. Vol.
X., p. 33 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 28.
Hahitat. — North parts of Auckland Province.
Found also in Australia and the Cape of Good Hope.

Family. LamellariidvE.
CoRiocELLA opiiiONE. Gray, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1849, p. 169.

Hahitat. — Auckland.
Lamellaria cerebroides. Hutton, Trans., New Zealand
Institute, Vol. XV., p. 122 (1883.)
Hahitat. — Dunedin.

Family. Naticid^.

Natica neozelanica. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
II., p. 237, pi. 66, figs. 11-12 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 90.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Natica australis. Hutton, Jour, de Conch., 1878, p. 23
(Lunatra.)
Habitat. — Auckland.

The operculum is calcareous TCheeseman, M.S.S.)
Natica vitrea. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 21 (1873.) N. amphiala, Watson, Linn. Soc. Jour., Zool.
XV., p. 261 (1881.)
Habitat. — Stewart's Island and the Chatham Islands.
The operculum is horny.

Family. Turbonillid^.

Turbonilla neozelanica. Hutton (Chemnitzia) Cat. Marine

Moll, of New Zealand, p. 22 (1873.)

BY CAPTAIN F. W. IIUTTON, F.G.S., &C. 935

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Perhaps identical with Tiirbonilla nitida, Angas, from South
Australia.

AcLis (Rissopsis HYALiNA. Huttou, New Zealand Journal of
Science II., p. 173 (1884.) Shell thin, hyaline, white or
brownish, darker at the apex, smooth, polished ; apex blunt,
whorls 5 or 6, rather flattened, the suture well washed.
Aperture ovate, acuminate posteriorly ; columella smooth,
slightly recurved anteriorly.

Length, 0*1 inch.

Habitat. — Stewart Island.

Odostomia lactea. Angas, Pro. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 112, pi. 13,
fig. 11.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.
Found also in Australia.

Family. Pyramidellid^.

Obeliscuns roseus. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 22 (1873.)
Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Family. Cypr^eid^.*

Trivia australis. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. X., p. 545 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 138. Gray, Figs.
Moll. Anim., Vol. I., pi. 34, fig. 7.

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand,
Found also in Australia and Tasmania.

Trivia europ.ea. Mont. G. coccinella, Lamarck, Anim. sans
Vert., 2nd edition. Vol. X., p. 544 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon,,
fig. 129.
Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.

* The following species have been omitted : —

Cyprcea punctata, Linnaeus ; inhabits the Philippines.
Cyprcea annultts, Linnaeus ; inhabits Polynesia.

936 REVISION OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND,

Found also in Europe, &c., and fossil in the miocene beds at
Table Cape, Tasmania.

Family. Cancellariid^.*

Cancellaria trailli. Hutton, Cat. Marine IMoll. of New Zea-
land, p. 26 (1873.)
Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Family. TRiciiOTROPiDiE.

Trichotropis inornata. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New

Zealand, p. 26 (1873). T. dathrata, Sowerby in Reeve's

Conch. Icon., fig. 10 (1874); Yoy. Erebus and Terror, Moll.,

pi. 1, fig. 21 (1874.)

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham

Islands.

Family. CERiiTHUDiE.t

BiTTiUM TEREBELLOiDES. Martens, Critical List of the Moll, of
New Zealand, p. 26 (1873.) C. cinctum, Hutton, Cat. Marine
Moll, of New Zealand, p. 27 (1873.)
Habitat. — Throughout New Zewland.

BiTTiUM EXiLis. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 27 (1873), and Trans. New Zealand Inst. Vol. XVI.,
p. 214.
Habitat. — Auckland and Stewait's Island.

Triphoris angasi. Crosse, Jour, de Conch., 1865, pi. 1, figs. 12-13.
C. minimus, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 27 (1873.)
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.
Found also in Australia.

* The following species has been omitted : —

Cancellaria ampullacera, Lesson.
+ The following species have been omitted : —

Cerlthium bkolor, Hombron and Jacquinot.

Cerithium striatum, Hombron and Jacquinot.

Ctrithium nigrum, Homb. and Jacq. ; no desci'iption.

Cerithium australe, Quoy and Gaimard.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S., &C. 937

Triphoris gemmulatus. Adams and Eeeve, Voy. Samarang,
Moll., p. 46.

Habitat. — New Zealand (Martens).
I have seen no specimens.

Cerithidea alternata Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 26, (1873).
Habitat. — Tauranga.

Cerithidea bicarinata. Gray, in Dieflfenbach's New Zealand,
Yol. TL, p. 241 (1843); Voy. Erebus and Terror, Moll., pi. 1,
fig. 20. C. lumdentum, Kein, Mon. Cerith., pi. 23, fig. 1.
Habitat. — North Island, and Bank's Peninsula.

Cerithidea tricarinata. Hutton, New Zealand Journal of Science.
Vol. I., p. 477 (1883) ; Trans. New Zealand Institute, Vol.
XVI., p. 214, (1884).
Habitat. — Tauranga.

Cerithidea subcarinata. Sowerby ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig.
28 (1866), C. australis, Gray, in Dieifenbach's New Zealand.
Vol. II., p. 241 [not of Lamarck].

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham Islands.

Family. ApoRRHAiDiE.*

Struthiolaria PAPULOSA. Mai'tyn, Univ. Conch., pi. 54 (1784).
Murex jyes-struthiocameli, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., Vol. X., figs.
1520-21 (1788). Murex stramineus, Gmelin, 13th edition
Linne's Syst. Nat. S. nodulosa, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert.,
2nd edition. Vol. IX., p. 524. aS'. papulosa and S. vermis,
Reeve, Conch. Icon., figs. 3 and 4 [not of Mavtyn]. S.gigas,
Sowerby, Chenu, fig. 1651.

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand, and Cook's Straits.

* The following species are omitted : —

Struthiolaria tricarinata, Lesson ; not recognised.
Struthiolaria scutulata, Martyn ; inhabits Australia.

938 REVISION OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND,

Struthiolaria vermis. Mai-tyn, Univ. Conch., pi. 53 (1784).
Kiener's, Mon. Struth., pi. 2, fig. 3. >S. australis, Gmelin, in
13th edition, Linne's Syst. Nat. : Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 1.
S. crenulata, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert , 2nd edition. Vol.
IX., p. 533 ; Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., Vol.
II., p. 430, pi. 31, figs. 7-9. >S'. inermis, Sowerby, Thes.,
Conch,, Vol. I., fig. 12.

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand, and Cook's Straits.
Very rare south of Cook's Straits.

Family Calyptrid.e.

Galerus neozelanicus. Lesson (Sigapatella), Voj'. Coquille,
Zool., Vol. II., p. 395 (1830). Crepidula maculata, Quoy and
Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., Vol. III., p. 422, pi. 72, figs.
6-9 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 15.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand,

Galerus scutum. Lesson (Sigapatella), Voy. Coquille, Zool., Vol.
II., p. 395 (1830). Trochita tenuis, Gray, Pro. Zool. Soc,
1867, p. 735.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Crepidula costata. Sowerby, Genera of Shells, fig. 3. Quoy
and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., Vol. III., p. 414, pi. 72,
figs. 10-12 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 21.

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.

Crepidula monoxyla. Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool., Vol. II., p.
391. G. contorta, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.,
Vol. III. , p. 4 1 8, pi. 7 2, figs. 15-16. Cryjita pi-ofunda, Hutton,
Cat. Tertiary Moll, of New Zealand, p. 14 (1873).
Habitat. — Bay of Islands to Auckland.

Crepidula unguiformis. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition,
Vol. VIIL, p. 642 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 1.
Habitat. — Throucfhout New Zealand. World wide.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. BUTTON, F.G.S., &C. 939

HippONYx (amalthea) australis. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert.
Vol, VI., p. 335. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
Vol. III., p. 434, pi. 72, figs. 25-34.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and the Chatham Islands.
Found also in Australia.

Family. TuRRiTELLiDiE.

TuRRiTELLA ROSEA. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
Vol. III., p. 136, pi. 55, tigs. 24-26 (1834); Eeeve, Conch.
Icon., tig. 41.

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and in the Chatham Islands.

TuRRlTELLA viTTATA. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 29, (1873).

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.

TuRRiTELLA FULMiNATA. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 29 (1873).
Habitat. — Northern part of the Auckland Province.

TURRITELLA CARLOTTiE. Watson, Linn Soc. Jour. Vol. XV., p.
222 (1880).

Habitat. — Queen Charlotte's Sound.

TURRITELLA PAGODA. Reeve, Conch. Icon., tig. 60 (1849).

Habitat. — Northern Part of the Auckland Province.

TURRITELLA TRiciNCTA. Hutton, Cat. Tertiary Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 13 (1873). Eglisia symmetrica, Hutton Cat.
Marine Moll, of New Zealand, p. 30 (Young). Turritella
rosea, Mantell, Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. VI., pi. 28, fig.

16, (1850).

Habitat. — Lyttelton Harbour ; Stewart's Island.

Eglisia plicata. Hutton, (Rissoa) Cat. Marine Moll, of New
Zealand, p. 29 (1873).
Habitat. — Auckland and Stewart's Island.

940 REVISION OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND,

Family. RissoiDiE.*

RissoiNA (Eatoniella) olivacea. Hutton, (Dardania), Trans.
New Zealand Institute. Vol. XIV., p. 147, pi. 1, fig. k, (1882).

Habitat. — Lyttleton.

Shell ovate, smooth, very dai-k brown when dry ; aperture not
continuous.

Length, 0-08 inch.

RissoiNA ANNULATA. Hutton, New Zealand Jour, of Science.
Vol. II., p. 173 (1884).

Habitat. — Auckland

Shell ovate, smooth, brown, often with a paler band just below
the suture. Whorls 5, slightly rounded, the suture well marked.
Aperture rounded, continuous in the adult.

Length, O'OS inch.

Distinguished from B. purpurea by its shape and better marked
sutures.

RissOA RUGULOSA. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 28 (1873.) Eulima chathamensis, Hutton, I.e., p. 23.

Habitat.— Throughout New Zealand and at the Chatham
Islands. According to Mr. Justice Gillies it is the same as B.
variegata, Angas, from Australia.

Our largest species, elongately curved, white or yellowish white.
The spire whorls are longitudinally ribbed, but the body whorl is
smooth.

Length, 0'3 inch.

RissoA PURPUREA. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 29 (1873.) H. subfusca, Hutton, I.e., p. 28.

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Shell siibulately elongated, yellowish with a purple spire, and a
white band below the suturs, apertures rounded, continuous.

Length, 0-12 inch.

The following species has been omitted : —

Bissoa fasciata, Adams ; inhabits Australia.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S., &C. 941

RissoA IMPOLITA. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 29 (1873.)

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Shell conoidal, white, whorls flattened, finely spirally striated ;
sature small.

Length, 01 inch.
RissoA NANA. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 28 (1873.)

Habitat. — Stewart's Island and Aiickland.

Shell oval, spire short and blunt ; whorls longitudinally ribbed.

Length, 0-1 inch.
RissOA ROSEA. Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
p. 29 (1873.)

Habitat. — Stewart's Island.

Shell ovate, pink ; whorls rather flat ; mouth not continuous.

Length, 0-07 inch.
RissoA FLAMMULATA. Hutton, Jour. de Conch., 1878, p. 28.

Habitat. — Auckland.

Shell turbinately conical, polished red with oblique white rays ;
aperture not continuous.

Length, 0-25 inch.
RissoA LiMBATA. Hutton, New Zealand Journal of Science. Yol.
I., p. 477 (1883) ; Trans. New Zealand Institute. . Vol.
XVI., p. 214 (1884).

Habitat. — Auckland.

Shell turbinately conical, polished ; ashy brown with white spots
at the suture.

Length, 0-11 inch.

Family. LiTTORiNiDiE.*

LiTTORlNA CINCTA. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
IL, p. 481, pi. 3.3, fig. 20-21 (1833); Reeve, Conch. Icon.,

* The following species Iiave been omitted : —
Littorina i-ilis, Menke.
Littorina novie-zealcmdke, Reeve.
Risella melanostoma, Gmelin ; inhabits Australia.
{R. Kielmansegge, Fraukf.)

942 REVISION OF THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND,

fig. 53. L. angulifera, Gould, Otia Conch., p. 55 (1846.)
L. luctuosa ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 65 (1857.)
Habitat — Throughout New Zealand, and the Chatham Islands.

LiTTORiNA MAURITIANA. Lauiarck, Anim. sansVert. L. dimenensis,
Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. II., p. 479, pi. 33,
fig. 8-11 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 94 (1833). L. antipodum,
Philippi, abbild. a Berch. Conch. Littorina, p. 195, tab. Voh
IV., fig. 2(1847),

Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand and at the Chatham Islands.

Found also in Tasmania, Australia, and the Mauritius.

This species is quite distinct from L. neritoides, L , and I suppose
therefore that Tenison-Wood is wrong in uniting it with L. coericles-
cens. Lam.

FossARiNA VARius. Hutton. Cat. Marine Moll, of New Zealand,
(Aderorbis) p. 35 (1873),
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand, and at the Chatham
Islands.

Family. Vermetid^.

Yermetus (Bivonia) neozelanicus. Guoy and Gaimard, Voy.
Astrolabe, Zool. Vol. III., p 293, pi. 67, figs. 16-17 (1833).
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand.

Vermetus (Siphonium) lamellosus. Hutton, Cat, Marine Moll,
of New Zealand, p, 30 (1873).
Habitat. — Cook's Straits in deep water.

Vermetus (Strephopoma) roseus. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy.
Astrolabe, Zool. Vol. II., p. 300, pi. 67, figs. 20-24.
Habitat. — Hauraki Gulf.

SiLiQUARiA AusTRALis. Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.
Vol. II., p. 302 ; Chenu, Man. Conch., figs. 2, 3, 10.
Habitat. — Hauraki Gulf,
Found also in Australia. Doubtfully identified.

BY CAPTAIN F. W. HUTTON, F.G.S., &C. 943

PTENOGLOSSA.

Family. Scalarid^.

SCALARIA ZELEBORi. Frauenfeld, Reise der No vara, Moll., p. 1,
fig. 6 (1867.)

Habitat. — Auckland, Stewart's Island.

Varices 12-13 ; distinct spiral ribs, body whorl keeled.

ISCALARIA JUKESIANA. Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, App., p. 383,
fig. 7. S. wellingtonensis, T. W. Kirk, Trans. New Zealand
Inst. Vol. XIII., p. 307 (1882.)
Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.
Found also in Australia and Tasmania.

Varices 1 7-20 ; no spiral ribs, no ridges on the body whorl ;
pure white.

ScALARiA TENELLA. Hutton (1885.) S. Uneolata, Cat. Marine
Moll, of New Zealand, p. 22 [not of Keiner.] S. Grot,., Man.
New Zealand, Moll., p. 70 [not of Sowerby.]
Habitat. — Auckland.

Varices about 20 in the body whorl ; no spiral ribs ; white with
a pale brown band on the anterior part of the body whorl. Not
so acute as the last species.

Family. Onustid^.

Xenophora conchyliophora. Born ; PJiorus agglutinans,
Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. Vol. IX., p, 161.
Habitat. — Hauraki Gulf (Cheeseman).
Found also in the West Indies.

Family. Solariid^.

Solarium luteum. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. IX., p. 100 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon, fig. 14.
Habitat. — Auckland (Mathews), "Wellington (Kirk.)
Found also in Australia and the Mediterranean Sea.

944 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Family. Janthinid^,
Janthina communis. Lamai'ck, Anim. sans Vert 2nd edition.
Vol. IX., p. 4 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 5.
Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.
Found also in Australia.
Janthina ikicolor. Eeeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 23.

Habitat. — North Island of New Zealand.
Janthina exigua. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd edition.
Vol. IX., p. 5 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 21.
Habitat. — Throughout New Zealand and at the Chatham Island.
Found also in Australia.

Notes and Exhibits.
Dr. Cox read the following letter from Mr. Benjamin Hinde,
R.N., of H.M.S., Diamond, on the poisonous effects of the bite
inflicted by the Conus Geograjohicus, Linn, on the natives of New
Britain : —

" H.M.S. Diamond,
" At Sea, Lat. 10° W S., Long. 155° SJ^ E.
" The following facts which I have learned partly by hearsay, and
partly by personal observation, concerning the shell, known as
Conus Geographus, of Linnaeus, may be of interest.

" What first drew my observation to this cui-ious power of C.
GeograjjJius was, a native of Nodup, New Britain, an interpreter
on board H.M.S. Diamond, seeing me with a specimen of C.
Geograjyhus in my hand, remarked, " suppose he bite he kill man."
Thinking this to be an exaggeration on the part of the native, but
at the same time thinking that he must have some reason for so
saying, I enquired of him more particularly as to how the shell
would harm any one, as at the time I fancied that he meant if the
edge of the shell cut a person by accident it would cause blood
poisoning, however, he described how that the fish would bite and
that the bite was poisonous, and that it always killed people if they
did not cut themselves to let the blood run, all round the place
bitten, he also promiseed to procure me a live specimen and shew
me how it bit.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 945

" This promise he carried out as nearly as he could for he brought
me the shell, but said when he went to take it up the animal had
retired or rathei', commenced to retire into its shell when he cut
off the head, which he brought me separated from the shell. The
shell he brought was about 5 inches in length.

" Some time afterwards being in conversation with a Mr. R.
Parkinson, a New Britain Cotton Planter, I enquired if he knew
any thing of this man's statement about this Conus. He told me
that he believed it to be perfectly true, and that he had written
about it to some one in Sydney.

" I should have taken no more notice of the statement but for
the fact, that / saw myself, a native, on the Island of Matupi,
Blanche Bay, New Britain, who had been bitten by one, and who
had at once cut small incisions with a sharp stone all over his arm
and shoulder from which the blood had flowed freely, and he
explained to me that if he had not taken these precautions that he
would have died. He explained to me also the shell and how he
had been bitten (there was a small mark about the size of a three-
penny piece) between his finger and thumb, but upon close exami-
antion there were two small incisions in the centre but from which
evidently no blood had come.

" I may mention that to stop the bleeding of the numerous cuts
in his arm and shoulder, hot wood ashes had been put on them, and
the arm seemed to be stiff and useless for the time. But whether
this was the eftect of the hite or the cure I really am unable to
state.

" Many natives whom I questioned, (shewing them the shell at
the same time) said that the bite was deadly.

" Hoping that these few observations may be of use either as
information, or conformation to Conchologists generally.

" Benj. Hugh Hinde, R.N."

Dr. Cox stated that an instance had been recorded by Mr.
Arthur Adams of a poisoned wound produced by the bite of Conus
aulicus, Linn. The Rev. W. Wyatt Gill had recorded the fatal
effects of the bite of the Conus texiilis. Linn., and Mr. Brazier

946 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

had informed Dr. Cox that he had known severe effects caused
by the bite of the Conus tulipa. Linn. This was the first instance
Dr. Cox had heard of the poisonous efiects of Conus Geographicus.

Dr. Cox exhibited a collection of Fibres, obtained by maceration
from the bark of indigenous trees growing on the Northern I'ivers
of N.S.W. Also, two distinctly banded specimens of Helix
Angasiana collected by the President on the Barrier Ranges ; and a
new species of Land Shell from New Britain, which he had
obtained from Mr. Hinde of H M.S. Diamond, and which he
proposed to call Cochlostyla Hindei. The type specimen is in the
Australian Museum.

Mr. H. Gilliat exhibited a Stone Implement which had been
found near the Darling above Wilcannia. It is 17 inches long
and If inch in diameter, one end being pointed and the other
nearly flat, slightly concave. The use of this implement is not
ixnderstood by the natives at present living in the district ; but it is
believed to have been employed as a roller or pestle for crushing
the nardoo seed. It is somewhat similar in shape to the one which
was recently exhibited from the Walgett district.

The President exhibited several interesting specimens of Argen-
tiferous Lead Ores and Chloride of Silver from the lodes in the
Barrier Ranges.

Mr. Masters exhibited specimens of six extremely rare Austra-
lian Beetles, viz. : — Aulacopsis Eeichei, Schizorhina Digglesti,
Cacostomus squamosus, Stigmodera Chevrolati, Megamerus Kingii,
and a species of Mecomastix.

Mr. Gervase F. Mathew, F.L.S., of H.M.S. Espiegle exhibited
a number of remarkably perfect and beautiful specimens of
Papilio Godeffroyi, Semp. from Samoa, and of F. Schmeltzi, Herr.
Schaif., from Fiji, which he had reared at sea from larvae obtained
at these Islands, and fed on the leaves of a species of Aralia. He
exhibited also the ova, pupa, and larva of each insect, and
mentioned that these stages had not previously been observed.

WEDNESDAY, 29th OCTOBER, 1884.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S., in the chaii

The Rev. T. Wyatt Gill, H. B. Brady, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S., J,
Harris, Esq., and T. W. David, Esq., B.A., F.G.S., were intro-
duced as visitors.

MEMBERS ELECTED.

Leopold F. Woolrych, Esq., of Newtown ; Mons. Jean Lison,
Analytical Chemist, of Noumea, New Caledonia.

DONATIONS.

*' Reistochen naar de Geelvinkbaai op Nieuw Guinea in den
Jahren 1869-70, door G. B. H. von Rosenberg," 4to, 1875. From
Bai-on N. de M-Maclay.

" Science," Vol. IV., Nos. 78 to 84, August 1st to September
12th, 1884. From the Editor.

" Bulletin of the Museum of Comp. Zool., at Harvard College,
Cambridge, Mass." Vol. XI., No. 10. From the Museum.

" Karte des Tasman Gletscher von Dr. R. von Lendenfeld,"
1884. From the Compiler.

" Zoologischer Anzeiger," Jahrg. VII., Nos. 174, 175, 176,
18th August to 15th September, 1884. Fiom the Editor.

"Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society," Ser. II., Vol.
IV., Part 4, August, 1884. From the Society.

" Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Natura:le di Genova."
Volumes VI to XX., inclusive, 8vo, 1874 to 1884. From the
Director.

62

948 DONATIONS.

" Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London." Part 2,
for 1884. " List of Fellows," 1884. From the Society.

"Journal of the Linnean Society of London." Botany, Vol.
XX., Nos. 130-131, Vol. XXL, Nos. 132-133, April 26th to 30th,
1884. Zoology, Vol. XVIL, Nos. 101-102, October 20th, 1883,
and February 29th, 1884. Also " Proceedings," November, 18S2,
to June, 1883, and " List of Fellows," 1883.

*' Notiser ur SallskajDets pro Fauna et Flora Fennica Forhand-
lingar." Parts III., IX. to XIV. and XVIIL, 1857 to 1882.
"Acta," Vol. L, 1875-77. " Meddelanden," Parts L to VIIL,
1876 to 1881. From the Society.

"Victorian Naturalist," Vol. I., No. 9, September, 1884. From
the Field Naturalists Club of Victoria.

" Tijdschrift voor Entomologie." Vol. XXVII. Parts 1 and 2,
1884. From the Entomological Society of the Netherlands.

" Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes." No. 167, September, 1884.
From the Editor.

" Illustrations of the Nueva Quinologia of Pavon." By W. Fitch,
F.L.S., and J. E. Howard, F.L.S., 1 Vol., folio (with coloured
plates), 1882. From E. C. Merewether, Esq.

" Course of Instruction in Zootomy," (Vertebrata.) By Prof-
T. Jeffrey Parker, B.Sc, 8vo, 1882. From W. A. Haswell, Esq.,
M.A., &c.

" Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo- Pacific
Ocean during the voyage of H.M.S. 'Alert,' 1881-82," 1 Vol.,
8vo, 1884. From the Trustees of the British Museum.

A large and valuable collection of lichens made by Dr.
Knight in New Zealand. Presented by the Rev. William Woolls,
Ph. D., F.L.S.

" The Higher branch of Science, or Materialism refuted by facts."
By H. J. Browne, pamphlet, 8vo, 1884. From the Author.

" Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel." Band,
v., Heft. 2, 1884. From the Director.

PAPERS READ.

SUGGESTIONS AS TO THE MODE OF FORMATION OF
BARRIER REEFS IN BOUGAINVILLE STRAITS,
SOLOMON GROUP.

By H. B. Guppy, M.B., Surgeon, R.N.

[Plate LVIIL]

A brokeu line of barrier-reef skirts the eastern extremity of
the large island of Bougainville at a distance of about fifteen
miles from the coast, and incloses a wide expanse of water, forty
to fifty fathoms deep, dotted by an archipelago of islands and
inlets, mostly of volcanic formation. This line of reef fringes the
edge of a sub-marine platform which may be described as the sab-
merged extension of the adjacent coast of Bougainville. On its
seaward side the slope of the reef descends rapidly beneath the sea
at an angle varying between 15^ and 20^^, the "hundred fathom "
line being removed to between one-quarter and one-third of a
mile from the outer edge. Reserving a general description of the
reefs of these Straits until the completion of the survey, I will at
present confine my remarks to a sub-group known as the Short-
land Islands, a collection of islands which have been upheaved
along the line of the barrier-reef at the south-west corner of the
submerged platform above alluded to.

Viewed from seaward the Shortland Islands have a low-lying
level profile never probably attaining an elevation much in excess
of 400 feet above the sea. They consist of one main island named
Alu (alu), eight to ten miles in length, the coasts of which, more
especially those on the weather sides, are skirted by lines of
smaller islands and islets. Alu — the main island — is composed in
great part of a soft calcareous deposit containing numbers of the
shells of pteropods, foraminiferous tests, and other organic

950 FORMATION OF BARRIER REEFS IN BOUGAINVILLE STRAITS,

remains, and overlaid by a crust of coral-limestone which probably
rarely exceeds a hundred feet in thickness : whilst the lines of
islands, which skirt its coasts, are in reality elevated lines of
barrier-reefs formed of the coral-rock. The most interesting
feature, however, of the geology of this small group of islands — a
subject to which I can only briefly refer in connection with the
subject of this paper — is the occurrence of volcanic formations in
the north-west corner of the main island of " Alu," the volcanic
portion passing into the calcareous region of the island without
any indication shewn in the profile and surface-contour of such a
change of formation.

My examination of the Shortland Islands has led me to the
conclusion that they have been formed during a movement of
elevation by the advancement of successive lines of barrier-reefs
in a prevailing south-eastern direction from the north-west corner
of the main island of " Alu," where the volcanic formations
occur. The ancient lines of barrier-reefs are still preserved in the
interior of this Island by ridges of coral-limestone, which usually
have a constant trend at right angles to the prevailing trade-wind
The more recent lines of barrier-reefs, which have also experienced
elevation, are repi*esented by the broken lines of islands and
inlets, some of which rise over a hundred feet above the sea, that
skirt the weather coasts of "Alu." The accompanying diagram,
which represents a section drawn N.W. to S.E., may make the
foregoing remarks more clear. I have purposely drawn it on an
exaggerated scale, since on the true scale the more characteristic
features could not be delineated.

On the opposite side of Bougainville Straits, a broken line of
barrier-reef skirts the western extremity of Choiseul Island
inclosing a lagoon-channel known as Choiseul Bay, which has a
breadth varying between half and three-quarters of a mile, and a
depth in the deeper parts between thirteen and eighteen fathoms,
where a sheltered anchorage is obtained. (Vide plan of this
locality.) The submarine slope on the outer side of the barrier-
reef has a more gradual descent than that which prevails among
other reefs of this character in the Solomon Group, the " hundred

BY n. B. GUPPy, M.B., SURGEON, R.N. 951

fathom " line lying about three-fifths of a mile from the edge of
the reef and representing a general inclination of about 10".
The gradual character of the submarine slope of this barrier-reef
is a feature on which I lay a particular stress : 1 have previously
referred, in the instance of the long line of barrier-reef on the
Bougainville side of the Straits, to the more rapid submarine
slope (15° to 20°) as indicated by the nearer approach to the
coast of the " hundred fathom " line.

On the line of barrier-reef which incloses Choiseul Bay five
wooded islets have been formed. They are for the most part
formed of materials thrown up by the waves at the present sea
level ; but the presence in some of the lax'ger islets of elevated
coral-rock in mass affords evidence of the whole line of reef
having been upheaved recently some six feet or more. An islet
of coral-limestone, which rises up in the midst of the lagoon-
channel to between 20 and 25 feet above the high-tide level,
afibrds testimony of a recent movement of upheaval to that extent.
To the northward this line of barrier-reef meets the coast at the
head of the bay where it joins the shore-reef ; to the southward,
it is continued as a si;nken line of reef covered by five or six
fathoms of water with a channel thirty fathoms deep inside.

The interior of the adjacent portion of Choiseul Island displays
long level ridges with intervening valleys running parallel to the
coast — a surface-contour resembling that of the interior of the
Shortland Island before described. An examination of the hills
near the coast has shown that the geological features are much the
same as those of the Shortland Island ; a soft calcareous deposit
containing pteropod-shells, foraminiferous tests, and other organic
remains, forms the bulk of these hills, being itself encrusted by
the coral-limestone. Here then, as in the Shortland Island,
bai-rier-reefs have been formed in a region which has been under-
going upheaval during a prolonged period : but in neither locality
was I able to find a clue to the problem of their formation until I
had taken a series of soundings off the outer edge of the Choiseul
Bay reef, a subject to which I will immediately refer.

952 FORMATIOX OF BARRIER REEFS IS BOUGAINVILLE STRAITS,

The profile, which I have appended, of the seaward slope of this
barrier-reef, has been drawn on a true scale, partly from my own
soundings which extended to forty fathoms, and partly from those
made by the officers of the survey as far as the " hundred fathom
line." As shewn in this section, the submai'ine portion of the reef
at first slopes gradually to a depth of four or five fathoms, when it
plunges down by a steep declivity another nine or ten fathoms,
from the foot of which there is a less precipitous talus-like slo})e to
a depth of about twenty fathoms from the surface. Beyond, there
extends a broad ledge covered by from 23 to 25 fathoms of water
which terminates in another rapid slope to a depth of a hundred
fathoms, which is the limit of the section. Living corals flourish
on the upper part of the submarine slope down to the cliff or
declivity above referred to. In depths of fifteen to twenty fathoms
at the foot of this submarine clifi' there appeared to be very little
living coral, since out of twelve casts in these depths the armings
brought up calcareous sand and gravel on eight occasions. Carry-
ing the soundirigs further seaward on the broad ledge previously
described, I found that the armings of my lead gave much less
frequent indications of the occurrence of sand and gravel, whilst the
greater proportion of the casts shewed the presence of living coral.
Out of eleven soundings in depths between 23 and 40 fathoms,
seven shewed a perfectly clean indentation on the arming as of
living coral ; but on account of the swaying movement of the lead
only two of these impressions were recognisable : from a depth of
23 fathoms the prints of the contiguous stars of an Astreea were
preserved ; and in a subsequent cast of 31 fathoms the impressions
of a rounded knob of a Porites with its characteristic small cells wei-e
similarly displayed. A reference to the section in profile of this
reef will explain this distribution of the detritus and of the living
coral.

Sand and gravel, derived from the constant action of the rollers
breaking on the edge of the I'eef-flat, would naturally tend to collect
at the foot of the first declivity in depths of fifteen to twenty
fathoms ; in such a situation living coral would be scarcely
expected to thrive ; but in the more level region beyond, as the

BY H. B. GUPPY, M.B., SURGEON, R.N. 953

sand and gravel thinned away, conditions more suitable for tlie
growth of coral would be found, and this is the conclusion towards
which my soundings pointed. There would thus appear to exist
on the outer submarine slope of this barrier-i-eef, in depths of
fifteen to twenty fathoms, a belt of detritus dividing into two
portions the zone in which the reef-building corals thrive. (I
have marked the position of this belt in the section by a cross.)
Had my soundings been confined to the upper of these two sub-
zones, I should have been justified to a great extent, on reaching
the belt of sand and gravel, in concluding that coral did not
thrive in depths beyond fifteen fathoms ; but by subsequently
extending such, soundings seaward across this band of detritus into
the lower or outer sub-zone, I should have exposed the fallacious
character of such a conclusion.

The results of these soundings svipplied me with an explanation
of the growth of barrier-reefs in a region of elevation, which I will
briefly i-eview in the light of numerous observations I have made
in this group on the growth of coral-reefs during the past two years.

If we imagine an Island, originally formed from the materials
ejected from some volcanic vent and bare of coral-reefs, to afford,
after the extinction of the subterranean fires, the conditions for
growth on its coasts for reef-building corals, a fringing reef of
varying width according to the degree of inclination of the sub-
marine sloi)e will ultimately invest its shores. In course of time,
the detritus of the corals will collect in a band of calcareous sand
and gi-avel on the outer slope of the reef, marking the apparent
limit of the depths in which the veef-corals are usually stated to
thrive. But the vertical and horizontal extension of such a band
of detritus will be mainly detei'mined, as my observations on the
Choiseul barrier-reef have shewn, by the presence and position of
submarine declivities and by the degree of inclination of the slope.
In such a zone of sand and gravel corals will not thrive ; but if the
submarine slope has a very gradual inclination, as in the case of
the barrier-reef of Choiseul Bay, the lower limit of this zone of
detritus ma^ lie within the depths in which reef-building corals
flourish, and a line of barrier-reef begin lying parallel with the
fringing reef, but separated by a deep channel.

954 FORMATION OP BARRIER REEFS IN BOUGAINVILLE STRAITS,

On the other hand, should the submarine slope have a more
rapid descent, the lower limit of the belt of detritus may extend
far beyond the depths in which reef-corals can thrive : in such a
case no barrier-reef will form, and the original fringing-reef will
continue to grow outwards on its own talus. On this view the
occurrence of barrier-reefs and of fringing-reefs on different parts
of the coast of the same island may be readily explained as due to
the different degrees of inclination of the submarine slope.

Keeping in view the foregoing explanation of the formation of
a barrier-reef in a district which may for a long period have exper-
ienced no change in the relative positions of land and sea, we can
perceive how in an area of elevation line after line of barrier-reef
will be formed as from time to time fi-esh portions of the sea-bottom,
previously below the reef-coral zone, are brought up within the
depths in which reefs commence their growth ; line upon line of
barrier-reef will be thus advanced, each growing up along the lower
limit of the belt of detritus derived from the line of reef inside
it. In process of time the elevating movement assisted by the
accumulation of sediment, the growth of branching corals, and the
reclaiming agency of the mangrove, will bring about the filling up
of the passages or lagoon-channels between the lines of reef, until
at length a tract of land is produced rising gradually from the sea-
border to the interior but with the ancient lines of barrier-reef
still indicated by ridges of coral-limestone on its surface. Such in
fact is in my mind the history of the formation of the Shortlaud
Islands and I opine of the western extremity of the Choiseul Island.
In the former locality we have the original Island of volcanic
formation in the North-west corner, from which, as from a nucleus,
line after line of barrier-reef has been advanced in a south-easterly
direction, forming ultimately, during thecontinuance of the elevation,
the large Island of " Alu." Should this elevating movement beat
present suspended, as would appear to be indicated by the great
width of the reef-flats still over-flowed by the sea on the weather
coasts of the outlying islands, there yet remains a considerable
addition to be made to the sea-border of " Alu " by the filling up
of the passages between the lines of islands which represent

BY H. B, GUPPY, M.B., SURGEON, R.N. 955

elevated barrier-reefs on its weather coasts. Such a process is in
actual operation at the present time in the passages, the encroach-
ment of the mangrove on either side and the upward growth of
coral in the channels being the agencies at present effecting this
operation. These remarks may be made more clear by a reference
to the section of the Shoi'tland Islands.

It follows from this view of the formation of barrier-reefs in
this region that the lagoon channels inside the reefs should never
be deeper than the zone in which reef building corals are stated to
thrive, a depth from which my soundings in different parts of the
Solomon Group I place at fifteen fathoms, but which has been
variously estimated in other parts of the world, where coral reefs
occur, at from ten to thirty fathoms. The passages inside the
reefs of the Shortland Islands and Choiseul Bay, comply with this
condition. Depths however of forty to fifty fathoms occur, as
stated in the commencement of this paper, inside the line of
barrier reef that skirts the eastern extremity of Bougainville.
Similar depths are not uncommon in the lagoon channels of barriei'-
reefs in other regions of the Pacific ; and thus this view of the
formation of barrier-reefs apparently breaks down. There,
however, appears to be no " a priori " reason why reef-building
corals should not thrive beyond the belt' of calcareous sand and
gravel that apparently marks the limit of their zone, and therefore
in depths greater than those which are usually accepted as
favouring the growth of reefs. Soundings off the outer edge of
barrier-reefs have rarely been extended (in the Pacific at least)
much beyond fifty fathoms, the presence of the sand and gravel,
which I hold to be merely gathered together into a belt, having
been considered as marking the lower limit of the reef coral zone.
I refer not to the soundings taken in a nautical survey which fail
to particularize the nature of the bottom with sufficient accuracy,
but to such lines of soundings as are taken by observers with a
specific object before them.

My observations on the recently elevated calcai-eous formations
of this group enable me to approach this subject by another road ;
and in passing f)-om the consideration of a probable cause of the

95G FORMATION OF BARRIER REEFS IN BOUGAINVILLE STRAITS,

origin of barrier-reefs to the study of such reefs when upraised, with
their foundations above the sea, I at once enter a domain of greater
certainty. These investigations have shown that coral-reefs are
based usually on a partially consolidated calcai'eous ooze, often
foraminifei'ous, generally abounding with recent shells, and now
and then laden with pteropod-shells in considerable numbers, the
thickness of the overlying coral-rock rarely exceeding a hundred
feet. That the reef-corals commence to grow on such a bottom, and
not on a layer of detritus of sand and gravel, is shewn by the
fact of my finding at Santa Anna two massive corals of the
Astrseidae, the largest four feet in diameter, imbedded in the
position of growth, at a height of forty feet above the sea, in the
base of a coral-limestone cliif where they almost rested on the
subjacent partially consolidated ooze. It is a noteworthy circum-
stance that in my numerous soundings off the outer edge of reefs in
this group. I.e., extending to fifty fathoms, the armings never
brought up any other indication of the nature of the bottom,
outside the usually accepted coral-zone, than that of calcareous sand
and gravel. In truth my soundings down to depths of fifty
fathoms failed to reach the ooze. It would therefore appear that
such reefs as those of the Shortland Island commenced to build in
depths greater than fifty fathoms. If elevation had brought the
ooze within these depths uncovered by the calcareous detritus, the
armings would probably have recorded such an occurrence amongst
some of my numerous soundings. The following question then
.seems pertinent to the subject in hand. How is it that since
coral-reefs base their foundations on calcareous ooze, it is necessary
to go far beyond the depths in which reef-corals are usually stated
to thrive to reach the ooze. The reply to such a query may furnish
a more satisfactory explanation of the depths of forty and even
sixty fathoms, which have been found in the lagoon channels of
barrier-reefs and in the lagoons of atolls, than those which have
been hitherto advanced. Mr. Darwin admitted that an objection
to his theory of subsidence might be found in " the circumstance
of the lagooQS within atolls and within barrief-reefs never having
become in any one instance during prolonged subsidences of a

BY H. B. GUPPY, M.B., SURGEON, R.N. 957

greater depth than 60 fathoms, and seldom more than 40 fathoms"
but he met it with the explanation that such lagoons are being
filled up, pari passu with the downward movement, by the growth
of corals and the accumulation of sediment (Coral Reefs, edit.,
1842, p. 115.) In the second of two papers by Prof. Arch. Geikie,
published in "Nature" (Dec. 6th, 1883) on "The Origin of
Coral Reefs," where the arguments for and against the theory of
subsidence are fully examined, the more recent views advanced by
Mr. Murray and Prof. A. Agassiz are dwelt upon at some length.
My observations on the raised calcareous formations in this Group
go far to support the modification in Mr. Darwin's theory which
appears to have become necessary ; but since these observations
and my collections are now in the hands of Mr. Murray, I must
at piesent forbear from further remarks on the subject. It may
not however, be out of place to observe that amongst the reefs I
have examined in this group I have not found evidence of the
solution of the coral-rock taking such an important part in the
formation of lagoons as is implied in Mr. Murray's description of
the reef at Tahiti.

The leading points of my paper I may bi-iefly summarise as
follows : —

(1). That reefs of the barrier class exist in Bougainville
Straits, a region which has been undergoing upheaval
during a prolonged period.

(2). That these reefs may be arranged in two classes, («)
those which have been formed at the present sea level ;
and (b) those, which having experienced upheaval, are
now represented by lines of islands and islets of coral
limestone, varying in elevation between a few feet to
over a hundred feet above the sea, their lagoon channels
being still preserved but often very shallow.

(3). That the Shortland Islands have been produced by the
successive advancements of lines of barrier-reefs from a
nucleus of land of volcanic formation during a period of
upheaval, a process which resembles that by which,

958 FORiMATION OF BARRIER REEFS IN BOUGAINVILLE STRAITS,

according to the observations of Professor A. Agassiz,
the southern extremity of Florida is growing westward,
but with this distinction, that in Florida the area seems
to have remained stationary for a long period, the lagoon
channels between the concentric lines of i-eef being
merely silted up into dry land.

(4). That the calcareous detritus, which covers the outer
slopes of reefs in this group in depths usually of twenty
fathoms and beyond, is probably a band dividing the
zone of reef-building corals into two sub-zones where the
slope is gradual, but where the slope is of a more rapid
character extending far beyond the coral zone.

(5). That in the case of reefs which possess such a gradual
slope that the lower margin of this band of detritus lies
within the zone of reef building corals, a line of barrier-
reef will be ultimately formed beyond this band with a
deep channel inside : but that in the case of reefs, which
possess a more x'apid submarine slope so that the lower
limit of the band of detritus extends far beyond the
depths in which the reef corals thrive, no such line of
barrier-reef will be formed,

(G). That where the area is undergoing elevation, a succession
of concentric lines of barrier-reefs would thus originate,
line after line being advanced, as fresh portions of the
sea bottom are brought towards the surface, each line
gi^owing upward along the lower margin of the belt of
detritus derived from the line of reef inside it.

(7). That inasmuch as my observations go to show that the
elevated reefs in this group repose on a partially consoli-
dated calcareous ooze which is not found in depths under
fifty fathoms on the outer slopes of the present reefs, it
is probable that coral reefs may commence to build in
depths greater than those usually assigned.

(8). That on such a view may be readily explained the
circumstance, that the depths of the lagoons inside
barrier-reefs and atolls so frequently exceed the depths
in Avhich reef corals are stated to thrive.

BY H. B. GUPPY, M.B., SURGEON, R.N. 959

An apparent objection here presents itself with reference to the
last two conclusions. If reefs begin to build their foundations in
dejiths greater than those which are usually assigned to them, the
thickness of the elevated coral formations I examined ought to
have been far in excess of a hundred feet. But fringing reefs
themselves are restricted to shallow waters around the coast, and
their seaward extension in localities where the submarine slope is
steep must be extremely slow. Whilst, on the other hand, in an
area of elevation, such as that in which the Solomon Islands are
included, barrier-reefs, which begin to grow in depths not less
than fifty fathoms, may owe their approach towards the surface as
much to the elevating movement as to the verv slow upward
growth of the coral. It should also be borne in mind that the
rapid subaerial denudation to which these regions of heavy rainfall
are subjected would be an important agency in the thinning away
of the raised coral formations.

In conclusion I may observe that the preceding remarks,
although in the main suggestive, are founded on observations not
only of reefs as they skirt a coast, but of those whose foundations
have been exposed by upheaval. After having failed to account
for the oi'igin of the barrier-reefs of Bougainville Straits by the
views at present held of the growth of coral reefs, I offer the
foregoing explanation of their formation.

960 RECORD OF AN UNDESCRIBED CORREA OF N.S.W.

RECORD OF AN UNDESCRIBED CORREA OF NEW
SOUTH WALES.

By Baron Ferd. Von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.

CORREA BaUERLENH.

Brauchlets thinly covered with dark brown stellular hair ; leaves
of thin consistence, almost lanceolar, gradually upwards narrowed
or occasionally verging into an ovate form, quite flat, above dark
green and almost glabrous, beneath pale-green and very scantily
star-hairy, shining on both sides, much transparently dotted ;
flowers solitary ; stalklet about as long as the calyx or somewhat
longer ; the latter comparatively large, about as broad as long,
glabrous, enlarged near the almost truncate base by an horizontally
expandingsoon somewhat reflexed appendicular membrane, through-
out considerably wider than the corolla-tube, usually terminating
into two nearly semi-orbicular lobes, occasionally irregular,
ruptured, or lobulated, or denticulated ; corolla cylindrical, about
three times as long as the calyx, pale yellowish green, thinly
stellular-hairy outside, its lobes hardly spreading, many times
shorter than the tube, filaments conspicuously exerted, slightly
broader towards the base ; anthers dark green, several times
longer than broad ; style glabrous ; fruitlets hairy, becoming
glabrescent, almost truncated ; valves of the endocarp upwards
dilated ; seeds shining, dark brownish ; cotyledons nearly as long
as the radicle.

On stony banks of rivulets of the Upper Clyde ; Wilhelm
Baeuerlen.

BY BARON VON MUELLER, K.C.M.G., M.D., PH.D., F.R.S. 961

The plant to which specific rank is here assigned, accords best
in its characteristics with G. Lawrenciana ; that is however, not a
real highlands plant, and does not exceed 6 feet in upward growth ;
the leaves are constantly flat, almost membranous, never tomentose
beneath, and are more graduall}- narrowed into the pointed summit,
than in any other congener; the flowers are always solitary,
while the often almost bilabiate calyx with its invariable basal
expansion is quite aberrant within the genus, nor otherwise to be
found in allied Rutacece, it being moreover large, lax, and never
tomentose ; but a variety of C. Laiorenciana found by me on the
banks of the Genoa, shows also a glabrous calyx, although cylindric,
ap})ressed and acutely four-lobed. The characteristics of C.
Baeiierlenii, as above pointed out, prove uniform in the considerable
number of specimens, available for examination. The remarkable
expansion, which encircles the base of the calyx, and which is pale
gi'eenish above but darker green beneath, must therefore be
regarded as a normal appendicular organ, not as a casual deformity,
nor is it connected with the hypogynous disk, although both are in
close approach to each other.

This seems a fitting opportunity for continuing the records of
far southern localities of various plants in New South Wales, as
commenced in these pages previously.

Driniys dipetala. Shoalhaven.

Pahneria scandens, Shoalhaven.

Citriohatus muUiJlorus. Shoalhaven.

Cedrela australis. Bateman's Bay.

Melia Azedarach. Shoalhaven.

Zieria pilosa. Shoalhaven.

Hibiscus tricuspis, var ColUeii ; (^possibly a distinct sp.) Mount
Dromedary.

Dodomea 2)innata. Clyde.

Ficus Muelleri. Shoalhaven.

Laportea photinophylla. Bateman's Bay.

Pseudomorus Brunoniana. Shoalhaven.

Peperomia rejlexa, Shoalhaven.

Peperomia leptostachya. Shoalhaven.

962 RECORD OF AN UNDESCRIBED CORREA OF N.S.W.,

Pij^er hederaceum. Shoalhaven.

Polygonum orientale. Shoalhaven.

Gomjiholohiuvi glabratum. Clyde.

Oxyiobmm scandens. Clyde.

Acacia hlnervata. Shoalhaven.

Rhodamnia trinervia- Shoalhaven.

Astrotricha Jloccosa. Clyde.

Polyosma Cimrdnghami. Shoalhaven.

Quintiiiia Sieberi. Shoalhaven.

Banksia ericifoUa. Shoalhaven.
Choretrum Candollei. Shoalhaven.

Helichrysum coilinum. Shoalhaven.

Symplocos Thwaitesii. Mount Dromedary.

Diospyros Cargillca. Bateman's Bay.

Logania jnisilla. Shoalhaven.

Polymeria calycina. Clyde.

Duboisia myoporoides. Shoalhaven.

Era7ithemum variabile. Mount Dromedary.

Styphelia amplexicaiolis. Shoalhaven.

Dendrobium tereti folium. Clyde.

Dendrobiitm linguiforme. Mount Dromedary.

Bidbophyllum Sheplierdi. Shoalhaven,

Bulbophyllvmx viinutissimuno Shoalhaven.

Sarcochilus Hillii. Shoalhaven.

Acianthus fornicatxis. Shoalhaven .

Ptychosperma Cunninghami. Conjola.

Trichomanes digitatum. Broger's Creek.

Gleichenia Ilermanni. Milton.

Lindsaya trichomanoides. Milton.

Adiantum affine. Milton.

Of these the perhaps new Hibiscus was collected by the Eev.
R. Collie, F.L.S. ; Symplocos Thwaitesii, Eranthemum variabile
and Dendrobiiim lingthiforme by Miss Mary Bate ; all the others
were gathered by Mr. M. Bauerlen.

ox VOLCANIC ACTIVITY ON THE ISLANDS NEAR
THE NORTH-EAST COAST OF NEW GUINEA AND
EVIDENCE OF RISING OF THE MACLAY-COAST
IN NEW GUINEA.

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

During my first stay at Maclay-Coast in 1871 and 1872 I
recorded in my Meteorological Journal not less than 13 shocks of
earthquakes (1). Some of them were strong enough to shake the
books out of the shelves and make some old trees in the forest fall
down. On my return to the same coast in June 1876, I was struck
by the change in the aspect of the tops of Mana-Boro-Boro
(Finisterre Mountains), which were before my departure (in Dec.
1872) covered with vegetation to the highest summits, but appeared
now in many places quite denuded of trees. The natives told me
that during my absence they had expei'ienced on the coast and the
mountains several earthquakes, on which occasions some natives
were killed by the falling of cocoanut trees in the villages, which in
falling destroyed the huts. The villages on the coast suffered more
on account of unusually big waves which followed soon after the
earthquake, breaking down the cocoanut trees and sweeping away
a few huts nearest to the beach. In revisiting the coast villages,
I found many not unimportant changes : stretches of destroyed
foi'est by tidal waves after the earthquake ; alteration in the

(1) N. (le Maday. Notice Mett'orlogiqiie concernant la Cote-Maclay en
Nouvelle-Guinee.inNatuurkundigTijdschrift. Deal XXXIII. Batavia, 1874.
Accounts about earthquakes in the Northern (near Doreh) and South-western
portions of New Guinea have been published in the Description of the Expe-
dition of the steamer "Etna" in 1858, (Bijdragen to de Taal-Land en
Volkenkunde van Nederlandsh Indie. Deel V., 1862, p. 78), and are
mentioned also in the report of travels of Beccari, D'Albertis and Meyer.
63

964 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY ON THE ISLANDS NEAR NEW GUINEA,

direction of some small streams, the old mouths of which had
been closed by bars of sand left behind by waves ; a great number
of old pathways in the forest, between the villages, which I knew
well, having used them daily during 15 months in 1871 and 1872,
were impassable on account of many large trees which had come
down during the earthquake.

On the hills, the natives showed me in many places long
crevices 1-3 feet wide and 3 or 4 feet deep, as the remaining marks
of the " tangrin-boro" (1). The depth of the sea near the coast in
some places has been also altered, so that, for instance in Port
Constantine the old soundings made by the officers of H.I. R. M.S.
"Vitiaz" in Sept. 1871, proved in many details incorrect as
well as the outlines of the harbour (Port Constantine).

Talking about earthquakes, the natives infox'med me, that on a
former occasion, before my arrival on the coast in 1871, a village
named Aralu (situated on the coast between the rivers, Gabeneu and
Koli) had been completely swept away by the waves after an earth-
quake. All the huts, and the cocoanut trees surrounding them, were
broken down and carried away by the tidal waves, and the inhabi-
tants, men, women, and children were drowned (it occurred during
the night.) A few men belonging to the village and who happened
to be away at the time on a visit to some neighbouring village,
would not attempt to rebuild their huts on the old place, but went
to live at Gumbu, also a coast village but which had escaped
destruction being built further inland. The destruction of Aralu
was well remembered by not very old people and it took place I
suppose (2) about the year 1856. The natives on the Maclay-
Coast complained about the sickness in the villages on the coast
which appeared soon after the destruction of Aralu. The sickness
amongst them, I believe, was the result of decomposition of animal

(1) In the dialect of the Bongu of the Maclay-Coast tangi-in means earth-
quake and boi'o, big.

(2) I found the approximate year of this event by the inquiry : which
of the young men of the village was born at the time of the earthquake.
The man shown to me as being born soon after the destruction of Aralu,
could not be more (in August 1876) than about 20 years of age.

BY N. DE MIKLOUIIO-MACLAY. 965

and vegetable matter left behind on shore after the inundation
produced by the high tidal wave, as has been observed on some
Islands of the Pacific (1).

During my second stay at the Maclay-Coast, in 1876 and
1877, I noticed only a few slight shocks of earthquake. In
November, 1877, however, I could distinctly hear during some
calm nights, a rolling noise in the distance similar to discharges of
heavy artillery, as by a bombardment, and a kind of trembling of
the ground. Leaving the coast about a fortnight later I found
the two Volcanoes on the Island Vulcan and Lesson Island in full
eruption, the noise which I heard during the night on my coast,
and the slight shaking of the earth were, I suppose, forerunners of
these eruptions.

Arrived at Singapore in January, 1878, I heard that some
vulcanic disturbances occurred also on the north-east end of New
Britain, and in comparing dates I found that that they took place
about the same time as I saw the eruptions of the volcanoes on
Vulcan and Lesson Islands.

On my way to the Maclay-Coast for the third time, in March,
1883, I saw the volcano on Lesson Island still in activity, and
the natives on the Maclay-Coast again complained to me about
earthquakes. A few weeks later, when at anchor on the north
coast of the Great Admiralty Island, I witnessed the eruption of
a volcano on the south coast of the island or on one of the small
islands south from the big island (2). It was during the night of
March 28th, and I could see a large halo as from an immense fire,
and two or three times heavy thunderlike rolling noises were
heard, followed by distinct flashes like columns of fire on the
horizon.

(1). A case of great sickness and mortality on the Island Lub (or Hermit
Island), in 1875, after the inundation of some low islands of the group by
a tidal wave, has been communicated by me, in a letter about the Island
Lub, to the Imp. Euss. Geogr. Soc. (Investiya of the Imp. Euss. Gengr.
Soc, Vol. XV.) I have heard about a similar case which happened on the
Island Mafia (or St. David's Island), some twenty or thirty years ago.

(2). It might, very likely, have been the volcano on the small island
called by the natives Loo, and from which they obtain the obsidian for
their weapons and implements.

9G6 VOLCANIC ACTIVITY ON THE ISLANDS NEAR NEW GUINEA,

Evidences of Rising of the Maclay-coast in New Guinea.

Besides the already mentioned changes from shocks of frequent
earthquakes, I have noticed in many places on this coast i)roofs of
the gi'adual rising of the coast. A large extent of the same is
nothing but uplifted coral banks, and in the greenish sandy clay
(1) which forms the nearest hills to the coast (from 100-400 feet
high), I found some layers with remains of marine animals,
(Anthozoa, Echinodermata, MoUuscaand Crustacea), the appearance
of which seemed to prove that the rising of the coast was quite of
recent date,

I noticed these remains imbedded in clay in a great many places
at different heights over the sea, but always neglected to make a
systematical collection of them. At one place, however, near the
village Bongu, the layers appeai'ed particularly rich and the speci-
mens well preserved, not broken. Having taken there a few
handfuls of the sandy clay, I washed them carefully out and
obtained a small collection of shells which, at my request has been
kindly examined by Mr. J. Brazier. The shells (38 different
sjiecies) belong to the following 18 genera : — Ranella, Nassa,
Mitra, Oliva, Terehra, Comes, Stromhus, Bulla, Atys, Dendalium,
Cultellus, Corbula, Mactra, Tell'ina, Venus, Cytherea, Leda and
Area (2.)

All the shells, without one exception, belong to species at present
living on the Coasts and Islands of the Pacific.

Amongst debris of different Eckinoidea and Crustacea, I obtained
in the clay only one unbroken specimen of Laganum (Spec. T),
and the carapace of a small Crustacean ( Myra, Spec. 1)

Many of the shells from the clay-layers look as fresh as
if they had been gathered alive on the shore and well preserved
afterwards. But the above mentioned layers of sandy-clay of

(1.) Mr. C. S. Wilkinson, to whom I showed some of the clay, expressed
his opinion that this "greenish calcareous sandy clay of Bongu, Maclay-
Coast, resembles in lithological character the Miocene Tertiary clay of Yule
Island on the south coast of New-Guinea."

(2.) /. Brazier. List of some recent shells found in layers of Clay on the
Maclay-Coast, New-Guinea. (Proceed. Lin. Soc, Vol. 9, part 4.)

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY 967

Bongu, are followed by many others, as layers of small boulders
and marine detritus of different kinds (mostly coral fragments),
imbedded in other layers of clay, and all covered over with a
stratum of dark-brown humus of variable thickness, which is the
ground for a luxuriant, tropical primeval forest, where trees many
centuries old are not uncommon.

Besides the above mentioned layers at different levels above the
sea, I have seen large blocks of corals (mostly of the genera,
Meandrina and Astraea), in some isolated spots, where the dense
vegetation and the cover of humus has been removed (by
man, or accidentally), and the deeper layers of soil, under the
humus, left bare. I have noticed such blocks in and near villages
many hundred feet above the sea. Once I obtained a piece of
coral [Prionastraea, spec. ^) amongst small stone in the bed of the
river Koli, near Sangdinbi-Mana, not less than 1,200 feet above
the level of the sea, and from all appearance the piece was brought
down by water (1) from some place higher up. (2.) Another
proof that the coast is still rising is the existence of numerous reefs
of dead corals which are left quite diy at each low tide.

Considering the facts, that the elevation of the raised coral reefs
on different portions of the Maclay-Coast, as well as on the Islands
of the Archipelago of contented men, presents the same level above
the sea, and like the layers of the greenish clay are, as far as I have
observed, horizontal, it appears to me not unlikely, that besides
the occasional upheavals, there exists a gradual steady rising of
this part of the North-Eastern Coast of New Guinea.

(1.) Some rivers of the Maclay-Coast as for instance the river Koli
presents during the dry season, but a narrow band of running water in a
very large bed filled with stones of all dimensions and some bands of sand.
After heavy rains in the mountains the water rushes with great velocity
bringing down more stones and trees, which are left behind in the bed of the
river when the water falls to wait for the next rain and the next flood.

(2.) I confess, that the finding of a loose piece of coral cannot be regarded
as a decided proof of the origin of the same, from a coral bank raised to over
1000 feet. It might have happened (which however is not very likely,) that
the piece of coral has been brought there and dropped by some passing
native.

NOTES ON A BEROID OF PORT JACKSON,

NOTES ON A BEROID OF PORT JACKSON.
By Dr. R. v. Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

On March the 18th, 1827, a BeroiJ was captured by the ''Coquille"
in Pert Jackson, which Lesson (9, p. 103) describes in the following
manner : — le nouveau genre de zoophyte a oils, est remarq liable par
son corps aminci sur ses deux faces en coin, obcorde au pole
superieux, et largement ouvert au pole natateur. L'axe cavitaire
est allonge, etroit, borde sur ses deux faces de cils unis en haut et
libres en has, et de deux rougees sur tons les boids, soit des poles
soit des cotes.

This description is accompanied by a very fair illustration
(9, pi. XVI., fig. 2), which enabled me to identify an animal found
by myself with Neis cordigera, Lesson, without difficulty.

I consider myself justified in redescribing this Ctenophore,
because Chun (3, p. 306) very correctly remarks that the Beroids
not examined by himself have hitherto not been adequately
described ; and the more so as the histological examination of it
has furnished results vvhich are of some interest.

Whilst L. Agassiz (1, p. 89) considers Lessons Genus Neis, as a
representative of a separate Sub-family, Chun (3, p 307), thinks
that Neis is identical with Beroe.

I will pass over the question of the propriety of making a special
Sub-family for Neis as unripe for discussion, but wish to remark
that I cannot coincide with Chun's plan of placing all the Beroids
in one Genus, viz : — Beroe. The good plate of Neis in the Atlas
of the Goquille Zoologie (9, pi. XVL), should have, T think,
convinced him that Neis is no Beroe. Here in the colonies I
have often had the opportunity of observing lower marine animals
which have been desci-ibed by former authors, and I should like to
state that in general these descriptions are by no means so bad or
insufficient as modern zoologists seem to think.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 969

I cannot enter further into the classification of the Beroids, but
] am quite sure that Neis represents a Genus distinct from Beroe,
and in many points represents a transition from Beroe to the Lobatte
and even to the Ta^niatse.

For sixty yeai's no one seems again to have observed Neis
cordigera, perhaps the most beautiful animal in the rich Fauna of
Port Jackson. I have repeatedly found single specimens of it,
this spring, accompanying the swarms of flapped Ctenophore
described by me as Bolina Chuni (8), in those parts of the harbour
to which the currents bring great numbers of pelagic animals.

MORPHOLOGY.

Our animal differs from the Genus Beroe principally in two
points. It has large flaps which extend far beyond the pole of
the nerve centre, and the vascular system of the gallert in one
half of the body is not sepai'ated from that of the other half
as according to Chun (3, p, 57) in the case of Beroe.

The largest specimen attained a length of 200 — 250 mm. The
animal is about 2 — 2| times as long as broad and 4 — 5 times as
long as thick.

Form .

In shape Neis is, in so far intermediate between Beroe and
Lobatae, as the nerve centi-e does not lie at the extreme end of the
body but is overlapped by two flaps which are almost \ as long as
the body. The body appears to be more compressed than in most
of the species of Beroe. The flaps have an almost triangular
transverse section as the paddle-ribs which form the edges are
so near together on the inner side, that they almost touch
each other. Viewed on the broad side the body appears almost
square, setting aside the flaps. Slightly contracted in the oral
third it widens slightly towards the end. The longitudinal
section vertical to the stomach-plane has a nearly oval contour.
Also the narrow sides are widest in the middle. Towards

970 NOTES ON A BEROID OF PORT JACKSON,

the top they diminish very rapidly in width whilst the edges
are straight and but slightly converging towards the mouth-
pole, so that the whole resembles a gothic arch. The surface
of the bi'oadsides is slightly retracted between every pair of paddle
ribs, so that the six bi'oad stripes thereof appear concave. The
surface of the narrow side is convex.

raddle-Ribs.

The eight paddle-ribs are not of equal length as the four
which lie nearest to the stomach-))lane, circumscribe the flaps
whilst the four othex's diverge but slightly from the shortest
meridian. They are convex in their distal part. Towards the
mouth the eight paddle-ribs run almost parallel. Also herein Neis
resembles the Lobatso more than Beroe. The difference in length
of the aboral parts of the paddle-ribs observed in the Lobatas
is even greater in Neis, so that it might, as far as the paddle-ribs
are concerned, be considered as a transition form between Neis
and Beroe.

Nerve Centre.

The organ of sense at the aboral pole does not show any particular
peculiarity, it lies of course in the saddle between the flaps. The
Pole fields with their fringes lean on the slopes of the flaps
and turn their faces towai-ds each other. They are 2 mm. long,
1^ mm. broad and differ only in so far from the corresponding
organ of Beroe as the fringes are ramified only in the proximal part
and even there only slightly. The fringe on the distal part consist
of simple finger-shaped excrescences. I have studied the minute
structure of this organ by means of sections.

The results I have arrived at corroberate the statements of former
investigators in particular those of Richard Hertwig (6, p. 339, ff)
and Chun (3, p, 165-167). I find that the fringes in especial are
clothed with a high Epithelium which consists of broader ciliated
cells and slender nervous, sensitive elements. This Epithelium
resembles that of the extreme zone in the mouth margin and we
shall speak of it again below.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 971

Gastrovascular System.

The stomach and the va-scular system stamps our animal as a
real Beroid. The stomach is in no degree influenced in its form
by the flaps but has the simple shape of a cone or sack, I
was able to observe the peristaltic movement of the stomach.
Only one stricture occurs at a time. It begins above the mouth
jirogresses quickly upwards and reaches the aboi'al end in about a
second and a half. The stomach is thereby constricted to a fourth
of its usual diameter. As soon as the contraction has reached the
end, a fresh one commences at the mai-gin of the mouth.

This pei'istaltic movement can be reversed and I consider this
as very important. If the animal is not killed at once but is
allowed to lie in slowly acting reagents this reversed peristaltic
movement can easily be observed.

If a Neis dies slowly in a mixture of 16% alcohol, 16% glycerine,
0 5% corrosive sublimate and 67 "5% sea water, the reversion of the
movement of the stomach described above, sets in soon after the
animal is placed in this preparation. The vomiting movement at
first recurs rapidly and afterwards when the animal is near death
it can be brought on again in a less degree by mechanical irritation.

The stomach is as Agassiz (1, p. 74) at length describes, extraor-
dinary mobile and our Neis can without diSiculty swallow animals
larger than itself.

The Vascular System.

The Vascular System of the Gallert consists of eight stems
which spring from the stomach in the same manner as Chun (3, p.
bQ and elsewhere), describes it in the case of Bero6. The vascular
reticulation difiers m as far from that of Bei'oe (3, p, 57) that it
forms a continuous network, and is not divided into two separate
vascular systems.

The vascular reticulation of Neis is much more highly developed
than that of Beroe. Whilst in Beroe the canals form a reticulation
of scarcely more than one superficial layei*, in Neis the network
extends in three dimensions from the superficial, tangental canals,
branches extend centripetally and pervade the gallert reaching to

972 NOTES ON A BBROID OF PORT JACKSON,

the stomach. These ramifications become finer and finer and end
as fine capillaries outside the surface of the stomach. Towards
the mouth the network is very fine and indistinct, but can be
demonstrated by means of injection with osmic acid without
difliculty.

The vascular reticulation of the flaps consists of nearly parallel
longitudinal canals, which run upwards and end vertical to the
surface, diverging accordingly in graceful curves. These stems
are connected with one another by transverse canals of similar
width so that a ladder-shaped network is formed which resembles
the skeleton of Spongelia in shape.

In the middle between each pair of meridian canals, the vessels
of the reticulation are much larger than near the stem, their
diameter is here almost three times as great.

The Sexual Froducts.

Ripe sexual products are exclusively found in those parts of the
vascular reticulation which are most remote from the meridian
canals. The latter never contain ripe ova or spermatozoa.

In this aspect also, Neis difiers essentially from Beroe (3, p. 62)
and Idyia (1, p. 285), as in these it is just the meridian canals and
the proximal part of the vascular reticulation which contain the
sexual products, whilst the more distant parts of the vascular net
work remain sterile. I have made no observation which would
tend to prove an Ectodermal origin of the sexual product, which
Claus (4, p. 299), and Richard Hertwig (6, p. 426) assume.

As compared with Beroe, Neis accordingly shows a greater
differentiation ; the maturing area of the sexual cells is conveyed
from the meridian canals to the reticulation.

According to Chun (.3, p. 191), the female sexual products are
modified Epithel cells. I assent to this assumption, but I believe
that the ora are Sub-epithelial and do not lie on the surface. In
a transverse section through the meridian canal it can easily be
observed, that cells lie beneath the Eutodermal Epithelium as
highly coloured (Alumn Carmin) nuclei lie in abundance between
the canal Epithelium and the Gallert. Such nuclei are also found

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 973

beneath the Epithelium of the canals of the network, which
originate from the meridian canals. The latter are a little larger
than those in the meridian canals. At a greater distance from
these canals, ova are clearly seen, which increase in size the further
they are removed from the meridian canals.

In those parts of the vascular reticulation which occupy the
middle of the fields, the canals appear thickly filled with ripe ova.

From these observations I think I must draw the conclusion
that the place of germination of the ova lies in the meridian
canals, whilst their maturing place in Neis is removed to the
canals of the reticulation.

Single Entoderm cells of the vieridian canal epitJiel sink down
into the suh-einthelium and wander along it into the vascular
reticulation. During this migration they increase in size. At
length they remain in those parts of the tietwork vessels, furthest
removed from the meridian canals and there develope into mature
ova. The spermatoza are found united in balls also in the reticula-
tion canals.

As to the origin of male products I have arrived at no satisfactory
conclusion. It is of course not impossible that the ova-germs
migrate froQi the Ectoderm, first into the subepithelium of the
meridian canals, and then continue their migration in the manner
described above. But this I do not consider probable. The whole
process appears somewhat analogous to the formation and migra-
tion of the ova in many Hydromedusaj. (11.) The same cause
which Weisman ascribes to the migration of these elements in the
Hydroids cannot be accepted for our Ctenophore. I see in this
process rather a further development of that met with in Beroe
Forskalii.

The Margin of the Mouth.

The mouth-margin of Beroe is clothed by a highly developed
Ectoderm which Chun (3, pp. 33, 159, 160, Taf. XV., %. 19) and
Richard Hertwig (6, pp. 333-337, Taf. XIX., figs, 11, 14, 15, 17)
have described and figured.

The mouth-margin of Neis cordigera resembles that of Beroe in
so far as below the free margin the same three zones are met wdth

974 NOTES ON A BEROID OF PORT JACKSON,

which the authors mentioned describe. The figures of Richard
Hertwig resemble this part of Neis so closely that I consider it
unnecessary to describe it more minutely. The zone of the
gland cells is not embedded in the Gallert, as Chun represents.
The only essential difference, in this resitect, between Neis and
Beroe is met in the zone of the ciliated cells.

This is mainly supported by excrescences of the Gallert, which
are ring-shaped. The ciliated cells radiate from the Gallert-
ridges, and remind us in this respect of the so often described
appearance in other Coelenterata. These ciliated cells agree with
those of Beroe, which Richard Hertwig describes (6, p. 334,) hut
between them are found slender granulated sensitive cells, which
resemble the homologous elements in the fringes of the Pole-fields
very closely, and possess the type of the ectodermal sensitive cells of
other Coelenterata.

Between the ciliated and sensitive cells on the one side and the
Gallert on the other, are found in this zone exclusively, numerous
pear-shaped Ganglia-cells which appear connected with the sensitive
cells by very fine nervous threads. Towards the aboral pole they
are continued into a thick granulated nerve which can be traced
for some distance without difficulty on longitudinal sections and on
surface preparations.

Style-cells.

Concerning the sensitive cells with styles of Cestus, Eucharis and
Beroe, described by Richard Hertwig, I have arrived at a conclusion
which differs essentially from that adapted by him and by Chun.
I consider these elements not to have a mainly sensitive function.
As well in the Papillse of Eurachis multicornis as in those of Cestus
and in the homologous zone of Beroe these large styles which differ
by their thickness and the different refractive power from ordinary
sensitive cilia, are very striking, they are always found thickly
surrounded by gland-cells. In other Caelenterata such styles are
never to be found. The Palpocils of the Sarsia-polypes (10) alone
can be compared with them, and these are very different in shape
and of unknown function. The sensitive cilia of other Coelenterata
are much finer and resemble the cilia of those sensitive cells, which

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 975

are found on the sensitive pole and on the mouth-margin of Neis.
I have in vain looked for ganglia-cells below the style-cells and I
cannot find any notice in literature that below these the ganglia-
cells are more numerous than elsewhere, which must necessaiily be
the case if these cells really are sensitive.

I think, therefore, that I am justified in assuming that these
styles Are 2}oison thorns and not sensitive bristles. Accordingly I
suppose the glands surrounding these cells to be poison glands. The
position of these elements in the Beroids and still more in Cestus
and Euchai'is appears to me to prove conclusively that they are
defensive weajjons which represent the thread cells.

In detail it is true that such an analogy cannot be traced, but
the outer similarity in the arrangement, form and chemical behaviour
with regard to re-agents which exists between these organs and
the nettle-epithelia of other Ccelenterata is very striking.

The style-cells are often drawn out into a continuation down-
wards. This can just as easily be taken for a peduncle as for a
nerve. And even were we to ascribe nervous functions to these
style-cells, the other functions mentioned above might co-exist
therewith. The recurved sabre-formed cilia of the stomach-epithel
do not show any essential difference with the hooked teetii in Beroe.

The Color.

The Gallert and Epithelia are colorless, only those cells whicli
cloth the vascular reticulation, especially when the animal contains
ripe sexual cells, ai'e slightly rose-coloured. Below the surface
of the narrow sides there is a beautiful orange red reticulation
formed by pigment cells. Just below the surface the threads
of this reticulation are very thick, and are spread out tangen-
tally. Fine radial ramification extend from this surface-net
in a centripedal direction pervading the Gallert. This can be
traced for a distance of about 8 mm. The meshes of this
pigment reticulation are smallest just below the surface between
the paddle-ribs, so that in the middle of the narrow side an
indistinct orange stripe is produced. The yellow pigment is
wanting on the ends of the narrow sides in the vicinity of the

976 NOTES ON A BEROID OF PORT JACKSON.

sensitive pole. Single groups of the spindle-shajoed pigment cells
are found also in other parts of the body, so on the paddle-ribs
and the mouth margin.

As a])pears from this description of the colour my specimens are
not exactly similar to those of Lesson (9, pi. XVI., fig. 2.) I
should however, not consider this as of any importance, as the
colouring of the plates in the Coquille Atlas is not very accurate.

I am at present so loaded with other work that I have not the
leisure to examine all the organs of Neis in the same minute
manner, and I have therefore directed my attention to those which
seemed to me most interesting.

I have again endeavoured to prove a connection between the
Sub-epithel nervous plexus with those Mesodermal threads which
Eimer (5) has declared to be nerves, and to which also Richard
Hertwig (6) is inclined to ascribe a nervous function. It is true
I do not agree with Chun (3), who denies that these Mesodermal
fibres are nervous, but I must confess that my endeavours to
find this connection in Neis have been as fruitless as in Cyanea.

LITERATURE.
Concerning the complete literature I refer to Richard Hertwig's
list (6.)

(1). L. Agassiz. Acalephae. Contributions to the Natural History of
the United States of America, Vol. III.

(2). T. Allman. Conti'ibution to our knowledge of the structure and
development of the Beroidte. I he Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal,
Natural Science, Vol. XV.

(3). C. Chun. Die Ctenophoren des Golfes von Neapel. Fauna und
Flora des Golfes von Neapel. Band I.

(4). C. Claus. Grundziige der Zoologie, IV. Auflage.

(5). F. Eimer. Ueber Beroe ovatus, Ein Beitrag Zur Anatomic der
Eippenquallen. Leipzig. 1873.

(6). B. Hertu-ig. Ueber den Ban der Ctenophoren. Jenaische Zeitschrift
flir Naturwissenschrift, Band XIV.

(7). B. von Lendenfeld. Cyanea Annaskala. Zeitschrift fiir Wissen-
schaftliche Zoologie, Band XXXVII.

(8). B. von Lendenfdd. The Metamorj)hosis of Bolina Chuni. Pro-
ceedings of the Linneau Society of New South Wales, 1884.

(9). Lesnon. Acalephes. Voyage de la Coquille, Tom II. et Atlas.

(10). T. E. Schukc. Ueber Syncoryne Sarsii und die zugehiirige Meduse
Sarsia tubulosa, Leipzig, 1873.

(11). A. Wtisman. Die Entstehung der Sexualzellen bei den Hydro-
medusen. Jena. 1883.

THE HISTOLOGY AND NERVOUS SYSTEM OF THE
CALCAREOUS SPONGES.

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Like other Sponges, the Calcispongiee consist of Entoderm,
Mesoderm and Ectoderm. Tlie Mesoderm is the only layer which
is highly diflerentiated. Ectoderm and Entoderm are formed by a
single layer of cells. The outer surface of the Sponge doubtlessly
is Ectodermal and the cells which line the Oscular tube, the ciliated
chambers and the excretary canal system can with equal certainty
be determined as Entodermal. The Epithelium of the introductory
Canals is in all probability in the greater part Ectodermal, in a
small portion Entodermal.

ENTODERM.

The Entoderm is veiy simple, but nevertheless shows a higher
development than the Ectoderm, In some Calcareous Sponges it
consists of one kind of cells only ; the oxxlinary flagellate elements
with frills. In others again only part of the Entodermal Epithelium
is composed of such cells, whilst another part consists of simple, low
pavement cells. Where such a differentiation occurs, the flagellate
fringe-cells are found in the outer and middle part of the body,
lining the ciliated chambers or their homologa, whilst the pavement
cells clothe the Oscular tube and the exhalent canals leading from
the ciliated chambers to the Oscular tube.

Those Sponges, which Haeckel comprises in his Family Ascones,
Leucosolenia Bowerbank, which possess a simple tube shaped
gastral cavity and in which no ciliated chambers are developed,
possess flagellate Entodermal cells only. The same is the case with
an Australian Sponge which possesses ciliated chambers like the
Syconidae, recently described in these Proceedings.

978 HISTOLOGY AND NERVOUS SYSTEM OF CALCAREOUS SPONGES,

I combine all these foi*ms with non-diffeventiated Eatoderm in
one Group, for which I adopt Polejaeffs term Homoccela, the meaning
of which word I adapt to the view explained aV>ove.

All the other Calcai^eous Sponges possess a more highly differen-
tiated Entoderm. Ciliated chambers clothed with flagellate cells
are always present and the Oscular tube and adjacent canals are
clothed with pavement cells. I combine all these to form one
Group for which I likewise adopt Polejaeffs term, Heterocoela the
meaning of which word is likewise modified.

MESODERM.

The Mesoderm, which forms the bulk of the Sponge, consists of
Gallert of a pretty high degree of density.

In this the Mesodermal cells are imbedded. In Calcispongise
the Gallert never shows a fibrillous structure as is the case in some
others Sponges. (Gumminse.)

Also the Skeleton of these Sponges is produced by the Mesoderm.
The spicules always oi'iginate there and are always clothed with
Mesodermal cells or a Mesodermal cuticle, however far they may
protrude beyond its limits.

THE TISSUE CELLS.

In all calcareous Sponges numerous starshaped cells, with a
spherical nucleus, ai-e found in all parts of the Gallert, their proto-
plasmic processes are slender and vary in number from three to
ten. Generally they are simple, only exceptionally they may be
ramified. These cells are different in diff*erent Calcispongige in as
much as in some they are all alike with about five irregular pro-
cesses, whilst in others we find different kinds of these star-shaped
elements in the diff"erent parts of the body. The first is the case
in the Homocoela, the second in the Heteroccelia. Here we find
that in the central parts of the Mesoderm these cells have
numerous irregularly disposed processes, whilst they attain a
greater regularity towards the surface. The nearer they lie to
any free surface the more all their processes are influenced thereby
in such a manner that they run parallel to the surface in a more

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 979

and more tangental direction. In most parts of the Sponge these
processes at the same time diminish in number till we finally
arrive at structures which no longer can be termed star-shaped,
but which are already decidedly bipolar, spindle-shaped. Such
bipolar tissue cells are very frequent in other Sponges. In the
Calcispongiaj they are comparatively rare, and met with only in
the Heterocffilia. They are here perhaps to be considered as
muscular element throughout. It is in the Calcispongiae still more
difiicult than in others to discern between contractile cells and
ordinary tissue elements.

In the Homocoela the movements (closing of Pores) are
doubtlessly caused by contractions of the Processes extending
from the star-shaped tissue cells.

SKELETON.

Spicules, with two, three and four axis, comparable to the axis
of crystals, are always found in great abundance in the Calci-
spongiae. They consist of carbonate of lime, mixed with organic
substance. They often protrude beyond the Mesoderm. But
they are, as mentioned above, always covei'ed by a mesodermal
cuticule. The structure of the spicules can best be studied in
specimens treated with chloride of gold-potassium. (Twelve
hours.) By means of the appliance of this re-agent we see that
the whole spicule consists of a great number of small prisnis,
parallel to one another, radiating from the axis. Under ordinary
circumstances no such structure can be detected, but by the
appliance of the gold solution we can readily isolate these prisms.
A spicule exposed to this re-agent represents melting glacier ice iu
ajipearance. Like the latter it is composed of parallel prisms.

Furthermore we find that the radial structure first makes its
appearance in the interior, close to the inner axis, which is a
cylindrical chord of organic matter without lime. The whole
spicule soon commences to be dissolved by the gold solution if the
latter is strong, and always from the axis outward. The outermost
layer remaining intact whilst the central parts are split up into
prisms and dissolved. These new observations, together with
64

980 HISTOLOGY AND NERVOUS SYSTEM OF CALCAREOUS SPONGES,

those of other authors, point to the fact that the inner part, the
part produced tirst, of the spicule is softer and contains more
organic matter, whilst the outer layers, the youngest part, is harder
and resists the action of re-agents ; the whole spicule is composed
of prisms formed us cuticular productions by the cells clothing the
spicule from without.

With colouring re-agents it is easy to prove the existence of a
highly colourable cuticle all over the spicule. On the part of the
spicules which protrude beyond the surface of the Sponge, the
cuticle is easily rubbed off, but always present, if the Sponge is
captured with sufficient care. The existence of a cuticle on the
protruding part can be proved without observation : were there
no cuticle the spicule would very soon be dissolved by the sea-
water and traces of a corrosive action thereof are never met with,
unless in those spicules found on the bottom of the sea or taken
up by other Sponges or Foraminifera to help to build up their
skeleton.

This cuticle is slowly converted into spicule substance by an
interposition of molecules of carbonate of lime. This is the cause
of the lamella-structure of the spicules. Outside the Mesodermal
cuticle flat, Endothel-cells are met with, covering the immersed
part of the spicule, in the shape of a hollow tube. Also on the
protruding part of the spicules such cells can be detected, but I
believe the latter to be Ectodermal, and nothing else than a
continuation of the Ectodermal pavement Epithelium.

The spicules firstly make their appearance within cells, and the
axial x'od (not canal !) is part thereof The succeeding layers are
cuticular productions of Endothel cells.

It is remarkable that the rays of the spicules are often curved
in variovis ways.

THE MUSCULAR CELLS.

Although all the tissue-cells, particularly in the Homocoela are
to be considered as contractile, still there are some Mesodermal
elements which are developed in such a manner that their muscular
nature is much more expressed than in in the ordinary tissue cell.

BY R, VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 981

I have met with the elements I refer to in the Syconidse, around
the regulai-ly disposed pores in the dermal layer. Here we find
circular spindle-shaped cells, which form a contractile sphincter by
the aid of which the pores can be more or less closed. In Lencones
which have extensive Sub-dermal cavities there are longitudinal
cells of this kind in the pillars which connect the outer membrane
with the body of the Sponge.

AMCEBOID CELLS.

I have met with these elements in all calcareous Sponges. They
represent like those of other Sponges, the lobate Amcebfe, and
move about pretty rapidly in the Gallert, I have not observed
that they are packed more closely together in one part of the
Sponge than in another.

They seem equally distributed. Their number is subject to great
variations. I have always found more in Lencones than in other
Sponges.

SEXUAL PRODUCTS.

The ova are transformed Amoeboid cells which are when
matured, enclosed by an Endothel. Before that they creep about,
and are distinguished by their size and granular Protoplasm from
ordinary wandering cells a long time before they become sessile and
enclosed by Mesodermal pavement cells and so surrounded by a
Follicula.

Generally four or five ova lie together in separate Follicula
closely packed together and surrounded by a common Follicula in
the Heterocoelia. In the Horaoccela the ova remain simple and no
Follicula is formed as in their higher developed relations, although
also here the indifierent star-shaped cells congregate around the ripe
ova.

The first stages of development are passed through within the
body of the mother.

The Spermatozoa are formed in numbers within transfoi-med
Amoeboid wandering cells, Spermospores, which betray their
nature a long time before Spermatozoa begin to make their appear-
ance as small dots ; the nuclei are dei'ived from the nucleus of
the Spermospore by continued fission.

982 HISTOLOGY AND NERVOUS SYSTEM OF CALCAREOUS SPONGES,

THE GLAND CELL8.

Similar cells as those described from a few other Sponges, and
to which a secretory function is attributed, are also met with in
the (''alcareous Sponges.

Either single or in small bunches they are attached to the inner
side of the Ectoderm of the Lencones. They are pear-shaped, and
their real nature can easily be detected by the presence of large
highly refractive granules in their interior. They stand vertical to
the surface with which they are in connection by a .slender
peduncle.

SENSITIVE AND GANGLIA CELLS.

Spindle-shaj)ed cells of the Mesoderm, which lie just below the
surface, and protrude beyond the outer coating of Ectodermal
pavement cells are not rare in the Heteroccela. They stand vertical
to the surface, the nucleus is oval and situated in the middle of the
cell. The proximal part of such a cell is often produced into a long
thread, which may be ramified and often can be traced to another
cell lying further down in the Mesodermal Gallert. Such spindle-
shaped cells have been observed by me in clusters scattered
irregularly over the surface in Leucandra saccharata Leucandra
meandrina and other species. Single and also scattered irregularly,
but particularly numerous in the vicinity of the pores in Leucandra
conica,n.s.,and Leucandra sacharata, also in Lencetta and Leucaltis.
As a ring surrounding the inner wall of the conic, widening
canal leading down from the pores of Sycandra arborea into the
inter canals. As clusters in the same locality in Grantessa sacca,
n. s. Also, in Vosmperia gracilis, n. s., and Sycandra pila, n. s.
I have detected similar structures in bunches around the pores,
these latter are however, slightly different from the former, and
I do not like to assert their nei'vous nature with the same con-
fidence as that of the former organs.

It appears from this, that sensitive cells of this kind are met
with in all Heteroccela. In Homoccelia I have not found any
cells which may be considered as specially sen s tive

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 983

Ganglia cells have been observed in several of the species
mentioned above. Thej are highly colorable (particularly their
nucleus) multipolar cells. In Sycandra arborea they lie between
the muscular fibres of the Sphincter and the sensitive elements, just
above them. In Leucandra they are often found near the base of the
clusters of sensitive spindle-cells.

They are here of the same shape as in Sycandra.

Also in connection with the solitary sensitive cells of Leucandra
conica solitary Ganglia cells are found. Also these seem to be of
the same multipolar kind as in the former cases.

THE ECTODERM,

In all Calcareous Sponges the Ectoderm consists of simple pave-
ment cells, which cover the outer surface, the inhalent canals and
often also extend over the spicules protruding from the outer
surface. No differentiation of any kind can be detected. Many
of the cells are flat (on the surface) or concave (in the pore canals)
or convex (on the spicules), they always represent the same simple
type of low plates filled only partially with protoplasm, which
surrounds the compressed nucleus and adheres as a thick plate to
the outer surface. From this plate threads extend, which pervade
the cell cavity.

The question whether the nervous and gland cells really are
Mesodermal, as I assume, or Ectodermal, seems worth discussing.

My assumption of the Mesodermal nature of these organs is
mainly based on the fact that the Ectodei'mal Epithelium cells
never show any tendency of higher development. There exists
no transition forms between the pavement cells and gland or
nerve cells. Such transition forms do however exist in great
quantity between these elements and the indifferent, doubtlessly
mesodermal star-shaped tissue cells, from which, muscles and pro-
bably nerves have been differentiated ; whilst the gland cells may
possibly be referrable to another and more recent kind of meso-
derm cells, from which also the sexual cells originate the meso-
dermal wandering cells.

984 ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUSiE.

ADDENDA TO THE AUSTRALIAN HYDROMEDUS^.

No. II.

By R. von Lendexfeld, Ph.D.

I have lately examined some specimens of Hjdroid polyps, and
find that a few alterations are necessary in my classification.

1. The Genera Campanularia, Halecium and Sertularia should
be placed in the Subordo Hydromedusinae. Family Campanulinidre

2. The identity of Plumularia efFusa, Busk, and Acanthella
efFusa, Allman, which has been stated by AUman (Report on
the Hydroida of the Challenger. Part I., Plumulai-idte), has not
been accepted by me foi-merly. The differences between the two
are however not of such valid a character as I had supposed, and
we must therefore unite these two. I retain Allman's name, and
eliminate the Plumvilaria effusa of Busk.

3. The Genus Azygoplon, Allman, is identical with Halicor-
nopsis. Bale, and the name has to give way to the latter, which
has the priority. Allman's Azygoplon rostratum, (Report on the
Challenger Hydi-oida), must therefore be named Halicornopsis
rostratum. Von Lendenfeld.

4. Campanularia simplex (Bale), Laomedea simplex, Lamouroux,
has been omitted in the list, and must be placed in the genus to
which Bale refers it.

5. I find that Sertularia divaricata, de Lamarck, is not identical
with Sertularia rigida, Lamouroux, as de Lamarck and Bale
supposed, and therefore add it to the list of Sertularians.

6. T. Hutton named a Sei-tularella, (Sertularella polyzonias,
Lin.) Sertularia simplex (Transactions of the New Zealand Insti-
tute, Vol. V.) This is not similar to Sertularia simplex, von Len-
denfeld. (Addenda to the Australian Hydromedusfe. Pro-
ceedings of this Society, Vol. IX.)

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 985

7. Bale enumerates in his catalogue two species of Sertularia
under the same name, viz., tridentata, Sertularia tridentata,
Lamouroux, (catalogue, p. 96) and Sertularia tridentata. Busk,
(catalogue, p. 79.)

In my former papers I have accepted these two, the Lamouroux
species of which seems doubtful, being not sufficiently described

I have lately obtained a Hydroid in Poi-t Jackson, which I
believe may be identical with Lamouroux species, which I propose
to re-name Sertularia tridens, von Lendenfeld.

Stem slightly branched, irregularly pinnate with very short
pinnse. Cellules campanulate, adnate throughout their entire
length, cylindrical or wider at the base than at the mouth,
parallel to the pinnte, very distinct, alternate. Aperture with two
small I'ounded teeth in front, and one long and sharp spine on the
outer margin. Height, one to two centimetres.

Poi't Jackson, New South Wales.

986 NOTE ON THE FLIGHT OF INSECTS.

NOTE ON THE FLIGHT OF INSECTS.

By R. VON Lendenfeld, Ph D.

In a paper (1) ou this subject, which was published a few years
ago, I opposed the view held by Marey and others, that the
changes in the shape of the wing during the flight was caused by
the mechanical action of the resisting air without any muscular
action of the insect itself coming into play. I found that the
radial nerves of the wings of the dragon fly are extended centri-
petally into the body, and that they are in connection with
numerous muscles and a complicated articulating skeleton, by
means of which arrangement each ray can be moved more or less
independently of the rest, whereby the shape of the wing is
changed. This view of the matter has recently been opposed by
some Physiologists who apparently did not take the trouble to
investigate the anatomy of the organs in question.

Apparatus were constructed to demonstrate the mechanical
theory, Init these by no means prove the correctness of it.

I have recently made some interesting observations bearing on
this point, which are particularly well adapted to prove the fallacy
of the mechanical theory, and can easily be repeated by everyone.

If the animals are treated with certain poisonous substances, very
often a tetanus is produced. Such a poison is strychnine. Insects
are affected by substances, which are not injurious to other
animals in the way mentioned. The aromatic oil contained in the
blossoms of Pyrethrum carneum, roseum and ciaerarisefolium—the
essential part of " Insecticide," and turj)entine are such substances.
If a fly comes in contact with one of these substances a tetanus is
produced, the consequence of which is that the wings although
remaining in the ordinary position, change their shape in an
extraordinary manner.

(I). Vo7i Lendenfeld. Der Flug der Libellen. Sitzungsberichte der
Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in VVein, 1881.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 987

When at rest the wings of Diptera are more or less askew. "When
a fly is immersed in turpentine it is immediately made insensible
and lies motionless. Tetanic movements, after a short time, cause
slight movements of the legs and then the wings, although
remaining in the same position relative to the body, turn their ^.

face round in such a manner that they firstly become quite flat and i

then askew in the opposite direction to the original position. U_ ^

O "^

This movement is slow and can easily be observed. When the fly
is dead the wings collapse again and return to their ordinary
shape.

The same movement for which a mechanical action of che
resistance of the air is considered the sole cause, is here executed •-
in a manner which precludes the possibility of such a cause. q-

I think this proves my views in an equally simple and decisive Q-
manner.

In connection with this I would like to draw the attention of
the reader to peculiar efiect of the " insecticide " on the large
viviperous flies. They invariably give birth to the maggots when
under the influence of it at a time when the tetanus appears in
other parts of the body. The maggots are not influenced by the
insecticide to any great extent.

o

1^-

N

988 ON SOME RECENT SHELLS FOUND ON THE MACLAY-COAST,

LIST OF SOME RECENT SHELLS FOUND IN LAYERS
OF CLAY ON THF MACLAY-COAST, NEW GUINEA.

By J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c.

About two months ago Baron Maclay brought m3 a small box of
shells for determination, which he had obtained on the North-east
Coast of New Guinea in the year 1877. The whole of the species
seem to have been thrown from the bed of the Ocean by some
volcanic or submarine agency. Having gone carefully through
them, I find that they are species common to the Philippine
Islands, China Sea and Torres Straits. Some of them ai-e very much
sea worn and past identification, others again are represented only
by a single example and odd valves. A list of them is here
given : —

L Ranella albivaricosa.

Murex rana, Linn. Syst. Nat., p. 1216, No. 527.

Ranella albivaricosa, Reeve. Proc. Zool, Soc , 1844, p. 136.
Conch. Icon., pi. 1, fig. 2. Bursa rana, H. and A. Adams. Genera
of Recent Mollusca, 1853. Vol. 3, pi. 11, fig. 3, 3a.

2. Nassa Liquijarensis.

Nassa Liquijarensis, K. Adams. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851, p. 97.
Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 8, fig. 53.

3. Nassa. Sp ?

Only a single specimen of this species very much sea worn.

4. MiTRA. Sp?

Only a whorl and a half remain of this species.

by j. brazier, c.m.z.s., &c. 989

5. Oliva neostina.

Oliva mostina, Duclos. Olives, pi. 19, figs. 9, 10.
One specimen of this species in good condition.

6. Oliva sidelia.

Oliva sidelia, Duclos. Olives, pi. 19, figs. 1, 2.
One specimen in good condition.

7. Oliva. Sp?
All that remains of this species is about an inch of the
columella.

8. Oliva lepida.

Oliva lejnda, Duclos. Olives, pi. 2.5, figs. 15-20.

9. Oliva ispidula.
Valuta ispidula, Linn. Syst. Nat., p. 1188, No. 400.
Oliva ispidula, Sowerby. Thes. Conch. Oliva, pi. 16, fig. 250.

10. Oliva. Sp.

Only one specimen (not adult) resembles in markings Oliva
2nntamella, Duclos.

11. Oliva. Sp.

Piece of spine showing three whorls.

12, Terebra straminea.
Terebra straminea, Gray. Sowerby Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, p,
169, pi, 42, figs. 22, 23.

13. CoNus (Dendroconus) glaucus,
Conus glaucus, Linn, Gmelin., p. 3382, No, 15. Sowerby
Thes. Conch., ph 11, fig. 237.

14. Strombus canarium.

Stromhus canarium, Linn. Gmel., p. 3517, No. 24, Sowerby,
Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 33, pi. 8, fig. 69, 70.

Gallinula canarium. Brazier. Proc. Linn, Soc, N.S.W., Vol,
1, p, 292.

990 on some recent shells found on the maclay-coast,

15. Bulla ampulla.

Bulla ampulla, Linn. Gmelin, p. 3424, No. 10. Sowerby,

Thes. Conch., p. 575, pi. 122, fig. 59. Bulla tri/asciata, Sowerby

in Reeve. Conch. Icon., pi. 1, fig. 1. Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc,
KS.W., Vol. 2, p. 83, No. 33.

This species is only represented by the dorsal surface showing
two transverse bands. Mr. Sowerby figux'es it in the Thes. Conch,
figure 59, as Bulla a7)ipulla, Linn., but in Reeve's Conch. Icon.,
he re-describes it as Bioda tri/asciata. I believe it to be only a
variety of an^ndla.

16. Atys cylindrica.
Bulla cylindrica, ^e\h\mg&. Chem, fig. 1356, 1357.
Bidla cylindrica (Atys), A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch.,
pi. 125, fig. 114.

17. Atys cylindrica variety elongata.

Bulla elongata, (Atys), A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch.,
pi. 125, fig. 121.

18. Atys. Sp?

This species (a single specimen) may be a small variety of Atys
cylindrica.

19. Dentalium longitrorsum.

Dentalium longitrorsum, Reeve. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1842, p. 197 ;
Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 3, pi. 223, fig. 59, 60.

20. Cultellus. Sp ]
Represented by a sea worn valve,

21. Corbula crassa.

Corhiila crassa. Hinds. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1843, p. 55.
Represented by two odd valves.

BY J. BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., &C. 991

22. CORBULA ALBUGINOSA.

Corhula alhuginosa, Hinds. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1843, p. 56.

Eight valve.

23. Mactra. Sp?

Represented by one sea worn valve.

24. Tellina (Tellinella) McAndrewi,

Tellina McAndrewi, Sowerby in Reeve Conch. Icon., pi. 23,
fig. 122.

The eight valves, right and left, answer in every respect to the
description given in the Conch. Icon.; it is quite clear that Mr.
Sowerby's locality Madeira must be wrong.

25. Tellina (Arcopagia) pinguis.

Tellina pinguis, Hanley. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1844, p. 63 ;
Sowerby Thes. Conch., p. 252, pi. 56, fig. 34.

26. Tellina (Phylloda) foliacea.

Tellina foliacea, Linn. Syst., p. 1117, No. 51 ; Hanley in
Sowerby Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 274, pi. 65, fig. 253 ; Reeve
Conch. Icon., pi. 3, fig. 11.

27. Tellina (Angulus). Sp"?

Only two odd valves of this species.

28. Tellina (Tellinides) conspicua.

Tellina conspicua,Yi.2ai\ej. Sowerby Thes, Conch., p. 293, pi. 58,
fig. 100.

29. Tellina (Tellinides.) Sp ?

A single valve of a pinkish tinge near to T. coccinea, Ch.
30. Tellina (Peron^a) scalpellum.

Tellina scalpelhim, Hanley. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1844, p. 147 ;
Sowerby, Thes. Conch., p. 310, pi. 59, fig. 116.

992 ON SOME RECENT SHELLS FOUND ON THE MACLAY-COAST.

31. Tellina (Strigella.) Spl

A single minute valve, sculptured very much like Tellina
splendida and jnsifoi'mis.

32. Tellina (Metis) spectabilis.

Tellina spectabilis, Hanley. Proc. Zool. Sec, 1844, p. 141 ;
Sowerby, Thes. Conch., p. 323, pi. 65, fig. 254.

33. Venus (Chione) calophylla.

Venus calophylla, Philippi in Wiegmanns Archiv. fur Natur-
geschichte, 1836, Vol. 1, p. 229, pi. 8, fig. 2 ; Hanley, Desc. Cat.
App., p. 361, pi. 16, fig. 26 ; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., p. 724, No.
64, pi. 160, fig. 176 ; Veoius tiara, Reeve. Conch. Syst., Vol, 1,
pi. 67, fig. 3. (Non Dillmyn) ; Venus caloiihylla, Hanley. Reeve
Conch. Icon., pi. 23, fig. 114.

34. Venus (Ciiione) imbricata.

Venus imbricata, Sowei'by. Thes. Conch., p. 715, pi. 156, fig
81, 82 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 24, fig. 118.

35. Dione bullata.
Cytherea bullata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., p. 640, pi. 136, f. 192.

36. DOSINIA canaliculata.

Artemis canaliculata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., p. 668, pi. 143,
f. 58.

37. Led A pullata.

Nucula jndlata, Hinds. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1843, p. 100.
Leda pullata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch, p. 127, pi. 3, fig 94;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 11, fig. 34.

38. Arca. Sp?
One sea worn valve.

EEVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN L^MODIPODA.
By William A. Hasavell, M.A., B.Sc,

[Plates XLVIII.-XLIX.]

Since the publication of my " Catalogue of the Australian Stalk
and Sessile-eyed Ci'ustacea," two years ago, the appearance of
Dr. Mayer's exhaustive monograph, " Die Caprelliden," has greatly
added to, and brought into a convenient form, our knovs^ledge of
the structure and generic and specific forms of this group of Crus-
tacea. On examining the Caprellidse in my possession, I have
found several new and interesting forms, and to the description of
these add in the present paper a few notes on forms previously
desci'ibed.

The following is a list of the well-ascertained Australian
species : —

1. Proto Novcb Hollandice. Haswell.

2. P. condylata. n. S2).

3. P. spinosa. n. s]).

4. Protella australis. Haswell.

5. P. echinata. Haswell.

6. P. haswelliana. Mayer.

7. Hircella cornigera. Haswell.

8. Caprella aequilibra. Say.

9. Caprella attenuata, Dana.
10. Ca])rella inermis. Haswell.

Proto condylata. N. sp.
[Plate XLVIII., figs. 1-4.]
Diagnosis. Head and body without spines. Flagellum of
superior antennae with twenty articuli. Inferior antennae two-
thirds of the length of the superior pair, the flagellum with nine

994 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN L.EMODIPODA,

aiticuli. Propodos of posterior gnathopoda in the male with a
rounded process over the articulation of the dactylos ; palm defined
by a bifid denticle.

Female. — The head of this species is without spines, about
equal in length to the following segment. The second, third, and
fourth segments are nearly equal ; the fifth and sixth are nearly
equal in length, longer than the preceding three ; the last segment
is about half the length of the fifth. The superior antennae are
as long as the head and following three segments ; the first and
second segments of the peduncle are stout, the second the longer
and somewhat narrower at the base than towards the extremity ;
the third segment is rather more than half the length of the
second, narrower, being broadest towards the distal end ; the
flagellum is a little longer than the peduncle, with twenty articuli,
of which the last is extremely small. The inferior antennae are
about two-thirds of the length of the superior pair, the second and
third joints of the peduncle small, the fourth and fifth nearly
equal, each nearly three times as long as the third ; the flagellum is
once and a half the length of the last segment of the peduncle and is
composed of nine joints

The propodos of the anterior gnathopoda is triangular in lateral
outline; the palm is very slightly convex, defined by a short tubercle
and ornamented with short hairs. The posterior gnathoj)oda are
as long as the superior antennfe (gths of an inch) ; the propodos is
/„th of an inch in length, and nearly ^rd of that in breadth, of a
long oval shape in transverse outline, the upper (dorsal) border is
slightly angulated near the middle, but nearer the proximal
than the distal end ; the lower (ventral) border has a well-defined
palm which is slightly convex and is defined by two small
tubercles, or more correctly, by one bifid tubercle, and has five
serrations towards its distal end with a row of short setee ; the
• dactylos is more than half the length of the propodos, geniculate
at the junction of its proximal with its middle third. The first
and second })ereiopoda are slender, but as long as the others, (as
long as the head and the two following segments — .jj^ths of an inch),
■with long narrow branchire. The two posterior pairs are short

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 995

the propodos and dactyl os of the penultimate pair being rather
larger than those of the last. The surface is dotted with minute
black specs, and there are cross bands of similar dots on some of
the appendages.

With the female specimens were a number of males, the
majority of which differ from the female only (1) in having only
seven segments in the flagellum of the lower antennae (2) in
having the first two pairs of pereipoda decidedly longer than the
others, and (3) in having the last pair rather stouter than the
penultimate. Among these, two, though resembling the rest
in other respects differ from them in the form of the propodos of
the postei-ior gnathopoda. In the first of these, which is otherwise
like that of the female, the joint in question is relatively longer and
narrower than in the latter. In the othei', which I take to be the
only completely adult male, the propodos (PI. 48, fig. 3), is
narrow at the base, broadening distally, with a strong rounded
process at the doi'sal and distal angle over the insertion of the
dactylos, with a deeply concave palm defined by a double tubercle
as in the female, with a quantity of fine hairs towards its middle
and two very minute spines near its distal end ; the dorsal process
is ornamented with hairs ; the exti-emity of the dactjdos is slightly
hooked.

Proto spinosa. N. sp.

[Plate XLIX., fig. 1.]

Diagnosis. Head without spines : three following segments each
with three spines ; flagellum of superior antennae with twenty-two
or twenty -three articuli. Inferior antenna equal in length to the
peduncle of the superior pair ; their flagellum with fourteen articuli.
Propodos of posterior gnathopoda having the palm defined by two
teeth an external and an interal, with a groove between them in
which the extremity of the dactylos lies.

The head with the coalescent first segment, the second, third,

and fourth segments of the thorax are all nearly equal in length,

the last being the longest. The fifth segment is longer than the

fourth ; the sixth is much shorter. The head is without spines,

65

yyo REVISION of the Australian l^emodipoda,

but has a rounded eminence on its upper surface. The three
following segments each bears three spines, a mesial dorsal, and two
lateral, the latter placed immediately over the origin of the limbs ;
the S})ines of the first of these segments (second thoi-acic segment
proper) are the most prominent, and are very acute and inclined
forwards ; the spines of the othei' two segments are conical, and
are not inclined forwards. The fourth segment has also a short
conical spine at its posterior end ; the fifth has four short spines
or tubercles in the same position as those of the fourth ; the sixth
and seventh have short, pointed spines over the insertion of the
appendages. These posterior spines are not always present, the
constant ones being those of the second and third segments. None
of the rest of the segments possess spines. The superior antennae
are a little longer than the head and following three segments
(^ths of an inch) ; the first segment is about half the length of the
head ; the second segment is twice the length ef the first, slightly
narrower proximally than distally, the third segment about two-
thirds of the length of the second, much narrower ; the flagellum
a little longer than the two last segments of the peduncle, and
consists of twenty-two or twenty-three segments. The lower
antennae ai"e about equal in length to the peduncle of the superior
pair (|,ths of an inch) ; the fourth joint of its peduncle is the
longest ; the flagellum is slightly longer than the two last joints
of the peduncle, and has fourteen articuli. The anterior gnathopoda
are a little longer than the head ; the propodos is triangular in
lateral outline, with a well-defined palm, the defining lobe of
which is divided into two small teeth, each with two short, stout
setae. The posterior gnathopoda are as long as the head and two
following segments Qth of an inch) ; the propodos is longer than
the head, long ovate, the palm convex, obscurely toothed distally,
and defined by two prominent acute teeth, an internal and an
external, between which is a hollow, in which the point of the
dactylos lies when folded up ; the dactylos is more than half the
length of the propodos, nearly uniformly curved. The first two
pairs of pereiopoda are as long as the posterior gnathopoda, slender ;
the third pair are a little more than half the length of the

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 997

preceding pairs ; the two last pairs are as long as the two first,
and stouter ; their propodos has a well-defined palm.

The branchiae are narrow, cylindrical, and very long, about
two- thirds of the length of the basal joint of the appendage.

The total length of the head and body is three-fifths of an inch.

I have seen specimens of this species only in one locality — Port
Western, Victoria.

Of well-established species of Proto, besides the Australian
forms there are, according to Mayer, only two, viz., P. bruuneo-
vittata, Haller, and P. ventricosa. O. F. Miiller. The foUowino-
synopsis will assist in showing the relations of the species.

I. Limbs without spines.
a. Palm of posterior guathopoda with a

defining tubercle, but without other
pi'ojections.

1. A process on the large hand over
the articulation of the dactylos.
P. condylata. Haswell.

2. No process on the large hand. P.
veyitricosa. O. F. Miiller.

h. Palm of posterior gnathopoda armed
with teeth. P. Novce-HoUandue.
Haswell.

II. Third joint of the posterior gnathopoda
with an acute spine. P. hrunneo-
vittata. Haller.

B. Body armed with spines. Proto. spi7iosa. Haswell.

Protella australis.
[Plate XLIX, figs. 2-4 ]

Protella australis, Haswell. Proc Linn. Soc. New South Wales,
Vol. IV., p. 276, pi. XII., fig. 4.

This species is characterised by the presence of a pair of short,
acute, forwardly-directed spines on the head and by the extreme
length of the superior antennse, which equal the body in length,
their peduncle being equal in length to the head and the following
three segments of the body ; the flagellum on the other hand is
comparatively short, not exceeding the third segment of the peduncle
in length : it is composed of seventeen articuli. The inferior
antennae are relatively short, being no longer than the first two

A. Body without
spines.

998 REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN LiEMODIPODA,

segments of the peduncle of the superior pair : the fourth and fifth
segments of its peduncle are of nearly equal length, the latter
rather longer and more slender than the former ; the liagellum is
very short, not being half the length of the last segment of the
peduncle ; it is composed of six articuli. The propodos of the
anterior gnathopoda has the " palm " undefined. The propodos of
the gnathopoda is ovate ; its palm is defined by an acute conical
tooth, and it has two other teeth near its distal end, one proximal,
acute, the other compressed. The branchije are long oval : the
corresponding appendages are distinct, between a third and a half
of the length of the branchiae. The posterior pereiopoda have the
palm defined by a tooth-like projection.

The length of the body is over half an inch.

I have only found this species in Port Jackson. It is a very
well-marked species and quite distinct from P. gracilis of Dana, to
which Mayer is inclined to unite it, both in the form of the head
and of the gnathopoda. The gnathopoda are not unlike those of
P. dentata but in other respects the two species are quite difierent.

Protella echinata.
Cajwella echinata. Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. Vol.
IV., p. 346, pi. XXIII., fig. 2. Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 312.
Protella echinata. Mayer, Caprelliden, p 32, figs. 6 and 7.
Mayer points out the presence of extremely reduced rudiments
of anterior pereiopoda, the presence of which places the species in
the genus Protella, of which, however, it must he regarded as an
outlying member.

Protella Hasavelliana.

Protella ffaswelliana. Mayer, I.e., p. 32, figs. 8-10.

I append Mayer's remarks on this species : —

" With Haswell's consent I here describe this Australian species
(of which a male and a female are at my disposal), as on account
of a peculiarity in its structure it may be regarded as of especial
interest. This consists in the coalescence of the last segment of
the thorax with the penultimate, the former being thus deprived of
independent movement ; at the same time it is so reduced that its
pair of appendages lie close up to the base of the preceding pair.

BY WILLIASI A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 999

In contradistinction to this the fifth segment is very long and
slender. The rudimentary feet of the branchial segment almost
equal the branchiae in length. The spines of the dorsal surface of
the head and body are more strongly pronounced than in the other
Protelke. Moreover, the basal segment of tlie anterior antenna?
bears in its middle a small tubercle with one hair and the pro-
podos of the posterior gnathopoda is also tuberculated on the
dorsal side. The form of the abdomen I have not completely ascer-
tained, but it does not seem to present any special peculiarities."
I have only found this species in Port Jackson.

HiRCELLA CORNIGERA.

Caprella cornigera^ Haswell.

(?) Proto cornigera, Mayer, I.e., p. 25 fig. 3.

The following are Mayer's remarks on this species of which I
forwarded him specimens for his Monograph : —

" The ten original specimens before me agree completely with
Haswell's description, but they probably belong to the genus Proto
as I was inclined to conclude on my first glance at the figure. This
shows, to wit, three pairs of branchife arranged in the manner
characteristic of Proto. * * * The three anterior pairs of
pereiopoda were not figured by Haswell, and are also no longer
present in my specimens. * * * The muscles going to these
limbs which in true Frotos are by no means weak are so feebly
developed that they have quite produced upon me the impression
that the limbs have become rudimentary ; one would then have to
do with a form in which the reduction of the thoracic legs had
gone even further than in the JSTew Zealand genus Caprellina.
Should this suspicion be borne out by the examination of fresh
specimens the creation of a new generic name for {%) Proto cornigera
would be unavoidable ; I should like in that case to have proposed
the name Hircella."

Caprella iEQuiLiBRA.

Caprella cBquilihra. Say. Journ. Acad. Philad. I. ; Bate and
Westwood, Vol. II., p. 71 ; Bate, p. 362, pi. LVII., fig. 5 ; Mayer,
p. 45, pi. I., fig. 7 ; pi. II., figs. 1-11 ; pi. IV., figs. 20-25 ; pi. V.,
figs. 16-18 ; Miers, Collections of H.M.S. Alert, Crustacea, p. 320.

1000 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN L^EMODIPODA.

Caprella januarii. Dana. U. S. Expl. Expd., Crust., p. 819,
pi. LV., fig. 2 ; Kroyer, Yoy. en Scand., pi. VI., fig. 15.

Caprella monacantha. Heller.

Caprella laticornis. Boeck.

Caprella ohesa. Haswell. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Vol. IV.,
p. 348, pi. XXIV., fig. 1 ; Cat. Austr. Crust., p. 3U.

This species is of very wide distribution, being found on the
British and Scandinavian coasts, the Eastern coast of the United
States and of South America ; the coast of China and the coasts
New South Wales and Victoria. Of the identity of the
Australian with the European and American foi'm there cannot
remain the least doubt after the careful examination which Dr.
Mayer has made of a considerable series of specimens.
Caprella inermis.

Caprella inermis. Haswell. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Vol.
IV., p. 348, pi. XXIIL, fig. 3 ; Cat. Austr. Crust., p. 314 ; Mayer
Caprelliden, p. 71, figs, 26-29.

This species has been received by Dr. Mayer from Rio de
Janeiro.

Caprella att enuata.

Caprella attenuata. Dana. U. S. Explor. Exped. Crust., p. 817,
PI, 55, fig. 1 ; Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip., p. 364, PI. 57, fig. 7 ;
Mayer, I.e., p. 67, figs. 24 and 25 ; Miers, Collections of H.M.S.
Alert, p. 320.

This species has been found at Rio as well as in Port Jackson.

The species figured by Miers is very ditferent from the adult C.
attenuata, but may be an immature form.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate, XLVIII.
Fig. 1. — Anterior portion of Proto condylata.
Fig. 2. — Posterior gnathopoda of adult male of Proto condylata.
Fig. 3. — Posterior gnathopoda of male specimen of Proto condylata.
Fig. 4. — Anterior gnathopoda of adult male of Proto condylata.

Plate XLIX.
Fig. 1. — Pi'oto sjnnosa.

Fig. 2. — Anterior gnathopoda of Protella australts.
Fig. 3. — Posterior gnathopoda of Protella australis.
Fig. 4.— Pereiopoda of Protella australis.

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA.

By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

[Plates L., LI., LII. and LIIL]

List of Species.
Fam, Idoteid^.

1. Idotea Peronii. M. Edw.

2. Idotea marina. Linn.

3. Idotea stricta. Dana.

4. Idotea longicaicdata. Spence Bate (:= Crahyzos longicaudata.)

5. Idotea margaritacea. Dana.

Fam. Oniscid^.

6. Armadillidmm subdentatum. Haswell.

7. Porcellio graniger. White.

8. Porcellio ohtusifrons. Haswell.

9. Philougria iPliilygria) marina. Chilton.

10. Ligia gaudichaudii, var austr aliens is? Dana.

Fam. CYMOTHOIDiE.

11. Ceratothoa trigonocephala. Leach.

12. Ceratothoa imbricata. Fabr.

13. Codo7iophihcs argus. Haswell.

14. Ourozeuktes owenii. Milne- Edwards.

15. Ourozeuktes 2^yriformis. Haswell.

1002 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA,

Fam. ^GIDiE,

16. jEga cyclops. Has well.

17. Cirolana multidigitata. Miers.

18. Cirolana Schiodtei. Miers.

19. Cirolana tenuistylis. Miers.

20. Cirolana lata. Haswell.

21. Rocinela orientalis. Schiodte and Meinert.

22. Rocinela viyilans. Haswell.

Faru. Sph^romid^.

23. Sphaeroma gigas. Leach.

24. Sjihaeroma quoyana. Milne-Ed w.

25. Sphaeroma verrucatuLa White.

26. Sphaeroma (?) anomala. Haswell.

27. Sphaeroma Icevis. Haswell.

28. Sphaerotna aspera. Haswell.

29. Gymodocea granulata. Miers.

30. Cymodocea (?) Gaimardii. Milne- Edwards.

31. Cymodocea longistylis. Miers.

32. Cymodocea acideata. Haswell.

33. Cymodocea hidentata. Haswell.

34. Cymodocea coronata. Haswell.

35. Cymodocea tuberctdata. Haswell.

36. Cerceis tridentata. Milne-Bdwards.

37. Cerceis hidentata. Milne-Edwards.

38. Cerceis acuticaudata. Haswell.

39. Cerceis trispinosa. Haswell.

40. Cilicaea tenuicaudata. Haswell.

41. Cilicaea Latreillii. Leach.

42. „ „ var. crassicaudata. Haswell.

43. „ „ var. longispina. Miers.

44. Cilicaea antennalis. White.

45. Cilicaea hystrix. Haswell.

46. Cilicaea spimdosa. Haswell.

47. Cilicaea curtispina. Haswell.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1003

48. Cilicaea crassa. Haswell.

49. Zuzara diadema. Leach.

50. Zuzara armata. Milne-Edwards.

51. Zuzara Integra. Haswell.

52. Zuzara emarginata. Elaswell.

53. HaswelLia camsa (Calyptura carnea.) Haswell.

54. Am2)horoidea australiensis. Dana.

Fam. Arcturid^.

55. Arcturus longicornis. Haswell.

56. Arcturios hrevicornis. Haswell.

Fam. Anthurid^.

57. Faranthura australis. Haswell.

58. Paranthura crassicornis. Haswell.

59. Paranthura dienienensis. N. Sp.

60. Anthura Aliersii. N. Sp.

61. Raliophasma purpureum. Haswell.

62. Haliophasma maculatum. Haswell.

63. Eisothistos vermiformis. Haswell.

Fam. Tanaid^.

64. Taiiais tenuicornis. Haswell.

65. Parataiuds linearis. Haswell.

66. Apseudes obtusi/rons. Haswell.

67. Apseudes australis. Haswell.

Fam. ANCEID.E.

68. Anceus ferox. Haswell.

Fam. AsELLiCE.

69. Stenetrium armatimi. Haswell.

70. Stenetrium inerme. Haswell.

Fam. Cymothoid^.
Miers Zoological Collections of H.M.S. '' Alert," (p. 300) adds
a species — Ce?-ato</ioa imbricata, Fabr., of which there are speci-
mens in the British Museum from Port Essington, Sydney,
Murray River, and Western Australia, as well as from New
Zealand and from Calcutta.

1004 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA,

Fam. MoiTtJE.

Miers describes two new species of Cirolana — C. muUidigitata
from Albany Passage, Swan River and the Philippines ; C.
schiodtei, from Torres Straits ; G. tenuistylis, also from Torres
Straits, and a variety of C. lata, mild from Albany Island.

Rocinela orientalis, Schiudte and Meinert is stated by Miers
(I.e., p. 304) to have been obtained from Torres Straits and
Moreton Bay, as well as from the Gulf of Suez, Ceylon, and the
Philippines.

Fam. Sph.-eromid.e.

Miers (I.e., pp. 305-310) describes a new species — Cymodocea
longistylis, from Toi-res Straits and from Singapore ; a new variety
of Cerceis bidentata of Milne-Edwards, which he calls aspein-
caudata ; he notices the occurrence in Torres Sti-aits and in
Western Australia of Giliccea Latreillii {Sj)h(Broma pubescens) of
Milne-Edwards ; and describes an additional variety of that
species (C. longispina) from Bass's Straits. He points out that an
additional species of Giliccea (C. antennalis of White) had been
obtained from Swan River.

He also points out that the generic name Galyptura, which I
applied to a curious form of this family having the last segment
of the thorax produced into a broad plate, was pre-occupied and
proposes to call it Haswellia.

I have to add the following remarkable new genus.

Bregmocerella, N.G.

Oral region immediately in front of the epitsome (antennary
sternum) produced forwards into a long horn-like process. Last
segment produced, pointed. Uropoda with the outer (mobile)
ramus rudimentary.

Bregmocerella tricornis JS. Sp.
[Plate LIIL, fig. 1.]
The oral process is considerably longer than the head, slender,
cylindrical, curved upwards towards the distal end which is slightly

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1005

dilated. The head is armed, a little in front of and internal to
each eye, with a much shorter process, about a fifth of the length
of the mesial one, directed forwards. The head is about the same
length as the first segment of the pereion,biit considerably narrower :
the first segment has the pleural regions expanded and produced
behind into a short acute process. The following five segments are
nearly equal, slightly produced laterally : the seventh is rather
larger, with two obscure teeth on each side of its distal border.
The terminal segment is large, about a third of the length of the
body, nearly triangular in outline, the apex produced into a bluntly
pointed process with a slight notch on either side near the extremity :
on the dorsal surface are two oval elevations covered with minute
granulations. The anterior antennae are slender, but as long as
the head and first two segments. The posterior antennae are much
longer and stouter, more than half the length of the body, the
peduncle and flagellum nearly equal in length, the latter with
about thirty segments. The uropoda are narrow, about half the
length of the terminal segment, not extending to near the apex,
with a notch about the middle of the outer border in which is
articulated the rudiment of a mobile ramus, and with two obscure
teeth in the distal half. The length is j^'oths of an inch. The
colour of the dried specimen is mottled red and brown, the hoi'ns
red at the extremities : in the middle of the first body segment is
an oval white spot with a light red mark in the middle of it.
Dredged at the " Heads " of Port Jackson. [Macleay Museum.]

Fam. Oniscoidea.

LiGIA AUSTRALIEXSIS.

Miers (I.e., p. 299) describes fully the species common on the
Queensland coast, doubtfully referring it to Ligia Gaudichaudii,
var. Australiensis, Dana.

Fam. ANCEiDyE,
Anceus ferox. N. Sp.
[Plate LII. Figs. 1—5.]
The body is very broad, the greatest breadth being nearly ogth
of an inch, and the total length, exclusive of the mandibles, being

1006

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA,

only about j'^th of an inch. The head is extremely large, more
than half the length of the pereion ; it presents in front a deep
mesial excavation, at the bottom of which is a tooth ; bounding
the excavation on either side is a tooth-like projection. The
pereion is as broad as the head in front, narrower behind ; the
hinder segments are slightly longer than the anterior. The pleon,
with the telson, is about equal in length to the last four segments
of the pereion ; its length is rather more than thrice its breadth.
The upper antennse are shorter than the lower, considerably
shorter than the head ; the three joints of the peduncle progi-es-
sively increase in length distally ; the flagellum, which is nearly
as long as the last joint of the peduncle, consists of a rudimentary
proximal, a longer second, and a very small terminal articulation,
the last ornamented with hairs. The inferior antennse are longer
than the superior, but shorter than the jaws ; their flagellum is
about the same length as the last segment of the peduncle, and
consists of seven articuli. The jaws are very lai*ge, longer than
the head ; internally, near the base, each presents a bifid tubercle ;
at the apex each is divided into three teeth, of which one is
rudimentary. The two anterior pairs of legs, which are a little
larger- than the following pairs, have the ventral borders of the
merus and carpus each armed with two blunt spines ; in the
hinder pairs the place of these is taken by a series of very short
spinules.

In the form of the jaws and their enormous size this species
differs from any others, as well as in the great relative size of the
head. Its nearest ally seems to be Anceas maxillaris, from which,
however, it is very far removed.

I am indebted for the only specimen of this species I have seen
to Mr. Thos. Hewitt. It was found in Port Jackson.

Fam. Tanaid^.
Tanais tenuicornis.
[Plate L. Figs. 1—8.]
Paratanais tenuicornis, Haswell. Proc. Lin. Soc, N.S.W.,
Vol. VI., p. 194, pi. IV.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1007

This species, of which only a short diagnosis has been
published, presents two well-marked varieties — specimens from
E'ort Western, Victoria, all presenting certain constant though
unimportant peculiarities by which they difter from specimens
from Port Jackson and Port Stephens. The following is a
description of the Victorian form : —

The body is moderately stout. It is ornamented with a few
scattered hairs on the doi'sal surface, chiefly at the junctions of the
segments. The head is nearly as long as the following four
segments ; between the upper antennae it forms a low triangular
lobe. The first three free thoracic segments are shorter than the
rest — the first being the shortest of all. The abdomen is about
equal in length to the two last segments of the thorax. TIib
superior antennjB are stout, the first joint half the length of the
the head, the second about a third of the length of the first and a
little narrower, the third about two-thix-ds of the length of the
second, narrower, with a minute lobe at its apex which may be a
rudimentary fourth joint : the extremities of all three joints are
ornamented with a few long hairs. The inferior antennae are
equal in length to the superior pair and slightly more slender, and
consist of six joints ; the first joint is short and stout ; the second
more than twice the length of the first ; the third about a half to
a third of the length of the second ; the fourth as long or very
nearly as long as the second ; the fifth about two-thirds of the
length of the fourth ; the sixth very small, not much more than a
quarter of the length of the penultimate joint; the terminal joints are
ornamented with long delicate hairs. The fingers of the first pair
of thoracic appendages have brown coi^neous tips ; they are not
denticulated ; but there is a row of short fine hairs near the inner
edge of the immobile finger. The second pair of thoi-acic append-
ages are more slender than the following, are not ornamented with
spines, and terminate in a long, slender, two-jointed finger. The
third and fourth pairs ai-e shorter than the second and a little
stouter ; their dactyli are also slender and straight, but their
meros and carpus are armed with short, stout spines, which are
most numerous round the distal end of the latter segment. The

1008 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA,

three last pairs have the meros and carpus like those of the
preceding two pairs, but the dactylos is hook-like and armed
internally with a double row of acute spinules. The uropoda have
a well developed ramus with from five to seven sabequal articuli.

The surface of the body is irx'egularly mottled with blackish
spots. The length is about a quarter of an inch.

In the Port Jackson specimens the terminal joint of the
superior antennae is relatively longer and narrower, and the
second joint of the inferior antennse relatively shorter.

PaRATANAIS LINEARIS. N. Sp.

[Plate L. Figs. 9—16.]

The body of this species is extremely narrow — the length being
about ten times the breadth. The head with the coalescent first
segment is about twice as long as the second segment ; it bears on
either ends a strong tooth-like process directed backwards and
downwards. The segments of the thorax are nearly equal, but
increase a little in length and decrease slightly in height towards
the posterior end. The abdominal segments are all equal, about a
third of the length of the last segment of the thorax. The superior
antennae are stout and short, scarcely so long as the head and first
segment ; with only five joints, of which the second is the largest.
The lower antennae have four joints, of which the two proximal are
the largest, w^ith a strong tooth at the supero-distal angle of the
second ; the fourth joint is very small and scarcely half the length
of the third. The first pair of thoracic appendages are very stout,
as long as the head and following two segments ; the meros, carpus
and propus all stout, the carpus the largest ; the immobile finger
has a rounded tvibercle ornamented with a few hairs. The
following three pairs of appendages are slender, the propus con-
siderably longer than the carpus, the dactylos slender, continued
into a delicate hair-like [joint. The last three pairs of thoracic
appendages are rather stouter than the preceding pairs ; the meros,
carpus and propus are each ornamented towards the distal end
with a few conical or curved spines, of which two placed at the

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1009

extremity of the propus assume the form of accessory dactyli. The
dactylos proper is longer and stronger than these, a little less than
half the length of the propus. The uropoda are very short, the
inner ramus composed of one compressed joint which is about twice
the length of the peduncle; the outer shorter and narrower,
appai'ently one-jointed on one side, but on the other showing an
articulation (or fracture) about the middle. The total length of
the animal is igths of an inch.

The only specimen I have was obtained with the dredge in Port
Jackson.

Stenetrium armatum.

[Plate LI. Figs. 1—12.]

Stetietriimi armatum. Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.VV.
Vol, v., p. 478.

The males of this species differ from the females in the form of
the first pair of thoracic appendages (see P.L.S., N.S.W. Vol. V.,
pi. XIX., tigs. Ic and Ic^), and also in having the flagella of the
superior antennae usually, though not invariably, longer. The
number of articuli of the inner antennse varies from eight to
twelve, and the leng(-h varies considerably in difi'erent individuals ;
the extremity never quite reaches the end of the fourth joint of
the peduncle of the inferior pair, and usually does not reach much
beyond the distal end of the third joint. Connected with the
second joint of the inferior antennae is a movable scale or
scaphicerite. The flagellum of the superior antennse is veiy
long, consisting of 115 very short articuli. As in Apseudes,
Tanais, and Anthura the mandible has a well-developed
palp ; its cutting apex is bi-lobed, each lobe being divided into
several teeth ; behind the teeth is a row of strong curved
spines. The first pair of maxillte have two rami, of which the
outer is the longest, both armed apically with stout, simple spines
and hairs. The second pair of maxillae have three lobes, each
armed with long simple spines. In the first pair of maxillipedes
the basal joint has articulating with it a long, un-jointed,
scale-like, pointed, external appendage ; the second joint is

1010 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA,

hroad, and bears a plate-like appendage, which is armed inter-
nally with a row of four or five chitinous teeth, and distally
with some short setee ; the following three joints are expanded,
especially the fourth and fifth ; the two terminal joints are
narrower. The six posterior pairs of pereiopods each termi-
nate in two claws, with a third claw or spine a little further
back on the A^entral border of the propodos ; the third and
fourth joints are each produced into a process tipped with one or
two veiy long setae. The ventral surface of the last segment of the
abdomen frequently possesses an acute spine in the middle line
behind, but this is sometimes rudimentary. The abdomen
possesses three pairs of appendages besides the terminal iiropoda.
Of these the first pair are biramous, the exopodite being large and
crustaceous, meeting with its fellow in the middle, and completely
covering the posterior appendages ; it is divided into two parts by
an oblique articulation ; its endopodite is much smaller and more
delicate, tipped with a few setae, and is placed behind the
expodite. The second and third pairs of abdominal appendages
are likewise delicate ; the second is biramous, the third
uniramous. The bases of the first pair of abdominal appendages
are covered in both cases by a broad plate, with a bifid apex
attached to the posterior border of the last thoracic segment. The
eggs are borne in a bi'ood pouch on the ventral surface of the first
four segments of the pereion.

The specimens which I have at my command at present are not
sufficiently well preserved to enable me to ascertain the position
of the embryo in the egg, but I have little doubt on a careful re-
examination of the subject that the present form (in spite of the
direction of the four anterior pairs of thoracic appendages) finds
its nearest allies among the Asellidce, not among the " Ahnor-
malia," as I was at first inclined to suppose. The grouping
together in Dana's classification under the title of Anispoda, of a
number of forms whose chief bond of connection is the direction
of the thoracic appendages results an an extremely artificial
arrangement.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1011

Fam. ANTHURID^
Paranthura dimenensis. N. sp.

[Plate LII., figs. 6-13.]

The head is rather smaller than the fii'st segment of the pereion,
compressed from above downwards, nearly square in cntline, with
the anterior border concave. The second and third segments are
about equal, very little larger than the head ; the following
segments of the pereion are both longer and thicker than the first
and second, except the last which is rather shorter. The pleon is
nearly as long as the penultimite segment of the pereion ; all its
segments are quite distinct. Both pairs of antennte ai-e shorter
than the head, the inferior pair rather longer than the superior, the
latter has six segments, of which the last is very small and there
seems to be the rudiment of a seventh : the former has five
segments, the last small, ornamented with a fringe of hair. The
first thi'ee pairs of thoracic appendages are all sub-cheliform, the
first the largest with very stout carpus and propodos : the former
triangular, pi'oduced so as to articulate with a considerable part of
the ventral boi'der of the carpus ; the pi'opodos with the palm
oblique defined by a small spine : the following two pairs are of
somewhat similar shape, but rather smaller, the palm undefined in
the third, defined only by an obtuse angle in the second. The
terminal appendages are rather pointed, ornamented with a small
fasciculus of hairs : the telson has a minute notch in the middle
behind. The length is half an inch.

Found at Hobart between tide marks.

Paranthura crassicornis.

[Plate LIIL, figs. 8 and 9.]
Paranthi(,ra crassicornis, Haswell. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W.,
Vol. v., p. 478, pi. XVIII., fig. 5 Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 305.

There is a considerable amount of variation in this species ;
particularly in the length of the antennas. In the specimen
originally described the inner pair were about half the length of
66

1012 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA,

the head : the outer were twice as long as the inner pair. In a
second specimen the inner pair are as long as the head, composed
of five segments of nearly equal size — the foui'th the longest, the
fifth shorter, ornamented at the extremity with numerous fine
hairs ; the outer are about half the same length as the inner ;
their flagellum very stout, a little longer than the peduncle, of
eight articuli. In a third specimen the outer antennae are nearly
as long as the head and first two segments, the flagellum having
thirteen joints ; the inner pair are broken off.

I may add to the description originally given that the propodos
of the first pair of peripods is ornamented on its palmar border
with a few fine hairs : the dactyli likewise have a few very short
hairs along their inner border. The "palm" of the second and
third pereiopods is provided with short straight spines, and there
are similar spines on the carpus and propus of the following pairs.

Haliophasma puupureum.
[Plate LIIL, figs. 6 and 7.]
Halmphasma purpureum, Haswell. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W.,
Vol. v., p. 476, pi. XVIII., tig. 3 ; Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 305.

I give here an outline of the antennte of this species. In the
flagellum of the outer pair there are seven distinct segments, the
first large with indications of subdivision into two ; the last two
very small.

Parantiiura australis.

Paranthura australis, Has well. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W.,
Vol. v., p. 477, pi. XVIII., fig. 1 ; Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 304.
Miers, Zooligical Collections of H.M.S. Alert, p. 311.

A very distinct variety of this species, or perhaps a distinct
species, has been described by Miers (I.e.) as found at Dundas
Straits by Dr. Coppinger.

Paranthura Miersi. N", sp.
[Plate LIIL, fig.s. 2-5.]
The body is long and narrow ; the first segment is longer than
the head and projects like a hump behind ; the segments of the

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1013

pereion are of nearly equal length — the last being a little smaller
than the rest ; the pleon is a little longer than the last segment of
the pereion ; the segmentation is obscurely indicated. The inner
(superior) antennae are shorter than the head very slender, with a
rudimentary llagellum. The outer are as long as the head, with
stout basal joints and a rudimentary fiagellum of four articuli with
a dense fringe of extremely fine short hairs. The first pair of legs
have the carpus produced into an infero-distal process which is
armed with a few spinules ; the propus is dilated, the palm
presents a deep excavation the border of which is minutely
serrulate, the dactylos has a tuberculated elevation near its base.
The following pairs are short and stout, the carpus of each
is a little produced infero-distally, and is here ornamented with
a row of very minute spinules with a single larger spine and
three or four fine hairs. The propus is likewise ornamented along
its inferior border towards the distal end with minute spinules
and has a stronger spine at the infex'O-distal angle ; the dactylos
is large, two-thirds of the length of the propus and is biarticulate.
The rami of the uropoda are ovate. The telson is ovate, narrowing
a little towards the apex.

The length is half an inch. Each of the segments is marked
with a large patch of blackish purple.

Port Jackson.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

[Plate L.]

Fig. I. — Tanais Ttnuicornis, lateral view.

Fig. 2.— Superior antenncB of the same species.

Fig. 3. — Inferior antennte of the same.

Fig. 4. — Terminal joints of first pair of pereiopods of the same.

Fig. 5. — Second pair of periopods of the same.

Fig. 6. — One of the posterior pairs cf pereiopods of the same.

Fig. 7. — Uropod of the same.

Fig. 8. — Lips of pincers of first pair of pereiopods.

Fig. 9. — Paratanais linearis.

Fig. 10. — Superior antennae of the same.

1014 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN ISOPODA.

Fig. 11. — Inferior antenna) of the same.

Fig. 12. — Terminal joints of first pair of pereiopoda of the same.

Fig. 13.— Second pair of pereiopoda of the same,

Fig. 14. — One of the posterior pairs of pereipoda of the same.

Fig. 15.— Terminal joints of one of the posterior pairs of pereiopods.

Fig. 16.— Uropod of the same.

[Plate LI.]

Fig. 1. — Stenetrium armatnm.

Fig. 2. — Basal joints of Inferior antennae.

Fig. 3.— Apex of mandibles.

Fig. 4. — Base of the mandibular palpi.

Fig. 5. —Toothed edge of the mandibles.

Fig. 6. — Maxilla of the first pair.

Fig. 7- — Maxilla of the second pair.

Fig. 8.— Maxillipedes.

Fig. 9. — Abdominal spine.

Fig. 10. — Pereipods.

Fig. 11. — Anterior pair of pleopods.

Fig. 12.-

[Plate LIT.]

Fig. 1. — Ancexis ferox, magnified.

Fig. 2. — Superior antennae of the same.

Fig. 3. — Inferior antenna? of the same.

Fig. 4. — Distal joints of one of the anterior pereiopods.

Fig. 5. — Fourth and fifth joints of one of the posterior pairs of pereipoda.

Fig. 6. — Head of Paranthura diemcnemis.

Fig. 7.— Posterior extremity of Paranthura dkmenmsis, from above.

Fig. 8. — Superior antennai of the same.

Fig. 9. — Inferior antenncX^ of the same.

Fig. 10. — Terminal joints of first pair of pereiopods of the same.

Fig. 11. — Terminal joints of second pair of pereipods of the same.

Fig 12. — Terminal joints of third pair of pereipods of the same.

Fig. 13. — Extremity of one of the posterior pairs of pereiopods of the

[Plate LIIT.]

Fig. 1. — Bregmocerella trkornis, magnified.

Fig. 2. — Upper antennje of Paranthura Mierm.

Fig. 3. — LoAver antennse of the same.

Fig. 4. — Extremity of periopod of first pair of the same.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 1015

Fig. 5. — Extremity of one of the posterior pereiopods of the same.

Fig. 6. — Upper antenna of Haliophasma imrpurtum.

Fig. 7. — Lower antenna of the same.

Fig. 8. — Upper antenna of Paranthura a-asfiico7-nis.

Fig. 9. — Lower antennae of the same.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., &c., exhibited a Throwing Stone, used
in warfare by the natives of Futuna, New Hebrides, which had
been presented to the Australian Museum by Captain Geo. Braith-
waite of the Dayspring. The stone was a cylindrical weapon,
about two feet and a half long, and two inches in diameter, and had
been cut out of a solid block of coral. Mr. Ramsay pointed out
that the natives of Futuna were compelled to resort to coral for
their weapons, as there were no stones or rocks on that island.

Mr. J. G. Griffin, C.E., exhibited some Oyster Shells, obtained
from the cutting (adjacent to the Yarra River) now being made by
the Melbourne Harbour Trust for improving the water approacli to
that city. These were taken at a depth of about 30 to 40ft. He
also exhibited oyster and other shells, from the shaft of the
Maryville Colliery, at Newcastle, about 40ft. from the surface.
Mr. Brazier said the oyster-shells from the neighbourhood of
Melbourne were identical with those of England, and are named
Ostrea edulis, while those from Maryville, were 0. glomerata
var. 0. suh-trigona of this colony.

Mr. Trebeck exhibited two samples of wool grown from the
same ram in Victoria and in Mudgee. The longer sample, grown
under high culture at Ercildoune, is nearly five inches long, and
has every good quality for which the Victorian combing wool is
celebrated ; the shorter sample is of the same time of growth on the
natural pastures of Mudgee, and is only about 1^ inches long.
Irrespective of the marked difference in length, the quality of that
grown on the natural pastures of Mudgee appears to be ^ery much
inferior in many points. This is unaccountable, as the Mudgee
district is well known to produce merino wools of the highest
quality.

1016 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Professor Stephens exhibited the magnificent donation whicli
the Society had lately received from the Rev. Dr. Woolls, con-
sisting of a very large collection of New Zealand Lichens, all well
preserved, mounted, and accurately named by Dr. Knight, of
Wellington, New Zealand. For this donation a most cordial
vote of thanks was accorded by the meeting.

Mr. Brazier exhibited a specimen of Trigonia Lamarckii, Gray,
containing a beautiful flesh tinged Pearl, from Port Jackson.

Dr. von Lendenfeld exhibited specimens of the Ctenophora of
Port Jackson, described by him as Bolina Clmni, in different stages
of development, alive in an Aquarium. A live specimen of Nets
cordigera, measuring a foot in length, was also exhibited by him.

Baron Maclay exhibited the shells, — identified in Mr. Brazier's
Paper, — which hej had collected on the Maclay-coast, many
hundred feet above the sea level. He also exhibited a sample of
dried clay, remarkable on account of its extreme hardness.

Mr. Layman M. Harrison exhibited a leg bone of a bullock,
which had been fractured in such a way that the broken ends had
been forced aside and completely apart. Notwithstanding this
the bones had knit by very remarkable side growth.

WEDNESDAY, 26th NOVEMBER, 1884.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S., in the chair.

MEMBERS ELECTED.

Dr. Louis Foucart, F.R.C.S., &c., 231 IVIacquarie Street, Sydney j
Albert K. Varley, Esq., Mount Gambier, South Australia; Dr.
H. Cooper Rose, F.R.C.S., Balmain.

DONATIONS.

"Proceedings of the Royal Society of London," Vol. XXXV.,
No. 227. Vol. XXXVL, Nos. 228 to 231, June 21st, 1883, to
April 24th, 1884. From the Society.

"Bulletin de la Societe Royale de Geographic d'Anvers."
Tome IX., Ease. 1, 1884. From the Society.

" Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes," No. 168. October, 1884.
From the Editor.

" Victorian Naturalist," Vol. L, No. 10. October, 1884. From
the Field Naturalists Club of Victoria."

1018 DONATIONS.

" Naturhistorisches Museum zu Hamburg, Bericht des Directors
ftir 1883." " Ueber einige afrikanische Reptilien, Amphibien
und Pische des Naturhistoi'ischen Museums. Von Dr. J. G.
Fischer." Two pamphlets, 8vo, 1884. From the Hamburg
Museum.

"Midland Medical Miscellany," Vol. III., No. 34. October,
1884. From the Editor.

"Journal of Conchology," Vol. IV., No. 7. July, 1884. From
the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

"Monatliche Mittheilungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins
des Regierungsbezirkes Frankfurt." II. Jahrg., No. 5. August,

1884.

" Zoologischer Anzeiger." Jahrg. VII., No. 178. 6th October,
1884. From the Editor.

" Science," Vol. IV., Nos. 85-88. September 7th to October
10th, 1884 From the Editor.

" Leopoldina, Amtliches Organ der Kaiserlichen Leopoldino-
Carolinischen Deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher, Halle."
Part 19 for 1883. From the Society.

" Final Report of the South Australian Institute for the nine
months ended June 30th, 1884." From the Director.

" Entomologisk Tidschrift." Arg. V., Haft. 1 and 2, 1884.
From the " Entomologiska Foreningen, Stockholm."

"Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society of London." Ser.
II , Vol. IV., Part 5. October, 1884. From the Society,

ON A NEW INSTANCE OF SYMBIOSIS.
By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

Some time ago I had the pleasure of bringing under the notice
of this society an instance of Symbiosis, in which the organisms
were a minute Sea- Anemone and a Bryozoan. (1) The example
which I have now to bring forward is not without analogy
with this. Last year I described in a preliminary note (2) the
general appearance of a new and remarkable species of Phoronis,
the first that had been found to inhabit Australian Seas. I
described the worms as inhabiting spaces or channels in the
substance of a wide tube about six inches long, formed of felted
threads and having a smooth interior— the heads of the Gephyreans
j)rjjecting externally. The tube when first discovered was quite
empty, and I could not even conjecture what the meaning of this
singular structure could be. Fragments of similar colonies have
l)een dredged repeatedly since, and Mr. W. H. Caldwell, who while
at Naples made a special study of the Mediterranean Phoronis
hippocrepis, has more than once obtained large pieces containing
many individuals. It was only the other day however, that the
mystery regarding this remarkable mode of growth of the Phoronis
was solved. Mr. Ramsay obtained in a dredge a fortnight ago,
specimens which proved not only to contain colonies of Phoronis
australis, but also the inhabitant of the cavity of the tube in the
substance of which the Phoronis grows. This proves to be a large
Sea-Anemone, of the genus Cerianthus.

We have thus here a very remarkable instance of mutual
co-operation in two animals belonging to widely different classes.
A Sea-Anemone lives in the lumen of a tube the substance of
which is inhabited by a colony of Phoronis. It is not an instance
of mere parasitism or commenalism ; we have plenty of instances

(1.) Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Vol. VIL, p. 60S.
(2.) Op. cit., Vol. VIL, p. 611.

1020 ON A NEW INSTANCE OF SYMBIOSIS,

in which one animal finds it advantageous to take up its abode in
the walls of the dwelling of another. But here we have something
more. The tube in which the Anemone dwells is not formed by
the Anemone alone, but is partly manufactured by the Phoronis.
This is proved by an examination of the texture of the tube, which
is j^artly made up of gelatinous threads containing a large amount
of the same dark purple pigment found in the integument of the
tentacles and front part of the body of the Phoronis, and partly of
much finer threads.

Among the meshes of the latter, which form the greater part
of the thickness of the tube ai-e numerous oval thread-cells, and
the thick felt-like substance seems to consist of nothing else than
the discharged flagella of tbese bodies (1). The Phorones inhabit
transparent membranaceous tubes which run obliquely in the
substance of the tube of the Cerlanthus, projecting usually a little
distance beyond the general outer .surface of the latter— the mouth
directed more or less upwards. The openings of thes3 smaller
tubes lie over the whole surface of the large tube ; except a short
space at the lower end, the tubes themselves form a substantial
part of the thickness of the latter, and there can be little doul)t
from the way in which the threads which seem to be derived from
the Phoronis are interwoven with those produced by the thread-
cells of the Cerlanthus, and from the intimate manner in which
the smaller tubes are interwoven with the tissues of the larger one
that the two structures — the colony of Phoronis and the pro-
tecting case of the sea-anemone — have grown simultaneously.

The symbiosis of a Sagartia with a Pagurus has been described
by Eisig — the hermit-crab permitting the sea-anemone to live on
the back of its shell, and the sea-anemone apparently preferring
this situation to any other (2). The advantage derived from
association with one of the Actinidoi in all such cases, is

(1). Thread-cells of similar shape occur (with others) in the ectoderm
of the body wall cf the Cerlanthus, though not of the tentacles, the
nematocysts of the latter being all along and narrow with a spiral thread.

(2). Dromia excavata. another of the Anomoura, found in Port Jackson,
is almost always found with a colony of Diazona, a solid heavy compound
Ascidian, growing on its back— the Diazona frequently being very many
times the bulk and weight of the Crustacean.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1021

dependent on the power which the latter {)Ossesses of killing or
stunning by the action of its thread-cells small organisms that
approach the neighbourhood of its tentacles — a plentiful supply of
food being thus provided for the anemone itself and for anv other
animal, such as the hermit-crab or the colony of Phoronis that
may live in association with it, and common enemies being at the
same time warded off. In return for this the Pliorones help to
build and to strengthen the protecting case in which the
Cerianthus lives.

ON THE PYCNOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

[Plates LIV., LV., LVL, LVIL]

By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

Very few Australian species of Pycnogonida have been described.
In the list of the known members of the order given by Hoeck in
his Report on the Pycnogonida of the Challenger Expedition (188 1)
there are only seven Australian species mentioned and of these
seven, several are rather to be regarded as belonging to the deep-sea
fauna than to the fauna of Australia.

The following is a list of all the Aiistralian forms now known : —

Fam. NY'MPiiONiDiE.

Nymphon validum, n. sp. Port Stephens.
Nymphon aequidigitatum, n. sp. Port Jackson.
Nymphopsis armatus, n. gen et sp. Port Molle.

Fam. COLOSSENDEIDvE.

Ammothea longicollis, n, sp. Port Jackson.
Ammothea assimilis, n. sp. Port Jackson.

1022 ON THE PYCNOOONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,

Ascorliynchus minutus, Hoeck. Off Port Phillip.
Colossendeis gigaa-leptorhynchus, Hoeck. South of Australia.
Colosseudeis tenuissiina, n. sp. Port Denison.
Achelia Isevis, var. australiensis, Miers. Port Jackson.

Fam. PALLENIDiE.

Pallene laevis, Hoeck. South Coast.

Pallene chiragra, Milne-Edwards. Jervis Bay.

Pallene pachycheira, n. sp.

Pallene australiensis, Hoeck. South-East Coast.

Pallene languida, Hoeck. Melbourne.

Phoxichilidium tubiferum, n. sp. Port Jackson.

Phoxichilidium Hoeckii, Miers. Torres Straits.

Fam. PnoxiCHiLiDyE.
Phoxichilus chary bdaeus (?), Dohrn. Port Molle.
Pycnogonum australe, Grube.
The momenclature of the appendages and the definitions of the
genex-a followed in drawing up the following descriptions have been
mainly those of Dohrn (1).

Genus. NYMPHON. Fabr.

NyMPHON iEQUIDIGITATUM, n. sp. [PI. LIV., figs., 1 — 5.]

The length of the body is about four and a-half times its greatest

breadth ; the lateral processes are separated from one another by

distinct intervals, and are about as long as the body is broad ; the

"neck" is half the length of the I'est of the body and much

narrower. The divisions between the segments are well-marked.

The proboscis is rather longer than the neck, and is dilated at the

base where it is considerably broader than the body ; distally it

narrows slightly and ends in a rounded extremity. The abdomen

is about a fifth of the length of the body, deeply notched behind.

The first pair of appendages are very large, their basal joint is as

long as the proboscis, stout, rather thicker distally than proximally.

(1.) Fauna and Flora des Golfes von Neapel, III. Monogi-aphie : Pant
opoda, von Dr. Anton Dohrn, Leipzig, 1S81.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1023

The second joint is also very long, though shorter than the first, it
is ovoid and swollen ; the finger into which it is prolonged is about
half the length of the rest of the joint, is provided with a series of
denticles and ends in an extremely fine, curved point ; the movable
finger resembles the immobile one. The second pair of appendages
are of the same length as the first, but very slender ; the first joint
is very short, the second is eight times as long, the third is a little
shorter than the second ; the fourth is a little more than a third of
the length of the third ; the fifth is considerably longer than the
fourth, but shorter than the third. The third ])air of appendages
are long and slender ; the first joint is short, the second longer, the
third twice as long as the second, and rather dilated distally, the
fourth longer and more slender than the third, gently curved ; the
fifth short, the sixth longer than the fifth, about a third of the
length of the fourth, the seventh and eighth, ninth and tenth, nearly
equal in length ; the number of spines on the tenth joint is over
fourteen, but the appendage is damaged on both sides and some of
the spines have been broken ofi' ; the terminal claw is nearly as
long as the tenth joint. The following four pairs of appendages
are distinguished by their great length, being four times as long as
the whole body inclusive of the proboscis ; the first joint is short
and rather thick ; the second is more than three times the length
of the second, narrower proximally than distally ; the third is
slightly larger than the second ; the fourth is twice as long as the
second, slightly swollen distally ; the fifth is a little longer than the
fourth, and much more slender ; the sixth is the longest and
slenderest of all, nearly as long as the fourth and fifth together ; the
seventh and eighth are likewise very slender, the former the
shorter of the two, a little longer than the first ; the eighth is not
at all thicker than the seventh ; it has three terminal claws which
are of nearly equal size, scarcely a fourth of the length of the joint.

The length, inclusive of the proboscis is {jjths of an inch ; of each
leg fths of an inch.

Dredged at Port Jackson, New South Wales.

A second specimen from the same locality has the proboscis rather
larger, and the second joint of the first pair of apjiendages longer

1024 ON THE PYCNOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRAXIAN COAST,

aiad less dilated ; it has seventeen denticulated spines on the last
joint of the third pair of appendages, fifteen on the ninth joint,
about fifteen on the eijfhth, and eighteen on the seventh.

Nympiion validum, n. sp. [PI. LIV., figs., 6 — 9.]

The length of the body is about six times its breadth ; the
lateral processes are separated by distinct intervals ; they are well
developed, being rather longer than the breadth of the body ; the
neck is rather short and stout. [The proboscis and the abdomen
are both lost.] The first pair of ai)pendages are rather short, the
first joint short and thick ; the second ovid and swollen, produced
into a long, rather slender, finger. The second pair of appendages
are very short, much shorter than the first, the third joint the
longest. The third pair of appendages are well d( veloped ; the first
three joints are short and thick, the fourth longer, slightly curved,
the fifth considerably longer than the third, provided at its
extremity with a remarkable process ; the sixth to the tenth joints
are nearly equal, the ninth and tenth being the smallest ; the last
four joints are armed with denticulated spines of which there are
five on the seventh, six on the eighth, four on the ninth and five
on the tenth ; there is no terminal claw. The last four pairs of
appendages are of nearly equal length, more than twice the length
of the body, stout, and ornamented with a few conical tubercles
each capped with a small, simple spine ; the first joint is short and
thick, the second more than twice as long, narrow proximal ly, very
stout distally ; the third is shorter and has one or two low tubercles ;
the fourth is more than twice as long as the second and has two
prominent conical tubercles at its distal end ; the fifth is rather
shorter than the fourth and has two prominent tubercles in its
proximal half ; the sixth is a good deal longer than the fourth and
has two obscure tubercles in its proximal half and a pair at its
distal end ; the seventh segment is very small and is armed with a
few stout spines ; the eighth is strongly bent, it palmar border is
deeply concave, and armed with a row of spines of which the
proximal five are much shorter than the rest ; the large claw is

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1025

scarcely two-thirds of the length of the eighth joint ; the accessory
claws are scarcely half the length of the large claw.

The length of the body is an eighth of an inch : of the posterior
appendages a third of an inch.

Specimens of this species were obtained with the dredge in Port
Stephens.

Genus. NYMPHOPSIS. Haswell.

First pair of appendages well developed, cheliform. Second pair
well-developed, palpiform with nine joints. Third pair with seven
joints, none of them provided with compound spines.

Nymphopsis armatus, n. sp.

[PI. LV., figs. 1-4.]
The thorax of this species is about three times as long as its
greatest breadth, a little narrower behind than in front ; the lateral
processes are long, and are separated from one another by tolerably
wide intervals ; the last pair are directed much more backwards
than outwards, the thorax appearing to bifurcate behind and the
two processes thus formed not diverging widely from one another.
The abdomen is very long, being more than half the length of the
thorax, narrow, cylindrical, armed near the extremity with two
powerful acute spines. The ocular lobe is also very long, about half
the length of the abdomen with two closely approximated eyes. The
proboscis is as long as the thorax ; broad at the base and narrowing
a little towards the apex which is truncate. The first pair of
appendages extend a very little beyond the extremity of the
proboscis ; the first joint is long and narrow, but a little expanded
at the extremity where it is produced into a circular rim forming
a cup at the bottom of which the second joint is articulated, apices
of the fingers extending a little beyond it ; this rim is armed with
one or two spines ; the fingers are slender, strongly curved, crossing
at their tips, and leaving a wide space between when closed. The
second pair of appendages are a little longer than the first, slender ;
the first joint is short, the second and fourth long, the former being
slightly longer than the latter which has a rounded tubercle on

1026 ON THE PYCNOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,

its outer margin near the extremity ; the third very short : the last
four joints are small, armed with numerous simple spines. The
third pair of appendages are slender, with seven joints, of which the
third is the longest, the fourth a little shorter and the rest small,
the terminal joint Ijeing the smallest of all ; none of them are
ornamented with compound spines.

The fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh pairs of appendages are
about four times the length of the body, comparatively stout,
ornamented with tubei'cles and numerous compound spines. The
first joint is small and has only one or two simple spines ; the
second joint is more than twice as long as the first, narrow
proximally, broader distally, with a very prominent tubercle and
several spines, one very large ; the third joint is smaller than the
second ; it is ornamented at its distal end with a few small, finely
ciliated spines ; the fourth joint is very long, four times as long as
the third, and with three or four spiniferous tubercles ; the fifth
joint is nearly as long as the fourth and is ornamented along its
anterior border with about ten to fifteen very large compound
spines ; the sixth joint is nearly the same length as the fifth, but a
little naiTower, and is ornamented with similar spines ; the eighth
joint is about four times as long as broad, bears on its inner
(" palmar ") border a row of about twenty slightly curved spines, of
which the proximal two or three are stouter than the others ; the
dorsal border is beset with seven or eight longer and somewhat
more delicate spines, each set in a little tubercle ; the extremity has
likewise a few slender spines ; the claw is slightly shorter than the
eighth joint, stout, nearly straight.

I obtained one specimen of this species in the dredge at Port
MoUe in Queensland, at a depth of 15 fathoms during the cruise
of H. M.S. "Alert."

Genus. AMMOTHEA. Leach.

Ammothea assimilis, n. sp.

[PI. LV., figs. 5-9.]

The body of this species is tolerably broad : the intersegmental

lines distinct. The lateral processes are in contact with one another.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., U.SC. 1027

The proboscis is very large, about three fourtlis of the length of the
body, as broad as the body in its middle part, constricted behind,
narrowing somewhat in front and ending in a blunt apex, the out-
line being that of a long oval. The abdomen is exceedingly small,
not a third of the length of the rest of the body, cylindrical^
narrowing slightly towards the posterior extremity, which is
obscurely notched. The first pair of appendages are very short,
not a half of the length of the proboscis. The second pair are
somewhat longer than the i,roboscis, slender ; the first and second
joints are small ; the third is the longest, extending beyond the
extremity of the first pair of appendages ; the fourth very small ;
the fifth nearly half the length of the third ; the sixth to the tenth
all small ; the tenth narrow oval, rather more than thrice as long
as broad ; the five terminal joints are ornamented with a few short
and fine hairs. The seventh pair of appendages are rather smaller
than the fourth, fifth and sixth : the latter are rather more than
twice the length of the body exclu.sive of the abdomen : the first
three joints are all short, the second the longest of the three, con-
stricted proxiinally, and ornamented at its distal end with a xery
prominent process having a few small hairs ; the fourth joint is
rather longer than the second and third together; the fifth is
slightly longer and narrower than the fourth ; the sixth is rather
longer and narrower than the fifth ; the seventh is very small ;
the eighth about two thirds of the length of the sixth, the largj
claw not quite half the length of the eighth joint : the fifth and
sixth joints are slightly constricted proximally ; each bears a few
longish hairs on its doi-sal border ; the palm on the eiglith joint is
not distinctly defined ■ the palmar border bears eight spines, of
which the proximal three are longer than the others ; the dorsal
border of the eighth joint bears about ten bristles : the small claws
are scarcely two-thirds of the length of the large.

I found specimens of this species on Clark Island, Port Jackson.
It is very nearly related to Ammothea Langii of Dohrn ■ but the
form of the terminal joint of the second pair of aj^pendages ard
other minor points distinguish the two species.
67

1028 ON THE PYCNOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,

AmmOthea longicollis, n. sp.

[PI. LVI., figs. 1-4.

The body of this s])ecies is rather long and slender, the " neck,"
or portion intervening between the point of inseition of the second
pair of appendages and that of the third, about half the length of
the rest (exclusive of the abdomen.) The intersegmental lines are
vei'y distinct. The lateral processes are not in contact with one
another, but not very wide apart, those of the third pair of
appendages being more widely separated from the fourth than any
of the following pairs are from one another. The proboscis is
very large, as long as the neck and first segment, long oval, with the
ends somewhat pointed. The abdomen is narrow cylindrical,
notched at the extremity, equal in length to the last two segments.
The first pair of appendages are very small, scarcely one-third of the
lengtli of the proboscis ; the first joint is narrow, slightly incurved,
rather broadei' distally than proximally ; the second is ovate, about
one-fourth of the length of the first. The second })air of appendages
are about four and a-half times the length of the first, and are
longer than the proboscis ; the first joint is short and thick ; the
rest slender, the second very much the longest, thicker at the distal
than at the proximal end ; the third about a quarter of the length
of the second, the fourth two-thirds of the length of the second, the
fifth very short ; the sixth nearly half of the length of the fourth ;
the seventh equal in length to the sixth ; the eighth a little shorter,
and the ninth shorter still ; the ninth joint is ornamented with a
few short hairs. The basal joint of the third pair of appendages
is small ; the second twice as large as the first, curved ; the third
rather smaller than the second ; the fourth twice as long as the
third ; the fifth rather shorter than the fourth and more slender
towards the proximal end ; the sixth nearly two-thirds of the length
of the fifth ; the seventh about equal to the sixth ; the eighth rather
smaller, the ninth and the tenth nearly equal in length ; the last
four segments are ornamented with pinnate hairs ; the last termi-
nates in a curved claw. The fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh pairs

BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1029

of appendages have each short basal joints, each of which has two
short lateral processes near its distal end ; the second joint is a little
longer than the first, the third eqnal to the first ; the fourth is
longer than the three first together ; the fifth is somewhat longer
than the fourth, the sixth about the same length as the fourth,
but more slender, the seventh about half the length of the sixth ;
the eighth, the joint between which and the seventh is scarcely
discernable, is equal in length to the seventh ; the claw is lono-er
than the eighth segment, tapering distally, and resembles an
additional segment.

This species occurs in Port Jackson.

Genus. COLOSSENDEIS. Jarzynsky.

COLOSSENDEIS TENUISSIMA. U. Sp.

[Plate LVI., figs. 5-8.]
The body of this remarkable species is of extremely slender form
exceeding in that respect any of the described species of Pantopoda.
The first joint is comparatively short, and its lateral processes
approach close to the bases of the preceding appendages. The
second segment is extremely long, the length being about six times
the breadth, and the lateral process for its pair of appendages which
are placed close to the posterior end of the segment, being separated
by a very wide interval from those of the preceding pair, The
third segment is about equal in length to the second ; the fourth is
about half the length of the third. The lateral processes are all
very short, and somewhat constricted where they join the segment.
The abdomen has been lost. The proboscis is very remarkable ;
with its peduncle it is nearly as long as the body, of a pyriform
shape armed towards its middle with a prominent tooth and
supported on a very long and slender peduncle. The second pair
of appendages are very long and slender passing far beyond the
extremity of the proboscis ; the first joint is indistinct ; the secoud
is short and stout : the third is slender and of great length, longer
than the peduncle of the proboscis ; the fourth joint is very short ;
the fifth is about half the length of the third and equally slender ;

1030 ON THE PYCXOGOMDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,

the sixth is scarcely a fifth of the length of the fifth ; the seventh
is a little longer than the sixth and slightly narrower ; the eighth
is rather longer and narrower than the seventh ; the ninth is equal
in length to the seventh, but narrower ; the tenth is scarcely two-
thirds of the length of the ninth. The third pair of appendages is
a little longer than the second ; its three first joints are short and
stout, while the fourth is very long, equalling in length the third
joint of the second pair of appendages, and very slender, expanding
a little towards the distal end ; the fifth joint is short ; the sixth
as long as the fourth, very slender throughout the greater part of
its extent, but a little expanded towards the distal end ; the
seventh, eighth and ninth joints are nearly equal, short, slightly
curved, bordered with a close line of hairs ; the tenth is rather
smaller, oi-namented internally with a dense fringe of hairs and
armed with a terminal claw, forming a cheliform termination to
the appendage. The appendages of the fourth, fifth, sixth
and seventh pairs are very long and slender, mach longer than
the body ; the three basal joints are short and stout, the fourth
very long and very slender in the greater part of its extent,
though somewhat thickened distally. The fifth joint is about equal
in length to the fourth, slender and a little thickened distally ; the
sixth joint is a little shorter than the fifth and of neai-ly uniform
diameter throughout ; thfi seventh is scarcely half the length of the
sixth ; the eighth is about equal to the seventh ; the claw is between
half and two-thirds of the length of the eighth joint, nearly
straight, acute.

The length of the body inclusive of the proboscis is three-eighths
of an inch ; of the legs seven-eighths.

I have only one specimen of this well-marked species, found in
Port Denison.

Genus. PALLENE.

Pallene pachycheira, n. Sp.
[Plate LVII., figs. 6-9.]
The body of this species is rather short and thick, the interseg-
mental lines very distinct, thelateral processes closely approximated
to one another. The i)roboscis with the neck is a little shorter than

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1031

tlie body proper ; the length and breadth of tlie segments of the body
are nearly equal. Tlie proboscis is as broad as the body behind,
conical, coming gradually to a point in front. The abdomen is
short, shield-shaped, slightly notched in the middle behind. The
first pair of appendages are very large; more than twice as
long as the proboscis, the first joint is thick, a little narrower at
the proximal than at the di.stal end, as long as the proboscis ; the
penultimate joint is very large, somewhat longer than broad,
laterally compressed ; its digital process is stout, and presents a
rounded lobe towards the middle of its inner border ; the last joint
(dactyl us) is of a similar form to the digital process of the
preceding and has a similar rounded lobe on its inner border. The
third pair of appendages have the four basal joints stout, the third
and fourth longer than the first and second ; the fifth is as Ion" as
the third and fourth together, narrower, curved, and provided with
a conical process standing out at right angles at its distal end ; the
sixth joint is about a fifth of the length of the fifth ; the following
four joints are each ornamented with a small number — half-a-dozen
or fewer — of compound setje ; the seventh and eighth are longer
than the ninth and tenth ; the last is succeeded by a long pointed
claw. In the following pairs of appendages the basal joint is equa
in length to the lateral process ; the second joint is about twice the
length of the first, constricted at the proximal end ; the third joint
is about the size of the first ; the fourth, fifth and sixth joints are
nearly equal, the fifth being the smallest ; each of them presents
two constrictions ; the seventh joint is very small, ornamented
with a few strong setse : the eighth joint is rather strongly curved,
its palm provided at the base with five or six stout spines, and
distally a few small irregular spines ; all the joints are ornamented
with minute tubercles. The total length of the body and proboscis
is an eighth of an inch ; of one of the posterior appendages three
eighths. This species, which I have found in Port Jackson is
rather nearly related to P. Iceois of Hoeck, but difiers from it
strongly in the small number of spines on the third pair of appen-
dages, and the presence of the process on the fifth joint, the
constrictions on the fourth, fifth and sixth joints of the posterior
appendages, etc.

1032 ON THE PYCNOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST,

Genus. PHOXICHILIDIUM. Milne-Edwards.
Phoxichilidium TUBIFERUM. N. Sp.
[Plate LVII., figs. 1-5.]
The body is rather elongatCj the intersegmental lines indistinct.
The first segment constricted produced over the origin of the
proboscis. The proboscis is scarcely equal to half of the length of
the body, exclusive of the abdomen, notched at the extremity,
narrower than the following segments, rather broader at the base
than at the apex. The segments of the body have lai-ge lateral
processes widely separated from one another, and somewhat
constricted at the base ; those for the seventh pair of appendages
rather shorter than those for 4, 5 and 6 ; the last segment
is narrower than the preceding two. The Abdomen is narrower
than the last segment of the thorax, rather shorter than the
proboscis, cylindrical, a little narrower posteriorly ; the posterior
extremity notched. The first pair of appendages are very
long, extending well beyond the extremity of the proboscis,
there are two joints, the first long, cylindrical, rather broader
distally than proximally, with about a dozen simple hairs :
the second joint scarcely a third of the length of the first, the
dactyli slender and acute, crossing at their apices. The third
appendage is six jointed, nearly as long as the body and abdomen,
slender. The first joint is thicker than the rest but very short ;
the second is twice as long as the first and rather narrower ; the
third is more than twice as long as the second and very slender ;
the fourth is very short, scarcely a fourth of the length of the
third, but about the same breadth, slightly curved ; the fifth is
also slightly curved and is somewhat smaller than the fourth ;
the sixth is extremely small, scai'cely half the length of the fifth.
The fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh appendages are very similar
to one another. The first joint is short and stout ; the second is
longer, constricted at the base ; the third is very small, not half
the length of the second ; the fourth is nearly as long as the first
three together ; the fifth is rather shorter than the fourth and
narrower ; the sixth is about equal in length to the fifth, but

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 1033

more slender; the seventh is very small; the eigbth is scarcely
half the length of the sixth ; the claw is nearly two-thirds of the
length of the eighth joint. Thei'e is a whorl of hairs round the
distal end of each limb-process and a few scattered hairs on the
proximal joints ; there is a small process at the distal ends of the
fourth, fifth, and sixth joints each bearing one long hair with
sometimes a small one at its base ; the seventh joint has a small
spine and three or four minute hairs on its ventral border ; the
eighth joint has a well-defined " sole," with a row of twelve (or
eleven) curved acute spines ; on the projection bounding the palm
are three other spines, one large, the others small ; between the
row oi curved spines and the base of the claw is a row of very
minute hairs ; the second claw is only represented by a rudiment.

The cement glands are placed in the fourth joint of the limbs,
and their common duct opens at the end of a very long hair-like
process more than a third of the length of the joint itself.

This species was obtained with the dredge in Port Jackson.

Genus. PHOXICHILUS. Latreille.
Phoxiciiilus ciiARYBDiEUs. (1) Dohrn.

I am unable to separate a species of Phoxichilus obtained at
Port Molle from the species above-named, which has hitherto only
been obtained in the Mediterranean, except that in my only
specimen the third appendages have only three joints instead of
seven as in Dohrn's species. This may be owing to the immaturity
of the specimen, and I have, therefore, refrained from adding
another specific name.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate LIV.

Fig. 1. — Nymphon requidlr/itafiim : extremity of one of the first pair of

appendages.
Fig. 2, — The same : extremity of second pair of appendages.
Fig. 3. — The same : third pair of appendages.
Fig. 4. — The same : terminal joints of one of the pair of appendages.

1034 ON THE PYCNOGONIDA OF THE AUSTRALIAN COAST.

Fig. 5. — The same : extremity of the abdomen.

Fig. 6. — Terminal joints of one of the first pair of appendages of Nymphon

ralifium.
Fig. 7. — Third pair of appendages of the same.
Fig. 8. — One of the compound setiB of the third pair of appendages of

the same.
Fig. 9. — Terminal joints of the fifth pair of appendages of the same.

Plate LV.

Fig. 1. — First pair of appendages of Nymphojms armafus.

Fig. 2. — Second pair of appendages of the same.

Fig. 3. — Extremity of the fifth pair of appendages of the same.

Fig. 4. — Compound spine of one of the posterior appendages of the same.

Fig. 5.— Proboscis and appendage of the first pair of Ammothea asshnilis.

Fig. 6.— Extremity of one of the appendages of the first pair of the same.

Fig. 7. — Extremity of one of the appendages of the second pair of the

same.
Fig. 8.- — Terminal joints of one of the posterior appendages of the same.
Fig. 9. — Four basal joints of one of the posterior appendages of the same.

Plate LVI.

Fig. 1. — Proboscis and anterior portion of the body of AmmothtalongicolUs.

Fig. 2. — Abdomen of the same.

Fig. 3. — Extremity of the second pair of appendages of the same.

Fig. 4. — Extremity of one of the posterior appendages of the same.

Fig. 5. — Body, proboscis and anterior appendages of Colo'^sendeis tenuissima.

Fig. 6. — Extremity of the second pair of appendages of the same.

Fig. 7. — Extremity of one of the appendages of the third pair of the same.

Fig. 8.— Extremity of one of the posterior appendages of the same.

Plate LVII.

Fig. 1. — Proboscis and anterior appendages of Phoxkhilkimm tuhi/erwn.

Fig. 2. — Base of posterior appendages and abdomen of the same.

Fig. 3. — Extremity of one of the appendages of the third pair of the same.

Fig. 4. — Terminal joints of one of the posterior appendages of the same.

Fig. 5. — Cement gland of the same.

Fig. 6. — Appendage of the first pair of PaHene pachycheira.

Fig. 7. — Extremity of one of the appendages of the third pair of the same.

Fig. 8. — Compound sette of the same appendage.

Fig. 9. — Extremity of one of the posterior appendages of the same.

NOTES ON A FEW AUSTRALIAN EDRIOPHTHALMATA.
By Charles Chilton, M.A.
[Plates XLVI. and XLVII.]

This short paper contains some notes on a few species of
Australian Edrioplithalmata, collected early in Janviarj of this
year. Two species are from Coogee Bay, the others were taken
from seaweed, &c., growing on the rocks exposed at low tide near
the point known as Lady Macquarie's Chair, in Sydney harbour.
I also append references to some remarks already published on a
few Australian species that I have also taken in New Zealand.

Allorchestes crassicornis. Haswell.
[Plate XLYL, fig. 1.]

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 223 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 252, PI. VIL, tig. 5.

One male and several female specimens were taken on stones in
rock-pools at Coogee Bay, in company with Philougria marina.
The male agrees fairly well with Mr. Haswell's description, but
the inferior antennae are not '•' very stout ;" the superior antennae
slightly exceed in length the peduncle of the lower, thus agreeing
with Mr. Haswell's figure ; in the description he says " superior
antennse exceeding in length the first and second segments of the
peduncle of the inferior pair," which must be a mistake since the
first three segments of the peduncle of the inferior antennae are
very short in almost all the Amphipoda.

The female of this species does not appear to have been yet
described ; it differs from the male chiefly in the form of the
second pair of gnathopoda. The first pair of gnathopoda

1036 NOTES ON A FEW AUSTRALIAN EDRIOPIITHALMATA,

resemble those of the male ; the meros is produced I'nferiorly into
a small rounded prominence, which presents a peculiar striated
appearance apparently due to rows of very short setse ; the carpus
is sub-triangular, much longer than the propodos, the inferior
margin is striated like the prominence on the meros, and bears an
oblique row of stout setaj ; propodos oblong, slightly wider at distal
end ; postero-distal angle rounded and striated ; numerous small
setse scattered about on the inferior margin, and a few also at the
base of the dactylos ; palm not defined. (See tig. l,b.) Posterior
gnathopoda only slightly larger than the anterior ; meros similar to
that of preceding gnathopod, but with striated prominence larger,
carpus sub-triangular, slightly longer than pro])odos, bulging out
inferiorly and having the integument of this portion striated, a
small tuft of three or four setae near distal end ; propodos long
ovate narrower at base, infero-distal angle rounded and produced
beyond the extremity of the very short dactylos ; infex'ior portion
striated and marked off from the i-est by a row of very small
setae ; a few sette at base of dactylos.

I propose to give this variety the name of Coogeensis.

Allorchestes rupicola. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 222 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 250, PI. VJII., fig. 1.

Several specimens from rock-pools about high-water mark,
Sydney Harbour, agreeing closely with Mr. Has well's description.

Glycerina afpinis. N. sp.
[Plate XLVIL, fig. 1, a, b.]

I have two specimens from Sydney Harbour, of what seems to
be a new species of Glycerina.

This species closely resembles G. tenuicornis, Haswell, in
general shape, but differs in the gnathopoda.

In the smaller of my two specimens the first gnathopod has the
same general form as that found in Lysianassa, but is much
slenderer, though scarcely " filiform." The propodos is longer
than the carpus and narrows considerably towards the distal end ;
it bears along nearly the whole of its inferior edge a single row of

BY CHARLES CHILTON, M.A. 1037

very short setaj, a few longer cues ax-e scattered over the propodos,
carpus and meros, the greater number being found on the carpus.
Posterior gnathopoda very long and slender, propodos not so long
as carpus, sub-quadrate, nearly three times as long as broad, palm
not defined. Both the carpus and propodos bear on their inferior
margins, besides a few long setse of the oixlinary kind, a number
of densely packed fine straight hairs, similar to those found on
the second gnathopodn of some species of Lysianassa.
Atylus megalophtiialmus. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 244 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 102, PI. VI., fig. 4.

Numerous specimens from Sydney Harbour. The cephalon is
produced between the upper antennae into a short rostrum about
three-fourths as long as the first joint of the peduncle ; depth
towards the distal end, where it is greatest, about one-third the
length, extremity rounded. The telson, which has not yet been
described, is oblong, broadest proximally whei-e it is almost as
broad as long ; postero-lateral angles rounded ; cleft for about
half its length. It is somewhat curved so that if seen from
above without being compressed it may appear narrower than it

really is.

Atylus lippus. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 243 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 328, PI. XX., fig. 1.

Three specimens from Sydney Harbour, taken in company with
the preceding species. The antennae agree closely with the
description given in the catalogue, but the eyes appear quite
regular, and the telson is rather oblong than triangular, differing
from that of the preceding species only in being somewhat
narrower.

M(ERA FESTIVA. N. Sp.

[See plate XLVL, fig. 2, a. b. c]
I obtained in Sydney Harbour several specimens of a species of

Mtera which seems to be new.

The following is a description of my specimens : —

Male. — Superior antennae about as long as the cephalon and

pereion, second segment of the peduncle as long as the first but

1038 NOTES ON A FEW AUSTRALIAN EDRIOPIITHALMATA,

narrower, third half as long as the second, flagelluni considerably
longer than the peduncle, secondary ai)pendage of four articuli.
Lower antennae longer than peduncle of upper, flagellum longer
than last joint of peduncle.

Anterior gnathopoda small, meros thickly covered on inferior
edge with very furry sette, carpus considerably longer than
propodos, inferior edge bordered with many long sette arranged in
short transverse rows, many of the shorter setae serrated, small
tufts of seise along the centre of the joint and at antero-distal
corner a row of stout serrated seta?, the integument near the base
of these being thickly covered with short furiy sette similar to those
on meros ; propodos nearly quadrangular, about twice as long as
broad, narrower at base than at distal end, long setse at base of
the dactylos and a few in small scattered tufts over the joint ;
palm almost transverse, bordered towards the end by 4-5 short
seiiated seta2 like those at end of carpus.

Second gnathopoda large, right and left equal in size, meros
produced infero-distally into a short pointed process ; carpus sub-
triangular, short ; propodos about four times as long as carpus,
quadrangular, greatest breadth about half the length, upper and
lower borders nearly straight ; palm slightly oblique, defined by a
short acute tooth and having a blunt prominence in the centre,
bordered with a few stout setae, whole propodos thickly covered
with transverse rows of long fine hairs, chiefly at upper and lower
margins but with some also in the centre ; carpus having two
similar rows on anterior margin and 4-5 densely packed transverse
rows of short stouter serrated setje on posterior margin, two rows
of long setfe in centre at base of propodos. Dactylos very short
and blunt, truncate at end.

Female. — Differs fi-om the above in having the second gnathopoda
much smaller, right and left being equal in size as in the male ;
carpus three-fourths as long as propodos, subtriangular, thickly
covered with transverse rows of setae on anterior and posterior
margins and on centre ; propodos ovate, palm oblique, not defined,
transverse rows of setge on both margins ; dactylos long, acutely
pointed. The first pair of gnathopoda is precisely the same as that
of the male.

BY CHARLES CHILTON, M.A. 1039

In all my specimens the terminal pleopoda have been broken
off, hence they were ])robably of large size. In their absence it is
impossible to say whether this species is a Mo&ra or a Mdita.

MCERA SUBCARINATA.

Megam(ERA sub-carinata. Haswell.

Cat. A list. Crust., p. 260 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 335, PI. XXL, fig. 4.

McERA PETRIEL G. M. Thompson.

Trans. N. Z. Inst., XIV., p. 236.

Among algae in Sydney Harbour I took at low water several
specimens which on examination proved to be without doubt the
same as Mcera petriei Thomson, a species fairly common in
Lyttelton Harbour, and after a careful comparison of the two
descriptions, I have no doubt that this species is the same as
Megaimera sub-carinata, Haswell. I am by no means sure of the
generic impoittmce of the differences separating Megammra from
Mosra, and therefore prefer to place the species under Mcara as
Mr. Thompson has done.

The only point in which the two descriptions really differ is with
regard to the length of the superior antennje That of Mchra jyetriei
is " as long as the body " while that of Megamuira sub-carinata
is "nearly as long as the cephalon and pereion ;" the length of the
suj;)erior antenna however, varies in this s))ecies as in many others
of the Amphipoda.

I have both male and female specimens from Sydney, the females
agreeing with the description given by myself in Transactions
N. Z. Institute, XV., p. 82. Curiously enough the males
agree with those described by Mr. Thomson and differ from my
Lyttelton specimens in having the " whole lower surface (ot the
propodos of the posterior gnathopoda) very densely fringed with
two rows of long simple hairs." These hairs which are of the
same size throughout their whole length and thus differ from the
ordinary setae found in this genus are quite absent in the Lyttelton
specimens. An interesting question thus arises, but must for the
present remain unanswered — what is the function of these hairs
and why should specimens from Sydney and Stewart Island have
them while those from Lyttelton have not ?

1040 NOTES ON A FEW AUSTRALIAN EDRIOPIITIIALMATA,

Amphithoe setosa. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 268 ; Proc. Linn. See, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 270.

A few specimens from Sydney Harbour. One, probably a male
.specimen, agrees vei-y closely with the description given ; the
others, presumably females, difier in having the second gnathopoda
only as large as the first pair, which they closely resemble except
that the carpus is shorter, and they do not bear the long
slender hairs found in the male. Both male and female specimens
have a very short secondary appendage on the upper antenna.

MiCRODEUTEROPUS (1) MoRTONi. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust, p. 264 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 339, PI. XXIL, fig. 2.

I have a few specimens of this species from Sydney Harbour.
In his description of the anterior gnathopoda Mr. Haswell makes
no mention of the long hairs on the various joints. They are, I
think, of sufficient importance to be given in the specific descrip-
tion, and so far as my experience goes the general arrangement of
them is remarkably constant both in Microdeuteropus and many
other genera. In this species in the anterior gnathopoda the
basos has its anterior margin bordered with a fringe of long hairs,
there is a tuft at the antero-distal corner of the ischios, the meros
which is slightly hollowed anteriorly for the reception of the
carpus has both sides, except towards the end, fringed with long
hairs arranged more or less regularly in tufts, the carpus has then
on tho anterior margin, the propodos on both margins and the
dactylos three or four tufts of them on its concave border. The
hairs on the basos, ischios, meros and carpus are very delicate
and sparsely plumose towai'ds the distal ends only, those on the
propodos and dactylos appear to be simple.

Microdeuteropus tenuipes. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 264 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,

p. 339, PI. XXIL, fig. 1.

(1). The Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing tells me by letter that " there seems to
be a disposition to write Microdeuteropus instead of Microdeutopvn on
philological grounds, regarding the latter as merely a casual mis-spelling.'

BY CHARLES CHILTON, M.A. 1041

Along with the preceding species I took a few specimens wLich
I refer without hesitation to M. tenuvpes. One of my specimens
was a mature female, and from its close resemblance to M.
Mortoni in everything but the anterior gnathopoda, I very much
suspect that they are only nrale and female of the same species.
We have a similar case among New Zealand Amphipoda where
M. maculattis, Thomson, which is certainly a female form, has for
male either the form with large anterior gnathopoda which I have
described (Transactions New Zealand Institute, Vol. XIV., p.
173), or Aora typica. (See Thomson's Trans. N.Z. Inst., Vol.
XIII., p. 218.) All three forms are found in Lyttelton Harbour,
and though M. maculatus ^, Chilton, and Aora typica very closely
resemble one another in other respects they differ constantly in
the form of the anterior gnathopoda and in the arrangement of
the long hairs thereon. Under these circumstances it is a little
puzzling to know whether we are dealing with two species of
which the males are distinct, but the females almost or quite
alike, or with one species having two forms of the males. Until
further evidence is forthcoming I prefer to consider the species as
distinct. I have a similar instance with Parancenia. For two of
the three species, viz., P. typica (1), and P. dentifera I know
only one form of the female, and for the third species P. loivn-
majiics I have a female form which very closely resembles the
female described for P. typica, but appears to differ from it in a
few small points (2). I have also another instance of the same
kind in two undescribed species of Lysianassa from Lyttelton
Harbour in which the females are almost but not quite identical,
but the males considerably different.

If Jlicrodeuteropus tenuipes is really the female of M. Mortoni,
it will be another example of the same thing for it is almost if not
quite identical with 31. macidatios 9 Thomson, while 31. Mortoni
closely resembles both 31. maculatus ^ Chilton and Aora typica in
everything except the first gnathopoda.

(1). Possibly P. typica, Chilton, is the same as M(era aiiproximaus,
Haswell, a species which I had originally overlooked, but neither the figure
nor description is sufficiently detailed to warrant me in actually combining
the two species without further evidence.

^2,. See " Transactions N.Z. Institute, Vol. XVI., p. 258."

104:2 NOTES ON A FEW AUSTRALIAN EDRIOPHTIIALMATA,

From what has been already said it will be seen that the
genera Aora and Microdeuteropus will have to be combined, I leave
this however to be done by some one who may hereafter attempt a
re-arrangement of the Amphipoda on a larger scale.

Protella atjstralis. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 311 ; Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, IV.,
p. 276, PI. XII., fig. 4.

A single specimen from Sydney Harbour. According to Haswell
the form of the posterior gnathopoda varies ; in my specimen the
palm has only one tooth, viz., the defining one at the proximal end.
The antennae are scarcely so long relatively to the length of the
body as given in the description, the upper one has the flagellum
nearly as long as the peduncle and the lower ono is slightly longer
than the pedtmcle of upper ; the sj)ecimen, however, appears to
be a young one and the relative lengths of the antennae and of the
difierent joints appears to vary considerably at the different stages
of growth in these animals.

PiiiLOUGRiA marina. S. Chilton.

I have already described this species, which was taken at Coogee
Bay, in a paper communicated to the Linnean Society, N. S. W.,
on June 25th, 1884.

Paratanais ignotus. N. sp.
[Plate XLVIL, fig. 2 ; XLVL, fig. 3.]

Cephalon narrowing anteriorly, slightly pointed between the
bases of the uppper antennae which are closely approximated.
Antennae short, inner pair stout, the basal segment about three
times as long as the second, third smaller and more slender than the
second, succeeded at the end by a minute joint which bears a small
tuft of long setae. Outer antennae nearly as long as the inner, but
more slender, first three joints of the peduncle short ; the second
bearing at distal end two stout spines one above and one below,
the third bearing a stout spine on upper surface at distal end, lust
joint smaller than the penultimate, which is as long as the two
preceding taken together, and having at the end a small tuft of
long setae. First gnathopoda stout, propodos curved, dactylos with

BY CHAKLES CHILTuN, M.A. 1043

inner margin smooth, fixed finger with a slightly convex inner
margin furnished with a few strong hairs and two or three rounded
projections. Second thoracic leg long and slender, ischios veiy
short, dactylos very slender, sliglitly longer than the propodos.
Third and fourth thoracic legs similar, stouter than the second,
basos long and stout, ischios very short, meros and carpus ( qual in
length and stouter but , shorter than the propodos, the last three
joints bearing stout spines at their distal ends, inner margin of
dactylos smooth. Fifth, sixth and seventh thoracic legs similar to
one another and differing slightly from the third and fourth, basos
very stout, greatest width half its length, meros and carpus sub-
equal shorter and stouter than the propodos, all three bearing at
distal ends stout slightly curved spines, those on propodos at base
of dactylos are serrated and are more numerous in the seventh
thoracic leg than in preceding, dactylos curved, slender, inner
margin smooth ? Extremity of abdomen truncate but having in
centi*e a small triangular, apparently membranaceous projection
which bears two short setse. Caudal appendages short, inner
branch with 5-7 joints, outer veiy short, one-jointed.

This species appears to resemble Paratanias tenuis, G. M
Thomson somewhat closely, but I have only one very small
specimen of this latter species and I do not feel inclined to base
any very positive assertion on the reseml^lance of the descriptions
alone. It is very closely related to P. tenuicornis, Haswell, but
differs in the presence of the spines on the under surface of the
peduncle of the lower antennse and other minor points

The following five species I have also taken in New Zealand : —

PrOBOLIUM (1) MIERSII.

MoNTAGUA MIERSII. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 226.

Specimens doubtfully referred to this species have been taken
at Timaru and at Lyttelton. See Transactions New Zealand
Institute, Vol. XV., p. 72.

(1). The Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing informs me that the genus Montarjv,a
has given place to Proholium, Costa. See also Bate's ami Westwood s
British Sessile-eyed Crustacea. (Appendix), Vol. II., p. 527.
68

1044 NOTES ON A FRW AUSTRALIAN EDRIOPHTIIALMATA,

Harmonia CRASSiPES. Haswell.
Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 251.

Found at Titnai'u and Lyttelton. Female described. See
Trans. N.Z. Institute, Vol. XV., p. 82.

McERA SPINOSA, Haswell.
Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 257.

Taken at Auckland. Female described. See Trans. N.Z. Inst.,
Vol. XV., p. 81.

Paran^nia dentifera.

McERA dentifera. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 256.

Taken at Lyttelton and placed in new genus. See Trans. N.Z.
Inst., Vol. XVI., p 360.

PODOCERUS LONGIMANUS.

Wyvillea LONGIMANUS. Haswell.

Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 261.

Taken at Lyttelton and identitied with Podocerus cyUiidricus.
Kirk (not Say.), and replaced in Podocerus. See Trans. N.Z.,
Inst., Vol. XVL, p. 253.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLVI.

Fig. l.—AUorchestes cra!<!iico7-nis. Var. Coogeensis 9-

h. First gnathopod, x45 ; a second gnathopod, x45 of female.
Fig. 2.— Mttra /estiva. N. sp.

a. First gnathopod of male, xS3.

b. Second gnathopod of male, x22^.

c. Second gnathopod of female, x45
Fig. 3. — Parataricds ignohis. N. sp.

a. Autennse, side view, xl04.
h. Second thoracicley, x58.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLYII.

Fig. 1. — Glycerina a fjjiiin s-p. nov. (details)

a. Anterior gnathopod, x 58

h. Posterior gnathopod, x 58.
Fig. 2. — Paratanais tennicornis. Haswell. (? or P. ignotus, sp. nov )
(details)

a. Third thoracic leg, x 90

b. Sixth thoracic leg, x 90

c. Terminal pleopodo (uropodaj, x 90.

DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.

By E. Meyrick, B.A.

XII. CEcoPHORiD^ — (continued).

53. Brachynemata, Meyr.

Head, smooth, sidetufts loosely spreading. Antennse in ^
somewhat serrate, shortly ciliated (^), basal joint with strong
pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint not exceeding base of
antennae, densely scaled, rather loosely beneath, terminal joint
rather shorter than second, slender, recurved. Thorax smooth.
Forewings elongate, hindmargin oblique. Hindwings rather
narrower than forewings, elongate-ovate, cilia |. Abdomen
moderate. Posterior tibiaj clothed with long fine hairs above,
Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from somewhat before
angle of cell. Hindwings normal.

Only differs from Goesyra by the shortness of the antennal
ciliations, and might perhaps be eventually united with it ; the
single species nearly resembles the group of Cms. ecliptica.

349. Brack, ciagulata, n. sp.

Minor, alls ant. dilutius flavis, fascia postica incurvata subtus
dilatata fusca ; post, dilute griseis.

jj. 13-15 mm. Head and palpi light ochreous yellow. Antenuaj
fuscous. Thorax purple-fuscous. Abdomea grey, anal tuft
ochreous-yellowish. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior pair fuscous.
Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin straight, oblique ; light ochreous-yellow ; costal edge

1046 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

dark fuscous at base ; a narrow inwards-curved fuscous fascia
from I of costa to inner margin befoi-e anal angle, dilated
beneath : cilia pale brownish-ochreous, on costa and an anal spot
pale ochreous-yellow. Hindwings light grey ; cilia pale greyish-
ochreous.

Duaringa, Queensland ; Murrurundi, New South Wales ;
Mount Lofty, South Australia ; five specimens in November.

54. MiCROBELA, Meyr.

Head smooth, side tufts moderate, spreading. Antennae of ^
somewhat serrate, shortly ciliated (|), basal joint with strong
pecten. Palpi short, apex only reaching base of antennre, second
joint slender, loosely scaled beneath, terminal joint about half
second, slender, oblique. Thorax smootli. Forewings elongate,
hindmargin very oblique. Hindwings narrower than forewings,
ovate-lanceolate, apex somewhat pointed, cilia 1. Abdomen
moderate. Posterior tibiae clothed with very long fine hairs.
Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from somewhat lief ore
angle. Hindwings normal.

Intermediate between Cassi/ra and Ocystola ; distinguished from
the former by the veiy short palpi, of which the apex does not
exceed base of antennte, from the latter by the short antennal
ciliations. The three species ai-e nearly allied together, and
approach nearest to the group of Cces. atnylodes.

la. Cilia of forewing yellow,.. 352. monodyas.

113- » » „ grey.

2a. Forewings with a dark grey triangular

anal spot 350. epicona.

2b. Forewings without anal spot 351. allocoma.

350. Micr. epicona, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreo-flavis, triangulo anguli analis strigaque
apicis marginali saturate griseis, nigro-mixtis ; post, griseis.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1047

(J 9. 13-19 mm. Head and palpi yellow, base of second joint
dark fuscous. Antennae grey. Thorax dark fuscous, terminal
half of patagia and a posterior spot on each side of back yellow.
Abdomen and legs dark grey. Forewings elongate, costa slightly
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ;
ochreous-yellow or deep yellow ; costal edge dark grey at base ;
an erect triangular dark grey spot, mixed with black, on inner
margin just before anal angle, reaching half across wing ; a dark
grey streak, mixed with black, from apex along hindmargin to
middle, attenuated downwards : cilia dark gi*ey. Hindwings and
cilia grey.

Petersburg and Ardrossan, South Australia ; common in
October and Novembei*.

351. Micr. allocoma, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreo-flavis, interdum linea marginis postici
incerta nigra, ciliis griseis ; post, griseis.

^ 9. 15-18 mm. Head and thorax yellow, collar dark grey.
Palpi yellow-whitish, second joint suffused with dark grey. An-
tennae, abdomen, and legs dark grey. Forewings elongate, costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely
rounded ; ochreous-yellow • costal edge dark grey near base ; a
grey line, anteriorly edged with scattered black scales, along hind-
margin from apex to anal angle : cilia grey. Hindwings and cilia

gi-ey.

car. a. Hindmarginal line and black scales obsolete.

Murrurundi, Bathurst, and Blackheath (3400 feet), New South
Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; common in October and November.

The form described as typical is that found alone at Blackheath ;
in the other localities the variety is the only form occurring.
Except for this localisation the variety would not have required
special notice, as the difference is very slight, and traces of the
black hindmarginal scales ai'e sometimes perceptible.

1048 DESCRIPTIOXS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

352. Micr. monodyas, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilutius ochreo-flavis, etiam ciliis ; post, dilutins
grisei.s.

$ $. 13-15 mm. Head and thorax light ochreous-yellow, colhir
obscui'ely grey. Palpi whitish-yellow, second joint grey. Antenme
whitish-grey. Abdomen and legs grey, anal tuft and posterior legs
whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched,
a])ex roundpointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; light
ochreous-yellow ; costal edge dark fuscous towards base : cilia light
ochreous-yellow. Hindwings and cilia light grey.

Toowoomba, Queensland ; rather common in September.

55. Heterozyga, Meyr.

Head smooth, sidetufts rather small, spreading. Antennte in $
somewhat serrate, moderately ciliated (1), basal joint with strong
pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint not exceeding base of
antennae, densely scaled, somewhat loosely beneath, terminal joint
rather shorter than second, slendei', recurved. Thorax smooth.
Forewings elongate, hindmai-gin very oblique. Hindwings some-
what narrower than fox-ewings, elongate-ovate, apex round-pointed,
cilia 1. Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibiae clothed with long
dense hairs. Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from
somewhat before angle of cell, 3 and 4 closely approximated or
short-stalked. Hindwings normal.

Differs from all other CEcophorida in the close basal ai)j)roxima-
tion or short stalking of veins 3 and 4 of the foi-ewings ; in other
characters the genus closely approaches Gcesyra, of which it is
probably an offshoot, being apparently related especially to the last
group of that genus. I have examined the neuration of several (J's
of the single species, and in all veins 3 and 4 originated on a short
stalk or at least from the same point ; and of one 9, in which
these veins were closely approximated at base but not from the
same point.

BY E, MEYRICK, B.A. 1049

353. Het. coppatias, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. griseis, partiin cano-suffiisis, punctis disci anticis
duobus nigris, fascia postica angusta nigro-bipunctata lineaque
subfcerminali saturatioiibus ; post, dihitius griseis.

(J $. 13-14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax white mixed with
dark grey ; second joint of palpi with a dark grey subapical band.
Antennae white, annulated with dark grey. Abdomen grey. Legs
dark grey, apex of joints whitish, posterior tibiae pale greyish-
ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex
tolerably acute, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; grey,
suffused with white, and irrorated with dark grey ; a black dot in
disc before middle, and a second much larger one slightly beyond it
on fold ; two black dots transversely placed and sometimes confluent
in disc beyond middle, placed on a narrow dark grey fascia from
f of costa to anal angle ; a cloudy dark grey line from costa near
apex to anal angle ; a row of veiy ill-defined dark grey spots on
hindmargin: cilia white, irrorated with grey. Hind wings light
grey ; cilia whitish-grey.

The posterior markings are sometimes very indistinct, but the
two anterior dots are always very conspicuous.

Murruruudi and Bathurst, New South Wales ; Adelaide, South
Australia ; tolerably common in October and November.

56. OxYTHECTA, Meyr.
Head loosely haired, sidetufts rather large, rough, spreading.
Antennae in ^ strongly ciliated (2|-3), basal joint rather stout,
with strong pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint not exceeding
base of antennae, densely scaled, dilated beyond middle, somewhat
rough beneath, terminal joint rather shorter than second, rather
stout, recurved. Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, hind-
margin very oblique. Hindwings slightly narrower than fore-
wings, elongate-ovate, apex round-pointed, cilia 5 to 1. Abdomen
moderate. Posterior tibiae clothed with extremely long fine
dense hairs. Forewings with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 almost
from angle of cell, upper basal fork of 1 obsolete except at origin
Hindwings normal.

1050 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Characterised by the obsolescence of the upper basal fork of
vein 1 of the forewings ; apparently most related to Ocystola, and
perhaps a development of it. In the analytical tabulation
Oxythecta is erroneously included under 7b ; it should be trans-
ferred to 7a, and will be separated from \1h ( Peltojihora) by the
neural character above-mentioned. The six known species form
a closely-allied group ; all vary considerably in size, whence I
suspect that the larvje may be wood-feeders.

1 a. Ante-median fascia entire 354. alter nella.

lb. ,, „ „ not reaching inner margin.

2a. With a short streak from base along inner

margin 359. acceptella.

2b. Without dorsal streak.

3a. Basal fascia entire 357. zonoteles.

3b. „ ,, reduced to a costal spot.

4a. Centre of thorax wholly grey 355, nephdonota.

4b. „ ,, ,, white

5a. Ante-median fascia interrupted beneath

costa 356. hieroglyphica.

5b, Ante-median fascia not interrupteil 358, lygrosema.

354, Ox. alteniella, Walk.
{CEcophora alternella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat. 682.)

Media, alis ant. niveis, macula costae basali nigra, fascia antica
obliqua Integra inferius furcata maculaqne postica magna cum
costa quater connexa saturate fuscis ; post, albido-griseis.

(J 9. 16-23 mm. Head and palpi white, lower § of second
joint dark fuscous Antennae whitish. Thorax; white, anterior
half blackish. Abdomen pale yellow-ochreous. Legs dark
fuscous, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate,
rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed,
hiudmargin nearly straight, vei-y oblique ; snow-white, with dark
fuscous markings ; a subquadrate blackish spot on base of costa ;
a narrow fascia from g of costa to ^ of inner margin, triangularly

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1051

dilated on lowex' third ; an irregular streak from middle of this
fascia to § of inner margin ; a small round spot in disc beyond
middle, connected with costa by a perpendicular bar, and nearly
confluent with a large irregular blotch immediately following,
which touches anal angle, and sends from its upper angle a three-
bianched streak to costa before apex ; a curved interrupted line
immediately before hindmargin : cilia white, with a cloudy central
light grey shade, on costa dark fuscous. Hindwings whitish-grey,
ochreous-tinged 5 cilia pale yellowish -ochreo.us

Easily recognised by the blackish anterior half of thorax, entire
anterior fascia, and more complex posterior markings.

Sydney, Blackheath (3500 feet), and Alittagong (2000 feet). New
South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria ; Hobart, Tasmania ; from
August to March, generally distributed but never very common.

355. Ox. nephelonotaf n. sp.

Media, alis ant. canis, dimidio dorsali griseo, macula costae ba.sali,
fascia antica obliqua dorsum non attingente, altera postica directa
maculisque costse duabus posticis saturate fuscis ; post, griseis ;
thorace medio griseo.

5. 15-22 mm. Head white, face and crown greyish-tinged.
Palpi white, lower -| of second joint dark grey. Antennte grey-
whitish. Thorax grey, patagia and a posterior spot white mixed
with grey. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, apex of
joints white, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate,
narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hind-margin
almost straight, extremely oblique ; white, somewhat sprinkled
with greyish-fuscous, and dorsal half wholly light greyish-fuscous,
separation irregular ; markings dark fuscous ; a small rounded spot
at base of costa, reaching half across wing ; a rather narrow
inwardly oblique fascia from costa before middle, not reaching
inner margin, sometimes very slenderly interrupted below costa ;
sometimes a dot in disc above middle ; a moderate fascia from costa
beyond middle towards anal angle, beneath dilated and lost in the

1052 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICHO-LEPIDOPTERA,

dorsal suffusion ; two quadrate spots on costa between this and
apex ; a row of very ill-defined confluent spots before hindmargin :
cilia white, with a cloudy central pale grey shade. Hindwings
grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous-grey.

Closely allied to the two following, from which it is distinguished
by the grey thorax, grey dorsal suffusion of the forewings, and
darker hindwings ; it differs further from 0. zonoteles by the basal
costal spot not being produced to inner margin, and from 0.
kieroglyphica by the anterior fascia being only slightly or not
interrupted beneath costa.

Launceston and Deloraine, Tasmania ; from November to
January, three specimens.

356. Ox. kieroglyphica, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. canis, macula costte basali, fascia antica obliqua
sub costa interrupta, dorsum non attingente, macula dorsi postica
parva, fascia postica directa sub costa interrupta, maculisque costse
duabus posticis saturatius fuscis ; post, albido-griseis.

$ 9. 12-18 mm. Head and palpi white, apex of terminal joint,
and second joint except apex dark fuscous. Antennae whitish.
Thorax white, with a dark fuscous spot on shoulder. Abdomen
whitish-ochreoiis, in 9 more yellowish. Legs dark fuscous, apex
of joints whitish, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings
elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex tolerably acute,
hind-margin straight, extremely oblique ; white, with scattered
fuscous scales, sometimes partially suffused with pale greyish ;
markings ochreous-fuscous or dark fuscous ; a rounded spot on
base of costa, reaching half across wing ; a small oblong spot on
costa before middle, and three similar spots between this and
apex ; an oblique fascia-like spot in disc before middle, not
reaching costal spot or inner margin ; a small spot on inner
margin before anal angle ; a narrow fascia from beneath
postmedian costal spot to anal angle ; a row of small confluent
spots close before hind-margin ; cilia ochreous-whitish, with a
cloudy central pale greyish shade. Hind-wings whitish-giey,
ochreous-tinged ; cilia pale whitish-ochreous.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1053

Separated from 0. nephelonota by the white thorax and pale
hind- wings, from 0. zonoteles by the basal costal spot not produced
to inner margin, from both by the conspicuous subcostal inter-
ruption of the anterior fascia.

Toowoomba (2000 feet), Queensland ; Murrurundi, Newcastle,
Sydney, and Bathurst (2000 feet), New South Wales; Port
Lincoln, South Australia ; common fi'om August to November
and in March, usually amongst Acacia.

357. Ox. zonoteles, n. sp.

Minor, alls ant. canis, fascia basali Integra, altera antica obliqua
dorsum non attingente, macula dorsi postica transversa, fascia
postica directa sub costa iuterrupta maculisque cost* duabus
posticis saturate fuscis ; post, albido-griseis.

(J 12-18 mm. Head and palpi white, apex of terminal joint,
and second joint except apex dark fuscous. Antennae whitish.
Thorax white, anterior margin irregularly dark fuscous. Abdomen
whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish-
ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa moderately arched,
apex tolerably acute, hind-margin straight, extremely oblique ;
white, with a few scattered dark fuscous scales ; markings dark
fuscous; a i-ather narrow entire basal fascia ; a narrow inwardly
oblique fascia from costa before middle, not reaching inner
margin ; a transverse spot on inner margin before anal angle,
nearly reaching middle ; three quadrate spots on costa between
middle and apex ; from beneath first of these a narrow fascia to
anal angle ; a row of small confluent spots immediately before
hind-margin : cilia ochi-eous-whitish, with a cloudy central pale
greyish shade. Hind-wings whitish-grey, ochreous-tinged ; cilia
pale whitish-ochreous.

Difl:ers from all the other species by the entire basal fascia.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales, in
October and March ; five specimens.

1054 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

358. Ox. lyyrosema, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. niveis, macula costjfi basali, fascia antica obliqua
dorsum non attingente, macula doi'si postica, fascia e costa
anteapicali iu disco recte angulata in angulum analem percurrente
saturatius oclireo-fuscis ; post, dilute griseis.

$. 14-15 mm. Head white, face fuscous. Palpi white, apex
of terminal joint, and second joint except apex dark fuscous.
Antennae whitish-grey. Thorax white, anterior margin broadly
blackish. Abdomen whitish ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior
pair whitish-ochi'eous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa mode-
rately arched, apex tolerably acute, hind-margin extremely
obliquely rounded ; white, with scattered ochreous-fuscous scales ;
markings rather dark ochreous-fuscous ; a small cuneiform spot
along base of costa ; a narrow inwardly oblique fascia from befoi'e
middle of costa, not reaching inner magin ; a dot on costa beyond
middle ; a small triangular spot on inner margin before anal angle ;
a rather strong streak from costa before apex to disc beyond
middle, thence rectangularly bent and continued to anal angle ;
some indistinct dots before hind-mai-gin : cilia whitish, with a
cloudy central pale greyish shade, on costa dark fuscous. Hind-
wings pale grey, ochreous-tinged ; cilia whitish ochreous.

Closely resembling the following, but immediately distinguished
by the broadly black anterior margin of thorax, and absence of
basal streak on inner margin.

Toowoomba (2000 feet), Queensland, in September; Blackheath
(3500 feet). New South Wales, in November ; two specimens.

359. Ox. acceptella, Walk.

(Oecophora acceptella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat. 694 ; Oecopliora
connexella, ib. 695 ; 1 Gryptolechia abstersella, ib. 762.)

Minor, alis ant. niveis, strigula dorsi basali, fascia antica
obliqua dorsum non attingente, macula dorsi postica transversa,
fascia e costa anteapicali in disco recte angulata in angulum
analem pei-currente laete ochreis ferrugineisve ; post, dilute griseis.

BY E. MEYEiICK, B.A. 1055

(J 9- 13-20 mm. Head white, face beneath and collar ochveous.
Palpi white, second joint yellow-ochieous or ochreous-brown
except apex. Antennae ochreous or fuscous. Thorax white.
Abdomen light yellow-ochreous. Legs brownish-ochreous, ])osterior
pair yellow-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently
arched, apex tolerably acute, hindmargin somewhat sinuate,
extremely oblique ; snow-white, with ochreous-orange or ferru-
ginous markings ; a short streak from base of costa along inner
margin to ^ ; a narrow fascia, very oblique inwardly, from middle
of costa, not reaching inner margin ; a short irregular inwardly
oblique streak from inner margin before anal angle, not reaching
middle ; two small dots on costa between middle and apex ; a
moderate streak from costa before apex to disc beyond middle,
thence rectangularly bent and continued to anal angle ; a row of
small confluent spots before hindmargin : cilia white or ochreous-
white, above apex fuscous. Hindwings pale grey, ochreous-
tinged ; cilia light yellow-ochreous.

Differs from all by the short basal dorsal streak and brighter
markings.

Brisbane and Toowoomba (2000 feet), Queensland ; Newcastle,
Sydney, Bathurst (2000 feet), and Mitiagong (2000 feet), New
South Wales ; Melbourne, Victoria; common from September to
April, and in July, appai-ently attached to Acacia.

I have quoted Cri/ptolechia ahstersella, Walk , among the
synonyms of this species, but it would have been impossible to
employ the name for this or any species ; Walker appears in this
instance to have attained a maximum of confusion. It will be
apparent to anyone who will compare Walker's Latin diagnosis
with his English description that they must have been drawn from
totally different insects, without a particle of resemblance to each
other ; and an examination of the Museum types will further
show that neither the diagnosis nor the description can be
intended to refer to them. The Latin diagnosis is certainly
unindentifiable with any species known to me, and probaibly
insufficient and erroneous, and may be disregarded ; the English

1056 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

description undoubtedly refers to the species described above, for
which reason T have quoted it as a synonym ; the types belong to
a species to be described hereinafter as Piloprepes aristocratica.

57. Crepidosceles, Meyr.

Head smooth, sidetnfts moderate, loosely appressed. Antennae
in ^ somewhat serrate, with long ciliations (3), basal joint with
strong pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint not exceeding base
of antennae, with appressed scales, smooth beneath, towards apex
loosely scaled, terminal joint shorter than second, slender,
recurved. Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, hindmargin very
oblique. Hindwings rather narrow than forewings, ovate-
lanceolate, apex almost acute, cilia *. Abdomen moderate.
Anterior tibia; and tarsi strongly dilated with dense scales ;
posterior tibiae clothed with long fine hairs above. Forewings
with vein 7 to hindmargin, 2 from somewhat before angle of cell.
Hindwings normal.

Closely allied to Ocystola, from which it difl'ers principally l)y
the strongly dilated anterior tibi« and tarsi. Although nearly
approaching Lepidotarsa in structure, I do not consider that there
is any direct affinity with that genus ; the best character for
separation appears to lie in the terminal joint of the palpi, which
in Crepidosceles is moderately slender and not much shorter than
the second joint, whilst in Lepidotarsoc it is very fine and hardly
more than half the second ; this distinction should be inserted in
place of that given in the analytical table, which is inaccurate.

la. With a dark fuscous costal streak 361. exanthema.

lb. Without costal streak 360. iostephana.

360. Crep iostephana, n.sp.

Minor, alls ant. flavi.s, strigula dorsi basali e costa oriente saturate
purpureo-fusca, fasciis tribus posticis angustis purpureis prima
costam non attingente, tertia marginali ; post griseis.

^.14 mm. Head pale ochreous-yellow, crown dark fuscous.
Palpi ochreous-whitish, apex of second joint dark fuscous.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1057

Antennae oclireous- whitish. Thorax yellow, with u small posterior
piirple-fiiscous spot. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish-ochreous,
anterior pair suft\ised with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate,
costa moderately arched, apex tolerably acute, hindmargin straiglit,
very oblique ; bright yellow ; a thick dark purple-fuscous streak
from base of costa along inner margin to \ ; an erect pale crimson-
pur])le streak from inner margin before anal angle, dilated and
suffused with dark fuscous beneath, reaching | across wing ; an
outwai'ds-curved narrow pale crimson-purple fascia from | ot costa
to anal angle, and a similar fascia, irrorated with deep purple, aloug
apical part of costa and hindmargin to anal angle : cilia yellow,
on anal angle broadly light purple irrorated with dark fuscous.
Hind wings grey ; cilia light grey.

Brisbane, Queensland ; one specimen from Eacalvptus in
September.

361. Crep. exanthema, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. flavis, striga costse, strigula dorsi basali,
fasciaque marginis postici latiore saturate purpureo-fuscis ; post
subfulvis.

(J. 19 mm. Head light yellow. Palpi whitish-yellow, second
joint suffused with dark fuscous except towards base. Antennce
pale fuscous. Thorax light yellow, apex of patagia and a posterior
spot dark purple-fuscous. Abdomen fuscous. Legs dai'k fuscous,
posterior j^air whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa gently
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin faintly sinuate, rather
strongly oblique ; rather light ochreous-yellow ; markings dark
fuscous, slightly purple-tinged ; a narrow streak along costa from
base to I ; a thick streak along basal third of inner margin ; a
moderate hind-marginal band, inner edge rather convex, ex-
tending from near before anal angle : cilia greyish-fuscous, becoming
purplish-tinged towards base. Hindwings ochreous-fuscous ; cilia
lighter fuscous.

Quorn, South Australia ; one specimen in October.

1058 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LKPIDOPTERA,

58. OCYSTOLA, U. g.

Head smooth, side-tufts moderate, loose. Antennae in ^ with
long ciliations (2i-8) basal joint with strong pecten. Palpi rather
short, second joint not reaching or rarely slightly exceeding \)ase
of antennae, with appressed scales, somewhat loose beneath towards
apex, terminal joint shorter or much shorter than second,
moderately slender, oblique or curved. Thorax smooth. Fore-
wings elongate, hindmai-gin very oblique. Hind wings narrower
than foT-evvings, from elongate-ovate to narrow-lanceolate, cilia
1 to 3. Abdomen moderate. Po.sterior tibiae clothed with
moderate or very long hairs above. Forewings with vein 7 to
hind mai'gin, 2 from before angle of cell. Hindwiugs with veins
3 and 4 sometimes more or less remote at origin, sometimes from
a point, rarely stalked.

Although showing considerable variation in some characters of
structure, this genus is undoubtedly natural, and easily recognised
by the short palpi and long antennal ciliations, the former
character sej^arating it from Peltophora, and the latter from
Ooesyra, of which it appears to be a development. The hindwings
are sometimes hyaline, and vary much in form, but the differences
are of specific value only. The variation in the origin of veins 3
and 4 of the hindwings is in general here unreliable, though
occasionally of specific value ; usually individuals and sexes of the
same species difier in this respect, the ^ tending to have these veins
more remote than in the ^. The relative length of the joints of
the palpi also differ with tlie species.

This genus was accidentally omitted from the analytical
tabulation ; it should be placed under the same head with
Peltophora, and distinguished from it by the second joint of the
palpi (usually) not reaching base of antennre, in conjunction with
the usually lanceolate hindwings.

Larvae 16-legged, of various habits, feeding in portable cases ov
between joined leaves ; those known are all attached to species of
Eucalyptus.

The senus is not known outside Australia.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1059

la. Ground colour of fore wings white

2a. Veins lined with ochreous 398. neiorota.

21). Veins not lined.

3a. Without maikings except a dorsal suffusion.

4a. Thorax grey 387. monostropha.

41). Thorax white 388. homoleuca.

31). With defined darker markings.
4a. With a streak along inner margin.
5a. With a streak along hind margin.

6a. With an entire median fascia ,392. paiolinella.

61). Without median fascia 391. crystcdlina.

5b. Without hind-marginal streak 389, chionea.

4h. Without dorsal streak.

5a. Without transverse fascia 390. glacialis.

51). With one or more fascise.

6a. Fascia linear .393. suppressella

6b. Fascia moderately broad,

7a. With two entire fasciae 395. nij^hodesvia.

7 b. With only one entire fascia.

8a. Thorax dark fuscous .396. trilicella.

81). Thorax white.

9a. Hindwings light grey 394. diclethra.

91). Hindwings ochreous-whitish 397. thalameiyola.

1 b. Ground colour of forewings not white.
2a. Costa white or ])aler than ground colour.
3a. With dark discal dots.

4a. Hindwings pale yellow-ochreous 372. callista.

4b. Hindwings greyish.

5a. Head whitish : 374. enojilia.

5b. Head brownish-ochreous 378. milichia.

31). Without discal dots 387. lithophanes.

21i. Costa not paler.

3h. Hindwings hyaline or semihyaline towards base.

4a. Forewings yellow.

5a. With a broad posterior purplish fascia.

6a. Fascia terminal 365. thiasotis.

69

1060 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRxVLIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

6b. Fascia not terminal 364. gnomica.

5b. Without broad fascia 367. oxytora.

4b. Forewings oclireous.

5a. With an erect dark spot on anal angle ...366. hemisemn.

5b. Without anal spot 377. psamathina.

3b. Hindwings evenly scaled.
4a. Hindwings dark fuscous.
5a. Anterior half of costa dark fuscous.

6a. Posterior edge of yellow area straight 381. iDlacov,antha.

6b. „ ,, ,, ,, concave.

7a. Median fascia on inner margin at 5 362. liemicahj'pta.

7b. ,, „ „ ,, „ at 1 363. thymodes.

5b. Anterior half of costa not dark fuscous.
6a. With entire dark median fascia.

7a. Posterior area wholly fuscous 382. mesoxantha.

7b, „ „ partly yellow 380. euanthes

6b. Without entire median fascia 383. pyramis.

4b. Hindwings not dark fuscous.

5a. Hindwings more or less ochreous or whitish.

6a. Cilia of forewings yellow.

7a. Hindmarginal edge dark purplish.

8a. Thorax grey 373. tyranna.

8b. „ ochreous-whitish 371. anthera.

7b. Hindmargin not purplish 368. malacella.

6b. Cilia of forewings not yellow 375. coniata.

5b. Hindwings grey.

6a. Forewings with dark discal dots.

7a. Forewings light yellowish 379. protosticlia.

7b. „ not light yellowish.

8a. Cilia of forewings yellow.

9a. Forewings mixed with yellow 369. isarithma.

9b. J, not mixed with yellow 370. acroxantha.

8b. Cilia of forewings not yellow 3 / 6 . agelcea.

7a. Inner margin of forewings suffused with

fuscous 385. illuta.

7 b. Inner margin of forewings not suffused

with fuscous 384. acrobaphes.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1061

362. Ocyst. hemicalyi^ta, n.sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, striga costa3 e doi'si basi oviente fasciaque
marginis postici latissima saturate purpureo-fnscis ; post, saturate
fuscis.

$, 15 mm. Head and palpi oclneous-yellow, anterior edge of
terminal joint dark fuscous, terminal joint iialf as long as second.
Antennae, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark fuscous ; antennal
ciliations 2| : thorax purple-tinged ; posterior legs whitish-
ochreous, base of tarsal joints dark fuscous. Foi'ewings elongate,
costa moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, very
oblique ; yellow ; a dark purple fuscous streak from base of inner
margin along costa to beyond middle, posteriorly finely attenuated ;
a very broad dull purplish hindmarginal band, irrorated with
fuscous, bounded antei'iorly by a narrow inwards-curved dark
fuscous fascia from \ of costa to \ of inner margin : cilia rather
dark fuscous, Hindwings ovate-lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins
3 and 4 somewhat remote ; dark fuscous \ cilia dark fuscous.

Melbourne, Victoria ; one specimen received from Mr. G. H.
Rayuoi-.

363. Ocyst. thy modes, n.sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, striga costte angusta e dorsi basi orieute
fasciaque postica incurvata saturate fuscis, area postica purpureo-
mixta griseo-marginata ; post, saturate fuscis.

(J. 15 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-yellow, anterior edge of
terminal joint dark fuscous, tei-minal joint half second. Antennae,
thorax, abdomen, and legs dark fuscous ; antennal ciliations 2^ ;
thorax purple-tinged ; posterior legs pale ochreous-yellowish, base
of tarsal joints dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa modeiately
arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, very oblique ; yellow ; a
very slender dark fuscous streak from base of inner margin along
costa to beyond middle, finely attenuated ; a moderate rather
dark fuscous inwards-curved fascia from | of costa to f rf inner
margin, beyond which the apical space is irrorated with purple-

1062 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

reddish, and suflPused on mai'gins with rather dark fuscous : cilia
rather dark fuscous, tips paler and more ochreous. Hindwiugs
ovate-lanceolate, round-pointed, veins 3 and 4 somewhat remote ;
dark fuscous ; cilia dark fuscous.

Closely allied to the preceding, but with the costal streak more
slender, the fascia nearer hindmargin, and the posterior space not
wholly dark.

Quorn, South Australia ; one specimen in October.

364. Ocyst. gnomica, u. sp.

Parva, alis ant. dilute flavis, linea costae saturate fusca, fascia
postica latiore strigulaque marginis postici dilute purpureis fusco-
raarginatis ; post, griseis, basim versus vitreis.

(J. 10 mm. Head and palpi pale whitish-yellow, terminal joint
half second. Antennae whitish, ciliations 3. Thorax grey,
l)atagia pale whitish-yellow. Abdomen light grey. Legs whitish-
yellowish, anterior pair fuscous. Forewmgs elongate, narrow,
costa posteriorly moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin
sinuate, extremely oblique ; pale ochreous-yellow : a linear dark
fuscous streak along anterior half of costa, posteriorly attenuated ;
a broad pale reddish-purple fascia from f of costa to inner margin
before anal angle, margin broadly irrorated with dark fuscous ; a
pale purple streak, irrorated with dark fuscous, from apex along
upper half of hindmargin : cilia light ochreous. Hindwings
narrow-lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 somewhat remote ; grey,
towards base hyaline ; cilia light grey.

Sydney, New South Wales ; one specimen in December.

365. Ocyst. thiasoiis, n. sp.
Minor, alis ant. flavis, fascia marginis postici lata purpurea
saturate griseo-marginata ; post, griseis, $ basim versus vitreis.

(J 9. 10-14 mm. Head yellow, back of crown dark fuscous.
Palpi yellow, lower half of second joint dark fuscous, terminal

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1063

joint 5 of second. Antenna dark fuscous, ciliations 5. Thorax
yellow. Abdomen grey, segmental margins whitisli-ochreous.
Legs deep greyish-purple, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Fore-
wings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-
pointed, hiudniargin extremely obliquely rounded ; bright yellow ;
base of costa slenderly daric fuscous ; a broad purple hind-
marginal band, suffused with dark grey on margins, anterior edge
convex, extending from f of costa to f of inner mai'gin : cilia
ochreous-yellow, with a dark purple-grey spot above apex, beneath
middle of hindmargin wholly light purplish-grey, becoming purple
at base. Hindwings broadly lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins 3
and 4 from a point or slightly remote ; grey, basal half in ^
semi-hyaline ; cilia light grey.

Sydney, New South Wales ; seven specimens taken on a fence
beneath Eucalyptus trees, from August to November.

366. Ocyst. hemisema, n. sp.

Minor, alls ant. dilute ochreis, strigula costae basali, macula
anguli analis transversa, striga marginis postici, sacpius etiam
puncto plicaj saturate fuscis ; post. ^ vitreis, ^ saturatius griseis.

(J $. 11-16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale yellowish-
ochreous, second joint of palpi dark fuscous, terminal joint 5 of
second. Antennae light grey, ciliations 3. Abdomen light grey.
Legs dark grey, apex of joints and posterior pair whitish-ochreous.
Forewings elongate, narrow, costa hardly arched, apex tolerablj-
acute, hindmargin slightly sinuate, very oblique; light yellow-
ochreous, with dark fuscous markings ; a narrow sti-eak alonf
basal third of costa ; a round dot on submedian fold below middle
of disc, sometimes absent ; an erect spot on anal angle, reaching
half across wing, constricted beneath its apex ; a thick streak from
apex along hindmargin to below middle, attenuated beneath :
cilia whitish-ochreous, with a dark fuscous spot above apex,
beneath middle more or less grey, becoming pui'plish at base.
Hindwings broadly lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 short-stalked ;
in (J wholly hyaline, with dark grey veins ; in $ rather dark
grey, towards base hyaline ; cilia light grey.

1U64 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

The wholly hyaline hindwings of the ^, and the stalking of
veins 3 and 4 in both sexes are special charactei-istics of this
species, which is nearly allied to the following.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Mount Lofty, South Australia ;
five specimens in October.

367. Ocyst. oxytora, n. sp.

Parva , alia ant. flavis, strigula costse basali, puncto disci postico,
strigaque marginis postici saturatius fuscis ; post, dilute griseis,
basim versus vitreis.

^<^. 11-13 mm. Head and thorax ochroous-yellow. Palpi with
second joint whitish, towai'ds apex externally dark grey, terminal
^oint yellowish, § of second. Antenna? grey, basal joint whitish,
ciliations 3. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs dark grey,
apex of joints and posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings
elongate, narrow, costa hardly arched, apex tolerably acute, hind-
margin somewhat sinuate, extremely oblique ; ochreous-yellow,
with cloudy rather dark fuscous markings ; a line along basal
third of costa ; a round dot in disc at | ; a streak along hind-
margin from apex to anal angle : cilia ochreous-yellow, becoming
greyish-tinged towards anal angle. Hindwings broadly lanceolate,
acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point, grey, towards base semihyaline,
in (J rather more widely ; cilia whitish-grey, slightly yellowish-
tinged .

Brisbane, Queensland ; Sydney and Bulli, New South Wales ;
in September, October, February, and March, rather common.

308. Ocyst. malacella, n. sp.

Minor, alls ant. flavis, puncto disci postico, interdum cum
marginibus connexo, strigulaque marginis postici ochreis, saepius
partim obsoletis ; post, ochreo-albidis.

(JQ. 12-14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax light yellow, terminal
joint of palpi § of second. Antennse grey-whitish, ciliations 5.
Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous, anterior

BY E. MEYRICK, B A. 1065

pair (lark fuscous. Foi'ewings elongate, rather narrow, costa
moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely
obliquely rounded; bright yellow; a dot in disc beyond middle,
sometimes connected by obscure bai^s with costa and anal angle,
and a suffused streak along hindmai'gin light brownish-ochreous,
but these markings are often more or less obsolete ; cilia yellow.
Hind wings ovate lanceolate, round-pointed, veins 3 and 4 from a
point or slightly remote ; ochreous-whitish ; cilia pale whitish-
ochreous.

Sydney, New South Wales ; Fernshaw, Victoria ; Launceston
and Hobart, Tasmania ; common from September to November,
and in January,

369. Ocyst. isarithma, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreis, partim luteo-mixtis, punctis disci
tribus majusculis, macula anguli analis, strigaque marginis postici
saturatius fuscis ; post, griseis.

9. 14-15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax light brownish-ochreous,
somewhat mixed with fuscous and yellowish ; terminal joints of
pali)i f of second Antennae ochreous-whitish Abdomen and
legs whitish-ochreous, anterior pair dark fuscous. Forewings
elongate, tolerably narrow, costa moderately arched, apex round-
l)ointed, hindmargin somewhat sinuate, extremely oblique ;
brownish-ochreous, somewhat mixed with yellow in disc and
towards inner margin ; a small roundish dark fuscous spot in
disc at \, a second obliquely beyond it on fold, and a third in disc
beyond middle ; a fuscous erect spot on anal angle ; a cloudy
fuscous streak along hindmargin from apex nearly to anal angle :
cilia ochreous-yellowish. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate, round-
pointed, veins 3 and 4 from a point or somewhat remote ; grey ;

Mount Wellington (2500 feet), Tasmania ; two specimens in
January and February.

1066 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO- LEPIDOPTERA,

370. Ocyst. acroxantha, n.sp.

Minor, alis ant. rufescentibus, punctis disci tribus strigaque
marginis postici purpureo-tincta obscure saturatioribiis, ciliis
flavis ; post, griseis.

(J 9- 13-15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax light reddish-fuscous;
terminal joint of palpi 5 of second. Antennoe grey-whitish,
ciliations 4. Abdomen pale grey. Legs dark grey, posterior pair
grey-vvhitish. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin nearly straight, rather strongly
oblique; rather light reddish-fuscous ; an indistinct darker fuscous
dot in disc at J, a second obliquely beyond it on fold, and a third
in disc beyond middle ; hindmargin suffused with darker and
purplish-tinged : cilia ochreous-yellow, on costa and anal angle
purplish-grey. Hindwings elongate-ovate, round-pointed, veins 3
and 4 from a point or slightly remote ; grey, lighter towards
base ; cilia pale grey.

Broader-winged than 0. isarithna, and with the hindmargin of
forewings much less oblique ; the ground colour not mixed with
yellowish, and no anal spot.

Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ; Warragul, Victoria;
Deloiaine and Hobart, Tasmania ; in November, December.
March and April ; six specimens.

371. Ocyst. anthera, n.sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreis, postice flavo-suffusis ac purpureo-mixtis,
punctis disci tribus stiigaque marginis postici saturate purpureo-
f uscis, ciliis flavis ; post, albido-ochreis.

9. 15-16 mm. Head, antennse, and thorax ochreous-whitish.
Palpi whitish, second joint externally suffused with dark ]iurplish-
grey, terminal joint | of second. Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous.
Legs light crimson-purple, banded with dai'k grey, posterior pair
pale whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin sinuate, very oblique ; light
yellow-ochreous, posteriorly suffused with deep yellow and some-
what mixed with reddish-purple ; a purplish-fuscous dot at J, a
second obliquely beyond it on fold, and a third in disc beyond

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1067

uiiddle ; a naiTOw greyish-piivple suffusion along hindmaigin from
apex to near anal angle : cilia ochreous-yellow, on anal angle light
grey, becoming reddish-purple at base. Hindwings elongate-ovate,
round-pointed, veins 3 and 4 from a point or slightly remote ;
whitish-ochreous, apex and hindmargin narrowly suffused with
grey ; cilia whitisli-ochreous.

Closely allied to 0. acroxantha, but lighter and brighter-
coloured, and separable by the ochreous-whitish head and thorax,
and whitish-ochreous hindwings.

Sydney, New South. Wales ; two specimens in September and
October.

372. Ocyst. callista, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. rufescentibus, macula dorsi media pallidiore,
costa nivea, punctis disci tribus areaque apicali saturate purpureo-
f uscis, ciliis flavis ; pc st. dilute ochreis.

(J. 16 mm. Head and thorax purple-fuscous, with scattered
grey-whitish hair-scales. Palpi white, terminal joint and apical
half of second externally purple, terminal joint J of second.
Antennae dark fuscous, ciliations 2^. Abdomen pale yellow-
ochreous. Legs white, anterior pair internally dark fuscous
suffused with reddish purple, hairs of posteror tibisB light yellow-
ochreous. Fore wings elongate, rather narrow, costa sinuate, apex
round- pointed, hindmargin sinuate, very oblique ; dark purple-
fuscous, lighter towards inner margin anteriorly, and densely
strewn in disc from near base to f with pale greyish-ochreous
hair-scales ; a snow-white streak along costa almost from base to
near apex ; a round pale flesh-coloured spot on inner margin
beyond middle, surmounted by a dark fuscous dot ; a second dark
fuscous dot in disc above and rather beyond this ; a fuscous ring
in di.sc beyond middle, connected with costal streak and inner
margin by fuscous lines : cilia bright yellow, on costa bright
crimson, on anal angle grey, becoming purplish at base. Hind-
wings broad-lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins 3 and 4 from a
point ; pale yellow-ochreous, semihyaline, veins and margins
densely scaled ; cilia light ochreous-yellow, from middle of hind-
margin to anal angle greyish.

1068 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

A conspicuously distinct and elegant species.

Larva feeds in a portable case on Eucalyptus hemiphloia, eating
holes in the leaves; case formed of a single stout cylindrical
twig, liollowed down the centre and open at both ends ; found in
November. This kind of case (shai-ed at least by the following
species and probably others) is not known to me as employed in
any other genus of Lepidoptera.

Sydney, New South Wales ; one specimen bred in December.

373. Ocyst. tyranna, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. griseis, albido-conspersis, serie obliqua antica
macularum trium parvarum lutearum, punctis disci duobus lineaque
postica obscuris saturatioribus, ciliis flavis ; post, dilutius ochreo-
flavis.

9. 23 mm. Head and thorax light grey. Palpi grey-whitish,
reddish-tinged, anteriorly greyer, terminal joint very short, 1 of
second. Antennae grey-whitish. Abdomen light yellow-ochreous.
Legs light grey, crimson-tinged, postex-ior pair light yellow-ochreous.
Fore wings elongate, moderate, costa rather strongly arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin sinuate, rather oblique ; clear grey,
densely irrorated with whitish hair-scales except towards base and
on margins ; three small round pale whitish-ochreous spots arranged
in an inwardly oblique row from beneath \ of costa to above inner
margin near base ; two indistinct gi-ey dots in disc before and after
midtlle ; a faint roundish pale whitish-ochi-eous spot above middle
of inner margin ; an indistinct irregular grey line from | of costa
to anal angle ; a dark grey hindmarginal line : cilia ochreous-yellow,
becoming light reddish-purple towards base, on anal angle broadly
grey. Hindwings elongate-ovate, round-pointed, veins 3 and 4
slightly remote ; light ochreous-yellow, extreme apex grey ; cilia
pale ochreous-yellow, on an apical spot and between middle of
hindmargin and anal angle light grey.

Certainly allied to the preceding but very different : the terminal
joint of palpi is relatively much shorter than in any other species
of the genus.

HY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1069

Larva feeds in a portable case on the leaves of Eucalyptus sp. ;
case formed of a stout cylindrical hollowed twig, open at both
ends ; found in October.

Quorn, South Australia ; one specimen bred in December.

374. Oci/st. enoplia, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilutius fuscis, costa anguste nivea, punctis disci
duobus saturatioribus ; post, albido-griseis.

2- 15-17 mm. Head whitish, back of crown greyish. Palpi
grey, apex of .second joint white, terminal joint § of second.
Antennse grey-whitish. Thorax light grey-fuscous. Abdomen
grey- whitish. Legs dark fuscous, mixed with white, posterior pair
grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely i-ounded ; light fuscous ;
a narrow white streak along costa from near base to near apex ; a
dark fuscous dot on fold beneath middle, and a second in disc at f :
cilia light fuscous. Hind wings elongate-ovate, round pointed,
viins 3 and 4 from a point ; whitish-grey ; cilia whitish-grey.

Port Lincoln, South Australia ; six specimens early in November.

375. Ocyst. coniata, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. albido-ochreis, saturate fusco-conspersis, punctis
disci tribus, plerisque etiam marginis circum apicem nigris ; post
albidis.

(J 5. 12-13 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous,
mixed with dark fuscous ; terminal joint of palpi 5 of second.
Antennse whitish-ochreous, annulated with dark fuscous, ciliations
5. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs dark fuscous, apex of joints
and posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow,
costa gently arched, apex acute, hindmargin somewhat sinuate,
extremely oblique ; whitish-ochreous, irregularly irrorated with
dark fuscous ; a round black dot in disc at |, a second obliquely
beyond it on fold, and a third in disc at % ; some ill-defined blackish
spots on apical part of costa and hindmargin : cilia pale whitish-
ochreous, somewhat mixed with dark fuscous at base round apex.
Hind wings lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; grey-
whitish ; cilia grey-whitish.

1070 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

Deloraine and Mount Wellington (1000 feet), Tasmania ; three
specimens in November and December.

376. Ocyst. agelcea, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. ochreis, fusco-sufFusis, punctis disci tribus
majnsculis saturate fuscis ; post, saturatius griseis.

(J 9. 10-12. mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brownish-ochreous ;
terminal joint of palpi | of second. Antennae fuscous, ciliations
5. Abdomen grey. Legs grey, posterior pair grey-whitish.
Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, hmd-
margin sinuate, extremely oblique ; brownish-ochi'eous, irregularly
suffused with fuscous ; a small round dark fuscous spot in disc
before middle, a second slightly beyond it on fold, and a third in
disc at § : cilia fuscous. Hindwings broad-lanceolate, acute, veins
3 and 4 from a point ; rather dark grey ; cilia grey.

Distinguished from the two following by the much longer
antennal ciliations (relatively twice as long), partial fuscous
suflfusion, and darker grey hindwings.

Deloraine, Tasmania ; two specimens in JSTovembei'.

377. Ocyst. j^samathina, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreis, puncto plicse interdum obsoleto, altero
disci postico nigris ; post, dilute griseis.

(J. 13-14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax yellow-ochreous, second
joint of palpi externally fuscous, terminal joint | of second.
Antennaj greyish-ochreous, ciliations 2|. Abdomen grey, anal
tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish-
ochreous. Forewings elongate, very narrow, costa slightly arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ;
yellow-ochreous ; a black dot on fold slightly before middle, some-
times obsolete, and a second in disc at | : cilia yellow-ochreous,
Hindwings broad-lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins 2 and 3 from a
point ; light grey, towards base semihyaline ; cilia light greyish-
ochreous.

Sydney, New South Wales ; two specimens in September and
April

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1071

378. Ocyst. milichia, n. sp.

Minor, alls ant. fiisco-ochreis, co.sta ochreo-albicla, punctis disci
tribus nigris ; post, dilute griseis.

(J. 16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brownish-ochreous ;
terminal joint of palpi f of second. Antennoe light ochreous,
ciliations 1h. Abdomen grey, anal tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs
dark fuscous, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate
narrow, costa gently arched, apex I'ound-pointed, hindmargin
extremely obliquely rounded ; brownish-ochreous ; a slender
yellow-whitish streak along costa from base to § ; a black dot in
disc at J, a second very obliquely beyond it on fold, and a third
in disc at f : cilia light brownish-ochreous. Hiudwings broad-
lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins 3 and 4 from a i)oint ; light
grey ; cilia pale greyish-ochreous.

Closely allied to the preceding, but with the forewings some-
what broader and the costa rather more arched, a pale costal
streak, and additional anterior discal dot.

Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ; one specimen in
October.

379. Ocyst. jyrotosticha, n, sp.

Parva, alis ant. dilute ochreo-flavis, punctis disci tribus saturate
fuscis, tertio cum angulo anali per strigam fuscam fere conuexo ;
post, griseis.

^2. 12-13 mm. Head and palpi light ochreous-yellowisb,
second joint sometimes more or less fuscous externally, terminal
joint f of second. Antennte gi-eyish-ochreous, ciliations 2^.
Thorax light ochreous-yellowish, anterior margin rather broadly
fuscous. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs dark fuscous, posterior
pair pale ochreous-yellowish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow,
costa moderately arched, apex tolerably acute, hindmargin slightly
rounded, very oblique ; light ochreous-yellow ; a dark fuscous dot
in disc before middle, a second directly beneath it on fold, and a
third (sometimes double) in disc beyond middle ; a cloudy fuscous
streak from third dot to anal angle, sometimes obsolete ; some

1072 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

fuscous scales along hindmargin : cilia pale oclireous-yellow, base
sometimes mixed with fuscous. Hindwings broad- lanceolate,
acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; grey ; cilia pale grey.

Duaringa and Toowoomba (2000 feet), Queensland ; one
specimen taken in September, and six received from Mr. G.
Barnard.

380, Ocyst. euanthes, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. flavis, strigula dorsi basali e costa oriente, fascia
media latioi-e, alteraque marginis postici saturate fuscis ; post,
saturate fuscis.

Q. 17 mm. Head yellow. Palpi dark fuscous, internally
yellow-whitish, terminal joint nearly as long as second. Antennae,
thorax, abdomen, and legs dark fuscous ; posterior legs yellowish
beneath. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately
arched, apex acute, hindmargin slightly sinuate, extremely oblique ;
yellow ; markings dark fuscous, slightly purplish -tinged ; a short
streak from base of costa along inner margin to :| ; a moderately
broad fascia from middle of costa to inner margin before anal
angle, dilated beneath ; an irregular fascia along hindmargin from
apex to anal angle, touching central fascia : cilia dark fuscous.
Hindwings ovate-lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ;
dark fuscous ; cilia dark fuscous.

Adelaide and Wirrabara Forest, South Australia ; two
specimens.

381 .Ocyst. placoxantha, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. saturate fuscis, macula dorsi antica magna
subquadrata alteraque disci postica parva tranversa dilute ochreo-
flavis ; post, saturate fuscis.

^. 13 mm. Head, palpi, antennse, thorax, abdomen, and legs
dark fuscous ; second joint of palpi internally yellow-whitish,
terminal joint f of second ; antennal ciliations 5 ; posterior legs
greyish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa moderately
arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, extremely oblique ; dark
fuscous ; a large light ochreous-yellowish trapezoidal blotch

BY E. MEYRICK, B A. 1073

extending on innei" margin from near base to bejond middle,
upper side near and parallel to costa, anterior and posterior sides
erect; a transverse light ochreous-yellowish spot in disc above
anal angle : cilia dark fuscous. Hind wings broad-lanceolate,
acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; dark fuscous ; cilia dark
fuscous.

Bathurst (2300 feet), New South Wales , one specimen in
November.

382. Ocyst. mesoxantha, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. flavis, basi fasciaque margiuis postici latissima
saturatius fuscis ; post, saturatius fuscis.

9. 10-11 mm. Head shining purple-grey, face whitish. Palpi
whitish, terminal joint anteriorly dark fuscous, § of second.
Antennse dark grey. Thorax and abdomen dark purple-fuscous.
Legs grey, posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, rather
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin slightly
sinuate, extremely oblique ; yellow ; base narrowly dark fuscous ;
a narrow dark fuscous fascia from beyond middle of costa to j of
inner margin, beyond which the whole apical area is rather dark
purple-fuscous ; cilia rather dark fuscous. Hind wings ovate-
lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; rather dark
fuscous : cilia rather dark fuscous.

Sydney, New South Wales ; two specimens in September.

383. Ocyst. pyramis, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. flavis, basi, ti'iangulo erecto dorsi postico,
areaque apicali saturate fuscis ; post. saturat<! fuscis.

(J9. 15-20 mm. Head light yellow. Palpi yellow-whitish,
second joint grey except towards apex, terminal joint I of second.
Antennse grey, ciliations 3. Thorax dark purple fuscous. Abdomen
and legs dark fuscous, posterior legs yellowish beneath. Forewings
elongate, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
somewhat sinuate, very oblique ; bright clear yellow ; base I'ather
narrowly dark fuscous ; an erect elongate triangular dark fuscous
spot on inner margin before anal angle, reaching more than half

1074 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

across wing ; a dark purple- fuscous apical suffusion, extending
nearly to this spot and sometimes partially confluent with it at the
base and apex : cilia dai'k fuscous. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate,
acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; dark fuscous ; cilia dark
fuscous.

Larva feeds between joined leaves of Eucalyptus tereticornis ;
pupa in a firm flattened cocoon in same position ; found in August.

Sydney and Blackheath (.3500 feet), New South Wales ; seven
specimens from September to November, usually at rest on fences.

384. Ocyst. acrohai^hes, n. sp.

Minor, alls ant. dilute ochx-eo-flavis, macula anguli analis parva
saturate fusca ; post, griseis.

(J. 18 mm. Head light yellow-ochreous. Palpi ochreous-
whitish, anterior edge dark grey, terminal joint \ of second.
Antennae grey, ciliations 3|^. Thorax light yellow-ochreous,
anterior margin strongly dark fuscous. Abdomen light greyish-
ochreous. Legs dark grey, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Fore-
wings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex
tolerably acute, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; pale
ochreous-yellowish ; extreme costal edge dark fuscous at base ; a
small roundish dark fuscous spot on anal angle ; some dark fuscous
scales at apex : cilia rather dark fuscous, towards middle of hind-
margin mixed with pale ochreous-yellowish. Hindwings ovate-
lanceolate, round-pointed, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; grey ; cilia

Sydney, New South Wales ; one specimen in January.

385. Ocyst. illuta, n. sp.

Minor, alls ant. dilute ochreo-flavis, dorso usque ad apicem
latins fusco-suffuso ; post, fuscis.

^ 9. 14-18 mm. Head light ochreous-yellow, face ochreous-
whitish. Palpi dark grey, internally whitish, terminal joint
almost as long as second. Antennte grey, ciliations 3. Thorax
light ochreous-yellow, sometimes sufi:used with gieyish, collar and

BY E. MEYRICK, B A. 1075

a large quadrate anterior spot dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs
dark grey, posterior pair whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate,
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin extremely
obliquely rounded ; light ochreous-yellow ; base of costa narrowly
dark fuscous ; inner and liiud margins more or less broadly suffused
with fuscous, apex more broadly, the suffusion sometimes extending
over whole wing : cilia fuscous. Hindwings broad-lanceolate,
acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; fuscous ; cilia fuscous.

Sydney and Blackheath (3,500 feet), New South Wales ; Mel- ■
bourne, Victoria ; from January to March, rather common.

386. Ocyst. lithoiihanes, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. griseis, costa ochi-eo-albida ; post, griseis.

$ 9. 18-19 mm. Head grey- whitish, crown more or less grey.
Palpi grey, apex of second joint white, terminal joint | of second.
Antennse, thorax, abdomen, and legs grey ; antennal ciliations 4 ;
posterior legs grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely
rounded ; shining grey ; costa suffused with ochreous-white, in ^
forming a definite moderate streak : cilia whitish-grey. Hindwings
broad-lanceolate, round-pointed, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; grey ;
cilia light grey.

Deloraine, Tasmania ; two specimens in November.

387. Ocyst. monostropha, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. albis, dimidio dorsali dilute griseo ; post, griseis ;
thorace griseo.

(J $. 16-20 mm. Head white, crown slightly greyish-tinged.
Palpi white, antei-iorly grey ; terminal joint | of second. Antennae
whitish, ciliations 5. Thorax light grey. Abdomen ochreous-
whitish. Legs grey, posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate,
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin slightly
sinuate, extremely oblique ; shining white, very faintly ochreous-
tinged ; dorsal half suffused with light ochreous-grey from base to
anal angle : cilia ochreous-white, beneath anal angle pale greyish-
70

1076 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

ochreous. Hindwings broad-lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 more
or less remote or even parallel ; grey ; cilia very pale greyish-
ochreous.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South "Wales ; rather
common from September to November.

388. Ocyst. homoleuca, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. candidis, dorso vix griseo-tincto ; post, dilute
griseis ; thorace candido.

(J 9. 10-15 mm. Head and thorax white, faintly ochreous-
tinged. Palpi white, anterior edge somewhat grey, terminal joint
§ of second. Antennfe whitish, ciliatioos 5. Abdomen ochreous-
whitish. Legs dark grey, posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Fore-
wings elongate, narrow, costa moderately arched, apex acute,
hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; shining white ; iniier
margin narrowly and slightly tinged with greyish-ochreous : cilia
white, on anal angle somewhat greyish-ochreous. Hindwings
broad-lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point or very slightly
remote ; light grey ; cilia ochreous-grey-whitish.

Closely allied to 0. monostropha, but always smaller, with the
thorax white, the grey suffusion of fore wings hardly perceptiljle,
and veins 3 and 4 of the hindwings hardly or not remote.

Sydney and Bathurst (2300 feet). New South Wales ; Wirrabara
Forest, South Australia ; six specimens in October and No\'ember.

389. Ocyst. chionea, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. candidis, striga dorsi saturate fusca ; post,
griseis.

(J 9 16-17 mm. Head yellowish-white or whitish-ochreous.
Palpi white, anterior edge grey ; terminal joint | of second.
Antennae grey, ciliations 3^. Thorax dark grey, patagia white
except at base. Abdomen pale yellow-ochreous. Legs dark grey,
posterior pair pale yellow-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow,
costa gently arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, extremely
oblique; shining white, very slightly ochreous-tinged ; a moderate

BY B. MEYRICK, B.A. 1077

dark fuscous streak along inner margin from base to anal angle,
attenuated at both extremities : cilia white, faintly ochreous-
tinged, on anal angle light fuscous. Hindwings broad-lanceolate,
acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point ; grey j cilia whitish-ochreous.
Wirrabai-a Forest, South Australia ; four specimens in October.

390. Ocyst. glacialis, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. candidis, macula dorsi postica parva, .strigaque
marginis postici saturate fuscis ; post, dilute griseis.

(J 13 mm. Head and palpi white, terminal joint almost as long
as second. Antennoe, thorax, and abdomen whitish-grey ; antennal
ciliations 3. Legs dark grey, posterior pair whitish. Forewings
elongate, narrow, costa moderately arched, apex acute, hind-
margin faintly sinuate, extremely oblique shining white ; a
rather small subquadrate dark fuscous spot on inner margin
beyond middle ; a slender dark fuscous streak along hindmargin
from apex to anal angle : cilia whitish, mixed with dark fuscous
scales towards base. Hindwings broad-lanceolate, acute, veins 3
and 4 widely remote, parallel ; light grey ; cilia ochreous- whitish.

Mount Lofty, South Australia ; one specimen received from
Mr. E. Guest.

39 L Ocyst. crystallina, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. candidis, striga dorsi bidentata, punctis disci
quattuor interdum obsoletis. strigula anguli analis erecta, strigaque
marginis postici saturate fuscis ; post, griseis.

9 1 6-20 mm. Head yellowish- white or whitish-ochreous. Palpi
white, second joint externally grey except apex, terminal joint |
of second. Antennae grey. Thorax dark fuscous. Abdomen pale
yellowish - ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, posterior pair pale
yellowish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa moderately
arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, very oblique ; shining
white, faintly ochreous-tinged, with dark fuscous markings ; a
moderate streak along inner margin from base to anal angle,
shortly protuberant upwards before middle and neai anal angle,

1078 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

each protuberance often connected with a round dot placed
immediately above it, but these dots are sometimes separate or
absent ; a small round dot in disc before middle, somewhat beyond
first protuberance, and another in disc at |, both sometimes
obsolete ; a short erect streak from anal angle, sometimes touching
second discal dot ; a streak along hindmargin from apex to below
middle, tending to be interrupted into spots : cilia white, beneath
anal angle fuscous. Hindwings broad-lanceolate, acute, veins 3
and 4 from a point ; grey ; cilia pale yellowish-ochreous, becoming
greyer round apex.

Mount Lofty, South Australia ; five specimens in Octo ber and
February.

392. Ocyst. paulineUa, Newm.

(Oecophora paulineUa, Newm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., Vol. III.,
(n.s.), 297, PI. XVIII.)

Media, alis ant. candidls, striga dorsi, fascia angusta media
incurvata, triangulo anguli analis delineate, strigaque marginis
postici saturate fuscis ; post, dilute griseis.

(J 2.16-21 mm. Head and palpi white, lower f of second joint
dark fuscous, terminal joint f of second. Antennae whitish,
ciliations 3. Thorax blackish, with a narrow transverse anterior
white spot. Abdomen light yellow-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous,
posterior pair light yellow-ochreous. Forewings elongate, rather
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate,
very oblique ; shining white, with dark fuscous markings : a
moderate streak along inner margin from base to anal angle,
abruptly narrowed and sometimes interrupted near base ; a narrow
inwards-curved fascia from beyond middle of costa to before middle
of inner margin ; a streak from | of inner margin and another from
anal angle converging to meet in middle of disc, apex produced
upwards into a short tooth ; a moderate streak along hindmargin
from apex to anal angle, attenuated beneath : cilia white, beneath
anal angle dark fuscous-grey. Hindwings broad-lanceolate, acute,
veins 3 and 4 from a point ; light grey, sometimes tinged with
whitish-ochreous ; cilia pale yellow-ochreous, with a grey apical
spot.

BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 1079

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ;
Melbourne, Victoria ; Mount Lofty, South Australia ; tolerably
common from August to October, and in March.

393. Ocyst. sujjpressella, "Walk.

{Gelechia supijressella, Walk., Brit. Mus, Cat., p. 650.)

Parva, alis ant. niveis, punctis disci tribus, macula dorsi media
parva, lineaque postica recta fuscis ; post, griseo-albidis.

$ 9. 12-13 mm. Head, palpi, antenna?, thorax, and abdomen
white ; terminal joint of palpi | of second ; antennal ciliations 8.
Legs fuscous, posterior pair whitish. Forewiugs elongate, rather
narrow, costa gently arched, apex acute, hindmargin slightly
sinuate, very oblique ; white ; a fuscous dot in disc before middle,
a second directly beneath it on fold, and a third in disc beyond
middle ; a small fuscous spot on middle of inner margin, touching
second dot ; a nearly straight linear dai'k fuscoiis fascia from -| of
costa to anal angle ; some fuscous scales on hindmargin : cilia
whitish, mixed with rather dark fuscous from apex to near anal
angle. Hindwings broad-lanceolate, round-pointed, veins 3 and 4
slightly remote ; grey-whitish ; cilia grey-whitish.

The antennal ciliations in this species reach their maximum.

Rosewood, Queensland ; three specimens in September.

394. Ocyst. diclethra, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant, niveis, macula disci antica transversa fasciaque
postica in marginibus nonnihil producta ac cum angulo anali connexa
ochreis, saturate fusco-sparsis ; post, dilute griseis.

(J $. 10-13 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax white ;
second joint of palpi externally grey on lower half, terminal joint |
of second ; antennal ciliations 2^. Abdomen light grey. Legs
dark grey, posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate,
narrow, costa gently ax'ched, apex acute, hindmargin slightly sinuate,

1080 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,

extremely oblique ; snow-white ; markings bright yellow-ochreous,
more or less irrorated with dark fuscous ; two small I'ound generally
confluent spots transversly placed in disc befoi*e middle, lower
slightly anterior ; a rather narrow fascia from | of costa to
I of inner margin, narrowly produced along inner margin to
beneath anterior spots, and more broadly along costa to near apex,
and connected below middle by a short slender bar with anal angle :
cilia ochreous-whitish, suffused with ochreous and sometimes
irrorated with dark fuscous between apex and anal angle. Hind-
wings lanceolate, acute, vems 3 and 4 somewhat remote ; light
grey ; cilia very pale greyish-ochreous.

Sydney, New South Wales ; not uncommon froai October to
December.

395. Ocyst. niphodesma, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. niveis, costae basi fasciisque duabus rectis fusco-
ochreis, saturate fusco-sparsis ; post, dilute griseis.

^. 12 mm. Head and palpi white, second joint externally
fuscous except at apex, terminal joint | of second. Antennje
fuscous, ciliations 3. Thorax white, anterior margin dark fuscous.
Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, post, pair whitish-
ochreous. Fore wings elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately
arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, extremely oblique ; snow-
white ; markings brownish-ochreous, somewhat irrorated and
irregularly mai'gined with dark fuscous ; a small quadrate fuscous
spot on base of costa ; a straight moderate fascia from g of costa
to before middle of inner margin ; a fascia from before I of costa
to anal angle, moderate on costa, rather broadly dilated beneath ;
soQie dark fuscous scales at apex : cilia white, basal half somewhat
suffused with pale ochreous and irregularly irrorated with dark
fuscous. Hindwings lanceolate, acute, veins 3 and 4 remote ;
light grey ; cilia whitish-grey, ochreous-tinged.

Duaringa, Queensland ; one specimen received from I\Tr. G.
Barnard.

BY E. MEYRICK, B A. 1081

396. Ocyst. trilicella, n. sp.

Minor, alls ant. niveis, fascia media supra abbreviata, altera
postica integra inciirvata, lineaque marginis postici ochreo-fuscis ;
post, dilute griseis.

^ 5. 14-18 mm. Head and palpi white, lower half of second
joint anteriorly suffused with dark grey, terminal joint | of
second. Antennse whitish, ciliations 4. Thorax dark fuscous.
Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior pair
dark fuscous, middle pair suffused with fuscous. Forewings
elongate, costa moderately arched, apex roundpointed, hindmargin
sinuate, very oblique ; white, slightly ochreous-tinged, with
ochreous-brown markings ; an erect triangular spot on middle of
inner margin, reaching more than half across wing, apex some-
times produced obliquely forwards ; a moderate inwards-curved
fascia from § of costa to anal angle ; aii irregular line along hind-
margin : cilia ochreous-whitish, basal half ochreous-fuscous. Hind-
wings broad-lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins 3 and 4 from a
point ; light grey ; cilia pale whitish-ochreous, round apex greyish-
tinged at base.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales; four
specimens, in September, December, and January.

397. Ocyst. thalamejiola, n. sp.

Parva, alis ant. albidis, macula disci prope basim, fascia antica
supra abbreviata, altera postica integra incurvata nebulosis
ochj-eis ; post, ochreo-albidis.

$ $. 10-11 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, abdomen, and
legs white ; terminal joint of paljn | of second ; antennal
ciliations 7 ; shoulders with a fuscous spot ; anterior legs dark
fuscous. Fo'-ewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex
tolerably acute, hindmargin faintly sinuate, very oblique ;
ochreous-whitisli, with ill-defined yellow-ochreous mai'kings ; a
roundish spot in disc near base ; an erect elongate -triangular spot

1082 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.

on middle of inner margin, reaching more than half across wing ;
a moderate somewhat inwards-curved fascia from § of costa to
anal angle : cilia ochreous-white. Hindwings broad-lanceolate,
tolerably acute, veins 3 and 4 from a point or slightly remote ;
ochreous- whitish ; cilia ochreous-whitish.

Sydney and Blackheath (3500 feet), New South Wales ; three
specimens in December and February.

398. Ocyst. neurota, n. sp.

Minor, alls ant. niveis, venis omnibus ochreis ; post, ochreo-
albidis.

(J 9. 14-16 mm. Head, palpi, antennse, thorax, abdomen, and
legs ochreous-white ; second joint of palpi extei-nally fuscous
excej)t apex, terminal joint | of second ; antennal ciliations 3 ;
anterior legs fuscous. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa moderately
arched, apex acute, hindmargin slightly rounded, extremely oblique;
white ; all veins obscurely lined with pale ochreous : cilia ochreous-
white. Hindwings broad-lanceolate, tolerably acute, veins 3 and
4 from a point ; ochreous-whitish ; cilia ochreous-whitish.

Duaringa and Brisbane, Queensland ; one s^jecimen taken in
September, and a second received from M]-. G. Barnai'd.

A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES.

(Continued.)

By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

Part III.

[Plates LIX. to LXVII.]

PRELIMINARY DESCRIPTION AND CLASSIFICATION
OF THE AUSTRALIAN CALCISPONGI^.

CLASSIS SPONGI.^.

CGELENTERATA, WITH A GASTRO VASCULAR SYSTEM WHICH
OPENS ON THE SURFACE WITH MANY SMALL AND MOSTLY
ONE OR A FEW LARGE APERTURES. NOURISHING MATERIAL
FLOWS IN THROUGH THE SMALL PORES, THE LARGE PORES
OR OSCULAE ARE CLOACA. FRILLED CILIATED CELLS ARE
GENERALLY AMASSED IN CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THE CANAL
SYSTEM. ALL THE EPITHELIA CONSIST OF SINGLE LAYERS
OF CELLS, THE MESODERM IS HIGHLY DEVELOPED.

L— ORDO CALCISPONGl^.

SPONGI.E POSSESSING A SKELETON COMPOSED OF CARBO-
NATE OF LIME WITH A LITTLE ORGANIC SUBSTANCE,
GASTRULA FORMED BY INVAGINATION.

I.— SUBORDO HOMOCCELA. Von Lendenfeld.

Calcispongise the Entoderm of which consists throughout of
frilled flagellate cells. No histological diflference between the
Entodermal clothing of the central gastral cavity and that of its
branches.

1084 A MONAGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

This Subordo is nearly identical with the Homocoela of Polejaeff
(1) but comprises some species, which according to Polejaeff' would
be considered Heterocoela.

FAMILY. ASCONID^. Glaus (2).
Sac-shaped Homocoela often forming colonies without a thick
Mesoderm which the Canals perforate. The Asconidse are identical
with Haeckels (3) Ascones. Haeckel's genera are adopted pre-
liminarily.

1. CENUS. ASCETTA. Haeckel (4).

With predominant triradiate spicules some of which may possess
an incipient fourth ray, without acerate spicules.

1. SPECIES. ASCETTA DICTYOIDES. Von Lendenfeld.

ASCETTA PRIMORDIALIS var. DICTYOIDES. E. Haeckel (5).
Triradiate spicules regular, rays conic or semi spindle-shaped,
pointed. Spicules forming several layers. Rays 8 to 16 times as
long as thick with simple gastral cavity.
Locality : Australia. (Haeckel.)

2. SPECIES. ASCETTA POTERIUM. Von Lendenfekl.
ASCETTA PRIMORDIALIS var. POTERIUM. E. Haeckel (6).
CLATHRINA POTERIUM. Ridley (7).
LEUCOSOLENIA POTERIUM. Pol(5jaefiF (8).
Triradiate spicules regular with straight, conic or semi-spindle-
shaped rays in several layers. The dermal spicules clumsy with

(1.) N. Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 35,

The new species described here have l)een partly obtained by the author
himself, and were partly fiirnished by the Colonial INIuseums. I am parti-
cularly indebted to Mr. E P. Ramsay for some highly interesting specimens
from the Australian Museum in Sydney.

(2) G. Claus. Grundziige der Zoologie. Vierte Auflage. Band I. , Seite 221.

(3.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographie. Band II.,
Seite 11.

(4.) E. HaecM. L.c. Band II., Seite 14.

(5.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 17-23 ; Band III., Taf, V., fig. 1.

(6.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 17 ; Band III., Taf. II., figs. 8-9,
Taf. v., fig. If— li.

(7.) Shiart 0. Ridley. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,
ISSl, p. 133.

(8.) N. PoUjaefi. L.c, p. 35 ; Taf. III., figs. 1-2.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1085

rays which are 6 to 8 times as long as thick. The Gastral ones
more slender with rays which are 16 to 20 times as long as thick.
Triradiate spicules of the wall of the Pseudostoma with equal
angles and paired rays.

Dormal rays, 0-18— 0-3 x 0-01— 0-035.

Gastral rays, 0-12— 0-18 x 0006— 0-01.

Always Auloplegma-form.

Loc%l\ty : East Coast of Australia (Twofold Bay, Challenger),
and other places on the Australian Coast. Haeckel.

3. SPECIES. ASCETTA LOCULOSA. Von Lendenfeld.
ASCETTA PRIMORDIALIS var. LOCULOSA. E. Haeckel (L)

Triradiate spicules regular, rays conic or semi-spindleshaped,
pointed.

Spicules in several layers. All of the same size, the rays 8 to 16
times as long as thick. From the Gastral wall Lamellae extend
inward which divide the Gastral cavity into numerous compart-
ments. Haeckel (2.) states that these folds are covered by several
layers of entoderm al Epithelium.

PolejaefF(3.) doubts the correctness of this statement, and also
I can state that I have never met with such a structure in any
calcarious sponge.

Locality : Australia. Haeckel.

4. SPECIES. ASCETTA CHALLENGERI. Von Lendenfeld.
LEUCOSOLENIA CHALLENGERI. N. Polt^jaeff. (4.)
The triradiate spicules form two layers ; a Gastral one of
regular spicules and a dermal one of irregular sagittal differenciated
trij-adiate spicules.

(I.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographie, Band II.,
Seite 17, 23.

(2 ) E. HaecM. L.c, Band I., Seite 144. Band II., Seite 17, 23.

(3.) N. PoUjaejf. Report on the Calcai-ea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., page 6.

(4.) N. PoUjmff: L.c, p. 38 ; Taf. I., fig. 1 ; Taf. III., fig. 4,

1086 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

The only specimen is a Soleniscus with 0-3 — 0-8 broad persons.
The Pseudopores have a diameter of 0-28. The clumsy colony
which is 30 mm. in length is sessile on a 2 mm. long peduncle^
The Oscula ai-e slightly larger than the pores in the reticulation.

Regular spicules with cylindrical, rounded rays, which are 0'18
long and O-Ql thick. The irregular dermal spicules are of the
same size as the above, but with paired angles and generally in
such a way irregular, that their rays are not situated in one plane.
The paired rays which inclose the unpaired angles are slightly
curved, convex towards each other.

Besides these there are a few I'egular spicules with rays 0 8 mm.
long.

Colour : Yellowish.

Locality : North Coast of Australia, Cape York (Challenger.)

5. SPECIES. ASCETTA PROCUMBENS. Nov. spec.

The sponge consists of numerous slightly curved cylindrical
tubes, extending in one plane, in one or more layei's. The sponge has
the appearance of a perforated plate, and attains a diameter of 25
and a thickness of 2'5 mm.

The spicules are regular. The rays are O'l mm. long and at the
base 0-015 thick. The rays are pretty stout, conic and slightly
rounded at the ends. Our species is distinguished from the
allied species by the rays of its spicules being neither cyliiadrical
as in Ascetta coriacea nor pointed as in the numerous varieties of
Ascetta primordialis. Besides that, the spicules are shorter than
in the latter and thicker than in the former.

Locality : East coast of Australia (Port Jackson.) South coast
of Australia (Port Phillip), von Lendenfeld.

6. SPECIES. ASCETTA MACI.EAYI. Nov. spec.

Triradiate spicules forming low triangular pyramids with equal

angles. One ray always longitudinally situated, longer than the

other two and pointing towards the aboi'al pole. Longitudinal

ray 0-05 (Pseudo-osculum) — 0-1 (body and peduncle) x 0-003 —

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. ]087

0-007. Lateral rays 0-04— 0-05 x 0-003— 0-004 mm. Rays
conic, rounded at the end, rarely with a slight stricture just
below. Auloplegniaform with Pseudo-osculum ; a reticulate colony
like guancha blanca (1). The canals (Ascon-individuals) with
small inhalent pores on the outer side and larger exhalent pores
towards the Pseudo-ga^ter.

(Ti-ansition form between Asconidse and Nardopsidje.)
Colonies 3-10 mm. high, peduncle as long, or longer than the
reticulated part of the body.

Locality : East coast of Australia (Port Jackson), Laminarian
zone. Von Lendenfeld.

2. GENUS. ASCALTIS. Haeckel (-2.)

Asconidce with tri- and quadriradiate spicules. Without acerate
spicules.

7. SPECIES. ASCALTIS LAMARCKII. Haeckel (3.)
LE aCOSOLENIA LAMARCKII. N. Pol^jaeff (4. )

Tri- and quadriradiates regular. gome of the triradiates three
times as large as the other triradiates and the quadriradiates.
Quadriradiates and small triradiates with rays 0-08 — 0-12 x 0-004
— 0-006. The large triradiates with rays 0-2—0-3 x 0-015—
0-02 mm. Auloplegma form. Spherical 5-20 mm. in diameter.

Locality: East Coast of Australia, (Port Jackson, Challenger.)
30-35 fathoms.

3. GENUS. ASCANDRA. Haeckel (5.)
Asconidae with triradiate, quadriradiate and acerate spicules.

IV^'l h" ^' ^"''^^^y.' Jenaische Zeitschrit fiir Naturwissenschaft, Band

(2.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographic Band II
Seite 5L '

(3.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band IL, Seite 60; Taf. IX., %. 5 ; Taf X
fig. 4 a-d. ° ■'

(4.) N. PoUjaeff. Report on the Caloarea. The Zoology of the Vova^e
of H.M.S. Challenger, Tart. XXIV., p. 36. ^^

(5.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II. , Seite 80,

1088 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

S. SPECIES. ASCANDRA DENSA. Haeckel{l).

Tri- and rare quadriradiate spicules regular, of equal size. Rays
straight cylindrical and pointed. Apical ray half as thick, straight.
A cerate spicules straight truncate on both ends, inflated on the
external end, 3-4 times as long, and 5-6 times as thick as the ray
of the triradiates. Triradiates 0-1— 042 x 0-006— 0-001 mm.
Acerates 0-5 — 0-6 x 0-03 — 0-04 ram., with or without Pseudo-
oscula.

Locality : South Coast of Australia, Haeckel.

2. FAMILY. HOMODERMID^. Von Lendenfeld(2.)

Homocoela with radial tubes.

Transition form between Asconidse and Syconid?e.

4. GENUS. HOMODERMA, Von Lendenfeld (3.)
Homodermidoe which form colonies of several spindle-shaped
persons ; the Gastral cavities of which are connected with each
other by a hollow Spongorhiza.

9. SPECIES. HOMODERMA SYCANDRA. Von Lendenfeld (4.)
Quadriradiate, triradiate and acerate spicules. The radial tubes
in regular strobiloid circles around the cylindrical Gastral cavity
which is clothed up to the margin of the Osculum with frilled
flagellate cells. Gastral quadriradiates, centripetal radial ray
0-02 — 0-04 X 0-0024 conic, pointed and straight ; lateral tangental
ray slightly curved, convex outside 0-05 x 0.0038 ; longitudinal,
aboral tangental ray 0-04 x 0-0038. Parenchymal triradiates ;
internal triradiates with unequal rays, radial centrifugal ray
0-048 X 0-0032 conic, sometimes protruding into the Gastral
cavity. Tangental basal rays curved 0-0074—0-011 x 0-0048,
convex towards the outer side often equatorially situated.

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c, Band XL, Seite 85, Taf. XIV., figs. 2a-2c ;
Taf. XVII., fig. 9-12.

(2.) Von Lendenfeld. Proceedmgs of the Lmnean Society of N.S.W.,
Vol. IX., p. 338.

(3.) Von Lendenfeld. L.c.

(4.) Von Lendenfeld. L.c.

BY R, VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1089

Medial triradiates regular, rays conic 0-048 x 0*003. Dermal
rays similar in size and shape to the former on the sunmuts of the
radial tubes some triradiates are situated, the outer rays of which
protrude beyond the surface. Dermal acerates protruding and
leaning towards the Osculum under an angle of 45° 0-71 x 0-0071
mm., cylindrical, pointed, the centrifugal end abruptly pointed to
a sharp point. Situated in groups of 10 to 12 on the summits of
the radial tubes. Oscular acerates a longitudinal cylinder forming
a kind of Oesophagus with a frill of horizontal acerates. The
former slightly curved, convex on the inner side 0.57 x 0 0016,
the latter 0-21 x 0-003 slightly concave to the front.

Persons attaining a height of 14 mm., and a breadth of 5 mm.

Homoderma Sycandra is connected with the Asconidse by forms
such as Ascaltis canariensis (1), and Ascaltis Gegenbauri (2.)

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, South Coast of
Australia, Port Phillip, Yon Lendenfeld.

3. FAMILY. LEUCOPSID^. Yon Lendenfeld.

Homocoela with a highly developed Mesoderm in which the
mouthless ascon persons ai-e imbedded. With a large Pseudogaster
and Pseudostom.

Transition-form between Asconidas and Leuconidfe.

5. GENUS. LEUCOPSIS. Yon Lendenfeld.

Leucopsidse without any canal system. The inhalent Pores of
the Ascon tube reticulation small and in direct communication
with outer water. The exhalent Pores large and opening direct
into the Pseudogaster.

10. SPECIES. LEUCOPSIS PEDUNCULATA, nov. sp.
A pedunciilate small Sponge with one or several Oscula. The
peduncle is hollow and clothed with ectodermal pavement cells
internally. On the summit of it a spherical Sponge is situated

(1.) E. Haeckd. L.c. Seite 52., Taf. IX., figs. 1-3; Taf. X., figs, la-lc.
(2.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Seite 62, Taf IX , figs. 6-8 ; Taf. X., figs. 5a-5d.

1090 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

which possesses triradiate spicules only, scattered throughout the
Mesoderm which is exceptionally rich in cells. Tangental multi-
polar tissue cells and glandcells are met with. The spicules have
one longer ray mostly pointing towards the aboral pole. The
longitudinal ra} measures 0-074 — O'll x 0-0074 ; and the paired
rays 0-056—0-0074 x 0-004—0-006 mm. The three angles are
equal. Height 3 to 7 mm, breadth 3 to 4 mm. Peduncle half as
long as the body.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Laminaria
zone, Von Lendenfeld.

II.— SUBORDO HETEROCOELA.

Von Lendenfeld.

Calcispongise with differentiated Entoderm. Ciliated chambers
clothed with frilled flagellate cells are always present. The gastral
cavity is clothed with entodei'mal pavement cells.

I adopt Polejaeffs (1) name with a different definition but
nearly identical meaning.

1. FAMILY. SYCONID^. Glaus (2).

Heterocoela with cylindrical ciliated chambers which traverse the
body-wall, are situated radially, and open direct into the gastral
cavity. Sensitive cells around the inhalent poi'es. Identical with
Haeckel's (3) Sycones.

Connected with Asconidse by Homoderma and with Leuconidae
by Vosmaeria

1. SUB-FAMILY. SYCONIN^. Von Lendenfeld.

Syconidse with unbranched distally separate ciliated tubes, and
without complicated canal system. (Subgenera with the end
syllable " aga " of Haeckel (4.)

(1.) N. PoUjaeff. L.c P. 39.

(2.) C. Claus. Grundztige der Zoologie. Vierte Auflage. Band I ,
Seite 221.

(3.) E. Baed-el L.c. Band IL, Seite 232.
(4.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1091

I devide this Subfamily, which comprises a great number of the
Sycones of Haeckel, according to Ilaeckers principle preliminarily
into the seven genera, which according to Haeckel (1) comprise all
Syconidse.

6. GENUS. SYCETTA. Von Lendenfeld.

Syconidas, with predominant triradiate spicules, which some-
times show an incipient fourth ray, without acerate spicules.
Identical with Haeckel's (2), sub-genus Sycettaga.

11. SPECIES. SYCETTA PRIMITIVA. Haeckel (3).

Radial tubes conic or bell-shaped, free ; between them wide free
intercanals. On both ends of each tubus an ostium, the gastral
ostium three times as large as the dermal one, dermal surface and
gastral surface smooth. Triradiate spicules of the skeleton all of
the same regular shape, with equal angles and rays, rays straight,
slender conic, 10 to 15 times as long as thick, with sharp point.
All triradiate spicules are situated in regular order, with parallel
rays, the basal ray is directed aborally downward in the gastral-
surface, and centrifugally outward in the tubai'-surface.

Colour : White (in spirits.)

Locality : South coast of Australia (Bass's Straits, Wendt ;
St. Vincent Gulf, Schomburgk.)

7. GENUS. SYCANDRA. Von Lendenfeld.

Syconinse with acerate, triradiate and quadriradiate spicules.
Comprising Haeckel's (4.) Subgenera Sycocarpus, Sycocercus,
Sycocubus, Sycotrobus.

(1 ) E. Haecket. L.c.

(2.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 236.

(3.) E. Haeckd. L.c. Baud II., Seite 237, Taf. XLL

(4.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkscliwamme. Eiiie Monographic. Band II.,
Seite 294-295.
71

1092 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

12. SPECIES. SYCANDRA CORONATA. Haeckel (1).

Spongia coronata. Ellis and Solander (2.)
Spongia coronata. A. F. Schweiger (3.)
Scypbor coronata. F. Gray (4.)
Spongia coronata. R. E. Grant (5.)
Spongia coronata. E, E. Grant (6.)
Grantia coronata. Hassal (7.)
Sycum coronatum. E. Haeckel (8.)
Sycomella tubulsoa. E. Haeckel (9.)
Grantia ciliata. T. S. Bowerbank (10.)
Grantia ciliata. T S. Bowerbank (11.)

Radial tubes cylindrical, with slender distal cones, quite free or
adnate at the base, between these quite free intercanal spaces.
Dermal sui'f ace vil lose, Gastral surface bristly, A cerate spicules
forming a bundle at the distal end of the radial tubes ; they are
several times longer and 2 to 3 times as thick as the triradiate and
quadriradiate spicules. Tubar triradiate spicules subregular or
sagittal, with straight basal rays, curved lateral rays and large
lateral angles. Gastral quadriradiate spicules without order?

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 304 ; Taf. LI., figs. 2a. -2t. Taf.
LX., figs. 1-6.

(2.) Ellis and Solander. The Natural History of many curious and
uncommon Zoophytes, 1786, p. 190; Taf. LVIII., figs. S-9.

(3.) A. F. Schweiger. Beobachtungen auf naturhistorischen Reisen
iiber Corallen etc., 1819, page 80. Taf. V., fig. XXXXVII.

(4.) F. Or ay. British Plants. Vol. 1., p. 357.

(5.) R. E. Grant ^ Remarks on the structure of some calcareous sponges.
In the new Philosophical Journal of Edinburgh. Vol. I., 1826, p. 166.

(6.) R. E. Grant. Observations and Experiments on the Structure and
Functions of the Sponges. In the new Philosophical Journal of Edinburgh.
Vol. II., p. 122. PI. II., figs. 17-18.

(7.) Hassal. Annals and Magaziiie of Natural History. Vol. VI., p. 174.

(8.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme.
Jenaische Zeitschrift fur Medicin und Naturwissenschaft 1870. Band V.
Heft 2, p. 239.

(9.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus I.e., p. 239.

(10.) T. S. Boioerhank. On the Organisation of Grantia ciliata. Trans-
actions of the Microscopical Society. New series. Vol. VIL, 1859, p.
79-84, pi. LXXV., figs. 1-5.

(11.) T. S. Bowerbank. A Monograph of the British Spongidse, 1864.
Vol. I., pi. XXVL, figs. 345, 346a; T. S. Boicerhank, l.c. Vol. II., p. 19.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1093

mostly subregular, more rarely sagittal or regular. Their facial
rays mostly straight, about as long or a little longer than the
slightly curved apical-ray.

Colour : White, silvery-grey or yellowish.

Locality : Mediterranean (Lesina, Nice, Gibraltar, Haeckel) ;
Atlantic Ocean, Coast of Portugal, Barbozza du Boyage ; Bretagne,
Mievre ; Normandie, Lazaze-Duthiers, Grube ; South Coast of
England, Montagu; Torquay, Grilfiths, Weymouth, Max Schultze;
Pacific Ocean, California, Brown ; Honolulu, Sandwich Islands,
Haltermann ; East Coast of Australia, Wendt.

13. SPECIES. SYCANDRA INCONSPICUA. Nov. spec.

Cylindrical erect persons remaining solitary with a small frill of
longitudinal Acerates around the terminal, circular Osculum.
Height 10 to 15 mm., breadth 4 to 7 mm. Dermal cones small,
flat dome-shaped. Inhalent canals very narrow, hardly visible,
with triangular section.

Spicules. Gastral quadriradiate spicules with three tangental
rays below the surface and one longer radial one, penetrating the
Gastral wall. Radial ray pointing inward 0'14 — 0*2 x 0-0048 mm.,
pointed abruptly, slightly bent towards the Osculum. Three
tangental rays equal and nearly straight 0*074 x 0'004 pointed
abruptly. Parenchymal triradiates regular with conic slightly
rounded rarely bent rays, measuring 0'12x0'007 — 0-008. Dermal
acerate spicules 0-8 x 1-2 mm., x 0-016 mm., curved regularly
towards the Osculum ; densely scattered over the surface, pointed
abruptly on the outer end, conic proximally.

Locality : East Coast of New Zealand, Lyttelton. Von
Lendenfeld.

14. SPECIES. SYCANDRA RAPHANUS. Haeckel (1.)
Sycon raphanus. O. Schmidt (2.)
Sycon raphanus. O. Schmidt (3.)

(1). E. Haechel Die Kalkscliwamme. Erne Monographie. Band II.,
Seite 312, Taf. LIII., figs. 4a-4t ; Taf. LX., fig. 7.

(2.) 0. Schmidt. Die Spongien des Adriatischen Meei'es. Leipzig, 1864,
p. 14, Taf. I., fig. 2.

(3.) 0. Schmidt. III. Supplement-Heft der Spongien des Adi-iatischen
Meeres, p. 32.

1094 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Gran tia raph anus. T, E. Gray (1.)
Sycum raphanus. E. Haeckel (2.)
Sycon ciliatum. 0. Schmidt (3.)
Sycon ciliatum, N. Lieberkuehn (4.)
Spongia inflata. S. delle Cliiage (5.)
Sycum inflatum. E. Haeckel (6.)
Sycarium vesica. E. Haeckel (7.)
Syconella proboscidea. E. Haeckel (8.)
Sycum tergestinum. E, Haeckel (9.)
Sycodendi'um procumbens. E. Haeckel (10.)
Sycandra raphanus. F. E. Schulze (11.)
Sycandra raphanus. H. T. Carter (12.)

Radial tubes cylindrical-prismatic, mostly hexagonal, coalesce
with their edges throughout the whole length to the low distal
conus. Between those triangular prismatic inter-canals. Dermal
surface corymbate-shaggy. Gastral surface with slender and
small spines. Acerate spicules only at the distal conus of each
tube forming a thinner or thicker bundle, cylindrical, straight or
curved, at both ends tapering continuously to a fine point much
longer, and 2 to 4 times as thick as the triradiate and quadri-
radiate spicules. Tubar triradiate spicules sagittal, with unequal

(1.) T. E. Gray. Notes on the arrangements of Sponges, with the des-
cription of some new Genera. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London, 1867, p. 554.

(2. ) E. Haeckel. Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme. Jenaische
Zeitschrift fiir Medicin und Naturwissenschaft, 1870. Band V., Heft 2,
p. 239.

(3.) 0. Schmidt. Adriatische Spongien, I.e., p. 14, Taf. I., figs. 1-ld.

(4. ) N. Lieberkuehn. Neue Beitriige zur Anatomic der Spongien. Archiv
fiir Anatomic und Physiologie, 1859, p. 373, Taf. IX., fig. 3.

(5.) (S*. delle Chiaje. Memoire sulla storia e notomia degli animali senza
vertebrate nopoli, Vol. III., p. 114.

(6.) E. Haeckel Prodromus, I.e., p. 239.

(7.) E. Haeckel. Prodronms, I.e., p. 238.

(8.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus, I.e., p. 239.

(9.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus, I.e., p. 239.

(10.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus, I.e., p. 245.

(11.) i^. ^. Schidze. Ueber den Baii and die Entwickelung von Sycandra
raphanus, Haeckel. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologic. Band XXV.,
Suppl., Seite 247, Taf. XVIII. , XIX., XX., XXI.

(12.) H. T.Carter. OnGrantiaciliata, var.spinispiculum, Crtr. Annals
and Magazine of Natural History. Fifth Series. Vol. XIII., 1884, p. 153.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1095

obtuse angles, the straight basal ray just as long or a little longer
than the curved lateral rays. Gastral triradiate and quadriradiate
spicules mostly regular or sub-regular with straight or slightly
curved radii, nearly as long and thick as the tubar triradiate
spicules. The slightly curved apical ray a little shorter than the
3 facial rays.

Colour : White, grey, or yellowish, seldom brown.

Locality : Mediterranean (Nice, Naples, Messina, Triest, Lesina,
Haeckel ; Triest, Zara, Sebenico, Lesina, Cette, 0. Schmidt ;
Triest, Lieberkuehn) ; Red Sea, Siemens ; Indian Ocean, Ceylon,
Wright; Australia, St. Vincent's Gulf, Schomburgk ; Bass's
Straits, Wendt; Philippines, Bohol, Semper; Japan, Jeddo,
Gildemeister.

15. SPECIES. SYCANDRA ARBOREA. Haeckel (1.)
SYCON ARBOREA. Polt^jaeff (2.)
Branched colonies composed of more or less cylindrical Sycon-
Persons. No peduncles and small frills. Colonies composed of
from 5 to 30 persons. Each measuring from 8-20 mm. in length
and from 4 to 8 mm. in diameter. Inhalent poiTS very regularly
disposed and surrounded by rings of sensitive cells and a
sphincter. They lead into spherical subdermal extensions of
the intercanals, which are wide and have a quadratic transverse
section.

Spicules : Gastral quadriradiate spicules. The radial centripetal
ray pointing towards the Osculum and also curved in that
direction, pointed, conic 0-04— 0-06 exceptionally 0-08 x 0-008
(Haeckel), 0*08 x 0-008 my measurements. The two aboral rays
paired and straight, the other longitudinal and curved, concave
towards the gastral cavity. All of equal size, 0-037—0-04 x
0-006. Parenchymal Triradiates sagittaL Lateral rays 0-06 —0-1
X 0-005—0-006. The unpaired ray in the proximal part of the
ciliated tubes shorter than the others 0-05 x 0-004 ; in the distal
part longer, 0-12 x 0-007 mm. Dermal acerates short and stout.

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c, Seite 331 ; Taf. LIIL, figs. la-It ; Taf. LVIII.
fig- 7.
(2.) N. Polejaeff. L.c. Part XXIV., p 40.

1096 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

curved and irregularly amassed on the summits of the ciliated
tubes. In each group 610 long, acei-ates 096 — 1 x 0-05, and
very numerous ; shorter ones 0*02 — 0'04 mm. long of the same
thickness. All these are inflated at the distal ends. The terminal
knobs form a hard pavement. They have a diameter of
0-08— 0-1 mm.

Locality : East coast of Australia ; Sydney, Frauenfeld ; Port
Jackson, von Lendenfeld ; South Coast of Australia ; Bass's
Straits, Wendt ; Moncoeur Island, Challenger ; Port Phillip, von
Lendenfeld.

16. SPECIES. SYCANDRA ALCYONCELLUM. Haeckel (I.)

Alcyoncellum gelatinosum. de Blainville (2.)
Alcyoncellum gelatinosum. T. E. Gray (3.)
Sycidium gelatinosum. E. Haeckel (4.)
Grantia gelatinosa. T. S. Bower bank (5.)
Grantia virgultosa. T. S. Bowerbank (6.)

Radial tubes prismatic, mostly octagonal, coalesce with their
edges throughout the whole length to the low distal conus,
between them narrow quadrangular prismatic inter-canals are
situated. Dermal surface smooth, plain, regularly pannelled.
Gastral surface covered thickly with bristles and spines.
Acerate spicules forming only at the distal conus of each
tubus, a dense and short reversed conic bundle, the base
of which is a hexangular dermal pannel. Acerate spicules
partly club-shaped, pai-tly nail-shaped. The inner ends are thin

(1.) E. Haechtl. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographie. Band II.,
p. 333. Band III ; Taf. LIII., figs. 2o-2d ; Taf. LVIII.

(2.)il/ //. de Blainville. Manual d'Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie,
Paris 1834, p. 529, pi. XCII., fig. 5.

(3.) T. E. Gray. Notes on the Arrangements of Sponges with the
Description of some New Genera. Proceedings of the Zoological Society,
1867, p. 557.

(4.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme.
Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Medicin und Naturwissenschaft. Band V., Heft
2, p. 245.

(5.) T. S. Borverbanh. On the Generic name Alcyoncellum. Annals and
Magazine of Natural History, 1869. Vol. III., p. 84.

(6.) T. S. Boxoerbank. Manuscript.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1097

and pointed, the outer ends thick and rounded. Tubar triradiate
spicules with right angles, the proximal and distal spicules more or
less differentiated. Gastral quadriradiates mostly regular or sub-
regular, with straight and thin facial rays. Their apical ray very
strong, cylindrical or spindle-shaped, straight or slightly curved,
thicker and longer (twice as large) as the rays of the proximal
triradiate spicules.

Coloior : Dry, and in spirit, white or yellowish.

Locolity : Indian Ocean, Quoy et Gaimard ; Java, Mulder ;
West Coast of Australia, Harvey ; Fremantle, G. Clifton ; Mouth
of the Murray Kiver, Eay.

17. SPECIES. SYCANDRA RAMSAYI. Nov. spec.

Sac-shaped or spherical Sycandrae which never form colonies,
obtaining a height of 50, and a diameter of 40 mm. The body
wall is very thick, so that even the largest specimens have a com-
paratively small Gastral cavity which is more or less tubular, sac-
shaped. In consequence of the thickness of the body wall, the
ciliated tubes attain an exceptional length ; they are longest in the
middle of the Sponge. Their length decreases towards the oral
and aboral end. The Sponge attains in consequence of the long
protruding dermal acerates, a very hairy appearance. The circular
Osculura 5 to 10 mm., in diameter, is surrounded by a frill of very
long (4 mm.) longitudinal Acerates. The protruding nearly conic
distal end of the ciliated tubes are crowned by clusters of very long
and slender acerates.

Spicules : Gastral radiate spicules very slender, irregular.
Centripetal radial ray conic or cylindrical neai'ly straight,
0-22 X 0-005 ; transverse tangental rays straight, 0*2 x 0-0048
longitudinal tangental ray O'l x 0-003 — 0004 pointing towards
the aboral pole. The centi'ipetal radial rays protrude into the
Gastral cavity.

Parenchymal Spicules ■' Triradiates and quadriradiates with
numerous transition forms. The largest quadriradiates perfectly
regular, all rays straight slender and slightly conic. 0-17 x 0-0048.
The rays of the largest triradiates which are likewise regulai", of

1098 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

the same dimensions. Towards the outer surface, the spicules
become sigittal, the unpaired rays always being longer and
pointing outwards.

Measurement of the dermal quadriradiates and triradiates :

Centrifugal ray 0-15— 0-18 x 0-006; tangental rays 0-07—
0-12 X 0-006. Dermal proti'uding acerates sh-aight, slightly
leaning towards the Osculum, cylindrical in the centre end conic
at both ends ; the proximal end more abruptly pointed than the
distal end. 1-8— 2-5 x 0-021 mm.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, " Bottle and
Glass," on black mud, 10 fathoms. Ramsay.

This Sponge, one of the most beautiful in Port Jackson, was
provisionally set down by Miklouho-Maclay (manuscript), as
Baeria Ramsayi. The Genus Baeria may with further investi-
gation be re-established, when we are in a position to replace
Haeckel's artificial classification by a more natural one. The
specific name has been adopted.

II. SUB-FAMILY. UTEIN.E. Von Lendenfeld.

SyconidfB the ciliated tubes of which coalesce throughout, so that
there are no projecting distal cones, but a smooth and continuous
outer surface. The tubes are simple unb ranched ; no complicated
canal system.

8. GENUS. GRANTESSA. Von Lendenfeld.

Uteinse with si)arsely scattered bunches of long dermal protrud-
ing Acerates, which are not determined in their number or position
by the ciliated tubes. Sensitive cells in clustei-s on the inner side
of the strictures which surround the inhalent pores.

18. SPECIES. GRATESSA SACCA. Nov. spec.

Large sackshaped Uteinse, which do not form colonies and are
characterized by the lai'geness of their gastral cavity and the thinness
of the body-wall. The sponge attains a length of 80 mm., and has
the shape of a straight or slightly curved cylinder, with a circular
transverse section, and a diameter of 20 to 25 mm. The body wall

BY R. VON LENDENFELP, PH.D. 1099

is only 2 to 2*5 mm. thick. Intercanals triangular regular and
conspicuous connected with the outer water by small pores which
pervade the dermal layer. No subdermal cavities.

Spicules : Gastric quadriradiates rare. One differentiated ray
protruding into the gastral cavity, straight, short and stout, conic
and pointed 0-055— 0-006 x 0-005. Tangental rays regular in one
plane, vertical to the centripetal ray 0-07 x 0-005.

Triradiate spicules of the Parenchyma, sigittally differentiated.
Centrifugal unpaired ray straight, conic, rounded at the end 0-2— 0-3
X 0-006— 0-007 mm ; the paired rays slightly bent irregularly or
curved with the convex side looking inwards O'll x 0-005.
Regular Triradiates with straight, cylindrical, abruptly pointed
rays are met with towards the outer surface. Their rays measure

0-1 0-14 X 0-007. Dei-mal Triradiates similar in shape to the

sagittal ones in the Parenchyma are very numerous. Their unpaired
ray is situated radially and points inwards. The paired rays stand
nearly vertical on the sagittal one and are very variable in size,
always however very slender ; they form a dense and hard dermal
felt. The dermal acerate spicules are cylindrical and pointed at
both ends, more abruptly at the distal end. They are very slender
and in specimens nearly always broken off in consequence of their
extreme tenderness. They measure 2—3 x 0-014 mm. These
spicules are amassed in clusters of 10 to 15 and they protrude
|tlis of their length beyond the surface, on which they stand
vertical. The clusters are regularly disposed and situated at
intervals of about 2 mm., from one another. In these " villi "
also small linear Acerates are met with.

Locality: East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson on rocky
bottom 5 to 10 fathoms. Ramsay, Von Lendenfeld.

9. GENUS. UTE. O. Schmidt (1).
Uteinse, with a cortex consisting mainly of several layers of large
acerate spicules disposed tangentally.

(1.) 0. Schmidt. Die Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres. Leipzig, 1862.
Seite 16.

1100 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

19. SPECIES. UTE ARGENTEA. Pol(^jaeff (1.)

The Sponge has the shape of an elongated tuV)e, 40 mm. lonjj;
and 3 mm. thick. (The only specimen.) Bodywall 0-5 mm. thick.
Half of its thickness is taken up by the strong cortex. Outer
surface smooth.

Skeleton of the gastric surface : This consists of an outer layer
of quadriradiate, of an inner layer of quadriradiate or triradiate,
and of minute acerate spicules, scattered amongst those just
mentioned without any regular oi'der.

Obiter quadriradiate Spicules : Basal and lateral rays straight,
sharply or rather bluntly pointed, all of the same diameter,
0-0 1 mm., and usually of the same length (0-2 5 mm. on an
average) ; basal ray forming with each of lateral rays an angle of
115* ; apical ray curved tapering from the base to a sharp point,
reaching 0-15 mm. in length with a diameter of O'Ol.

Inner quadriradiate Spicules : Basal ray straight, tapering
from base to sharp point, usually rather thinner than lateral rays,
forming with each of them an angle of about 100°, length
inconstant, varying from 0*1 8 mm. to 0-5 mm. ; lateral rays curved
inwards, tapering from the base to sharp points, reaching 0*3 mm.
in length, 0*0125 mm. in diameter; most of them ai'e truly
quadriradiate, their apical ray being occasionally longer, 0-2 mm.,
than that of the outer quadriradiate spicules ; its length is, how-
ever, varirible, and there are amongst the inner quadriradiate
spicules others with a merely incipient apical ray, and even
quite deprived of it.

Minute acerate Spicules : Straight or slightly curved, spindle-
shaped, tapering from the centre to a sharp point at either
extremity, usuall}' 0*1 mm. long 0-002 mm. in diameter.

Skeleton of the radial tubes : The tubar skeleton consists of sub-
gastric triradiate spicules, reaching with their centrifugally

(1.) N. PoUjaef. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 43, pi. I., fig. 3 ; pi. IV., fig. 3 ;
pi. v., fig. la-lp.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1101

directed basal ray to the zone of the cortical acerate spicules.
Tuber Acerate lying parallel to the basal ray just mentioned, and
tubav quadriradiate spicules scattered here and thereat the bottom
of the radial tubes.

Subgastric triradiate Spicules : All rays of the same thickness,
0'013 mm ; basal ray straight, tapering from the base to a sharp
point, its average length 0*3 mm. ; lateral rays slightly curved
inwards, forming with basal ray an angle varying from 100" to
110°, rarely exceeding 0"15 mm. in length.

Tuhar quadriradiate Spicides : All rays in different planes,
lateral rays forming one curve, basal and apical rays another ;
basal ray bluntly pointed, cylindrical 0*0025 mm. thick, rarely
longer than O'OOS mm. ; lateral rays straight or slightly curved,
tapering from the base to sharp points, each forming with basal
ray an angle of about 110°, reaching 0-05 mm. in length, with a
diameter of 0-002 ; apical ray slightly curved, sharp pointed, of
the same diameter as lateral rays, but usually three times shorter.

Tuhar acerate Spicules : Straight or slightly curved, tapering
from the centre to sharp points, rarely longer than 0'3 mm., with
a diameter of 0-005.

Skeleton of the Cortex : The skeleton of the Cortex consists of
large spindle-shaped acerate, of minute acerate, and of sagittal
triradiate spicules, with the basal ray directed towards the closed
end of the Sponge.

Large acerate spicides straight or slightly curved, tapering fi'om
the centre to a sharp point at either end ; length varying from 1
to 3 mm., diameter from 0-05 to 0'12 mm.

Minute acerate Sjncides : Like those of the gastric surface
spindle-shaped, straight, or slightly curved, tapering from the
centre to sharp points, rarely exeeding 0'15 mm. in length and
0-0028 mm. in diameter.

Sagittal triradiate Spicules : Basal ray smooth, either of
cylindrical form or tapering from the base to a sharp point,
reaching 0*75 mm. in length, with a diameter of 0-005 ; lateral
rays sharp pointed, forming with basal ray an angle of 112°,

1102 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

eithei' straight or more frequently slightly curved, usually
inwards, twice as thick as basal ray ; length inconstant, varying
from 0-025 mm, to 012 mm.

Locality: Station 163, April 7, 1874; latitude 36° 56' S.,
longitude 150° 30' E., depth 120 fathoms; off Twofold Bay,
Australia. (Challenger.)

10. GENUS. SYCORTUSA. Von Lendenfeld.

Uteinae with minute acerate spicules in the cortex. Identical
with Haeckel's (1) Subgenus Sycortusa.

20. SPECIES. SYCORTUSA L/EVIGATA. Von Lendenfeld.
SYCORTIS L^VIGATA. Haeckel (2.)

Cylindrical radial-tubes irregularly prismatic, coalesce with their
sides. No distal cones. Dermal surface and gastral surface
smooth. Acerate spicules very small in dense masses felted in the
dermal surface and forming a kind of cement, which covers the
whole Sponge. Here we find regularly disposed sagittal triradiate
spicules with straight rays, the basal ray which points to the
aboral pole, of which is three times as long as the latei-al rays.
Tubar trii'adiate spicules sagittal, with straight rays ; the mesial
angle much larger than the paired ones. The basal ray two to
three times as large as the lateral ones. Most of the gastral
triradiate spicules irregular, with strongly curved unequal rays
and very varying angles without any order closely packed in the
gastral surface. All triradiate spicules of the skeleton of the
same thickness, six times as thick as the minute acerate spicules
of the deimal surface.

Colour : In spirit, white.

Locality: South Coast of Australia (St. Vincent's Gulf,
Schomburgh.)

(1.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwiimme. Eine Monographie. Band II.,
Seite 278.
(2.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Seite 285. Taf. 49,

BY B. VON LEMDENFELD, PH.D. 1103

11. GENUS. AMPHOEISCUS. Von Lendenfeld.

The radial rays of the dermal quadriradiate spicules and the
centrifugal rays of the Gastral spicules are joined, or the former
penetrate the whole thickness of the body wall.

This genus is nearly identical with Polejaefl^'s Amphoriscus,
Haeckel (1), but very different from Haeckel's (2) Genus Amphor-
iscus.

21. SPECIES. AMPHORISCUS CYLINDRUS. Von Lendenfeld.
SYCILLA CYLINDRUS. Haeckel (3. )

Eadial tubes prismatic, dermal surface flat, smooth. Gastral
surface shortly spined. Gasti-al quadriradiates sagittal ; rays
cylindrical, straight and short trunkate, O'OOS — 0-012 mm. thick.
Basal ray 0-24, both lateral ones 0-16, the free apical ray
which is slightly curved towards the Osculum only 0-06 — 0*09 mm.

Parenchymal quadriradiate spicules sagittal ; radial rays
0 016 mm. thick. Basal 0-3, both lateral 0-2, and the straight
centrifugal apical ray 0-5 — 0'6mm.

Dermal quadriradiate spicules, all four rays are cylindrical at
basal half, 0-024 mm. thick, in the apical half slender, conic.
Basal ray straight, 0-5 mm. long, nearly twice as large as the
lateral rays, which are only 0-3 mm. The centripetal apical ray,
O'Smm.. reaches to the subgastral layer.

Locality : Adriatic, E. Haeckel ; East Coast of Australia, Port
Jackson, von Lendenfeld.

22. SPECIES. AMPHORISCUS POCULUM. Pol^jaeff (4.)
The single specimen representing this species in the Challenger
collection is of tubular elongated form, 36 mm. long 4 mm. broad
in its middle and superior part ; towards the closed end the tube

(1.) ^. Haeckel. L.c. Seite 46.

(2. ) E. Haeckel. Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwiimme. Jenaische
Zeitschrift fiir Medicm ixnd Naturwissenschaft, 1870. Band V., Heft 2.,
Seite 238.

(3.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Seite 254. Taf XLIII., fig. 5-7. Band III.

(4.) PoUjaeff. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoologie of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger, Part XXIV., p. 46, pi. IV., fig. 4; PI. V., figs.
2a-2f.

1104 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

becomes rather narrower. The individual is bare-mouthed ; the
outer and inner surfaces are slightly roughened by the cortical
and gastric triradiate spicules respectively ; the average thickness
of the wall does not exceed 0-6 mm.

Skeleton : The skeleton consists of gastric triradiate, subgastric
triradiate, subdermal triradiate, dermal triradiate and acerate
s])icules.

Gastric triradiate spicules sagittal, all rays in the same plane
and of the same diameter 0 0 15 mm. ; basal ray straight, tapering
from the base to a sharp point, length inconstant, usually one and
a half times as long as the lateral rays, often much shorter, lateral
rays curved outwards, cylindrical, either shai-ply or i-ather bluntly
pointed, each forming with basal ray an angle of about 110'*,
on an average 0*25 mm. long. Subgastric triradiate spicules^
sagittal, all rays of the same diameter 0-02 mm. ; basal ray
straight, tapering from the base to a shaip point, usual length
0-38 to 0-45 nmi., lateral rays sharp pointed, curved, often
angularly bent in their middle or basal part rarely exceeding
0-275 mm. in length, forming with each other an angle varying
from 170° to 140°, and with the basal ray an angle varying from
100° to 120°.

Subdermal triradiate spicules irregular ; all rays iisually of the
same thickness, 0-0 15 mm., but of different lengths, lying in the
same plane ; basal ray straight, tapering from the base to a sharp
point, rarely exceeding 0-1 mm. in length, occasionally rather
thinner than lateral rays, forming with each of these an angle of
about 120° ; lateral rays curved forwards, sharp pointed of
different lengths, the longer directed centripetally, reaching
0.35 mm. often, however, considerably shorter, scarcely longer
than the shorter ray, the length of which varies from 0"12 to
0-15 mm.

Dermal triradiate spicules sagittal ; all rays of the same
diameter, 0-02 mm., usually sharp pointed; basal ray straight,
length inconsistent, not exceeding 0-425 mm. ; lateral rays curved,
each forming with basal ray an angle of about 120^*; average
length 0-25 mm. Acerate spicules usually spindle-shaped, often

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1105

lanceolate, sharp pointed ; the lanceolate straight the spindle-shaped
either straight or slightly curved ; attaining a length of 1 mm. and
a diameter of 0-05 mm. ; a few much shorter and stouter, the
pi'ojiortion between the length and the thickness being 6:1
Sparsely scattered in the pax-enchyma, their free end projecting
from the outer surface being usually broken off ; piercing the wall
perpendicularly to the longitudinal axis of the Sponge.

Colour : Pale yellowish.

Locality: Station 163a, June 3, 1874; oif Port Jackson,
East Coast of Australia ; depths, 30 to 35 fathoms ; rock. (Chal-
lengei'.)

23. SPECIES. AMPHORISCUS CYATHISCUS. Haeckel (1.)
SYCILLA CYATHISCUS. E. Haeckel (2,)

Radial tubes prismatic, coalesce entirely with their sides, no
distal cone. Dermal surface plain, smooth, Gastral surface with
short spines. The skeleton consists of quadriradiate spicules.
The quadriradiate spicules of the skeleton possess throughout
sagitally diiferentiated facial rays and form four layers : —
1. A dermal layer of parallel quadriradiate sjMcules, the
straight basal ray and the knee-shaped lateral rays are situated in
the dermal surface, whilst the centripetal apical ray penetrates the
distal half of the gastral wall. 2. A subdermal layer, which is
perfectly similar to the dermal one, and which lies just underneath
it. 3. A subgastral layer of parallel quadriradiate spicules, the
facial rays of which are situated underneath the gastral layer,
whilst the centrifugal apical ray which is two to three times as
long as the former, penetrates the greater part of the gastral
wall. 4. A gastral layer of parallel quadriradiate spicules, the
fascial rays of which lie in the gastral surface. The apical ray is
much shorter and protrudes into the gastral cavity. The dermal

(1.) E. Haeckel. Prodromus eines Systems der Kalkschwamme Jenaische
Zeitschrift fur Medicin und Natur Wissenschaft, 1870. Band V., Heft. 2,
p, 238.

(2.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme, Eine Monographie. Band II., p.
250, Taf. XLIII., figs. 8-11, Band III.

1106 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

quadriradiate spicules as thick as the gastral ones, and three to
five times as thick as the gastral quadriradiate spicules.

Colour : White in spirits and in the dry state.

Locality : Coast of South Australia (Sonder.)

III. SUB-FAMILY. GRANTIN.E. Von Lendenfeld.

Syconidaj with ramified ciliated tubes, with a complicated
inhalent canal system.

12. GENUS. GRANTIA. Von Lendenfeld

The skeleton consists of acerate, triradiate and quadriradiate
spicules, which are all of the same size exclusively. Groups of
sensitive cells around the inhalent pores. This Genus is nearly
identical with Polejaeff's " Grantia Fleming " (1), but very
different from Flemings (2) original Genus Grantia. Transition-
forms between Syconidse, Sylleibidee and Leucopsidas (3).

24. SPECIES. GRANTIA LOB AT A. Von Lendenfeld.
SYCANDRA COMPRESSA var. LOBATA. E. Haeckel (4).

The specimens of Grantia compressa, Fleming, in Australian
waters are all cylindrical, solitary persons and must be referred to
Haeckel's variety " lobata." I therefore consider myself justified
in raising this variety to the rank of a species.

The Sponge attains a height of 2.5 mm. and a diameter of 6 mm.
The body wall is 1"5 mm. thick. The ramifications of the ciliated
tubes only slight.

Spicules : Gastral quadriradiate spicules irregularly scattered,
generally disposed in such a manner that the sagittal ray stands

(1.) N. PoUjaeff. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger, Part XXIV., p. 4L

(2.) /. Fleming. History of British Animals, 1824, p. 524.

(.3.) F. E. Schulze describes that also in Sycandra the ciliated tubes are
slightly ramified, and may even form a reticulation at the base of the
Sponge ; sharp distinction between the families can of course not be
expected.

(4.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographie. Part II.,
Seite 362.

BY R. VON LENDENPELD, PH.D. 1107

radial. Tangental rays O'l — 00 5 x 0-305 mm., cylindrical slightly
bent, pointed. Centripetal ray 0-04 — 0-08 x 0007 mm. shorter
and thicker than the tangental ones. Triradiates of the Parenchyma
sagittal, basal ray 0-2 x 0 007, lateral rays slightly curved 0 09 —
0-12 X 0-007 mm. There are 2-3 layers of these spicules in the
body-wall. The cortex contains triradiates and acerates. The
foi-mer are mostly regular, disposed tangentally the three rays
nearly in one plane cylindrical, pointed 0.09 — 0-12 x 0-007 mm.
The Acerates are bent on the outer end rectangularly so as to attain
tlie shape of hooks. The longer portion is immersed in the sponge
with its proximal two thirds and stands vertical on it and measures
0-2 X 0-014 mm., the bent outer part 0-05 x 0-014 mm., centripetal
end conic, both pointed. The outer part of these Acerates points
towards the Osculum.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, V. Lendenfeld ;
Europe, E, Haeckel.

13. GENUS. HETEROPEGMA. Polejaeff(l).

Grantinae with a highly developed cortex containing triradiates
and quadriradiales, totally diiferent from those of the Parenchyma,
ciliated tubes much branched.

25. SPECIES. HETEROPEGMA NODUS GORDII. Pok^jaeff (2.)
This species forms colonies of a rather Asconoid appearance.
The tubes, sometimes standing vertically, sometimes lying horizon-
tally, ramify and interlace, thus constituting a kind of knot in
which neither beginning nor end can be discerned. The indivi-
duality of the tubes is expressed only by Oscula, these latter being
naked. The size of the Oscula is inconstant, varying from 0-25
mm. to 1 mm. in diameter. Both the surfaces are rough. The
average thickness of the wall is 1 mm., the diameter of the inner
cavity 1 to 2 mm. The radial tubes are of irregular outline, and
show a great tendendy to ramify,

(1.) N. Pohjaef. L.c, 25-45.

(2.) i\^. Polejaeff. L.c, p. 45, pi. I., fig. 7 ; pi. IV., fig. la-Id.
72

1108 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Skeleton: The iubar quadriradiate spicules are regular, their
rays either tapering from the base to a sharp point, or of cylindrical
form with truncated ends ; in both cases the proportion between the
length and the thickness of the rays at their base remaining
the same 0*01, their length being 0-06 mm., their diameter
0*002 mm. These regular spicules of the radial tubes are connected
by all possible intermediate stages with sagittal and irregular
quadriradiate spicules supporting the inner surface. Constant as
to the thickness of their rays, only near to the Osculum exceeding
0-002 mm., the gastric quadriradiate spicules vary extremely with
regard to the comparative length of the rays, as well as with regard
to their form and their angles. The apical rays, which in the
tubar quadriradiates do not exceed the length of the facial rays,
and are often still shorter, grow much longer in the gastric
quadriradiate spicules, and near the Oscular part of the tube attain
0"18 mm. in length, and 0-005 mm. in diameter, the corresponding
facial rays rarely exceeding the length of 0-06 mm., the lateral
rays remaining of the same diameter, 0-005., the basal ray growing
rather thinner.

Skeleton of the cortex. The triradiate and quadriradiate spicules
of the cortex are regular, their rays sharp-pointed, more or less
stout, the proportion between their length and thickness varying
from 6-1 to 12-1, With respect to their dimensions, the quadri-
radiate are connected with the triradiate spicules by intermediate
stages ; the length of the rays of the quadriradiate reaching 1 mm.,
that of the rays of the triradiate not exceeding 0-6 mm. These
spicules lie apart from the centripetal ly directed apical ray of the
quadriradiate spicules, i)arallel to the outer surface, but the
direction of the basal rays is variable.

Skeleton of the Oscidum. The skeleton of the border of the
Oscular circle consists exclusively of rectangular sagittal triradiate
spicules, marked by their horn-shaped lateral rays, lying parallel
to the line of the border. Their size is extremely inconstant, the
length of the rays from 0-05 to 0-25 mm., and the proportion
between the length and the thickness from 10-1 to 20-1. The

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1109

comparative length of the basal ray is also variable; in most
cases, however, this ray is shorter and rather thinner than the
lateral.

Coloicr : Yellowish-grey.

Locality: Station 36, April 23, 1873, off Bermuda's, depth 32
fathoms ; Mud Station 186, September 8, 1874 ; Lat. 10^ 30' S.
Lon. 142° 18' E. ; Cape York, Australia; depth, 8 fathoms, Coral
Sand, Challenger.

14. GENUS. ANAMIXILLA. Polejaeff (1.)

The spicules in the Parenchyma irregularly disposed, more or less
tangental as in the Leuconidae. Ciliated tubes slightly branched.

26. SPECIES. ANAMIXILLA TORRESII. Polejaeff (2.)
The single specimen of Anamixilla torresii of the Challenger
collection, presents a colony of tubular individuals ; some indi-
viduals are bare-mouthed, some mouthless. The thickness of
different individuals varies from 1 to 9 mm., the width of the
walls is more constant, reaching 1 mm. on the average. The
inner surface is slightly roughened by the protruding rays of the
gastric quadriradiates, the outer surface is in a still higher degree
roughened by the cortical triradiate spicules.

Skeleton : Gastric quadriradiate spicides. All rays of the same
diameter, 0*02 mm. ; basal ray straight, either sharply or bluntly
pointed, of conical form, length varying from 0'16 to 0*4 mm.,
occasionally rather thicker than lateral rays, forming with each of
these an angle of about 115°, lateral rays curved outwards, often
highly undulating, tapering from the base to a sharp point, usual
length 0-35 to 0-4 mm. ; apical ray curved, sharply pointed, its
length not exceeding 0-06.

Gastral triradiate sjncides: Rays smooth, tapering from the
base to sharp points, I'eaching 0*4 mm. in length, with a diameter
of 0*015 mm. ; basal ray straight, lateral rays slightly curved

(1.) X. PoUjacff. L.c, p. 50.

(2.) N. Polejaeff. L.c, p. 50, pi, IV., fig. 2a-2c.

1110 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

inwards, each, forming with basal ray an angle of about 110°;
some of them are provided with embryonic apical rays, reaching
occasionally 0-2 to 0"3 mm. in length.

Subgastric triradiate S2ncules : Sagittal ; lateral rays either
lying in the same plane or forming with one another an angle
varying from 180^ to 140° ; all rays of the same diameter, vaiying
from 0-02 to 0*05 mm. ; basal ray straight tapering from the base
to a sharp point reaching 0'8 mm. in length ; lateral rays curved,
often undulating usually half as long as basal ray, often of the
same length, occasionally even longer, not exceeding however
0-8 mm. Triradiate spicides of the Parenchyma either quite
regular, or showing a slight tendency to sagittal differentiation ;
rays sharply pointed maximum size about 1 mm., diameter varying
from 0-1 to 0-025 mm.

Dermal triradiate spicides : Regular, more slender than the
triradiate ones just described ; rays either tapering from the base
to a sharp point or of cylindrical form ; average size of the rays
0-3 mm. in length by 002 mm. in diameter.

Color : Pale yellowish.

Locality : Torres Straits, Australia, September 7, 1874 ; depth
3 to 11 fathoms. Challenger.

5. FAMILY. SYLLEIBir>JE. V^on Lendenfeld.

Heterocoela with a complicated exhalent canal system, connect-
ing the sack-shaped, cylindrical ciliated chambers with the gastral
cavity. The Sylleibidse are transition-forms between Syconidae
and Leuconidjfi. They can be considered as Syconida3 with an
exhalent canal net, or as Leuconidse with cylindrical sack-shaped
ciliated chambers. I establish this family for Leucetta vera and
the Genus Lucilla of Polejaeff and devide it into two Subfamilies,
which represent different modes of development of the Canal system
and which I name after the two greatest authorities on Calci-
spongire among the younger zoologists, Vosmaer and Polejaeff.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1111

I. SUB-FAMILY. VOSMAERIN.E. Von Lendcnfeld.
The ciliated chamber-tubes are all situated at the same distance
from the main axis of the sponge-person and all stand radially like
the simple ciliated tubes of the Syconidae. The layer of ciliated
chambers is cylindrical. A thick layer of reticulate exhalent
Canals intervenes between the ciliated chambers and the gastral
cavity. The inhalent canals also form a reticulation.

15. GENUS. VOSM^RIA, You Lendenfeld.

VosuiEerinpe with triradiate, quadriradiate, and acerate spicules.
Sensitive cells in small irregularly scattered clusters on the
surface. I cannot agree with Pol^jaeff in combining forms like
his Leucetta vera and Haeckeliana with different ciliated
chambers and a different canal system to one Genus, and I have
no doubt that Polejaeff will gladly accept an alteration on this
point, according to the structure of the canal system, the
importance of which he has very correctly asserted.

27. SPECIES. VOSM.^RIA GRACILIS. Nov. spec.

The Sponge has the outer appearance of an ordinary Syconid,
is ovate or cylindrical, does not form colonies and attains a length
of 25 mm. and a diameter of 12 mm. The circular, tei-minal
small Osculum is surrounded by a frill. The gastral cavity is
cylindrical, the body wall attains in the central and lower part of
the Sponge a thickness of 2-5-4 mm. The ciliated chambers are of
the uniform length of 1-1 mm., only towards the Osculum they are
shorter. The Sponge appears hairy. The reticulation of the
inhalent canals is but slightly developed, that between the ciliated
chambers and the gastral cavity on the other hand attains a
diameter of 2 mm. In this part of the Sponge the sexual cells
are matured. The inhalent canals are narrower than the ciliated
chambers. The latter possess a width of 0 14 mm. The exhalent
canals are of very varying dimensions and irregular, sometimes as
narrow as 0*05 mm. often attaining a diameter of 1 mm. They

1112 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

open into the gastral cavity by means of distant circular pores
l'l-2 mm. in diameter. These poi-es are pretty regularly disposed
towards the Osculum on an average 5 mm. apart. Near the base
as near as 2 mm.

S2ncules : The skeleton consists of gastric quadriradiates, trira-
diates of the Parenchyma (two kinds), dermal acerates and long
acerates around the Osculum. Tlie gastHc quadriradiates are very
curiously shaped. One ray protrudes into the Gastral cavity.
This centripetal ray is slightly bent upwards, conic and slightly
rounded at the end, it measures 0-1 x 0-0074 mm. One of the
three other rays, which are tangental, is very much longer than the
other two, and points away from the Osculum. This ray measures
0-15 X 0"005, it is conic, slightly rounded at the end, and regularly
curved, turning the concave side towards the Gastral cavity or
canal. The angle between this ray and the centripetal one is about
110°, with the tangental rays about 133°. The paii'ed tangental
rays measure 0*05 — 0'06 x 0'003 mm. These quadriradiates are
met with not only in the Gastral wall, but also in the larger exhalent
canals. The further away from the stomach, the smaller the
longitudinal and centripetal rays become. Triradiates of tlie
Parenchyma of the two kinds. Regular ones with mostly straight
cylindrical rays with rounded ends, measuring O'l x O'OOo, and
sagittal triradiates, the unpaired ray of which is situated centri-
f ugally and longer than the other two with which it encloses angles
of about 125° ; it measures 0-15 x 0'005. The paired I'ays
0-08 X 0-004. All rays straight, conic and sharp pointed. Dermal
acerates in clusters of 15-20, immersed in the Sponge one-tenth of
their entire length, pointed at both ends, tapering towards the
terminal end throughout the projecting part nearly vertical on the
surface, measuring 1 x 0-007 mm. The clusters of these spicules
are very close to one another, so that the Sponge appears hairy
velvet like. The clusters are not determined in their position by
the ciliated tubs below, as in Grantessa. The acerate spicules of
the Oscular frill measure 2 x 0-0065 and taper towards the upper
end. The distal half is only 0-0006 thick, very flexible and moves
backward and forward like a soft thread, with the liquid in which
the Sponge is immersed.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1113

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson. Von Len-
denfeld.

28. SPECIES. VOSMAERIA IMPERFECTA. Von Lendenfekl.
LEUCETTA IMPERFECTA. N. Pol^jaeff (1.)

This species is bare-mouthed, of tubular, elongated, cylindrical
form, 35 mm. long, and 5 mm. in diameter, the thickness of the
wall being 1-25 mm. that of the cortex 0-35. Both the surfaces
are rather rough. The characteristic peculiarities of the species
consists in the form of its pigmy trii'adiate, and in the presence of
the parenchyma of large quadriradiate spicules, not differing either
in size or in form from those of the cortex ; these last are not
numerous.

Gastric quadriradiate spicules. All more or less regular ; facial
rays straight, smooth, tapering from the base to approximately
sharp points 0 06 mm. long, diameter varying 0'006 mm.
20"008 mm. Apical ray either straight or curved, often
irregularly bent, sharply pointed ; length constant, reaching
0'08 mm. Minute quadriradiate and triradiate spicules of the
Parenchyma. Quadriradiates just of the same form and dimensions
as those of the gastric surface, not numerous ; triradiates still
smaller, their rays rarely exceeding 0-025 mm. in length, and
0-002 mm. in diameter; some of these are regular, their straight
and smooth rays tapering from the base to sharp points ; but such
regular triradiate forms are extremely rare ; most present only two
rays, forming an angle varying from 120° to 16°, the basal ray
having become rudimentary, and being represented only by a
small process at the crossing of the lateral rays.

Quadriradiate sjncules of the Parenchyma and cortex. Both of
the same form and the same very inconstant dimensions, the length
of their rays varying fi-om 0-3 mm. to 1 mm., and even more.
Eegular rays smooth, tapering from the base to sharp points,
visually ten times as long as thick.

(1.) N. PoUjaeff. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XIV., p. 67, PI VII., figs. 9a-9c.

1114 A MONOGaAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Dermal triradiate spicules. Like the quadriracUates just described,
regular, but more constant with respect to the proportion of the
length of their rays to their thickness ; this proportion varies from
10/1 to 16/1. Kays smooth, of conical or cylindrical form, bluntly
pointed, average length 0-6 mm.

Locality: Station 163a, 1874; off Port Jackson, Australia;
depth, 30 to 35 fathoms, rock. Challenger.

29. SPECIES. VOSMAERIA HAECKELIANA. Von Lendenfeld.
LEUCETTA HAECKELIANA. N.PoMjaeff (1).

The largest specimen reaches 65 mm., in length with a maximum
diameter of 10. ; the walls are 2*5 mm., thick, the cortex strongly
developed. The outer surface is smooth, the inner slightly rough.
Gastric and parenchymal quadriradiate spicules : either regular or
sagittal, the lateral rays becoming more or less curved, or even
irregular, all rays instead of being straight becoming irregularly
bent and of different lengths ; all rays of the same average diameter
0'005 mm., tapering from base to sharp points; facial rays 0*02
mm., to 0-08 mm. The gastric radiate spicules follow the course
of the exhalent canals throughout their whole length, and their
presence or absence on the surface of the cavities of the parenchyma
intimates whether we have to do with an exhalent or inhalent canal.

Dermal quadriradiate spicules : Extraordinarily rare ; regular ;
all rays of the same length not exceeding 0*75 mm., by 0-075 mm.,
smooth tapering from the base to sharp points.

Dermal triradiate spicides : Regular, rays of a rather cylindrical
form, 0-55 mm., long, 0-03 ram., in diameter, lying in the cortex
in several parallel layers, becoming smaller in the low collar and
sagittally differentiated, the angles between basal and lateral rays
becoming more acute, 120°-95°, and the lateral rays themseh^es,
like those in the Oscular triradiate spicules of Leucetta vera
becoming horn-shaped.

Locality: Station 163a, June 3, 1874, off" Port Jackson,
Australia ; depth, 30 to 35 fathoms, rock. Challenger.

(1.) N. PoUjaeff. L.c, p, 69, PI. II., fig. 6 ; PL VIII., figs. 1-6.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1115

II. SUBFAMILY POLEJN.E. Von Lendenfeld.
The ciliated chambei-s (tubes) vertical on the exhalent canals,
disposed therefore radially around the canals and not equi-distant
from the axis of the Sponge, the chamber layer not a simple
cylinder but extensively folded.

16. GENUS. POLEJNA. Von Lendenfeld.

The spicules of the Parenchyma resemble Amphoriscus inasmuch
as the centripetal rays of the dermal layer lie parallel with and
meet the centrifugal rays of the gastral layer. PolejaelfF (1) has
adopted Haeckel's name Leucilla for these Sponges, As the
meaning which he gives to it however is totally different from
that, which Haeckel associated with the word Leucilla, and as I
retain the Genus Leucilla in the true sense of Haeckel I fancy
myself justified in establishing this new name; which like the
term Polejnse is derived from the name of the author of the
Challenger-Calcarea.

30. SPECIES. POLEJNA UTER. Von Lendenfeld.
LEUCILLA UTER. N. Pol^jaeff (2. )

The external form of this Sponge is variable ; mostly of tubular
elongated form, growing narrower towards both ends, attaining a
length of 100 mm. and a maximum diameter of 13 mm. The walls
are 2 mm. thick.

Gastric quadriradiate spicules sagittal. All rays of the same
diameter, 0*02 mm. on an average, more or less sharply pointed,
basal ray straight, length inconstant, varying from 0*25 to
0-35 mm., forming with each of the lateral rays an angle of about
110° ; lateral rays curved outwards, reaching a length of 0-7 mm. ;
apical ray curved, half as long as lateral rays. Towards the
osculum these quadriradiate spicules grow smaller, lateral rays
0-3 mm. long, with a diameter of 0'0125 mm., the concave lateral
rays becoming straight and convex.

(1.) N. Polcjaeff, Report on the Calcarea. The Zoologie of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV.f p. 51.
(2.) .V. Poldjaeff. L.c., p. 53, PI. VI., figs. 2a-2f.

1116 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Suhgastric triradiaie spicules sagittal. All rays sharp pointed
and of the same diameter, the i)roportion between their length
and thickness varying from 12-1 to 20*1 ; length inconstant, not
exceeding, however, 0-6 mm. in basal, and 0-42 mm. in lateral
rays ; some are provided with a rudimentary fourth apical ray.

Quadriradiate spicules of the imrenchyma and dermis : All rays
of the same diametei-, rarely exceeding 0-05 mm. ; facial rays
usually of the same length, varying from 0*4 (rarely shortei') to
0 6 mm.; basal ray sti'aight, tapering from an approximately
sharp point, forming with each of the lateral rays an angle of 105^
to 110° ; lateral rays either straight or slightly curved inwards,
sharp pointed ; apical ray straight, tapering from the base to a
sharp point, never projecting from the inner surface, length
varying from 0*4 to 1*2 mm.

Dermal aceraie S2ncules straight, fine, lineai", sharp pointed,
surface smooth, length not exceeding 0'4mm., with a diameter of
0-0025 mm. ; not numerous, projecting from the outer surface.

Locality: Station 36, April 23, 1873; off Bermudas; depth,
32 fathoms. Station 209, January 22, 1875 ; Lat. 10° 10' N.,
Long. 123° 55' E. Philippine Islands ; depths, 95 to 100 fathoms
Challenger. Torres Straits, Von Lendenfeld. Macleay-Museum.

6. FAMILY. LEUCONID^. Von Lendenfeld.

Heterocoelia with ramified inhalent and exhalent canals with
spherical ciliated chambers. The outer surface is not differentiated
into two different parts. This family comprises the Leucones of
Haeckel {\], with spherical chambers with the exception of the
Teichonidse.

17. GENUS. LEUCETTA. Von Lendenfeld,

Leuconidfe with triradiate spicules exclusively. This Genus is
nearly identical with Haeckel's (2) Leucetta.

(1.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographie. Band II.,
Seite 113.

(2.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 116.

BY R. VON LENDEXFELD, PH.D. 1117

31. SPECIES. LEUCETTAMICRORHAPHIS. Von Leudenfeld.

LEUCETTA PRIMIGENIA var. MICRORHAPHIS. Haeckel(l.)

LEUCETTA PRIMIGENIA var. MICRORHAPHIS. Ridley (2.)

Both surfaces smooth. Triradiates regular. Rays straight,

pointed. Numerous small spicules measuring 0-742 x 0-011, and

rarer large ones of a similar shape measuring 0-8 x 0-085, very

rare spicules of an intermediate size are also met with. I have

many specimens of Haeckel's Leucetta primigenia, they are all

slightly ramified; 3-6 cylindrical pieces with uneven surfece

grown together and meeting at sharp angles. These cylinders

taper towards the dermal osculum and attain a length of 25 and

a diameter of 8 mm. The gastral cavity is large. The body

wall not exceeding 2 mm. in thickness.

The inhalent pores are covered by a thin perforated membrane
as in other Sponges (Aplysillidce) and lead into wide bulbous
extensions from the proximal end of which the inhalent canals
take their origin. A great number of Canals radiate from each
subdermal lacune. The latter have a diameter of 012 mm. In the
surface the small spicules are situated very regularly and tangen-
tally disposed in such a manner that they form a network with
hexagonal meshes. The pores are situated in the meshes, but
there is not a pore to each mesh.

The spiculation of all these specimens is the same— as above —
corresponding to Haeckels var. microhaphis of Leucetta primi-
genia. Eidley (I.e.) has obtained the same sponge from Torres
Straits. The similarity in the structure of my specimen led me
to assume that this variety of Haeckels should be considered as a
species.

Locality : Australia % Haeckel ; North Coast of Australia, Torres
Straits. Alert; East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Von
Lendenfeld ; South Coast of Australia, Port Phillip V. Lendenfeld.

{\.) E. HaecM. L.c. Band II., Seite 119; Band III., Taf. 21
Figs. 10-17.

(2. ) Stuart 0. Rklhuj. Report on the Sponges. Report on the Zoological
Collections made in the Indian and Pacific Ocean, during the Voyage of
H.M.S. Alert, 18S1-82. British Museum Catalogue, 1SS4, p. 482.

1118 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

32. SPECIES, LEUCETTA DURA. Von Leudenfeld.
LEUCONIA DURA. Pol^jaefif (1).

Irregular colonial or solitary Sponges with or without a frill
round the Osculum. Grastral cavity small. Besides the regular
spicules of large and small size there are irregular and sagittal
Triradiates. The latter are amassed around the Oscula.

Locality : Bermudas, North Coast of Australia, Torres Straits
Challenger.

33. SPECIES. LEUCETTA PANDORA. Haeckel (2.)

A solitary Sponge, without frill round the osculum. Spherical
or ovate often with a short peduncle. They are 12 to 15 mm.
long and have a diameter of 8 to 12mm. The Q-astral wall is
very thin, measuring only l-lo mm. in thickness. Dermal and
Gastral surface smooth. Triradiates very variable in size and
shape, in greater part or throughout irregular, with bent unequal
rays. Earely acerate, and quadriradiate spicules are met with,
so that E. Haeckel establishes three connective varieties of this
species : Leucaltis pandora, Leucortis pandora, Leucandra
pandora. The spicules contain, according to Haeckel (3) more
organic substance in proportion than those of other Leucetta
species. The mean size of the rays is 0'3 — 0*6 x 0-0005 — 0005.

Locality: South Coast of Australia, Bass' Straits, Wendt ;
St. Vincent's Gulf, Schomburgh.

34. SPECIES. LEUCETTA CLATHRATA. Carter (4.)

A cake-like Sponge, consisting of a plate-like basal extension,
which bears curved cylindrical extensions on the upper surface,
the latter appearing on relief. Triradiates of two kinds, small
ordinary regular ones in great abundance with rays measuring

(L) N. Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 65, pi. XL, fig. 3; pi. VIL, figs.
7a-7aiii.

(2.) E. Haeckel Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographic. Band II.,
Seite 127., Bd. III., Taf. XXII., figs. 3a-3o.

(3.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 129.

(4.) //. T. Carter. Annals and Magazin of Natural History 23 ;
series. Vol. XL, nr. 61, p. 33, pi. I., figs. 13-17.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1119

008 X 0-011, and larger pyramidal ones the rajs of which are
curved S shaped. The proximal ends are turned towards the
axis and the distal ends away from it, so that the whole
represents a tripod (I.e., fig. 16.) Their rays measure 0-13 x
0 04. The dome-shaped central part underlies the surface of the
Sponge, the rays point centripetally.

Locality : South-west Coast of Australia. Carter.

18. GENUS. LEUCALTIS. Von Lendenfeld.

Leuconidfe, with triradiate and quadriradiate, but without
acerate spicules. This genus is nearly identical with Haeckel's
(1) genus Leucaltis.

35. SPECIES. LEUCALTIS HELENA. Nov. spec.
Oval, elongate or cylindrical, solitary Sponges attaining a
length of 25 and diameter of 15 mm., with circular transverse
section. No frill to the Osculum. Gastral and dermal surface
smooth. Gastral cavity large ovate. Thickness of the body
wall 2 mm. The inhalent pores lead into large cylindrical canals,
which are 0-2 mm. wide, and extend longitudinally just below
the surface. From these tangental subdermal Lacune-canals,
tubes originate which extend, more or less regularly, radially in
a centripetal direction towards the Gastral cavity. Below the
Gastral surface, which is perforated by distant circular pores,
with from 0-5 — 1-5 mm. diameter, likewise longitudinal lacunose
canals extend, which are very irregular and have an average
diameter of 0*4 mm. From these, radial tubes, extending centri-
fugally originate. Between these and the inhalent tubes described
above, there is one layer of spherical ciliated chambers which
measure 0-1 mm. The canal system is like that of Aplysilla.
When the canal system of a greater number of species will be
better known it will afibrd characters for the establishment of
classificatory categories.

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 142.

1120 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Spicules ; A dense felt-like layer of Triradiates and Quadri-
radiates with one very short ray clothing the Grastral cavity. The
rays of these spicules measure on an average 0-1 x 0-01 mm.
Rare regular triradiates in the Parenchyma with straight conic
rays measuring 0'28 x 0-03 mm. Very numerous sagittal
quadriradiates, the sagittal ray mostly pointing towards the
interior of the Parenchyma. Sagittal ray straight, conic and
pointed 0-42 x 0-056. The three basal rays alike with equal
angles between them, straight, conic and pointed 0'35 x 0*042 mm.
Dermal quadriradiates sagittal. Differentiated ray centripetal,
straight, conic and pointed 0-57 x 0-05 — 0-06, always exactly
radial. Tangental rays curved in the proximal, and straight in
the distal part ; conic and pointed, all equal and regularly
disposed convex towards the outer side 0'28 x 0 033 — 0"04.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson. Von Len-
d enfold.

36. SPECIES. LEUCALTIS PUMILA. Hackel (1.)
LEUCONIA PUMILA. Bowerbank (2.)
LEUCONIA PUMILA. Gray (3.)
DYSSYCONELLA PUMILA. Haeckel (4.)

This Sponge does not appear to form colonies. It is always
solitary spindle-shaped, ovate or cylindrical, with or without
Osculum, which may be sessile or on the termination of a long
proboscis. Sponge 10 to 20 mm. long and 3-7 mm. in diameter.
Gastral cavity cylindrical. Body wall of uniform thickness
1 to 2 mm. The regularly disposed Gastral pores have a
diameter of 0'3 — 0*6 mm. The exhalent canals form alacunose
reticulation composed of relative narrow tubes. All the Australian
specimens examined by Haeckel, possess a proboscis.

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 148., Band III., Taf. XXVIL,
figs. 2a-2g.

(2.) T. S. Boioerhanh Monograph of the British Spongiadte. Vol.11.,
p. 4L

(3.) F, Gray. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1867,
p. 556.

(4.) E. Haeckel. Prodromns eines Systems der Kalksch-\^amme.
Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Medicin imd Wissenschaft, Band V., Heft II.,
Seite 242.

BY R. VON LEKDENPELD, PH.D. 1121

Skeleton : The main skeleton is formed out of larger and
smaller, slender triradiate spicules. The large Triradiates are
mostly sagittal. The rays of which are slender, conic, mostly
straight, or slightly bent, 0"6 — 0" 9mm., rarely 1 — 12 mm., long
and only 003— 0-05 mm., rarely 0-06 — 0*08 mm., thick. The
smaller triradiate spicules, which are more numerous than the
large one, are irregularly scattered, and fill up the space between
the former, they are mostly sagittal or irregular. Their rays are
sometimes straight, or more or less, often strongly bent, on an
average of 0-2 — 0-3 mm. in length, and 001 — 0*02 mm. in thick-
ness. Triradiate spicules very variable.

The Gastral surface and the inner surface of the larger wall
canals is clothed by a dense layer of middle-sized sagittal quad-
riradiate spicules. These are regular, parallel disposed, the basal
ray is bent aboral downwards, or in the canals, outwards, if
straight 025 — 0-35 mm. long. Both the lateral rays are slightly
curved, and a little shorter, only 0-15 — 0-3 mm. long. The angles
vary greatly, once nearly equal, once strongly differentiated. The
unpaired angle increases from 120°, L50'', and to 160'^, ISO'' in
the proboscis.

Accordingly the paired angles decrease from 120° to 105° and
to 90°. Round the mouth there are only rectangular quadri-
radiate spicules. The apical ray varies greatly, mostly very
short, only 0 05 — 0-ld mm. long, slightly bent to the oral side.
All rays are at the base 0*01 — 0*02 mm. thick.

Locality • Atlantic Ocean, Norman's Islands ; Guernsey,
Norman ; Coast of Mexico ; Mogados, Haeckel ; Cape of Good
Hope,Wilhelm Bleek ; Indian Ocean, Bass Straits, Wendt.

37. SPECIES. LEUCALTIS BATHYBIA Haeckel (1).
grant: A ARABIC A. Miklouho (2).
LEUCALTIS BATHYBIA var. AUSTRALIS. Ridley (3).
Solitary Sponge, of a cylindrical or ovate rather irregular shape.
The specimen of Haeckel measured 8 to 16 mm., in length 4 to 6

(1.) E. Haer'kd. Die Kalkschwiimme. Eine Monographie. Band II.,
Seite 156, pi. XXVIII. , figs. 2a-2e.

(2.) N. M. Maday. Manuscript.

(3.) Stuart 0. Ridley. Report on the Sponges. Report on the Zoological
Collections made in the Indian and Pacific Ocean, during the Voyage of
H.M.S. Alert, 1S81-1882. British Museum Catalogue, 1884.

1122 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

mm., in thickness. The cylindrical Gastral cavity is covered
with small pores, rather narrow. The body-wall measures
1-H mm. in thickness.

Skeleton. Most of the spicules are Quadriradiates of middling
size. These are covered by a clothing of Triradiates. The latter
form a dense dermal layer. The Quadriradiates are mostly
sagittal or irregular. Their rays measure 0-3 — 0-6 x 0-03— 0-05.
The dermal Quadriradiates are situated as in LeucaltiS Helena :
three rays in the surface tangental ; the fourth radial, pointing
centripetally. The tangental rays of these spicules are sagittal
in themselves, the unpaired angle measuring 160 — 180°

The Tiiradiates are irregular, the mean measurement of their
rays is 0-15—0 3 x 0-008— 0-015. The inner layer is formed by
Triradiates and Quadriradiates.

The principal difference between this species and LeucalMs
Helena lies in the distribution of the Triradiates, which in the
latter do not form sheaths around the parenchymal Quadriradiates.
Ridley (I.e.) has established the variety Leucaltis bathybia var.
australis for a slightly aberrant form obtained by the Alert. He
describes his variety as follows : — A small low marine specimen,
with a small lateral unarmed vent and very reduced cloacal cavity.
The Quadriradiates are sagittal, those of the outer surface very
large. Diameter of rays about 0.04 mm. The facial angle nearly
180°, the apical ray in the same plane as the laterals. The deep
Quadriradiates have a somewhat smaller facial angle and more
slender rays and the apical ray often projects well forward. Eays
almost straight. The Triradiates form a thin layer on the inner
wall where their rays measure only about 0-01 mm., in diameter,
they have a facial angle of about 160°, in the deep parts they are
Bubregular, sparsely scattered amongst the Quadriradiates and the
ray measure about 0-02 sometimes 0-025 in diameter, rays approse
straight:

Colour : White.

The main feature of this variety lies in the large size of the
profound Triradiates, and in the massive form of the Sponge.

Locality \ Eed Sea, Perim, Siemens, Djeddah, Miklouho-
Macldy ; East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Alert.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1123

19. GENUS. LEUCOETIS. Von Lendenfeld.

Leuconidee with acerate and triradiate spicules. This genus
is nearly identical with Haeckel's Genus Leucortis.

38. SPECIES. LEUCORTIS LORICATA. Von Lendenfeld.
LEUCONIA LORICATA. N. Pol6jaeff(L)
This species represented by a single specimen, 30 mm. long and
8 mm. broad, possesses a strongly developed cortex 05 mm
thick, the width of the whole wall being 2 mm. consisting of
several parallel layers of sagittal triradiate spicules ; a quite
irregular disposition of the Parenchymal spicules, only those
which are near the inner surface lying more or less parallel to it ;
minute spined acerate spicules scattered everywhere in the body,'
but chiefly coating the inner surface. The structure of the canal
system presents no deviations from the general type.

Spined acerate spicules 0-025 mm. x 0002 mm. Numerous on
the inner surface, they are very rare in the Parenchyma and in
the coxtex. Triradiate spicules of the Parenchyma, either quite
regular or rather sagittal and irregular; rays straight, taperin-
from the base to sharp points ; surface more or less smooth ; the
proportion between the length and thickness 8-1, the length
0-6 — 1 mm.

Cortical triradiate spicules, sagittal, all rays lying in the same
plane, tapering from the base to a more or less rounded end,
usually of the same thickness, the proportion between this latter
and the length varying from lO'l to 16-1 ; basal rav straight
sometimes rather thinner than lateral rays forming with each of
these latter an angle of 115^ lateral rays either straight or
shghtly curved forwards, 0-325-0-5 mm. long, usuallv somewhat
shorter than basal ray, often of the same length, sometimes even
rather longer. In the wall of the collar these triradiate spicules
become smaller, their rays being rarely longer than 0-15 mm
with a diameter of 0-0125 mm., and show a regular disposition.'

of V^fk ^cZ\f' ^^^?.'* on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
figs fe lb. '"^'''- ^^'^ ^^^I^^->P- 63, pi. IL, ht 2; pi. /if,

73

1124 A MONOGEAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONXtES,

their basal ray being directed towards the closed end of the animal.

Stout acerate spicules, sparsely scattered in the wall perpen-
dicularly to the outer surface, often projecting from it ; spindle-
shaped, tapering from the centre to a sharp point at each side,
either straight or slightly curved; rarely exceeding 0-75 mm. in
length and 0-07 mm. in diameter.

Slender acerate spicules of the same shape and disposed
similarly to the last mentioned form, rarely longer than 0 3 mm.
with a diameter of 0 0025 mm.

Acerate spicules of the collar straight or curved, either sharply
or bluntly pointed, 0-5 — 1 x 0018 mm.

Locality: East Coast of Australia. Station 163a, June 3,
1874, off Port Jackson ; depth 30 to 35 fathoms; rock.

39. SPECIES. LEUCORTIS PULVINAR. E. Haeckel (1.)

SYCOLEPSIS PULVINAR. E. Haeckel (2.)

MLEA DOHRNI. N. Miklouho (3.)

LEUCORTIS PULVINAR VAR. INDICA. E. Haeckel (4).

This species forms, in the adult stage, solitary persons or
colonies, with or without mouth- opening. The latter is always
simple and naked. The canal- system is always very narrow and
especially the Gastral cavity of a very small extension.

In the lipostome forms the latter coalesces entirely, so that the
whole Sponge gets the appearance, in a transverse section, for
the naked eye of quite massive heap, without any visible cavity.
The Parenchyma fii-m. The solitary form mostly appears as a
conic, oval or roundish, rather irregular mass, which has no
peduncle. Its diameter is mostly 5 to 10, rarely 15 to 20 mm.
A longitudinal section shows that the Grastral cavity is very
narrow, rarely exceeding I or 1*5 mm. in diameter. The colonial
specimen forms very irregular roundish colonies of a bulbous or

(1.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Moiiographie. Band II.,
Scite 162., Band III., pi. XXIX.

(2.) E. Haeckel. Prodromuseines Systems der Kalkschwamme. Jenaische
Zeitschrift fiir Medicin und Naturwissenschaft, 1870 ; Band V., Heft II.,
Seite 251.

(3.) N. Miklouho- Malcay. Manuscript.

(4.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 163.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1125

rough shape, which are mostly composed of only 2 to 5, rarely of
6 to 12 persons. These colonies resemble small potatoe-bulbs
and have a diameter of 10 to 20 mm. rarely 30 to 40. Some-
times they form ilat cushions covered with excrescences. At the
top of each knob generally a small Osculum is met with, 0-5 to
1-5 mm. in diameter, which leads into a similar narrow Gastral
cavity. Sometimes there is no trace of an Osculum, sometimes
several persons in a colony possess only one Osculum, or there is
only one single Osculum for all the persons in the colony.
Dermal and Gastral surface bare. The main mass of the
skeleton consists out of middle sized triradiate spicules, between
which there are enormous Ascerates. These are on an average
5 to 10 times as long and thick as the rays of the tiiradiate
spicules. The Dermal and the Gastral surfaces contain sagittal
triradiate spicules, the lateral rays of which are as long but only
half as thick as the rays of the subregular or irregular triradiate
spicules of the outer layer of the Parenchyma. The Australian
specimen belongs to Haeckel's Leucortis pulvinar var. indica.
The spicules contain a very large proportion of organic matter,
therefore they are more flexible, the triradiate spicules of the
Parenchyma mostly irregular.

Locality : Indian Ocean, Schneehagen ; West Coast of
Australia, Harvey ; Ceylon ; Wright. Red Sea, Fi'auenfeld,
]\Iiklouho.

20. GENUS. LEUCANDRA. Von Lendenfeld.

Leuconidse with acerate, triradiate and quadriradiate spicules.
Nearly identical with Haeckel's (1) genus Leucandra.

40. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA ALCICORNIS. E. Haeckel (2).
The solitary person, which possess an Osculum sometimes,
sometimes none, is a slender cylinder measuring from 10 to 20 x
3 to 5 mm. The most common colonial form is a bushy scrub,

(1.) E. HaecM. L.c. Band II., Seite, 170.

(2.) E. Haeckd. L.c. Band II., Seite 184; Band III., Taf. XXXIL,
figs. 4a-4h; Taf. XXXVII., figs. 3 A., 3 B., 4.

1126 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

with diohotomoiis branches, every terminal branch with a simple
naked Osculum. The branches form sometime anastomoses.
The Sponge represents in outer appearance the coral Cladocora
cajspitosa, and forms an elongate cushion measuring 40 — 70 x 30
— 50 X 20 — 40 mm. The number of persons forming a colony is
great (sometimes several hundred). The Australian specimen,
which are slightly branched, each branch measures 30 to 50 mm.,
and more, in length, and 3-6 mm., in thickness. The bare Oscula
have only a diameter of | to 1 mm. AU persons are curved, the
concave side towards the interior of the colony.

Skeleton. The main mass is formed by middle-sized trii'adiate
spicules. The rays are at an average 0*2 to 0 4 x 0'012 to 0"02
mm., subregular or sagittal. The rays are slender, mostly
slightly, often much curved, rarely quite straight. In the sagittal
triradiate spicules both the lateral rays more curved, the basal ray
straight and at the end inflated. On the inner surface of the large
canals there are many sagittal quadriradiate spicules of the same
shape and size. Apical ray is only short, 0-05 mm. Character-
istic of this species is the armer-like cortex of the outer surface,
tvhich consists of one or more layers of the. very large acerates.
These are spindle-shaped, either tapering equally towards both
ends, or thicker in the outer poi-tion, sometimes inflated. They
are slightly curved, seldom quite straight, 1 to 3 x 0-07 to 0-1
mm. All acerate spicules are situated parallel in the dermal
surface and extend longitudinally. The interstices of acerate
spicules are filled up with sagittal triradiate spicules, of which
the basal-ray is parallel to the longitudinal ones of the acerate
spicules and pointing downwards. The outer surface sometimes
quite smooth and bare, sometimes velvet-like, as everywhere a
mass of very fine bristly acerate spicules stand vertically on it.
These spicules are O'l — 0*3 x O'OOl mm.

41. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA CONICA. Nov. Spec.

A small solitary, irregular, more or less cylindrical Sponge with
an Osculum, which bears a small hardly perceptible fringe of
spicules but appears naked. Outer and inner surface are pretty

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1127

smooth. The Sponge attains a length of 30 and a diameter of
12 mm. The Gastral cavity is cylindrical and rather narrow,
measuring only a third of the diameter of the Sponge across. The
thick body wall is lacunar; wide canals measuring fi'om 0*2 —
0-25 mm. in diameter, and with a circular transverse section,
traverse it in every direction. Below the outer surface we meet
with extension, communicating sub-dermal cavities, from which
comparatively narrow canals take their origin, which can be
traced in a centripetal direction for some distance. The circular
Canals mentioned above belong to the exhalent canal system, and
are connected with the Gastral cavity by very wide (0-4 mm.) and
irregular tubes, whiuh do not stand vertical in the Gastral wall,
but extend upwards towards the Osculum. The pores in the
Gastral wall at their terminations are scattered sparsely, and
measure on an average 0-5 mm. across. The ciliated chambers
have a diameter of 0-06 mm.

Spicules : The skeleton consists mainly of triradiates in the
Parenchyma. The Gastral quadriradiates are small and
irregularly scattered ; the rays and angles are all different. The
rays vary from 0028— 0-08 x 0-004— 0-007. The Parenchymal
Triradiates are very regular ; sometimes the rays are slightly
bent; they are conic and blunt and measure 0-35 x 0 01.
Acetates of the Parenchyma, more or less radially disposed,
pointed at both ends, slightly protruding beyond the surface,
spindle-shaped, and measuring I '5 and 0*035 mm., rather rare.
Minute Acerates in a continuous layer in the outer surface all
parallel and situated radially, measuring 0*08 x 0002. These
spicules are rounded at the proximal, and pointed sharply at the
distal end. Although forming a continuous layer, they nerver-
theless do not produce a dense and hard outer skin as in those
Sponges which possess a " Stabchen-Mortel." Acerates forming
the frill named the Osculum of the same appearance as the
former, measuring 0-3-0 5 x 0-002 often slightly bent. Thickest
towards the proximal rounded end, and tapering from there to
the distal end, which is mostly broken off in specimens.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Laminarian
zone. Von Lendenfeld.

1128 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

42. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA MEANDRINA. Nov. spec.

A solitary cylindrical and tube-shaped Sponge attaining a
length of 120 and a diameter of 25 mm. The dermal surface is
smooth, without projecting spicule rays, the Gastral surface and
also that of the larger exhalent canals appears hairy or velvet-
like. The outer surface is very uneven, and has the appearance
of a surface with an intricate meander-like sculpture on it, in high
relief. The Gastral cavity is cylindrical and the thickness of the
body wall is very different in different parts in consequence of
the above-mentiuned surface-sculpture. The canal system is
rather peculiar : there are no lacunose extensions of the inhalent
canals, no subdermal cavities. In the Gastral part of the body
wall we meet with very regular longitudinal canals of an oval
transverse section. The short axis of the Ellipse is situated
radially. The thickness of the body wall is 1-8 — 2.1mm., the
Gastral cavity is accordingly very large. The longitudinal
canals measure on an average 0-7 x 1*2 mm. These exhalent
wide collecting canals open separately into the Gastral cavity,
without forming anastomoses or lacunes. The remarkable
gastric quadriradiate spicules clothe these canals in the same
"way as the Gastral cavity itself, so that they make rather the
impression of branches of a ramified Gastral cavity than of
exhalent canals.

Spicules : The skeleton consists of gastric quadriradiate spicules
with a very elongated, protruding centripetal ray, Parenchymal
triradiates of two kinds and Parenchymal, radially situated and
slightly protruding large acerate spicules. The gastric quadri-
radiates are sagittal and regular. The centripetal ray measures
from 0-07 to 0"28 mm. in length, the longer ones are predominating
with a very constant basal thickness of 0 '005 mm. The tangental
rays lie in one plane which is vertical to the centripetal ray.
Their rays are equal and also the angles, like the centripetal ray
quite straight or slightly and irregularly curved at the distal end.
They measure 018 x 0*005 mm. All i-ays are cylindrical and
pointed. The Triradiates of the Parenchyma are regular or
slightly irregular, never sagittal and stout or slender. The stout

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1129

ones predominate throughout. The slender ones are more
numerous towards the outer surface. The rays of the stout
spicules measure 0-28 x 0021, those of the slender ones have the
same length, but are only 0 0)7 mm. thick. Among the Trira-
diates there are also a few small Quadriradiates with spicules
corresponding to those of the slender trlradiate spicules. Transi-
tion forms between these Quadriradiates and the slender Triradiates
are present in great abundance. Transition forms between the
slender and the stout triradiate spicules do not exist.

The acerate spicules are spindle-shaped and pointed at both
ends. They measure 1'5 mm. x 0035 mm. These are rare.
Around the Osculum there are no differentiated spicules.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, 10-20 fathoms.
Von Lendenfeld.

43. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA CATAPHRACTA. E. Haeckel (1).

This Sponge consistj of solitary persons of an elongate cylin-
drical or flattened shape, they are slightly spindle-shaped, a
narrow peduncle and narrow oscular part are generally met with.
These cylinders attain a length of 20 to 30 mm., by a diameter of
6 mm. The Gastral cavity is narrow only J to 5 of the diameter
of the outer cylindrical surface. Osculum present without frill.
On the surface of the stomach there open a great number of very
fine Grastral pores, which lead into minute perietal- canals. On a
longitudinal section through the wall these latter are hardly
visible.

Skeleton : The main mass of the skeleton is in this species,
quite difterent from all the others, formed by several layers of
longitudinal enormous acerate spicules, which lie parallel to the
dermal surface. They are coated and united by a cement, which
consists of small, mostly sagittal triradiate spicules. The large
acerate spicules are spindle-shaped, either tapering to both ends,
or inflated on the oral side, mostly slightly curved, rarely
straight, 1 to 3 mm., 0*15 to 0*2 mm. All Acerates lie in a longitu-

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c. B and II. Seite 203., Band III., Taf. XXXIL,
figs. 6a-6f ; Taf. XXXVII., fig. 2.

1130 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

dinal direction, parallel to the longitudinal axis of the body, but
pointing a little outwards with the oral end. They are situated
in several parallel layeis closely backed (10 to 15 lasers at the
thickest place in the body-wall). The small interstice between
the Acerates are filled up by small Triradiates, which surround
sheath-like the inner Acerates. Most of them are sagittal and
are with their basal ray parallel to the longitudinal axis of the
body, whilst both the lateral rays diverge to the oral side, and
often embrace the acerate spicules by their more or less curvity.
The unpaired angle 150° to 170°, both the paired ones 95 to 105°.
The strairht basal ray measures 015 to 0 2 in length. Their
basal thickness 0005 to 0-008 mm. Between the sagittal rays
there are also single irregular, rarely regular triradiate spicules.
The sagittal quadriradiate spicules which coat the whole inner
surface of the Gastral cavity, and the larger canals, and which
are arranged regularly, the basal ray towards the aboral side,
possess an unpaired angle of 160 to 170°, the two paired angles
100 to 95°. Their basal ray is to 0-35 mm., long, straight, their
slightly curved lateral rays 0'2 to 0-3 mm., and like the basal ray
only 0-005 mm., thick. But the apical ray is 2 to 6 times thicker,
that is 0-01 — 0*02 or 003 mm., in thickness. It is very varying,
in the greater part of the Gastral cavity only 0-1 — 0 15, but
towards the Osculum 0 3 — 0-4 mm., long. The entrance to the
Gastral cavity is in this way hindered by a terrible circle of strong
apical rays just below the Osculum.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Frauenfeld ;
Port Denison, Von Lendenfeld.

44. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA TYPICA. Von Lendenfeld.
LEUCONIA TYPICA. var. tuba. N. Pol^jaeflf (1.)
This Sponge attains a length of 40 mm. and an average
diameter of 12 mm., the thickness of the body wall is 3 mm.
The round llagellated chambers in this species have particularly
regular outlines, and are smaller than in any other case, their
diameter rarely exceeding 0*04 mm.

(1.) N. PoUjaeff. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 56, pi. VII., figs, 2a-2c.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1131

Gastric Quadriradiate s^ncules. Basal ray straight, tapering
from the base to a sharp point usually shorter, 0-18 mm., and
rather thinner than lateral rays, forming with each of these latter
an angle varying from 105*^ to 110'^ ; lateral rays more or less
cylindrical, either straight or slightly curved forwards, rarely
exceeding 0225 mm. in length, with a diameter of 0-015 mm. ;
apical ray curved, more or less sharply pointed, length not
exceeding 006 mm. The length of the apical ray, however, is
variable, and there are amongst the quadriradiate spicules many
triradiate spicules also, Triradiate spicules of the Parenchyma.
Most quite regular, rays straight, smooth, tapering from the
base to sharp points, reaching 0-75 mm. in length and 0-065 mm.
in diameter.

Dermal Triradiate spicules. Sagittal, all rays of the same
length, rarely exceeding 0-35 mm., and of the same diameter,
0-02 mm., either tapering from the base to sharp points or of a
more cylindrical form ; basal ray straight, lateral rays curved,
forwards, forming each with basal ray an angle of about 115°.
Acerate spicules. In the walls of the body, sparsely scattered
here and there in the Parenchyma, either isolated or in groups,
fine linear, straight, occasionally slightly curved, reaching 0-3
mm. ; near the Osculum piercing the wall in perpendicular
direction, either spindle-shaped or rather cylindrical, but sharp
pointed, straight or slightly curved, O'l mm. long, 0*304 mm. in
diameter.

Locality: Station 36, April 23, 1873; off Bermudas, 32
fathoms, mud. East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson. Von
Lendenfeld.

45. SPECIES LEUCANDRA VILLOSA. Nov. spec.

This Sponge appears in the shape of the very large thin- walled
and irregular sacs with an extremely wide Osculum. These sacs,
of an irregular cylindrical or oval shape, attain a length of 50
and width of 25 mm. and more. They generally appear com-
pressed, with an oval transverse section, the large axis of the
ellipse about twice as long as the small one. The Osculum is

1132 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

nearly as wide as the body. Narrower in the oval Sponges it i*
relatively much wider in the cylindrical specimens. The body
wall is only 2-4 mm. thick, so that the Gastral cavity appears
very roomy. The Osculum is destitute of a frill. Our Sponge
seems always to be solitary. The outer surface is covered by
dense hair protruding a good distance and consequently makes
the impression of a thick fur. The inner surface is slightly
rough. The cana system, in difierent parts of the Sponge near
the Osculum, extremely simple, no lacunes or anastomoses of an}'
kind are formed. The body wall is consequently very thin in
this part 2 mm. Further down towards the aboral pole we find
the Grastral wall perforated by large, densely scattered round
holes measuring 1 •5-2-5 mm. in diameter. These exhalent pores
lead into longitudinal canals of an oval, transverse section similar
to those described in a very difi'erent species, Leucandra mean-
drina by myself. The pores or rather short radial canals
connecting the longitudinal tubes with Qastral cavity are conic or
trumpet-shaped, wide at the mouth, they open with an aperture
not exceeding 0-5 mm. in diameter into the tubes. These
longitudinal tubes are clothed with the same skeleton as the
stomach.

Spicules : Gastric Quadriradiate spicules. Centripetal, sagit-
tally differentiated ray, straight, slender, and protruding into
the tubes and Gastral cavity. This ray is cylindrical and pointed,
rarely slightly curved towards the end, measuring 0*2 — 0*55 mm.
X 0*01 mm. Three tangental rays equal, in a plane vertical to
the centripetal ray, straight, conic and pointed with equal angles
between them. These rays measure 028 x 001 mm. Triradiates
and Quadriradiates of the Parenchyma. Eegular Triradiates
with straight conic and rounded rays, measuring 0*35 x 0'02 mm.
are predominant in the body wall. Besides there are triradiates
of a similar size as the former with curved rays and more or less
irregular angles. I have never met with proper sagittal
Triradiates. On these irregular spicules and also on a few
regular ones an incipient fourth ray can be observed. These
forms lead up to Quadriradiates with conic, curved and terminally
rounded rays measuring 0-3 x 0-018 mm. which are however

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1133

rare. The dermal Acerates are of two kinds ; very slender
linear spicules and larger but also slender and very long spindle-
shaped spicules. The latter are set at nearly right angles to the
surface of the Sponge and extremly dense, they cause the hairy
appearance of our Sponge. They are sharply pointed at either
end and immersed about g-J of their length in the body. They
measure 2 — 3*5 mm. by 3-035 mm. The shorter ones are
common, those measuring over 3 mm. in length found only
exceptionally. The linear acerates measure 1 mm. x 0006 mm.
Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson. Von
Lendenfeld.

46. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA VAGINATA. Nov. spec.

Solitary cylindrical Sponges with hairy inner, but nearly
smooth outer surface if compared to the nearly related L. aspera.
Our Sponge has the shape of an irregular cone or spindle, or
may even be ovate. The Osculum is always situated terminally
on the narrow end of the cone. Leucandra vaginata attains a
height of 30— 40 mm. and a diameter 12 — 20 mm. The body
wall is thick, particularly in the short and irregular specimens.
The Gastral cavity measuring only l-^ oi the diameter of the
Sponge. The Osculum sometimes is surrounded by a frill. The
canal system is rather complicated. The inhalent pores lead into
a reticulation of tangental canals below the surface, all of which
possess a circular transverse section and a diameter of 0-2 mm.
The meshes of this reticulation are wide, so that no lacunes,
which might be considered as subdermal cavities are formed.
Towards the Gastral wall we meet with irregular circular canals
running tangentally, but not regularly longitudinally. I am
doubtful as to whether these form a reticulation, I think not.
If anastamoses are present they are very rare. From these
canals numerous small radial tubes only 0*2 mm. in diameter
lead into the Gastral cavity. The terminations of these, the
pores in the Gastral wall, are of the same dimensions as the
canals to which they belong, and very close to one anoth er.

Spicules.. The skeleton consists of similar elements as that of
the foregoing species.

1134 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Gastric Quaclr (radiates, Ceatripetal, protruding ray O'l x 0*008
conic, pointed, mostly straight, sometimes slightly curved near
the end. Tangental ray sagittally developed. One ray situated
longitudinally and pointing towards the aboral pole shorter than
the other two. Angles on the side of it equal, about 100*^ This
ray measures 0*08 x 0-006. The other two equal rays 0-12 x
0-008 mm.

Triradiate and Quadriradiate spicules of the Parenchyma. The
Triradiates are equiangular with straight, conic, terminally
rounded rays. The rays mostly sagittally developed. The
unpaired ray longer than the other two pointing outwards
and measuring 0-28 x 0-014 mm. The others 0-22 x 0-014 mm.
Some regular Triradiates are also met with. Their rays have
varying intermediate dimensions between the longer and shorter
ones of the sagittal Triradiates. Some of the latter show an
incipient fourth ray. Decidedly Quadriradiate spicules are rare.
Their rays have the same dimensions as those of the Triradiates,
but are generally curved.

Acerate spicules. These measure 1-7x0 035, are spindle-shaped
and slightly curved. The concave side towards the Osculum.
They are immersed in the body of the Sponge about half their
length and stand nearly vertical on its surface. Both ends are
sharply pointed. These spicules are not very numerous. The
sheath, which covers the spicules of calareous Sponges generally,
is very highly developed on the protruding part of these spicules,
much more so than in any other calcareous Sponge known to me
and I have derived the specific name from this characteristsc
peculiarity.

Locality : East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, V. Lendenfeld.

47. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA CUCUMIS. E. Haeckel (1).

This sponge is solitary and forms a cylindrical or spindle-shaped

person of 15 to 20 x 7 to 10. The longitudinal axis is mostly

more or less arched. Opposite the narrow peduncle there is the

round Osculum of 1 -5 to 2 mm., in diameter. The dermal surface

(1.) E, Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Erne Monographic. Baud II, , Seite
205 ; Band III., Tafel 33, figs. la-Ik., Ttxfel 36, figs 1-3.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1135

of the body is smooth. Gastral cavity 3 to 4 mm., in diameter,
the wall of the body 2 to 3 mm., cortex 4 mm. The canals of the
cortex are pretty regular and large loculi of 1 mm., in length and
0-3 — 0*4 mm., in width. They are like the regular radial-canals
of the sycones. They communicate by conjunctif- pores, and open
outward by the dermal pores, inward into the Parenchyma. The
canals of the parenchyma are quite irregular, partly very narrow,
partly pretty broad, and open into Gastral pores of very varying
diameter.

Skeleton : The main skeleton consists of Quadriradiate spicules.
There are 4 clearly distinct separate layers. 1. Outside a dermal
layer of Triradiate spicules mixed with single Acerates. 2. A
regular layer of large Quadriradiate spicules. 3. An irregular
layer of middle-sized Quadriradiate spicules, and 4, a Gastral
coating of Triradiates. The first layer consists of Triradiates which
are mostly slightly irregular. Their rays are straight, pointed,
and measure 0-15 — 0-25 mm. x 0-02 mm. Between them in
varying quantity longitudinal, spindle-shaped Acerates are
situated, measuring 0-1 — 1*5 mm. x Ool — 006 mm., these are
straight or slightly curved. Below the cortex we meet with a
peculiar lacunose layer, which is composed of two layers Quadri-
ladiates. The apical ray is vertical on the plane of the three
lateral rays, and is situated centripetally in the outer, and
centrifugally in the inner layer. The radial rays join as in
Amphoriscus. The inner Quadriradiates are smaller than the
outer ones. Eadial rays straight and pointed, lateral rays
slightly curved. The rays of the Quadriradiates measure 0 6 —
0 9 X 0-06 mm. The central canal is often particularly well
visible. Below these lies the Parenchyma, supported by irregular
Quadriradiates. Their rays measure 0*1 — 0-6 mm. x 002 — 0-05
mm, they are mostly straight or very slightly bent. The wall of
the stomach and the larger exhalent canals is quoted with sagittal
middle-sized Triradiates. The basal ray measures 0- 1— 0-4 mm.,
in length and is situated radially. It forms an angle of 100'^ with
the lateral rays. These measure 0'2 — 0*3 mm. in length. All
rajs 0 02— 0 03 mm. thick. The skeleton of Peristome consists of
two layers, on inner one of Triradiates and an outer of Acerates.

1136 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

The former are sagittal. Tkey are similar to the Grastral
Triradiates described above. The sagittal ray a little longer, the
lateral rays curved. Acerates longitudinal packed closely. They
measure 0-1—3 x-006— 0012 mm.

Locality : Indian Ocean, Polk Straits, Ceylon, Wright ; South
Coast of Australia, St, Vincent Gulf, Schomburgk ; Bass Straits,
Wendt.

48. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA BOMBA. Haeckel (1.)

Solitary Sponge with a proboscis. Bomb shaped, consisting
of a hollow sphere with a neck to it ; like Sycandra Ramsayi.
The diameter is 10-20 mm. The Sponge has no peduncle. The
cylindrical proboscis, 2-6 mm. in length. Osculum circular;
2-3 mm. in diameter. The surface of the Sponge is smooth ;
the Parenchyma very rigid. The body wall is 3-4 mm, thick,
and traversed by a large number of parietal canals, which are
very short and wide. These are situated radially and branch
dichotomously. Their Gastral mouths possess a diameter of
0-5-1 mm. The Gastral cavity is cylindrical or ovate, the direct
continuation of the cavity in the proboscis In the middle of the
body the diameter of the stomach is equal to the thickness of
the body wall. Above and below it is smaller.

Spicules : The skeleton consists mainly of regular Triradiates,
which are larger in the Parenchyma than in the cortex. In the
latter their rays measure 0-1 — 0-2 x 0-008 — 0'012 mm., they are
pointed, conic, straight. They are coated by dense masses of
minute Acerates which form a cement (Stabchen-Mortel.) The
component parts of this cement, the minute Acerates, are straight
or slightly bent, pointed at one end and truncate at the other,
which shows incipient spines. They measure 0-02 — 0'04 x
0 001 mm. Below this layer we meet with larger Triradiates not
so thickly set with minute Acerates. They are regular, their
rays measure 0-25— 035 x 0-02—0-025. The skeleton of the
Parenchyma consists of middle-sized regular Triradiates, with
mostly straight, conic, and pointed rays, measuring 0*2 — 0-3 x

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c Band II., Seite 209: Band III., Tafel 33, figs.
2a-2f, Taf, 38, figs, 1-6 ; Tafel 40, fig. 9.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1137

0-02 — 0*03 mm. The corresponding rays of adjoining Triradiates
generally lie parallel. Here we find also a few very large
Acerates, which ars situated longitudinally and increase in
number the nearer we get towards the proboscis, they are
spindle-shaped, pointed at both ends, straight or curved with the
convex side turned outward. They measure 7 — 1"5 mm. x 0 04
— 0"05mm. The wall of the stomach and the larger exhalent
canals is coated with regular sagittal Quadriradiates, the
differentiated ray of which protrudes into the cavity. The
tangental rays are sagittally developed, the sagittal ray points
downwards and is 0*2 — 03 mm, long. (In the Gastral wall.)
In the Quadriradiates along the canals these rays are shorter
measuring 0 1 — O'lSmm. only in length, and much shorter than
the tangental rays, which appear strongly curved and embrace
the canals. The centripetal protruding ray of the Quadriradiate
is either straight or bent hook-like, and J-^ as long as the
tangental, lateral rays. The rays of the Quadriradiates are
0-008— 0-012 mm. thick.

The proboscis consists of a thick wall supported by no less than
four different layers of spicules. (1st.) Outside a ring of very large
longitudinal Acerates 1 x 0-05 mm. (2nd.) A layer of sagittal
Triradiates the differentiated ray of which points downwards.
(2rd.) A layer of similarly disposed Quadriradiates. (4th.) An
interior layer of extremely slender Acerates measuring 0-6 — 09 x
0001 — 0-004 which are situated longitudinally and very closely

Locality : Pacific Ocean, Viti Islands, Graeffe ; East Coast of
New Zealand, Von Lendenfeld.

49. SPECIES. LEUCANDRA SACCHARATA, Haeckel (1).
LEUCANIA SACCHARATA. Ridley (2).

This Sponge occurs in the shape of solitary persons and also in
colonial forms, with or without Oscula. The solitary form with

(1.) E. Haeckel. L.c. Band II., Seite 228; Band III., Taf. 33, %s.
3a. 3e. Taf el 38, figs. 7-74.

(2.) Stuart 0. Ridley. Report on the Sponge. Report on the Zoological
Collections made in the Indian and Pacific Oceans during the Voyage of
H.M.S. Alert, in 1881-1882. British Museum Catalogue for 1884, p. 482.

1138 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

a naked Osculum has the shape of a cylinder or cone and is some-
times compressed leaf-shaped measuring 10 — 30 x 5 — 30 mm.
It is attached by a broad basis or a rudimentary solid peduncle
is developed. The Osculum at the terminal end is circular or
oval and measures 3 — 10 mm., in diameter. Sometimes it is
closed. The colonial form without Oscula appears as a large
undulating mass with highly projecting gyri and often represents
a "range of volcanoes" (Haeckel (1). The largest Sponge seen
by Haeckel measured 60 x 40 mm. Carter (2) was therefore
wrong to say, that his Teichonella prolifera is " by far the largest
Calcisponge on record " I have seen specimens measuring l40 x
80 X 30 mm., which were only fragments brought up by the
dredge, so that the upper limit in size to which this Sponge may
grow, is unknown.

The canal system.

The body wall is from 2 to 5 mm. thick, the Grastral cavity
follows in shape the outer surface pretty regularly, but is not
influenced by the external Gyri, the body wall is very much
thicker 5 mm. The canal system is simple. The outer cortex is
perforated by numerous small pores, which are equi- distant, and
measure 0 04 mm. in diameter, the solid parts of the cortex
between them are of the same dimensions as the pores. Below
the pores the inhalent canals commence wich trumpet shaped
extensions, and lead centripetally downwards into the Parenchyma.
These canals are cylindrical and situated radially, they measure
0-16 mm. in diameter and do not taper towards their centripetal
termination, but end cul-de-sac like. No tangental inhalent
canals are met with ; there exists no anastomosis or sub-dermal
cavities. The ciliated chambers measure 0 04 mm. across. The
exbalent canal system is slightly more complicated.

Eadial canals, parallel to the inhalent ones, lie between the
latter and have the same shape and dimensions as these. They do

(\.) E. Haeckel. Die Kalkschwamme. Eine Monographie. Band II.,
Seite 229.

(2. ) H. T. Carter. On Teichonia, a new Family of Calcareous Sponges,
with descriptions of two species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History
5th series. Vol. II., Nr. 7, p. 37.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1139

not open directly into the Gastral cavity, but coalesce by means
of short tangental tubes 6 to 20 of these coalesce to a very short
radial tube 0" I mm. in diameter, which opens into the Gastral
cavity with a trumpet-shaped extension.

Spicules : The skeleton consists mainly of large Quadriradiates,
to which are added minutes Acerates in the cortex and tangental
Triradiates in the Gastral wall. The outer surface is covered by
a smooth cortex of a brilliant white color.

The main part of it is formed of a cement of minute Acerates
which are pecidiar in shape. They consist of a longer conic and
pointed centripetal part and springing from the distal thick end of
this in an oblique direction a shorter also pointed centrifugal
part, which has the shape of a triangular pyramid. From the
edges of this pyramid strong spines take their origin, which are
as long or longer than the spicule is thick and give the edges of
the pyramid a strongly serrated appearance. These minute
spicules measure 0-06 x 0004 mm. In the cortex we meet here
and there with middle-sized Triradiates and large Quadriradiates.
The largest Quadriradiates are regularly disposed. Their rays
are sagittally developed. Three of them extend tangentally in
the outer surface, and lie in one plane, the fourth extends centri-
petally and is exactly radial in its position, standing vertical on
the plane of the other three. This centripetal ray is 1 1-5 mm.
long and straight. The tangental rays are 05 — 1 mm. long and
curved inward at the base. All rays are 0-06 — 0 08 mm thick.
These spicules are situated very regularly at equal distance.
Below the cortex a layer of Quadriradiates is met with, the sagittal
ra\ of which is situated centrifugally and meets the centripetal
ray of the dermal Quadriradiates. Parenchyma smaller trira-
diates regular, with rays measuring 0-2 — 05 x 0 002 — 0004 mm.
Parenchymal larger triradiate spicules with rays measuring
0-6 — 08 X 4-006 — 0-008. Between these regular spicules a few
irregular Triradiates are met with. Parenchymal Quadriradiates
irregular and variable, slightly smaller than the dermal ones
described above. Gastral and canal walls (exhalent) are coated
by a layer of sagittal triradiates, which are situated tangentally.
74

1140 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

The surface of the stomach and exhalent canals is consequently
perfectly smooth. The lateral rays enclose an angle of 160" and
are 03 mm.x 0024, the basal sagittal ray measures only 0-37 x
0-012, mm.

Below the outer surface groups of spindle-shaped cells are met
with, which are mesodermal, and which I consider as sensitive,
in consequence of their great similarity to the sensitive cells of
Cnidaria.

Locality : South Coast of Australia, Bass' Straits, AVendt.
East Coast of Australia, Port Jackson, Port Denison, von
Lendenfeld,

7. FAMILIA TEICHONID.E. Polc^jaeff (1.)
Heterocoela, with the outer surface differentiated into two
different planes, one bearing pores the other oscula. This
family is identical with that established by Carter (2) under the
name Teichonellidae. I have not seen any representatives of this
family myself, but am of opinion that they might perhaps be
considered as colonies of Leucones or Sycones, as Marshall (3)
asserted, before Polejaeff's essay was published. 1 take occasion
here to draw the attention of the reader to the remark made by
Carter (4), who says, concerning the Teichonidoe, established as
a family by him, that " it is somewhat laughable that the self-
constituted author of the History of Creation should have
omitted a whole family of these Sponges " in his Monograph ;
knowing at the same time that the only Sponges which might be
considered as representatives of the new Family Teichonidse,
were never seen or described by Haeckel or any one else before
Carter, who accordingly made new species out of the existing
specimens six years after Haeckel's Monagraph had been

(1.) N. PoUjaef. Report on the Calcarea. The Zoology of the Voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Part XXIV., p. 70.

(2. ) H. T. Carter. On Teichania, a new Family of Calcareous Sponges,
with? descriptions of two species. Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, ser. 5. Vol. II., Nr. 7, p. 35.

(3.) W. Marshall. Bericht liber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen in der
Naturgeschichte der niedersten Thiere wiihrend der Jahre 1 876- 1879. Von
Dr. Rud. Lenckart. Zweite Hiilfte. Seite 714.

(4.) H. T. Carter. L.c, p. 38 below.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1141

published. Every educated man in the world admires Haeckel's
genius, but that his mental powers would be considered sufficient
to enable him to know more than six years beforehand what new
forms nay be discovered, can only be accounted for by a degree
of admiration which one would not expect to find in so cautious
a scientist as Carter.

21. GENUS. TEICHONELLA. Carter (1.)

Foliate Teichonidee. I accept this genus preliminarily, it is
very doubtful weather the two species described by Carter belong
to one and the same genus and in what relationship they are to
the species of Teichonidae described much more accurately by
Pol^jaeff as representing a new genus.

50. SPECIES. TEICHONELLA PROLIFERA. Ccarter (2).

The Sponge consists of a foliate lamina about 4 mm., in thick-
ness which is much folded and may extend to 60 mm., and more
forming a complicated folded mass. The surface of the main
lamina is uneven bearing sometimes also secondary laminse of
varying size. Oscula amassed on the margin of the lamina
varying in diameter the largest measuring 0*54 mm. These
Oscula are nearly in a line and 3 mm,, apart. Oscula tubes
slightly narrower than the Osculum. Inhalent pores scattered
thickly, small. The Anatomy of this Sponge is unknown,
so that no decision about its relationship can be arrived at.

Spicules. The skeleton consists of large Quadriradiates, small
Quadriradiates and large and small Triradiates. Acerate spicules
are absent. Triradirates regular, rays straight and pointed mea-
suring 0'13 mm., in length in the smaller kind and 0*52 mm., in
the larger. The smaller triradiate spicules are more numerous
than the others. Gastral Quadriradiates with a centripetal differ-
tiated protruding ray curved and smaller than the other three ; of
the same size ^.s the smaller Triradiates. Large Quadriradiates

(L) H. T. Carter. L.c, p. 35.

(2.) H. T. Carter. L.c, p. 35, pL II., figs. 7-5.

1142 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

of the outer surface. Three rays tangental and regular, curved
inward, fourth ray sagittal, pointing centrix^etally and much
shorter than the others.

Locality : South West Coast of Australia, Freemantle, Carter.

51. SPECIES. TEICHONELLA LABYRINTHICA. Carter (1.)

Laminae smooth and wound round a central axis so as to form
a labyrinth of screw-shaped fans. Oscula on the concave side of
the whole lamina 0*07 mm. in diameter and 0-14 mm. apart. The
lamina has a thickness of about 2 mm., the whole Sponge
attaining a greatest diameter of 50 mm. The structure and
position of the spicules make it apparent, that the canal system
is Sycanoid.

The anatomy of this Sponge is likewise totally unknown, so
that its name and position here are only preliminary.

Spicules : The skeleton consists of triradiate and acerate
spicules. Triradiates sagittal, unpaired ray, straight 0*22 mm.
long. Paired rays much sh-^rter, curved, nearly at right angles
with the unpaired ray. The long ray situated longitudinally.
These spicules form a perfect tubar skeleton. Acerates straight
or bent obtusely pointed at the inner, and spear-shaped at the
outer end, measuring 0-13 mm. in length. These spicules are
disposed in tufts, they are twice as long on the Oscular side as
at the other. (To which does the measurement apply. 1)

Locality : South west coast of Australia, Freemantle, Carter.

22. GENUS. EILHARDIA. Polejaeff (2.)

Teichonid^ of caliciform shape. The surface carrying pores
supported by triradiate and minute acerate spicules, that bearing
oscula propped by large acerate spicules.

This genus is deservedly dedicated by Polejaeff to my teacher,
Franz Eilhard Schulze, the reformer of Spongiology.

(1.) B. T. Carter. L.c, p. 37, pi. II., figs. 6-9.
(2.) N. PoUjaeff. L.c, p. 70.

BY R. VON LENDENPELD, PH.D. 1143

52. SPECIES. EILHARDIA SCHULZEI. Pol(5jaeff (1.)

The concave surface is dull, the convex has a silvery lustre.
The convex surface bears low volcano-like Oscula, disposed at
approximately equal distances, one from another ; their diameter
does not exceed 0"4 mm., usually being still less. The concave
surface may be compared to a seive, its pores inconspicuous to
the naked eye, are found under the microscope to be round and
disposed close together; their average diameter is 0-06 mm.
The wall of the calyx 3 mm. to 7 mm. thick near the centre,
grows gradually thinner towards its free blade-like margin.

Skeleton. The skeleton of the sieve-like surface consists of
sagittal Triradiate and minute Acerate spicules; that of the
Parenchyma, of large regular, often sagittal Triradiate, and of
minute acerate spicules ; that of the convex Oscular surface of
large acerate and subdermal triradiate ; that of the Oscula them-
selves of an exterior layer of large acerate, of a middle layer of
sagittal triradiate, of an inner layer of quadriradiate, and of
minute acerate spicules, supporting the ring-like border of the
external opening of the Osculum. The minute acerate spicules
are in all parts of the body of the Sponge of the same outline.

Minute Acerate Spicules. Usually 0-05 mm., long, with a
diameter of 0*0025 mm. Triradiate Spicules of tho Sieve-like
surface. Sagittal ; all rays lying in the same plane, of the same
diameter, tapering from the base to approximately sharp points ;
lateral rays curved forwards, slightly undulating, each forming
with basal ray an angle varying from 115° to 120'*, reaching
0 75 mm., in length, usually not longer than 0-5 mm., often still
shorter the proportion between the length and the thickness being
15:1 ; basal ray straight, length inconstant, either rather exceed-
ing that of lateral ray or equal to it, or even less.

Triradiate Spicules of the Parenchyma. Regular, with pro-
nounced inclination to sagittal differentiation by the shortening of
basal ray ; all rays of the same diameter ; the proportion between
their length and thickness varying, in lateral rays, from 10:1 to

1 .) ^V. PoUjaeff. L.c, p. 70, pi. 11. , fig. 7 ; pi. IX., fig. 1-70.

1144 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

12:1; lateral rays smooth, tapering from base to sharp points ;
basal ray, if not shortened, also sharp pointed, if shortened, often
truncate, in both cases, however, of conical form ; size extremely
inconstant the length varying, in lateral rays, from 0-15 mm., to
1-8 mm.

Snh -dermal Triradiate Spicules showing a rudimentary fourth
apical ray.

Sub-dermal Triradiate Spicules of the convex surface. Sagittal,
all rays lying in the same plane, basal rays straight, tapering
from the base to a sharp point, ^-f , as thick as lateral rays and
either longer than these latter, not more than twice, or of the
same length, or even shorter, forming with each of them an angle
varying from 110° to 115° ; lateral rays either straight, or slightly
curved, average length 0*6 mm., the proportion between the
thickness and the length varying from 1 : 1 0 to 1 : 1 2. In the space
between the Oscula these triradiate spicules lie pretty regularly,
their corresponding rays being disposed more or less parallel one
to another, their basal ray turned to the closed end of the Sponge,
and the angle between the lateral rays towards the sharp margin
dividing the sieve-like surface from that bearing Oscula. Near
these latter as well as near the margin just mentioned, their
disposition becomes irregular, they lose their characteristic shape
presenting all possible transition forms to the sagittal triradiate
spicules of the sieve-like surface, and on the other hand, growing
smaller and becoming similar to the rectangular Triradiate ones
of the Oscular skeleton.

Large Acerate Spicules of the convex surface lying in several
layers almost parallel to the surface, causing its smoothness and
silvery lustre. From length and comparative thickness extremely
variable, either spindle, club, or lance-shaped, or of quite irregular
outline, reaching 1 mm. in length, usually shorter, the proportion
between their length and thickness varying from 8:1 to 30:1.

Oscula/r Acerate Spicules. Spindle or lance-shaped, usually
twenty-eight times as long as thick, rarely longer than 0"55 mm.,
often considerably shorter.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1145

Oscular Triradiate Spicules. Sagittal, basal ray forming with
each lateral ray an angle of 90° ; basal ray straight,
tapering from the base to a sharp point, usually half as thick as
lateral rays, often still thinner, occasionally almost of the same
diameter; length inconstant, rarely more than 0 05 mm., often
not exceeding 0-0 1 mm. or still less; lateral rays either
straight or slightly curved inward, usually sharply pointed, ten
times as long as thick, average length 0*01 mm. ; connected as
regards their form and size with the sagittal subdermal triradiate
spicules of the osular surface by a long series of intermediate
stages.

Oscular Quadriradiate S2ncules. Like the rectangular Triradiate
nothing but modified sagittal triradiate spicules of the Oscular
surface ; lateral rays either straight or slightly curved forwards,
tapering from the base to approximately sharp points, average
length 0 2 mm, by 0 02 mm., basal ray usually rather shorter,
straight, sharp pointed, forming with each of the lateral rays an
angle of about 110*^ ; apical ray curved, not seldom undulating,
sharp-pointed like the facial rays, usually rather thinner than
these latter; length varying from 0"06 to 0*2 mm.

Locality: Station 163a, June 3, 1874, off Port Jackson ; depth,
30 to 35 fathoms; rock. Station 163, April 4, 1874; latitude
36« 58' S., longitude 150° 30' E. ; depth, 120 fathoms; ofi
Twofold Bay, Australia, Challenger.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plates., LIX to LXVII.

Fig. la. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. Three colonies on a sheU of
Mytilus. Natural si:e painted from life. The middle-sponge
is young and consists of only a few separate individuals.
These tubes soon grow out to form a felt-like texture as seen in
the other two Sponges, and leaving round, trumpet-like Pseud
oscula between them. (Port Jackson, Laminarion zone.)

1146 A MONOGRAPH OP THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Fig. lb. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. A colony on the inside of a
Mytilus shell. Half the natural size. Photographed from
a spirit specimen. The pseudopores small in the specimens
figured in la attain such a size in this specimen that only
nan-ow parts of the Sponge, consisting of one or more tubes
remain between the large pores. In this way the whole attains
the shape of a beautiful network. (Port Jackson, 10-15 fathoms. )

Fig. Ic. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. A colony half the natural size.
Photographed from a spirit specimen. The reticulation extending
in a single plane only in the specimen figured in lb extends into
the third dimension and so a spongious structure is produced.
Attached to the sea bottom. (Off Port Jackson, 30-40 fathoms.)

Fig. Id. —Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L A specimen similar to Ic, with
finer pores and different shape, growing all over the fragment of
a coral.

Fig. 2. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. Transverse section through a narrow
part of the Sponge figured in la to the right below. Osmic acid
Picrocarmin. The inhalent pores {P) appear in the entirely,
among Ascones, unprecedented shape of very long and narrow
canals, leading from the outer surface into the gastral cavity.
The tubes are cylindrical. The outer surface is smooth, only
the tips of the rays of a few irregulai'ly disposed spicules
protrude from it. The inner surface is extremely uneven and
covered with ridges. In the thick Mesoderm numerous ova
(E) are visible. A., Oc. III.

Fig. 3. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v, L. Transverse section through part of a
tube. Osmic acid, Picrocarmin. The section passes through one
of the ridges (l) in the gastral wall and discloses a spicule and an
inhalent canal to view. The outer surface (a) and the inhalent
canals {g) are covered by a low ectodermal Epithelium, which
covers also several of the pi'otruding tops of the spicules (b).
The thick Mesoderm contains no bipolar muscular or tissue-
cells. The transparent gallert is filled by numerous multipolar
tissue-cells, the processes of which are irregularly disposed (s).
A young ovum {E) appears in the section. Amceboid wandering
cells are absent. Around the spicule CfJ the Mesoderm cells
form an Endothel which covers the immersed part of it. The
spicules are covered by a highly colourable cuticule and show
the axial canals very clearly. The flagellate frill cells cover the
whole of the inner surface of the gastral cavity. F. Oc. II.

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1147

Fig- 4. — Ascetta procumbens. R. v, L. An adult spicule. The rays are conic
and rounded. In other species they do not have this shape.
F. Oc. II.

Fig. 5.— Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. A young spicule. The rays of which
are already so thick as those of the adult, only much shorter.
F. Oc. II.

Fig. 6.— Ascetta procumbens. R. v. L. Schematic view of the interior
of the gastral cavity showing the reticulation of the ridges.

Fig. 7.— Ascetta Maclaeyi. R. v. L. Painted from life. AA. Oc. II.

Fig. 8. —Ascetta Macleayi, R. v. L. Transverse section through the upper
part of a colony. Osmicacid, AlumnCarmin, AA. Oc. II. The
black dots represent the flagellate cells. In this portion the Sponge
represents a tube of large diameter, a pseudosculum in the wall
of which small lacunes Ascon individuals or ciliated chambers
make their appearance.

Fig. 9. — Ascetta Macleayi. R. v. L. Transverse section through a colony in
its thickest part. Osmic acid, Alumn Carmin, AA. Oc. II. The
dots represent the flagellate cells. The Ascon tubes in this
region of the Sponge are not connected by a membrane as
above.

Fig. 10.— Ascetta Macleayi. R. v. L. Transverse section through the solid
peduncle. Osmic acid, Alumn Carmin, AA. Oc. I.

Figs. S, 9 and 10 are selected from a continuous series of sections made
through one specimen.

Fig. 11.— Ascetta Macleayi. R. v. L. Longitudinal section through the
colony. Osmic acid, AA. Oc. I. The Pseudosculum (0) is formed
by asimple membrane above. Further down Ascon tubes are
found around it. The tube terminates as .such below, just above
the middle of the Sponge. The central and lower part form a
free reticulation (s) here the Ascon-persons are not connected by
a membrane. (See fig. 9.) Towards the peduncle the Ascon
tubes become larger. The solid peduncle (^j) extends below to
form a disc, by means of which it is attached.

Fig. 12. — Ascetta Macleayi. R. v. L. Transverse section through a tube.
Osmic acid, Alumn Carmin, F. Oc. II. This section is near the top
of the Sponge, where the Ascon tubes are joined by a membrane

1148 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

(»w), this contains the ordinary triradiate spicules disposed
exactly tangentally. It is formed by Mesoderm — a thin wall
with sparsely scattered tissue cells — and a coating of flat
ectodermal pavement cells on either side. The surface a c b
forms part of the outer surface of the Sponge, d e/ on the other
hand is part of the surface of the pseudosculum. The pores in
the outer surface (j)) are of course inhalent, they are small,
those of the inner surface are not so numerous and much larger
(P) they are exhalent. The pseudoscular tube very flexible,
and following every current of water acts like a moveable
chimney, and evidently greatly assists the flagellate cells in
producing a strong current of water through the Sponge. If
we consider the Pseudoscular tube as a real gastral cavity and
the Ascon tubes as ciliated chambers, we have an ordinary
Leuconide or Syllcibide Sponge before us. Inhalent (2^) and
exhalent (PJ canals are clothed with low epithelium. The inner
surface of the tube (g hj is covered by the ordinary flagellate
cells. The spicules, regular Triradiates have the shape of low
pyramids following absolutely tangentally the curvature of the
Ascon tubes. Their points never protrude.

Fig. 13. — Ascetta Macleayi. R. v. L. Transverse section through the solid
peduncle. Osmic acid, Alumn Carmin, DD. Oc. I. In the tubes
and pseudoscular wall we find only a single layer of spicules. In
the peduncle we meet with a strong cote of three to five layers
of spicules with numerous multipolar tissue cells in the
mesoderm. I'he central part is destitute of spicules and filled
with numerous highly colourable cells (aj which appear
spherical in the specimens treated with hardening reagents.
They may be amorboid cells ; it appears not unlikely that they
are young stages of ova or spermatophores. In which case the
peduncle must be considered as a kind of sexual organ or
brooding place. (Similar to the formation of ova in the hollow
peduncle of Homoderma and the Hydrorhiza of some sessil
Hydromeduste.)

Fig. 14.— Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Growing from an Aplysilla
violacea, painted from life in natural size.

Fig. 15. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Longitudinal section combi-
nated picture. The same kind of Entodermal flagellate cells
throughout the Sponge and the Spongorhiza. Ciliated tubes
as in Syconidte. Spongorhiza hairy. Thes ummits of the
ciliated tubes crowned by tufts of Acerates. Regular disposition

BY R. VON LENDENFELD, PH.D. 1149

of the ciliated tubes. Numerous young ova, particularly in the
particularly in the Mesoderm of the peduncle. Two oscular
frills of Acerates.

Figs. 16-21.— Homodenna Sycandra. R. v. L. The Metamorphosis from
the simple sackshaped Ascon to the adult, but smal Sycon.

Figs. 22-23.— Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Acerate spicules of the tufts
on the ciliated tubes.

Figs. 24-26. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Quadriradiate spicules of the
Parenchyma.

Figs. 27-29. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Triradiate spicules of the
Parenchyma,

Figs. 30-31. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Quadriradiate spicules of
the gastral wall.

Fig. 32. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Transverse section through the
middle of Sponge individual. Combined picture.

Fig. 33. — Homoderma Sycandra. R. v. L. Ti-ansverse section through half
the upper part of the Sponge Osmic Acid. Picrocarmin, F. Oc. II.
This section shows the distribution of the different spicules. In
the Mesoderm there is a large oval Ovum. The spicules are
covered by sheaths, particularly those which protrude into the
Gastral cavity show these sheaths very clearly. Protruding
triradiates of the regular kind of fig. 27, are exposed in the
section. These are rare hidden by the tufts of acerates, which
are parallel to one another, and Immersed only a very short
distance.

Fig. 34.— Leucopsis pedunculata. R. v L. Longitudinal section. Osmic
Acid, the dots represent the flagellate cells covering the inner
sui'face of the Ascon tubes which have become in this specie
isolated ciliated chambers, with one large exhalent pore to each.
The shape of these chambers is irregular.

Figs. 35, 36. — Sycandra Ramsayi. R. v. L. Seen en face (35) and en
profile (36.) Photographed from a spirit specimen.

Fig. 37.— Sycandi'a Ramsayi. R. v. L. Transverse section combined
picture. C. Oc. I. The inter or inhalent canals are particularly
wide, and both these and the ciliated tubes remarkable for their
regularity and straightness. The tufts of spicules are disposed
tangentally on the summits of the ciliated tubes.

1150 A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPONGES,

Fig. 38.— a and h. Sycandra Ramsayi. R. v. L. Tdradiate sagittal
spicules of the Parencayma (a) which often show an incipient
fourth ray {b.)

Fig. 39. — a and h. Sycandra Ramsayi. R. v L. Quadrii-adiate spicules,
a of the Gastral part of the Parenchyma, h of the Gastral wall.
The sagittal ray of the former lies centrifugally, that of the
latter centripetally.

Fig. 40. — a h and c. Sycandra Ramsayi. R. v. L. Acerate spicules of the
dermal tufts a lai-ge straight spindle-shaped acerate, h and c
irregular curved spicules numerous at the base of the tufts.

Fig. 41.— Grantessa sacca. R. v. L. Photograplied from a spirit specimen.

Fig. 42. — Grantessa sacca. R. v. L. Transverse section, through a one of
the tufts of spicules conspicuous in fig. 41 .

Fig. 43.— Leucandra meandrina. R. v. L. Transverse section. The
dermal cortex a is penetrated by the pores which open into
tangental canals b, from which centripetal inhalent tubes c take
their origin. The exhalent centripetal canals d lead into
tangental wide and lacunose canals e with mostly an oval
transverse section, which finally open into others f, just below
the Gastral wall. These are in connection with the Gastral g
by irregular pores P.

Fig. 44. — Leucandra meandrino. R. v. L. A Gastral quadriradiate spicule.

Fig. 45. Leucandra meandrina. R. v. L. a Parenchymal triradiate
spicule.

Figs. 46, 47. — Leucandra saccharata, Haeckel. Photographed from spirit
specimens.

NOTES ON THE DIEECTION OF THE HAIR ON THE
BACK OF SOME KANGAROOS.

By N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

[Plate LXXI.]

Tke peculiarity in the direction of the hair on the neck of
Dorcopsis Mulleri (1), Dendrolagus ursimis and Dendrolagus inustus,
has been described and figured already by Schlegel and Miiller
(2) over forty years ago.

(1). The Dorcoims Brunii of S. MilUer, or the Macrojms Muelleri of Prof.
Schlegel, is after Prof. GaiTod, " generically distinct from Macropus in its
widest sence, and from all it minor divisions, it is also evident that Dorcopsis
Mulleri must be the name applied to the Dorcopsis Brunii of Miiller."
(Proceed, of the Zool, Soc , 1875. p. 49 )

(2). Herm. Schle(jel and Sal. Miiller. Over drie Buideldieren uit de
familie der Kengoeroes. (PI. XIX-XXIV, published as a part of the :
" Verhandeliwjen over de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche over-
zeesche Bezlttenrjen door de Leden der Naturkundige Commissie en andere
Schrijvers uitgefjeven op last van den KoningdoorC. T. Temminck. 18.S9-1S44.

Over the direction of the hair of the body of Dorcopsis Midleri, the
authors say : —

" De vleug der haren neemt op verscheidene plaatsen van het ligchaam
" eene besondere rigting aan. De haren des staarts namelijk loopen, langs de
" boven-en onderlijn naar achteren ; die der zijdeu daarentegen zijn naar
" boven gerigt, en op de eerste helft van de lengte des staarts zijn deze haren
" in het midden, als het ware gescheiden, door dat de bovenste opwaarts, de
*• onderste benedenwaarts gerigt zijn. Boven, langs het midden de schouders,
" vormen de haren eene scheiding, doordein zij van daar naar voren op den
" nek, en van de zijden naar beneden op de armen loopen, en alzoo van de
" regt naar achteren loopende haren van den rug afgescheiden zijn. De haren
" van de zijden des kops loopen naar beneden, maar die van de bovenste
" vlakte zijn naar achteren gerigt, stooten op het midden der kruin aan
" elkander, en vormen eene sort van kam, welke zich teganover het achterste
* ' einde der ooren, op de nek, in de naar boven en voren gerigte haren der
" achterzijde van den hals verliest. . . . (Loc. Cit. p. 135.)

About Dendrolagus zirsi7ius the same authors remark : —

" . . , . Boven op den rug, achter de schouders, vormt het hair eene
" soort von kring, van waar het naar alle kanten, als wit een middelpunt.

1152 DIRECTION OF THE HAIR ON THE BACKS OF SOME KANGAROOS,

Prof. Garrod, redescribing the Ealmaturus luctuosus of
D'Albertis as Dorcopsis lucttiosa, which shows the same
peculiarity, says ; — " All the hair covering the space bounded in
" front by a line running transversely across the parietal region,
*' and behind by two lines joining in the middle line between the
" shoulders, to form a right angle seven inches behind the
" occiput, and extending forward and outward to the shoulder-
" joint, being directed forward, whilst the general body-covering
" of hair is directed normally backwards." (1.)

Dorcopsis Chalmersii, described by me in a former paper (2),
shows on the neck exactly the same extent of fur, with the hair
directed forward, as in Dorcopsis luctuosa. The direction of the
hair on the tail of Dorcopsis Muelleri, mentioned by Schlegel and
Miiller, does not exist in Dorcopsis luctuosa nor in Dorcopsis
Chalmersii.

The peculiarity in the direction of the hair on the neck of the
above mentioned kangaroos is stiU more remarkable in a new
species oiDendrolagus, discovered lately on the South Coast of New
Guinea. In this species — Dendrolagiis Dorianus — not only the
hair on the neck, out nearly the whole of the hair on the back is
directed forward. Mr. E. P. Eamsay, in the description of this
species, says : — " The whole of the hair on the body is reversed.

straalvormig heenloopt. Het is om deze reden, dat het hair der achterdeelen
van den hals naar voren loopt, en tusschen de ooren, aan het naar achteren
gerigte, korte hair des kops stootende, hier eene sort van kam vormt, welke
" zich dwars over het achterhoofd, van het eene ovo tot het andere uitstrekt.
" , i . . (Loc. Cit. p. 142.)

About Dendrolagns itmstus, we find the following remarks : —

" Het hair, hetwelk van den hairkring boven de schouders, langs den
" achterhals naar voren loopt, blijft die rigting tot op het midden van den
" kop behouden, en stoot hier aan het naar achteren gerigte hair der snuits,
" aldus op den bovenkop eene lijn vormende, welke zich, in eene half
" cirkelvormige bogt, tot aan de de boven- voorhoek van het oor uitstrekt.

" (Loc. Cit. p. 144,) On the plates 19, 20 and 21 (of the above

mentioned paper of H. Schlegel and .S". Midler) the direction of the hair on
the neck is distinctly to be seen.

(1.) A. H. Garrod. On the Kangaroo called Halmaturus luctuosus, by
D'Albertis, and its affinities. Proceed, of the Zool. Soc, lb75. P. 51.

(2.) i^. de M. Maclay. On a new species of Kangaroo from the S.E. end
of New Guinea. Proceed, of the Linnean Soc. of N.S.W. Vol. IX. P. 569.

BY N. DE MIKLOUIIO-MACLAY, 1153

and meeting that of the head, which is directed backward, forms
a ridge between the ears and down the sides of the cheeks, and
is similarly directed on the limbs, the hair on the legs and arms
being directed forward, as is usual." (1 )

Having had the opportunity, through the kindness of Mr.
Wm. Macleay, of closely examining in his museum three
specimens of Dendrolagus Borianus (adult $ and 9 and a
young (J) (2), it appears to me that some additional remarks
about this most interesting animal to the description cf Mr.
Ramsay will not be out of place.

The principal external peculiarity of the same is, without
doubt, the remarkable direction of the hair on its back, a fair
idea of which may be gained by the inspection of fig. 2 (pi. 71),
representing Dendrolagus Dorianus in profile, with the direction
of the hair marked with small darts. The converging point
(marked with * on fig. 2] of the lines forming the boundary of
the hair directed forward and the hair directed backward, is
situated in the middle line, near the base of the tail (565 mm.,
or about 21-1 in. behind this occiput). From this point the lines
run forward and outward (the animal examined in the position
represented on fig. 2) to the sides of the knee-joints. From this
dividing line the hair of the back is directed forward, while on
the sides of the body the direction of the hair is gradually
bending towards the ventral middle line. The hair of the head
directed normally backward in meeting the hair of the neck
(directed forwards) forms between the ears a hair-ridge, which
is less marked than in Dorcopsis, which extends from the ears to
the front along the lower edge of the under-jaw. On the ventral
surface of the neck, beginning a little above the episternum, the
hair is directed upwards, whilst two narrow bands, with the hair

(1.) E. P. Ramsay. Contributions to the Zoolos:y of New Guinea. Part
VII. Proceed, of the Linnean Soc. of N.S.W. Vol. VIII. 1883. P. 17,

(2.) They are the same specimens which have served Mr. E. P. Ramsay
for his description of the species — Dendrolagus Dorianus— and so far as I
know, the only specimens of this species brought, until now, from New
Guinea.

1154 DIRECTION OF THE HAIR ON THE BACKS OF SOME KANGAROOS,

turned downwards, run on both bides of the median portion of
the chest. The hair on the arms and legs is directed normally
downwards. From the dividing line the hair on the hindparts
of the body as well as of the tail is as usual directed backwards.
The direction of the hair on the back in the female of Dendro-
lagus Dorianus is exactly the same as in the male (1), and can
very distinctly be observed in the young one (2).

Besides the peculiar direction of the hair on the back, which as we
have seen, is not to be found in such an extent in the other species
of the genus (3), the dentition of D. Borimms shows a very marked
differential character, which does not appear in the other two
species. I mean the large size and shape of the central incisors
(fig. 3), which are in these respects very different in comparison
with those of D. ursinus and D. inustus (4). Although, as Mr.
Ramsay, in his paper about D. Dorianus, rightly observes, the
teeth of the specimens described by him are in " a very bad state,
being corroded by the liquid in which the skin was preserved "
(5), it seems to me, that the incisors have not suffered much. The
length of the central incisors of the male (in the present state),
is not less than 13 mm., or about ^ of an inch. Their external
surface is rounded, while the internal flat, worn down. Examined
from the front (fig. 4) the space between the central incisors on
their base is about 2 mm,, (or about /oi^i-)) ^^^ they touch each
other on their lower margin which is not pointed, but presents a
half rounded cutting edge.

(1). The only sexual differences which I found in the pair of D. Doi'ianus
of the Macleay Museum, were : the smaller size of the female (the total
length of the cf , from tip of nose to end of tail, being 1340 mm., or 52 '2 in.,
tail 560 mm, or 22-1 in. ; total length of the 9 1320 mm., or 51-4 in.,
tail 550 mm., or 21-7 in.) and the hair of the end portion of the tail of the
female being longer.

(2). The total length of the young (^ (from tip of nose to end of tail
665 mm., or 22-3 in., tail 270mm., or 10"7 in.)

(3). Speaking in this paper about the " other " species of the genus
DtndrolcKjus, 1 refer only to D. msinus and D. inustufs.

(4). Schki/d and Mimei: Loc. cit., pi. 23, figs. 2 and 5.

(5). E. P. liamsay. Loc. cit., foot note to p. 17. The D. Dorianus
skins have been preserved, as I have been told by Mr. Ramsay, in common
salt, called ' ' brine. "

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY.

1155

The canines in B. Dorianus are very large in comparison with
those of the other species of the genus ; their breadth on the
cingulum is nearly 4 mm. (or not quite 0, 2 in), but their length
has been most likely reduced in this specimen by the effect of
the mode of preservation.

I am unable to my regret, to add an account about the other
teeth of D. Dorianus, because they are not accessible for
inspection in a stuffed specimen.

In a former paper (1) I have already mentioned that in
OspJiranter rufus the same peculiarity of the direction of the hair
of the neck is to be found as in the Genera Dorcopsis and
Dendrolagus. At the time when I wrote the above paper, the
only specimen of Os2)hranter rufus showing the peculiarity was
the specimen in the Macleay-Museum ; but since then, Mr.
Eamsay informed me, that another specimen of 0. rufus, brought
alive from the Riverina district and presented lately to the
Australian Museum, shows distinctly the same peculiarity as the
specimen of the Macleay-Museum.

Two more specimens of 0. rufus of the same kind have been
found amongst the collection of skins in the Australian Museum,
so that I had now four skins for my inspection (2). The two old

(1). N. de Miklouho-Maday. On a new species of Kangaroo, Z)o}TO/)sfs
Chalmersii, from the south-east end of New-Guinea. Proceed, of the
Linnean Soc. of N.S.W., Vol. IX., p. 569.

(2.) Some measurements of the four specimens of

OSPHRASTER RUFUS,

Demarbst.

From tip of nose —
end of tail.

Mm. F. in.
2515 1 8 3
2065 '^ 6 9,3
1630 5 4,2
1800 5 10,9

Length of tail.

Mm. F. in.
992 -g 3 3
850 "« 2 9,4
740 ° 2 5.1
690 3 3,1

From occiput to

converging point

on the back

^ from the Murrumbidsjee

^ K. (Mel. Mus.)

$ from the Lachlan E.

(Austr. Mus.)

(J from the Riverina distr.

(Austr. Mus.)

Q also from Riverina

(Austr. Mus.)

75

Mm. F, in.

457 "S 1 6

290 -« 11,4

'B
490 1 7,3

310 1 0,2

1156 DIRECTION OF THE HAIR ON THE BACKS OF SOME KANGAROOS

males are of a decided riifus colour, while the young male and the
female are grey. The young male is especially interesting —
showing the converging point, not between the shoulder, but
much lower down on the back than in the other three specimens.
Having inspected the four specimens, I came to the conclusion,
that in 0. rufus (as well as in the genera — Dorcopsis and
Dentrolagus) the peculiar direction of the hair on the back is not
a character of sex or age, and, secondly, that the extent of fur
with the hair directed forward, is not strictly the same in different
specimens. The anterior boundaries of this part of the fur in
0. rufus differs also from those of the genus Dorcopsis. The
hair-ridges on the head (between the ears) and the other running
down from the ears on the sides of the neck, which both are
very marked in Dorcopsis, are absent in 0. rufus. (Compare fig.
5 and fig. 6.)

As regards the non-occurrence of the described peculiarity
in the greater number of specimens of 0. rufus, I think the
same could be explained by the supposition of the existence
of two different varieties of 0. rufus. (1.)

The reasons why it appeared to me not without interest to give
by description and illustrations a fuller idea about the occurrence
of the above mentioned peculiarity in the direction of the hair on
the back of some marsupials are : because in the first instance it
is, as far as I know, quite an exceptional case in the class of
mammals, where, as a rule the hair on the back is always
directed downwards (or backwards), and secondly, because this

(1.) Such a possibility is iii accordance with the opinion of Mr. K. H.
Beunet and Mr. E. P. Eamsay, who think there are two distinct species
of the red Kangaroo, on account of different colour of the young ones ; the
young of one species being of a hluUh-grey colour, the other yrey, tinged
with light rufous.

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 1157

peculiarity contradicts, or at least puts in doubt until further
observations, the general validity of the opinion expressed by
Wallace (I) and Darwin. (2.)

This opinion was : that the directmi of the hair on the hack of
mammals is adapted to throw the rain off{Z). As an example of
the cor elation of the direction of the hair and the rain, the hair
on the arms of Simia sati/rus, observed by Wallace, has been
given (4).

Observations of the attitude of the above mentioned marsupials
(principally of Dendrolagus Dorianus) during rain will be therefore
of great interest, and will give a striking evidence in favour, or
against the explanation of Wallace or Darwin.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 71.

Fig. 1.— Upper part of the body of Dorcopsis luctuosa, D'Albertis $ in
profile, showing the peculiar direction of the hair on the neck.

Fig. 2. — Dendrolariufi Dorianus, Ramsay, o "^ profile, to show the direc-
tion of the hair on the body.

(1). A. B. Wallace. Contributions to the theory of natural selections.
A series of Essays, 2nd edition, 1871, p. 344.

(2). Ch. Darwin. The descent of man, 2nd edition, 1882, p. 151.

(3). Ch. Darwin. "The hairy covering of the body forms a natural
protection against the severities of climate and particularly against rain.
That this is the most important function is well shown by the manner in
which the hairs are disposed so as to carry off the water, by being
invariably directed downward from the most elevated part of the body."

Wallace, Loc. cit., p. 344. "It can hardly be doubted that with

most mammals the thickness of the hair on the back and its direction is
adapted <o throne off the rain." Darwin, Loc. cit., p. 151.

(4). "A. E. IFftWace remarks that the conveyance of the hair towards
the elbows on the arms of the Orang may be explained as serving to throio
off the rain,"" Darwin, Loc. cit., p. 151.

1158 ON TRIBRACH YOCRINUS CORRUGATUS,

Fig. 3.— Incisors and canine of Z)e?u?>-o/«v/!(s DonVunts (J- Natural size in
profile.

Fig. 4. — The central incisors of the same from the front. Natural size.

Fig. 5. — Upper part of the body of Osphranter rufiis, Demarest, $ in profile
showing the same peculiarity in the direction of the hair on the
neck. Converging point of the dividing lines " between the
portions of fur " with the hair dififerently directed. The
darts show the direction of the hair on different parts of the
body.

Figs. 1, 2, 5 are sketches made with the help of a camera lucida, from
stuffed specimens of the Macleay-Museum.

ON TRIBRA.CHYOCEINUS COERUGATUS (F. RATTE.)
Spec. Nov. FROM THE CARBONIFEROUS SAND-
STONE OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

Plate LXVIII.

By F. Raite, Eng. Arts axd Manuf., Paris.

Professor M'Coy first described in 1847 (Tribrachyocrinus
Olarkei), for which he created a new genus (1.)

Professor de Koninck later described specimens of this fossil
also. (2.)

(1.) Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. Vol. XX., p. 228. PI. XII., fig. 2.
(2.) Fossiles Pal^ozoiques de la Nouvelle Galles du Sud," 1877, part the
third, p. 161, pi. 6, fig. 5.

BY P. RATTE, ENG. ARTS AND MANUF., PARIS. 1159

The new species which I intend to describe agrees very closely
with both Prof, de Koninck and Prof. McCoy's descriptions,
but especially with the latter. The specimen is in the Australian
Museum.

The chief difference it presents to Trihrachyocrinus Clarhei, is in
the external appearance, the new species being wrinkled or ridged
on the surface, whilst the first one is smooth.

The fossils that Dana has described under the generic name of
Pew^fls^m (several species) (1), are probably separate plates of Cya^/^o-
crinus, but they might as well be separate plates of Trihrachj-

The inner casts of these two genera are often found in the same
beds, but in Cyathocrinus the basal plate is formed of five articles,
whilst in Trihrachyocrinus it is formed of three articles Of.'ly as in
Platycrinus.

Calyx.

In order to afford, besides the diagrams figured, a ready
systematic schema of the relative disposition of the plates forming
the calyx, I will name these pieces as follows (fig. 1, pi. 68) : —
1, 2, 3 for the three basal pieces, A B C D E for the five
adjacent subradial plates.

The anal, inter-radial, and radial plates will be named by
composing the letters of the two adjoining plates. For instance,
the anal plate being adjacent to A and B, will be called AB, and
so on. It will then be easy to read the following tabular
disposition : —

(1.) Am. Jour. Science. Vol. IV., 1847, and Geol. U. S. Expl. Exped.,
p. 713., pi. 4, f. 10.

1160

ON TRIBRACHYOCRINUS CORRUGATUS,

Dissymmetrical
Octagonal

W Dissymmetrical
^ Interradial

!5 Symmetrical ^^^

[^

Large irregular Dissymmetrical

<1

Pentagonal

Heptagonal

Dissymmetrical
Radial

Sub-symmetrical
Interradial

^P

Symmetrical
Quadrilateral

11)=^

PiM

Irregular Regular

Pentagonal Pentagonal

Axis of the

Symmetrical
Region

Symmetrical
Radial

Sub-symmetrical
Interradial

Dissymmetrical.
Radial

O rt O

"^ jC :e 3

llll

The region 3, D.E. (D E) radiating from 3 can be called the
Symmetrical region, its plane axis cutting in halves 3 and (D E),
whilst the region nearly opposite including the first and second

BY F. RATTE, ENG. ARTS AND MANUP., PARIS. 1161

anal, and the adjoining radial and interradial (A + AB), and
(B + A B), can be called the Anal region, its plane axis cutting
in halves (A B) and p.

The detail ot this arrangement is the following : —

The tripartite division of the basal plates and the situation of
the so-called anal plates cause the row of five plates which follow
the basal and are called sub-radial (sous-radiales) by Prof, de
Koninck, and first costals by Prof. McCoy, to be, necessarily,
formed of irregular elements.

Prof, de Koninck, at page 161 has given a geometrical diagram
of the plates, of Tribrachyocrinus Clarkei. The basal pentagon
in this diagram is made regular, and the three sides on which
fall the divisions are made straight. The diagram given by
Prof. M'Coy of the same species is nearer the diagram I give of
the new species (pi. 68.)

The fossil being observed from above, the medial line of division
of the basal plate projected downwards and the two lateral lines
of division projected upwards, it will be seen that the basal
pentagon is not regular, and may even be more exactly considered
as an irregular octagon with three re-entering angles at the
points of junction of the three segments, the general outline of
the figure, however, approaching a regular pentagon. Moreover
of the two segments adjacent to the medial division a i, one much
more extended than the other, is the segment adjacent to the anal
region, and, as a consequence, the angle a i d\^ greater than the
angle a if.

To follow this first irregularity, the three subradial plates which
are not adjacent to the anal region, are not of the same shape,
one C, adjacent to I c, is pentagonal, whilst the two D and E,
adjacent to cde, and efg, are, we may say, hexagonal with two of
their sides only about half the length of the others.

Aa to the two other subradial plates A and B, those adjoining
the anal region, they differ only a little from each other. One
of them, B, adjacent to hab being irregularly octagonal, whilst
the other one. A, adjacent to gh, is irregularly heptagonal, both
with one re-entering angle.

1162 ON TRIBRACHYOCRINUS CORRUGATUS,

The intercostal or anal plate, which, as seen in our specimen,
presents a re-entering angle at its upper part, exhibits a bilateral
symmetry, being octagonal in shape, and is made to fit in the two
re-entering angles of the two preceding subradial plates. Lastly,
I will remark that the last row being composed as follows, three
radials, three interradials, and the second costal or second anal
p, forms a continuous set of plates fitting each other by alter-
nating re-entering angles. For instance, the second costal
occuping the space between an irregular radial and an inter -
radial, fits on one side, in the re-entering angle of the radial, and
on the other, is provided with a cuneiform projection fitting the
next interradial plate.

Ornaments op the Calyx.
The external ornaments of the Calyx are fairly impressed in
the external cast with which it was possible to obtain a positive
representation in plaster of Paris, of the outer part of the Calyx.
These ornaments are composed of coarse granulations which give
the fossil an apparent resemblance to Platycrinus granulatus
(Austin) of the Carboniferous of Belgium. The difference, how-
ever, is very great, between the ornaments of Platycrinus granu-
latus aiid those of Tribrachyocrinus corrugatus. In the first they
consist of irregular tubercles, sometimes following each other in
sequence or meeting together for a short distance, but without
regularity. Sometimes these tubercles are rounded, sometimes
they are angu lar

In Trih. corrugatus the ornaments form a network of ridges,
leaving hollows between them, except on the radials where
separated tubercles disposed into radiating lines are to be seen
as in fig. 7, pi. 68.

Both the external cast and the internal cast are represented.
PL 68, figs. 2 to 5.

These internal and external casts show, above the three radials,
the impressions of the second radials which were not known
before. These I was more inclined to call first hrachial articles ;
they come into contact with the radials by a sharp straight edge,
their under surface, as well as the surface of the corresponding
part of the radial, exhibiting fine striae produced by the attach-
ment of muscles which allowed the arms to move in a plane

BY F, RATTE, ENG. ARTS AND MANUP., PARIS. 1163

perpendicular to the straight articulation and passing at or near
the centre of the Calyx. It was, therefore, acting like a hinge.

The shape of this articulation with the striated surfaces of
attachment of the muscles is represented Plate 68, figs. 2 to
12, on a doubled scale.

It is nearly that of an isosceles triangle, the larger base of
which is the straight edge. The opposite obtuse angle is pro-
vided with an inner groove, which is the continuation of the
arm-channels or ambulacral groove, communicating with the
digestive apparatus.

The upper side is convex, except round the groove, where it is
hollowed in the shape of a saucer to receive the next arm-plate.
Moreover, this saucer-shaped hollow is provided with a semi-
circular j!?«(^ ( " bourrelet ") or ridge, nearly concentrical with
the outer margin of the hollow, as seen in the genera Platycrinus
and Poteriocrinus, on the fixed plates that Prof, de Koninck calls
" pieces superieures " (1.)

Arms.

Traces of the arms are impressed above the last-mentioned
articulation, but not in a sufiicient state of neatness for descrip-
tion. I have seen in the collection of the Geological .Department a
beautiful impression, representing two branches of arms four
inches in length and i;,ths of an inch in thickness. Each article
is cuneiform in shape, say presenting a maximum of thickness at
the extremity of one diameter, and a minimum at the other
extremity of the same diameter alternately, the thickest part
(distal end) giving insertion to a spine. Some syzygies also are
distinguished. But it is not known if these arm-branches are
those of Trihrachyocrinus or of Cyathocrimis Konincki, which
both occur in the same beds.

" VouTE " (Vault), or Outer Part of the Calyx.

Between the arm-plates are seen the casts of very small plates,
irregular in shape, which doubtless belong to the so-called
"voute" (vault), or outer part covering the calyx, as in
Rhodocrimcs, for instance. Many of these small plates are four-
sided, few are five-sided.

(1.) Desc. des Anim. Foss. Carb. Belg., 1842-4. Plate F.

1164 LARV^ AND LARVA-CASES OF AUSTRALIAN APHROPHORIDiE,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVIII.

Fig. L— Diagram of the plates of Tribrachyocrinus corrugatus, including
the second radials articulated with the first radials.

Fig. 2. — Upper side view of the outer part of the Calyx, from a plaster
cast obtained from the sandstone hollow cast (negative). The
three second radials and a part of the small plates of the vault
are seen.

Fig. 3.— Upper side view of the inner cast (sandstone) of the Calyx
showing the negative casts of the three second radials and of a
part of the small plates of the vault. Taken in the same
position as fig. 2.

Fig. 4.— Under side view of the outer part of the Calyx, from a plaster
cast as in fig. 2. Showing the three basal plates and the sub-
radial B on the right of the fig.

Fig. 5.— Under side view of the inner cast of the Calyx, taken in the same
position as fig. 4.

Fig. 6.— View of the symmetrical radial, showing the granulations of the
surface. Double size.

Fig. 7. — Under side of the second radial showing muscular striffi. Double
size.

Fig. 8. — Upper side of the same showing socket for the first article of the
arm. Double size.

Fig. 9. — Side view of the same. Double size.

Fig. 10.— Medial section of figs. 6 and 7, arranged so as to show the place
of the muscle and their relative position. Double size.

Fig. 11.— Section ^j^. of second radial. Double size.

Fig. 12. — Section 7-s. of same.

ON THE LARY7E AND LARVA-CASES OF SOME

AUSTRALIAN APHROPHORID^.

By F. Ratte, Eng. Arts and Manup,, Paris.

(Plates LXIX. and LXX.)

There are several instances of insect larvce building a kind of
shell, if not shell in structure, at least in form. In Relicopsyche,
a phryganid (Trichoptera), the larva of which lives in the
waters of warm countries, the shell is in the shape of an Helix,
and is formed of agglutinated sand. This shell often includes
bright minerals, such as quartz, garnets, amphibole, mica yNew
Caledonia.) In a classical instance, it is formed of small
Planorhis ( Westwood). In this country the female of a case-moth
lives in a perfectly helicoidal shell apparently formed by aggluti-
nated vegetable matter.

BY F, RATTB, BNG, ARTS AND MANUP., PARIS. 1165

But these are not true shells like those of molluscs or serpulse.

At the meeting of June last, our President, Mr. C. S.
Wilkinson, exhibited helicoidal shells of insects found on the
branches of some gum trees at the Hunter Eiver. They are
figured in connection with this paper, but were remains of the
last year, and had no insects in them. Mr. Brazier found some at
the North Shore years ago, but they do not seem to be common
everywhere. However, Mr. Eamsay found an empty specimen
at Manly, probably of the same species.

Similar shells, but of a conical shape, of two or three different
species, are rather common around Sydney, especially on white
gum {Eucalyptus hcemastoma, var. micrantha) and stringy bark
{Euc. capitellata) ; it is those which enabled me, with the help
of Mr. Macleay, to find the genus to which, most probably, the
three or four mentioned species belong. Those are true shells,
much resembling some living and fossil serpulse.

The shell is fixed on the branch, generally a little or imme-
diately above the insertion of a leaf ; and its opening is turned
upwards. The position of the larva in it is reversed, its head
being placed downwards, except in the helicoidal shell, where
the insect lies horizontally for the greater part of its larva life.
In both instances it follows that the larva, instead of presenting
its head at the entrance of its shell, like a mollusc, presents its
hind region. The mouth of the larva is transformed into a
suctorial apparatus, with which it pierces the bark of the stem,
and sucks the sap. For that purpose the shell is provided with
a longitudinal slit. It occasionally moves itself backwards and
emits a drop of clear water at the entrance of its shell, which is
habitually half or nearly full of water. In warm weather
especially, the production of water is increased, and drops are
seen falling from the top of the shell. A well-known species of
Aphrophora,^.^. ,^oudoti (Benn), of Madagascar, also lives on
trees, but does not build a shell. In the state of larva, as well
as of imago, it emits a large quantity of clear water. Mr.
Goudot says that on a warm day he could obtain in half-an-hour
about a bottle-full of water produced by about sixty insects. (I.)

(1.) Beimet. Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1833, and Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc,
Mauritius, 1832.

1166 LARVAE AND LARVA-CASES OP AUSTRALIAN APHROPHORID.E,

This phenomenon does not occur only in this order of insects.
It is said that a kind of ant in Brazil absorbs water, and emits
it in abundance. ("Nature," 1881.)

The lime which enters into the composition of the shell is
evidently provided from the sap of the tree, and, according to
Professor W. A. Dixon, the stems and leaves of gum trees are
rich in lime. From a rough assay made by treating the shells
with diluted hydrochloric acid, I obtained at least seventy-five
per cent as the proportion of carbonate of lime, the insoluble
remains being considered as chitinous matter.

The weight of the ornamented shell, the most common species,
is about 4 centigrammes, whilst that of the larger one is 6
centigrammes.

The imago was obtained about the end of September, and
was identified by Mr. Macleay as belonging to the genus Ptyehis
nearly allied to AphropJwra.

When it is ready to undergo its last change the larva gets out
of the shell in the middle of a frothy mass of water like the
cuckoospit (^Aphrophora spumaria, Linn.), and shortly after
leaving its skin, appears in the shape of imago.

About the same time, I received from Mr. John Mitchell of
Bowning, some living specimens which were far less advanced
than those around Sydney, showing that they were at least one
month or two later.

It is not known when they deposit their eggs, but it is probable
that they live for some time in the perfect state, as they are still
to be found now (end of November) on the trees.

These little jumpers don't make great use of their wings and
consequently don't go very high on the trees although they run
very quickly ; their shells are found from two feet to six or seven
feet above the ground.

Ten months at least ought probably to be reckoned as the time the
insect lives in its larval state, at the same time growing its shell.
During that period it apparently undergoes numerous changes, as
in the three last months of the life of the larva, it passes through
at least six distinct stages including the last one.

By perusing the appended plates we will go rapidly through
the details of this study. The scale is marked on the figures.

BY F. RATTE, ENG. ARTS AND MANUF,, PARIS. 1167

Plate 69, fig. 1,1a, lband2. Helicoidal shell. Occurs dextrorsum
or sinistrorsum round the stems, section ogival, showing a longi-
tudinal costa. Shell finely striated with lines of growth. Helix
of two rounds and one half, diameter 7^ millimetres (fig. 1, etc.)
The shell represented by fig. 2 differs somewhat in general
appearance from fig. 1, but the striation is the same and it is
probably the same species. The last one was found at Manly by
Mr. Earns ay.

Plate 69, fig. 3, 4, 6, 8, 8a, 11. The commonest species. Is
easily distinguished by the granulations of its lines of growth.
Those exhibit ornamentations which recall some forms of wall
stalactites (fig. 8 and 11.) This shell is also very dark, especially
on the tubercles. These ornaments are irregularly disposed in
front of the shell, but on each side follow each other, forming a
continuous serrated costa Length of shell, 15 millimetres.
Attached to the stem along its whole length. Plate 70, fig. 1, 2,
4, 5, 10, represent five difi'orent stages of the larva enlarged 10
times and on a smaller scale, the imago from the ornamented shell,
(fig. 3 etc.) Fig. 1, as found in July, 3 millimetres. Fig. la
the shield shaped anal plate enlarged. It acts as an operculum.
Fig. 10, the imago drawn only double size. Length of body, 7^
millimetres. Alar expansion, 14 J millimetres. Thorax and
scutellum light green and transversely striated. Among the
images obtained from the common shells there are some much
smaller, sojaewhat differing in shade, having the wings better
marked than the others, which are probably the males.
Length of body, 4^ millimetres. Alar expansion, 10^ millimetres.

Plate 69, fig. 3a, 10 represent the shell of another species,
the largest among the species described. Section ogival,
rounded, and narrower at the mouth. The surface is
marked with lines of growth and is somewhat lustrous with a
light shade of bufi", darker near the mouth. These shells soon
lose their colours under the sun, those of the preceding year being
perfectly white. It is obvious that the younger lines of growth,
near the mouth of the shell, are likely to exhibit the colours in a
fresher state. Fig. 10 represents a shell which has been broken
and mended. A piece of the broken part is seen cemented on the

1168 LARV^ AND LARVA-CASES OF AUSTRALIAN APHROPHORID.E,

surface in front of the shell. Length 22 to 25 millimetres.
Detached from the stem and bent for about 9 millimetres.

Plate 70, fig, 6, represents the larva of the same enlarged five
times, as found in July. This larva shows no plates like those
represented figs. 1 to 5.

Plate 69, fig. 3b, 4(?), 5, 7 and 9, represent a smaller shell much
resembling the preceding one, being only from 15 to 18 millimetres
in length. The section is generally more distinctly ogival and
the shell presents in front a longitudin al angle, but, as well as m
the preceding species the mouth is round or nearly so. A peculi-
arity which distinguishes this shell is a narrowing which is situated
at two or three millimetres from the mouth. From this narrow
space to the mouth the shell is dark, nearly black. The general
colour is a greyish white. The shell is bent on its upper part and
detached from the stem as the preceding one. The larva resembles
the one represented fig. 6, plate 70.

From these I obtained a perfect insect apparently differing from
the common species by a lighter shade on the wings. Fig. 7
represents an instance of this shell taking a half round.

Plate 70, fig. 7, represents a hind tibia of larva with three articu-
lations, two claws and rings of setee. This figure and the following
ones apply to the difiPerent larvae examined, but especially to the
common species.

Fig. 8a, 8b, represent the inferior lip composed of three divisions
forming a tube for the setee, which are four in number (mandibles
and maxillae.) The maxilla3 are serrated fig. a,b.

Fig. 9. Antenna) of larva terminating in asingle seta short
and stout.

In conclusion I should say that much remains to be done next
year towards the study of these little insects.

In the dry parts of the interior it is probable that the water
contained in these shells is resorted to for drinking by the ants so
numerous in Australia, as if it was a specialty among the small
homopterous insects to provide during their life for the Formicidce.

Other insects inhabit the interior of the shell after it has been
left by its builder ; small cockroaches take occasional refuge in it.
It is often also occupied by a small spider.

BY F. RATTE, ENG. ARTS AND MANUF., PARIS. 1169

The larvEG are attacked by small black flies which perhaps
deposit an egg or two in the young larva, the product of which
feeds on it and ultimately takes its place. I found the pupa of
this fly in a black hairy cocoon, but have lost the perfect insect.
Similarly some Coccidce are attacked by small Dii^tera and
Hymenoftera.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

The Hon. James Norton exhibited male and female cones of
Araucaria Cooki, now to be seen in full fructification in the
North Eastern Division of Hyde Park. Mr. Norton observed
that this tree in its earliest stages was not distinguishable from
Araucaria excelsa, but when full grown it was more dwarf and
compact. As in the case of A. excelsa, the male cones grow at the
ends of the leaf spires, and the female are produced on the higher
branches, but the latter are apparently smaller and more clustered.

Dr. George Hurst exhibited an egg of Scythrops Novca, Hollandicii,
taken from the ovarium of a bird shot this month at Kempsey,
He mentioned that the only other specimen of this egg ever
recorded was obtained in a similar manner and described in
Gould's Handbook of the Birds of Australia.

The President exhibited, for Mons. F. Ratte, a number of
beautiful drawings, illustrative of his papers ; and also a box
containing carefully mounted specimens of the insect shells
referred to, which have been presented to the Australian Museum.

The President also exhibited four specimens of the shell-like
covering of a species of Phryganea. These are built up entirely of
small round nodules of brown iron ore, fastened together by a
silky web. They were obtained on the north end of New
Caledonia, by Dr. Storer, in a creek flowing over rocks composed
of iron ore.

The President submitted a lithograph of a new fossil plant,
found by Mr. R. M. Johnston, of Hobart, in the carboniferous
beds of the Jerusalem Basin, Tasmania. It has been named by
the discovex-er Lepidostrobus Miilleri.

WEDNESDAY, 31st DECEMBER, 1884.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, F.L.S., &c., in the chair.

The following gentlemen were present as visitors. W. H.
Caldwell, Esq., B.A. ; C. E. Smith, Esq. ; James Mosely, Esq. ;
Alex. Hamilton, Esq.

MEMBER ELECTED.

George Wall, Esq., of Sydney.

DONATIONS.

" Zoologischer Anzeiger," Nos. 179 to 181., 20th October to
17th November, 1884. From the Editor.

•' Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh," Vol.
XXXI., Part 1. Vol. XXXII. , Part 2. 1881-83, 2 Vols. 4to.
"Proceedings," Sessions 1881-82 and 1882-83, 2 Vols. 8vo.
From the Society.

" Definitions of some new Australian Plants." By Baron F.
von Mueller, K.C.M.G., &c. From the Author.

"Origin of the Fauna and Flora of New Zealand." By
Captain F. W. Hutton, F.G.S. From the Author.

" Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou,"
TomeLIX., No. 1, 1884. From the Society.

" Science," Vol. III., Nos. 89 to 93. October 17th to November
14th, 1884. From the Editor,

" Studies from the Biological Laboratory of the Johns Hopkins
University, Baltimore, U.S.A.," Vol. III., No. 1, March, 1884,
Also, " University Circular," April, 1884. From the University.

"Midland Medical Miscellany," Vol. IV., No. 35. From the
Editor.

DONATIONS. 1171

" Catalogue of Papers and Works relating to the Mammalian
Oi'ders, Marsiipialia and Monotremata." By J. J. Fletcher, M.A.,
B.Sc. From the Author.

"Scientific Opinion," 3 Vols., 4to, 1869-70. "Intellectual
Observer," 16 Vols., 8vo, 1862-70. Fiom Professor W. J.
Stephens, M.A., F.G.S.

" Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London," Part 3, for
1884. From the Society.

" Nova Acta Regise Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis." Series
III., Vol. XIT., Fasc. I., 1884, 4to. From the Society.

" Monatliche Mittheilungen des Naturwissenchaftlichen Vereins
des Pegierungsbezirkes Frankfurt." Jahrg. II. No. VII.,
October 1884. From the Society.

" Second Supplement to R. A. Peacock's 'Saturated Steam.'"
1 Pamphlet 12 mo. 1884. From the Author.

PAPERS READ.

OCCASIONAL NOTES ON PLANTS INDIGENOUS IN
THE IMMEDIATE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF SYDNEY.

No. 8.
By Edward Haviland.

The subject of this paper is the plant Wahlenhergia gracilis.
It belongs to the order Camqoanulacece.

This order, although aVjundant in genera in most other countries,
contains, so far as is yet known, but three in Australia. Bentham
(Flora Australiensis, Vol. IV.) gives four, Lobelia, Pratia, Isotoma,
and Wahlenhergia ; but Baron von Mueller (census A ustralian
Plants, 1882) reduces them to three by uniting Pratia and
Lobelia. Of the genus Wahlenbergia, there is but one species,
Wahlenhergia gracilis, as yet known in N ew South Wales ; and
this appears in all the Australian colonies, while in Tasmania
there are two, W. gracilis and W. saxicola; both species being
also found in New Zealand. The genus seems to be almost
uninfluenced by climate. Bentham mentions W. gracilis as being
76

1172 NOTES ON PLANTS INDIGENOUS TO SYDNEY,

common from tlie coast to the mountains, being found even at a
height of six thousand feet ; while W. saxicola is stated by
Hooker to be fonnd on the coast and also on the summit of
Mount Wellington, in Tasmania. Wahlenhergia gracilis is an
exceedingly variable plant, both in its general stature and in
the size of its individual dowers. Mature specimens may be
collected side by side, varying from six to eighteen inches
in height, and with corollas from two or three lines to three
quarters of an inch in diameter. It seems to prefer light open
forest land, and in such localities it has been exceedingly abundant
during the present spring and summer. In all its forms it is an
exceedingly graceful plant ; its beautiful blue flowers, when seen
at a little distance, bringing at once to memory the English
Harebell {Camioanula rotundifolia), though of course a very
different plant when more closely inspected. Wahlenhergia
gracilis presents a peculiarity, when quite mature, in the apparent
loss of its stamens. It is but apparent, however, their peculiar
form, together with the early loss of the anthers, lead often to the
supposition that the flower has no stamens ; but I have not found
them altogether absent in any specimen that I have examined.
In nearly all, however, after the flowers have reached maturity
the anthers have been wanting. The ovary has its dome shaped
top level with the bases of the calyx lobes, and the fine stamens
have the lower portions of their filaments so broad, that during
the early existence of the flower, when they lie flatly upon the
ovary, they cover it so closely that they are scarcely distinguishable
from it ; and as the edges of these broad portions of the filaments
are ciliate, the top of the ovary, at that time, presents the
appearance of a flattened dome having five ridges extending
downwards from its apex. As the flower reaches maturity the
filaments become loose, standing more away from the ovary ; but
looking more like an inner perianth than stamens. Although so
broad at the base they end abruptly in a very fine thread-like
portion, as long as the broader part, having, through the loss of
the anthers the appearance of staminodia, hence the flower
appears either to have no stamens or imperfect ones.

BY E. HAVILAND. 1173

If a bud, just before it expands, be opened, the anthers may be
seen attached to the almost hair-like portion of the filament ; and
forming a close tube round the style, which at that time is only
level with them, although it subsequently passes through them,
and grows to a considerable length beyond them. Upon the style
there are sveral large glands and these secrete a viscid fluid causing
the pollen, which has already escaped from the anthers, to adhere
to it. The style ends in a stigma of three lobes which at this time
are closed, the stigmatic surfaces being inside, so that the pollen
that has been deposited can have no fertilising effect upon the
flower. Soon after the anthers have thus shed their pollen, as a
rule, they disappear, by what means, I am at present unable to say.
My first impression was that they were carried away by insects
with some pollen still in them. Our friend Mr. Deane however,
who has rendered me very great assistance in the study of this
plant, suggested, that becoming detached they simply fall out of
the corolla by gravity. I am not able to satisfy myself that this is
the case ; because, if it were so, I should expect the anther always
to be detached at the connective. I find however that this is not so ;
but that on the contrary, although sometimes so detached, they are
more frequently so by the rupture of the thinner portion of the
filament at various points ; and moreover I find that when the
filament itself is so broken, the i-emaining portion always seems to
have recoiled, as though from a violent rupture. I do not think
the anthers fall from mere gravity, for the flower, although so
fragile, is generally quite erect when expanded, becoming pendant
only as it closes, thus imprisoning the anthers at the very time
when it could fall out by gravity. On this account I have searched
for the debris of anthers in the bottom of the corolla but have
have found it only in exceptional instances.

I think, however, another suggestion of Mr. Deane's a very happy
one, and likely to be the solution of the difficulty. To explain this,
I must repeat, that when the bud first opens the anthers and the
thin portions of the filaments lie closely round the style, and are to
some extent cemented to it by the viscid secretion from its glands.
From that time the style grows very rapidly, passing far beyond

1174 NOTES ON PLANTS INDIGENOUS TO SYDNEY,

the stamens. Mr. Deane suggests that this rapid growth of the
style, carrying the stamens for a time with it, causes such a strain
upon them that the thin portions of the filaments are ruptured.
Of course this rupture may occur in any part of the filament, and
this is just what I find, sometimes at the connective, at other times
lower down and even close to the broader base. The suggestion
however, though in all probability right, lacks confirmation by
actual observation.

When the style has grown far above the anthers it exposes a
large mass of pollen adherent to it. In a few days, as a rule, the
whole of this pollen disappears. It does not fall into the corolla,
nor can it I think be carried away by the wind, as it is not of the
dry dusty nature of the pollen of anemophilous flowers. I can
therefore only conclude that it is carried away by insects for the
fertilisation of other flowers.

It rarely happens that the stigmatic lobes open before the whole
of the pollen has been so carried away ; then however they open
widely, forming a convenient stage upon which an insect may
alight, and exposing freely the stigmatic surfaces, densely covered
with stifi" hair-like glands ; which, at the same time, form a brush
to sweep the pollen from any insects bearing it, and secrete a fluid
to retain it. Thus, like Lobelia, in the same natural order of
plants, although somewhat in a difierent way, this plant first oflfers
its own pollen for the fertilisation of other plants, and then exposes
its own stigmas to receive that of other plants in return.

REPORT ON THE GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEO
GRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK.

By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., &c.

Geology.

The Geology of the State of Perak may be bi-iefly described as
consisting of : —

1. An immense granite formation passing into schists and slates
of very early or ancient geological age.

2. Of a formation of paleozoic slates and clays, forming outliers
or detached portions showing that it has been subject to great
denudation. It is nearly always decomposed into blue mottled
clays, red sandy clays, or highly variegated contorted clays com-
monly called Laterite. It forms small hills, or lies along the base
of the ranges or in the valleys and on plains. It is not now of
great thickness but has evidently once covered the whole granite
formation.

3. Limestone in detached outliers or isolated hills of precipitous
character showing much denudation. It is stratified or crystalline.
There are no traces of fossils, or at least none have been yet found.
I think, however, that it is probably of paleozoic age. From its
wide extension throughout Perak where it crops out in so many
places, I should say that it once covered the whole of the granite
and paleozoic clays.

4. Drifts and alluvium derived from ancient streams and river
beds, formed of material from all the preceding deposits.

1176 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

In these drifts there are deposits of tin which occur in a
manner very similar to the alluvial gold in Australia, that is to
say, in " leads" which are the ancient river beds of the country.

Tin also occurs in caves in the limestone and at the junction of
the paleozoic clays with the granite. In the former case the ore
has been drifted into its present position. In the latter it does not
occur abundantly.

5. Above these alluvial deposits there is the usual surface soil,
supporting for the most part a dense vegetation.

Physical Geography.

The mountain system of the State of Perak, consists of detached
groups of mountains which cover the west side of this part of the
Peninsula, with an almost continuous range close to the sea of the
Straits of Malacca.

The groups of mountains form parallel chains 20 or 30 miles
long and with a direction a little oblique to the true meridional line.
Sometimes they are wholly detached groups so as to allow rivers
from the eastward to pass between them. Such for instance is
seen in the ranges between the rivers Kinta and Perak. This
group of mountains declines to the north, so as to allow the Plus
River to join the Perak, and to the south the Kinta joins the Perak.

The Islands off the Coast, such as the Bindings, Pula Penang,
and those oS State Keddah (Pulo Leddas, P. Lankawi, Buton, &c.),
are probably portions of similar groups. The}" usually run in
sharp parallel ridges variously modided by oblique spurs which some-
times connect the main chains. These junctions form watersheds
which throw off small streams to the north-east and south-west.

The following are the principal groups of mountains known to
me, proceeding from south to north.

Bindings.'

Off the Coast in front of the Bindings River (Lat. about 4'^ 12'
N.), there is a series of islands of moderate elevation, though one
peak in Pulo Pankore may be 800 feet high. All these islands are
granitic, with tin and a little fine scaly gold (so it is said.) These

BY THE REV. J. B. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S., ifec. 1177

are densely clothed with jungle and have fringing reefs of coral.
I have visited three or four of these islands, and they ai-e all of the
same character.

On the main land there is a cluster of hills called the false
Bindings, from the fact, that at a short distance they look like
islands. They give rise to small rivers such the Bindings River
and its tributaries. This cluster is also granitic, and tin occurs on
the alluvial beds derived from it.

GUNONG BUBU.

North-east of this group, but quite detached from it, is a series of
parallel mountain ridges with a uniform N.N.E. trend. These
ridges are eight or nine in number. The central one is the highest,
culminating in Mount Bubu, a fine peak of about 5600 feet in
elevation. All the ridges are granitic with occasional patches of
metamorphic schists, all more or less rich in tin, though there are
but few mines in this group. A remarkable character in these
mountains is that all the ridges are extremely steep and frequently
interrupted by granite precipices of 1000 feet or more. Gunong
Bubu is only accessible in one or two places, the summit being
surrounded by escarpments of rocks of great height.

Rivers Kangsa and Kenas.

Many small streams join the Perak River from this range. The
Rivers Kenas and Kangsa both flow into the Perak from the slopes
of this group, the Kenas in a south-east and the Kangsa in a north-
east direction. In an ascent made by me to the summit of Mount
Bubu, I was able to explore some of the sources of these rivers,
which aflbrd a home to many a Rhinoceros, but few other animals
except monkeys (Hylobates, Semnopithecus and Macacus.) The
rivers descend many hundred feet in a series of cascades, giving
rise to some of the finest scenery in the Malay Peninsula.

Gapis Pass.

North of Mount Bubu this group of ridges falls away abruptly,
leaving a narrow pass (Gapis Pass) between them and the west

1178 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

group. This pass is about 400 feet above the level of the sea,
and therefore too elevated to permit of any river outlet.

Mount Pondok.

In Gapis Pass, or rather at the eastern end of it, there is an
isolated hill of highly crystalline limestone. It is an outlier of
the great paleozoic limestone formation already referred to.
Mount Pondok is about 4000 feet high and quite precipitous.
Its junction with the granite or paleozoic clays is not visible. Its
bright blue and red precipices, crowned by dark green jungle,
makes it a singular and beautiful object, though there are many
similar to it, in the State of Perak and elsewhere in the Peninsula,

Mount Ijau.

North of Gapis another group of ranges succeeds, culminating
in Mount Ijau. This cluster of ridges appears to be nearly of the
same dimensions as the Mount Bubu group, but not so high by
1000 feet or so. I estimate that each group is from 20 to 25
miles long and 14 to 16 miles broad, covering an area of about
400 square miles. This, however, is only a rough estimate formed
from views obtained from the summits of Group Bubu. I have
not been able to examine closely the termination of Mount Ijau
group to the north. From the sea and from the Perak River one
can perceive a distinct pass like that of Gapis. It is probably
about the same height and does not form the outlet of any river
from the eastern side of the range.

KuRAU Group.

North of Gunong Ijau is another group which I don't know
how to distinguish, except that it forms the watershed of the
Kurau River. Its highest point is said to be a mountain also
called Ijau. If it be the peak which seems the highest point in
the range, it does not appear from a distance to be so high as
Mount Ijau to the south.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1179

Mount Iuas.

Mount Iuas, as understood by the Malays of Selama, is the
highest point of another detached group north of the Krian and
Selama Rivers. At a few miles distance from the foot of this
range it seemed somewhat over 4000 feet high, and the highest
point of an isolated group of ridges.

Keddah Peak.

North of Iuas in the State of Keddah, there is, close to the sea
a detached group of mountains, round the southern base of which
the Keddah River flows. Keddah Peak is the highest summit
and probably over 4000 feet above the sea.

Other Groups.
In the north of Perak near Patani there are other groups of
mountains, notably the Gunong Kendrong Group, which is quite
detached from any other hills.

Perak River.

The whole of these groups are sufficiently connected to prevent
any drainage fi-om the central range from flowing directly to the
West Coast of the Peninsula. Thus the Perak River which has
its source in the Keddah and Patani Mountains flows to the
southward in a winding course of over 200 miles. It has many
tributaries the most important of which are the Plus and Kinta.

Plus River.

The Plus River has its sources in the high mountain group east
of Mount Iuas and in the main range. It flows round the southern
end of the Bukit Panjang Range and then joins the Perak.

Kinta Ranges.

South of this junction of the Plus is a group of mountains, called
by some the Kinta Ranges. This group is about 25 miles long.
It is quite detached from all the others having a generally north and

1180 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OP THE STATE OF PERAK,

south direction, but sending off spurs, north-east from the eastern
side, and south-west from the western. As in all these groups of
mountains the spurs on the eastern side are not numerous. The
group is entirely granitic but on its lower slopes has extensive
deposits of limestone. This belongs to the formation already
referi-ed to. Above and below the limestone strata drift tin is
worked ; below, that is to say, the horizon of the limestone. I am
not aware of any instance where the calcareous strata have been
bored through.

For about 25 miles this range separates the valley of the Perak
River from that of the Kinta, which flows on its western base.
The highest peaks rise to about 3750 feet above the sea and give
rise to small streams which all flow into the Perak. There is a
remarkable uniformity in three or four of the highest summits
which are about the centre of the chain. They are all within a
few feet of the same height. From these mountains the range
falls away gradually to the south. It sends off two considerable
spurs to the south-west. Where it ceases the River Kinta joins
the Perak.

Kinta Valley.

The valley of the Kinta River is about as wide as that of the
Perak. Both rivers flow on the eastern sides of their respective
valleys. The eastern tributaries are many and important. On
the sides, limestone, granite, and schistose slates crop out. To the
eastward there are many detached hills of limestone, fronting the
main central chain. They form very characteristic features in the
landscape from their precipitous outline and brilliantly coloured
escarpments of blue, green and bright red rock. They are also dis-
tiiiguished by a different vegetation.

Perak Valley.

The valley of the Perak River is bounded on the west by the
groups of mountains already described. I have previously observed
that the stream flows on the eastern side of the valley. This
is owing to the many spurs and outliers on the eastern slopes
of Mount Bubu and the Ijau Ranges. It would seem as if there

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS,,F G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1181

had been much less denudation on the eastern than on the western
side of the range. This may be owing to the prevailing rains
falling more abundantly on the western than on the eastern sides
of the mountains.

As a consequence of this, the tin workings appear to be (with
no exception known to me) on the western slopes of the ranges,
where the waste and wash have been probably greater.

Batu Kurau.
Between Mount Bubu Group, Mount Ijau Group and the sea,
there are no hills except small outliers, mostly of paleozoic clay.
These have evidently, at one time, been united to the ranges.
North of the Larut River there is an isolated limestone mountain
near the Kurau River called Batu Kurau. It is similar to Mount
Pondok in the Gapis Pass. It is quite unconnected with the main
range, and I'ises out of the plain between the spurs which form
the valley of the Kurau River. There is also a small detached
range dividing the valley of the Krian River from that of the
Kurau,

Main Range.

The geology of the main range is apparently like the rest of
the country, namely granite, slates, and limestone, with traces of
basaltic I'ocks. The general structure of the range can best be
studied from some of the mountains to the Westward. It forms
a most imposing boundary to the whole of the western horizon.
In the most northerly portion visible there is a mountain of
rounded outline which appears to be very lofty. This range
then declines to the southward with a somewhat serrated outline,
with an average height of over 3000 feet. At a point near the
latitude of the centre of the Kinta range the chain rises, and in
the distance is seen a peak which is probably over 8000 feet high.
This hill may be the one named the Sugar-Loaf Hill by some.
The Malay name is a subject of uncertainty. It is the most
distant mountain of its particular group and is a conspicuous
object of conical outline. South and west of this the chain rises
into a gi^and cluster of peaks, the highest of which is over 8000

1182 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GKOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

feet at a rough estimate. I think this mountain is the one known
as Gunong Robinson. From it the range declines, but is still a
bold series of picturesque peaks, many of which must be over
6000 feet high. Other higher points are said to be occasionally-
visible in the south-east. It is possible that geologically the main
range is younger than the groups already referred to.

IDEAL SECTION.

The following is a description of a section through the State
from east to west, in about the latitude of Thaiping.

Proceeding westward from the Straits of Malacca we meet : —

1. Alluvial mangrove flats.

2. Light quaternaxy drifts with much vegetable matter, granite,
sand and gravel, lying upon stream tin.

3. Clays and partly decomposed schists and slates, sandstones,
red, yellow, ])lue and grey, commonly called Laterite, from the
brick red colour of some portions. This is a paleozoic stratified
rock, resembling in lithological character the Ordovecian or
Cambrian deposits of other countries. There are no fossils, and
as lithological character is by no means a certain clue, though it
has a considerable value in these older rocks, it will be under-
stood that I only provisionally refer the rocks in question to any
horizon, especially to the Ordovecian which in Australia and other
countries are so rich in minerals.

4. Granite rocks of the first range which I shall here distinguish
as the Thaiping Range.

5. Alluvial of the valley of the Perak River, consisting of drift
from the spurs of the granite mountains, and including stream tin
in the valleys formed by these spurs. It is uncertain if the
Cambrian deposits re-appear in this valley, but here we meet with —

6. Detached outliers of a highly crystalline limestone with almost
perpendicular dip.

7. A second granite range which I distingush as the Kinta
Range dividing the valley of the Perak River from that of the
Kinta.

BY THE REV. J, E. TENISON-WOODS, P.G.S., F.L.S., &.C. 1183

8. Alluvium of the Kinta Valley,

9. A low limestone range of crystalline limestone in which a dip
and strike may be observed.

10. Alluvial valley.

11. Central gi'anite chain.

I shall now proceed to consider the geology of these eleven
formations.

1. Alluvial Mangrove Flats. — These are a series of mud islands
and flats from two to three miles in width, fringing the whole of
the coast line. The vegetation is principally made up of Rhizophone.
There can be no doubt that such islands and flats are the usual
deposits from lands on which great erosion is going on, from
numerous and large rivers and an abundant rainfall. They point
very clearly also to an absence of any upheaval along the coast
line. Like the eastward of Australia in its northern and central
portions the waste trom the land is gradually extending the limits
of the shore and filling up the sea. Such a process has been going
on for a very long geological period in the Straits of Malacca.
Both the coasts of Sumatra and Malaysia prove this as well as the
shallowness of the Strait and the numerous mud banks occurring
in it. The rich vegetable mould in this formation is entirely due
to the mangrove forests, valuable as timber for fuel and making a
very graceful and luxuriant fringe to the shores. T intend subse-
quently to make a report on the general aspect of the vegetation of
the mangrove flats. It is extremely probable that here they cover
tin deposits, but the great depth and the water must render them
inaccessible.

1. Quaternary Drifts. — Probably most of the surface drifts in
this State are quaternary, but I restrict the term now to those drifts,
which form the alluvial plain between the Mangrove and the
Thaiping Range. These range between 10 and 30 feet deep and
have all been deposited by the various small streams which now
run across the plain. These have been larger and smaller, fewer
or more numerous by turns in the history of the filling up of the
level. The channels have also shifted to an almost inconceivable
extent according as the levels were altered by the deposition of

1184 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

drift. This is composed of clays, fine sand, fine or coarse gravel
which is large near the hills, and finally tin sand, which rests upon
blue, white or red clays. The sand is quartzose, angular, composed
of transported grains, evidently sifted by water and not abraded.
It is transparent, showing much color under the polariscope. The
pebbles in the gravel are rounded granite, with black mica, schorl,
and grains of tin.

There ax-e also rounded fragments of quartz of various colours,
generally opaque white, but also red, brown, i-ose coloured, and
violet. The two latter tints are due to fluor spar. The whole of
the deposits have been derived from the granite and the tin has
sunk to the lowest level by the force of gravitation. The drifts are
sometimes full of stumps of trees and large stems of fallen timber.
There ai'e also the reuiains of jungle swamps which have given rise
to deposits of black and brown humus full of roots, stumps, trees,
leaves, &c. This deposit loses half its weight on drying, and the
remainder burns leaving half its weight of ash. Remains of boats,
paddles and fragments of pottery have occasionally been found in
the drift. Except when covered with vegetable remains it is of a
light colour and gives rise to a poor soil, covered with Calang
(Imperata arundinacea) or jungle.

3. Paleozoic Clays. — These generally form the bottom on which
the tin sand rests. They ai-e much decomposed, yet preserve the
marks of former sti-atification. They have been contorted and
metamorphosed, sometimes resembling Gneiss. There are cross
veins of white quartz and felspar in certain portions, showing
metamorphism. Brick red and yellow sandstone bands are
frequently intercalated. The common result of decomposition on
this rock caused by water containing carbonic acid is to change it
into red brick earth, which goes by the name of " Laterite." The
use of this term throughout the peninsula is inconvenient and
should be discontinued because it groups under one name several
formations. Any rocks, such as trap, granite, and gneiss, may
decompose into a red earth through the influence of water strain-
ing through vegetable matter and containing carbonic acid. A
very small quantity of iron being thus converted into peroxide

BY TUE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, P.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1185

will stain a large mass of earth. As a rule the laterites of the
drift are derived from the paleozoic clays but they are sometimes
due to the surface decomposition of granite. In one instance in
the Kinta Valley this red deposit is caused by the erosion of a
basaltic dyke of a recent tertiaiy age.

An important question arises in connection with these paleozoic
clays which are found to contain on the surface a little tin
combined with rounded grains of iron. The question is how far
they may have been the original matrix of the tin sand. If we
regard the granite as only a more highly metamorphosed portion
of these rocks they may be considered as stanniferous. My
opinion is that they are an upper formation lying on the granite,
and contain a little tin.

A more important question is whether the clays derived from
this rock may always be considered as a true " bottom." For
stream tin I should say decidedly yes. There can be no tertiary
drift between this formation and the granite. But I am not so
sure that in these loose clays stream tin may not sink to a certain
depth and be found a little below the first level. At the junction
of the paleozoic clay with the granite it is consistent with
experience to expect to find granular tin in small pockets or veins.
These deposits would be local. It is an open question whether
they would repay a search for them. The 2)aleozoic clay is only a
few feet in thickness and rests directly upon the granite, so there
would be no great expense in testing the question. In looking
for a second bottom for stream tin, as the ore would have to sink
through soft sandstone or into very loose clay, any search beyond
a few feet would be useless.

Granite Rocks.

The whole of the Thaiping Range and a good deal of the rock
underlying the stream tin is a coarse blueish or grey granite, con-
taining but little mica, large crystals of orthoclase felspar, with
schorl, cassiterite, tungstates of iron (wolfram), fluor spar, manga-
nese, and titaniferous iron imbedded in a quartzose paste. It is
clearly a metamorphic rock, as many portions are still schistose,

1186 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PBRAK,

and the marks of former stratification can be traced in the granite.
There are occasional bands or veins of quartz and felspar, but no
true metalliferous vein has as yet been discovered.

The stream tin which has been found so abundantly at the foot
of some portions of this range has been derived from the granite, in
which it was scattered or disseminated in small crystals. Probably
the tin was nearly confined to the upper part of the granite,
especially at its junction with the paleozoic rock. Libei'ated in the
gradual weathering of the stone it has been swept down into the
valleys and flats by the almost continuous rainfall. The gravitation
of the particles has performed the necesssary sifting. As the tin
is found in the lowest strata it may owe this position to three
causes. 1. Gravitation facilitated by the repeated washing and
sifting to which stream beds ai'e subject, and the heaviness of tin
ore. 2. A greater richness in the upper granite at its junction
with the paleozoic clays. 3. Stream tin gradually sinking through
the strata.

Tin ore is not universally scattered through the matrix of the
granite in its upper jjortions, but it must be so to a very large extent,
considering the wide spread character of stream tin deposits in
Perak. It may be regai-ded as a very good indication of the
existence of stream tin where there is evidence of another foi-mation,
such as the Ordovecian clays or the limestone. In cases where the
overlying formation has been denuded away the red clay is a good
indication. My reason for this opinion is that all metalliferous
formations are richest at the junction of a different deposit. Thus
when the upper formation has been denuded away the upper
portion of the granite has been veiy rich in tin. All my
experience in Australia has forced these conclusions upon me.

It should also be borne in mind that the gradual wearing away
and denudation of the granite has reduced the slope of the
mountain at the foot and gradually converted it into a plain. But
time was when the uptui-ned paleozoic rock presented steep and
jagged edges to the sides of the hills. These acted as ripple tables
in which the tin was caught and accumulated. It was not until
the drift had silted up within reach of these rocks and reduced all
to a plain that light sands would accumulate upon them.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1187

Instances of this are common at Assam Knmbang, where the
surface soil is level, but underneath this thepaleozoic clays are found
to be very uneven and lying in ridges on the summits of which
there is no tin but with very rich deposits in the valleys between.

Thaiping Range.

The range that bounds the plain from the coast has this pecu-
liarity, that it sends out at right angles a number of long undulating
spurs, gradually decreasing in height and becoming a series of
small detached hills. The spurs end sometimes abruptly, and
sometimes run out into the plains for four or five miles. They
give rise to a sei-ies of long narrow valleys. Near Thaiping the
spurs and the valleys are shorter. Eound the sudden termination
of the spur on which the Government quarry is situated^ is the
rich tin field of Assam Kumbang. It is curious to remark how
the tin mines curve round the base of the hill, and also to what a
distance they extend from it. The Residency Hill is a detached
portion of one of the many short spurs abutting from the main
range. There is evidence that they are or they were covered with
outliei's of the paleozoic rock, and to this I attribute the richness of
the tin fields around Thaiping.

5. Valley of the Perak River. — Jungle and alluvium prevent any
close examination of the geology of this portion of the section.
There are detached outliers of the limestone formation and in the
valleys near them I should look for rich tin deposits. At Salak,
about four miles from Enggor there is a fine valley with tin in it
derived from the spur of the range. In this case there are schists
and hard slates in the bed of the river where the stream tin is
found.

KiNTA Range.

This is another granite mountain chain which is detached from
the main axis and trending south. Its exact height is not well
known. Those portions which I have seen were overlaid by lime-
stone strata, crystalline but with a clear easterly dip of about 17
degrees. This rock bore a strong resemblance to the Devonian
limestones of North-eastern Australia. These are also crystalline
77

1188 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

but on being treated with acids they manifest organisms, such as
Stenophora, Favosites and fraguients uf Brachiopoda. Here I could
discover nothing of the kind. Sections showed the usual striated
crystalline structure of calcite but no trace of any fossil. I cannot
conceive that such large masses of limestone should be entirely
destitute of organic tissue of some kind and I am not without hopes
that under favourable circumstances they will yet be found.

I lock upon the limestone formation as probably younger than
the paleozoic clays but I have seen no section which establishes this
beyond question. Apparently the limestone lies directly on the
granite and so do the jialeozoic clays. But the limestones are on a
higher level and show generally a slighter dip. Looking at the
physical geography of the river valleys, whichinsectionshow granite,
paleozoic clays and schists, and then more towards the centre lime-
stone ranges, the inference is that the limestones lie above the clays.
Lithological character may also be ai)pealed to. There is very little
difference between the Silurian rocks all over the world and even
such local characters as the Oolitic of Europe possesses are found to
have perfect i-epresentatives in the Oolitic of Australia. According
to this the limestone may be estimated as Devonian or Lower
Carboniferous.

8. Alluvium of the Kinta Valley. — This overlies the limestone
but not to such an extent as to prevent outcrops. There are also
outcrops of granite and in one place a small patch of highly
inclined schists and slates. In a journey I made up the Kampar
River, which is a tril)utary of the Kinta, and flows by the side of a
small elevation or table land of limestone and granite, 1 noticed the
same sections but more limestone rock. The whole of the alluvium
of these rivers, inasmuch as it is derived from the junction of the
granite with the two other formations, I regard as probably rich in
stream tin. The Malays have tested it to a trifling extent and
always with success.

9. Limestone Range. — This forms a series of irregular hills
lying like a rampart at a short distance from the main central
range. Its appearance from any elevation to the westward is
very peculiar. It forms a series of detached almost conical hills

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON- WOODS, F.G.S., P.L.S., &C. 1189

seldom above 1500 feet high and presenting precipitous sides of
greyish or blueish rock very beautifully variegated with stalactites
and various infiltrations of iron oxides. The vegetation on these
rocks is to some extent difierent from that of the granite, and no
doubt where it has been examined by the Rev. B. Scortechini,
will show most interesting and new features.

It is quite evident that this limestone has been subject to
enormous denudation and of a very rapid kind. Like all similar
rocks the hills are full of caves situate on the face of the clifis,
inaccessible without appliances. In these caves tin sand is found,'
evidently derived from the granite. Some of this tin drift with
granite detritus occurs in caves several hundred feet above the
present level of the plains whence any stream could affect them,
and three or four miles from the nearest granite rocks. This will
give an idea of the extent to which erosion has worn away these
rocks, I shall have occasion subsequently to describe some of the
mines worked in these caves.

From near Pappan, and again from the hill on which the
residence of Mr. de la Croix is built at Lahat, excellent views
may be obtained of this singular range. Its irregular outline and
the white faces of its cliffs make it a conspicuous feature, especially
as the cliffs and the dense dark green vegetation with which they
are always surrounded give strong contrasts of colour.
^ 10. Alluvial Valley.— ThQ width of the valley between the
limestone hills and the main range is not great, but varies from one
to ten miles. It is broken up by many ridges of both limestone
and granite amid which flow rivulets and small rivers. In some
of these smaller valleys tin is worked and in all it may be expected.
11. Central Granite Chain.— The few opportunities I have had
of examing spurs of this range convinces me that it differs in no
essential particular from the Thaiping Range. It is granitic and
rises into greater elevations. Some of its summits are supposed to
be between 8000 and 9000 feet above the sea. Seen from a
distance the highest peaks have a grand and picturesque aspect.
As far as the country is known this range is believed to be the
main axis of elevation. All the other granite ranges are detached

1190 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK>

from it to the north, so that in reality they are diverging groups
distinct from it, and terminating to the southwards. It is owing
to these isolated groups that the Malayan Peninsula widens out to
so great an extent about the centre of the State of Perak. Looking
at the extent to which denudation has taken place, we have clear
evidence that the central range has been much higher than it is
now, but its reduction has been by erosion, not by subsidence.
Much of this has been carried to the sea as sediment, and some
spread in the valleys. The upheaval of these large mountain
systems is too much involved in obscurity to render any specula-
tions on the subject of use in estimating the physical geology of the
country. It may, however, be fairly assumed that the granite was
at one time overlaid completely by the paleozoic formation, and
probably by the limestone. The upheaval dates subsequently to the
deposition of the lattex-. The granite has broken through both
formations, depositing them, and it may be other newer strata on
each side of the chain. Erosion through the countless ages has
left us the rocks as they stand at present.

The granite being a metamorphic rock was probably at one time
stratified and was one of the earliest formations, either Lower
Cambrian, or Laux-entian. This accords with what is universally
observed in connection with tin deposits which are always found
in the most ancient rocks. The metamorphism must date subse-
quently to the deposition of the paleozoic clays and may even
have been subsequent to the deposition of the limestone. The
breaking through of the granite chain may have been much later.
The chronology of the operations thus revealed may be stated thus :
1. The tin was originally disseminated in finely divided masses in
the paleozoic strata, of whatever age they were. 2. It was subse.
quently segregated and brought to the surface of the overlying
rocks. 3. It was brought within the influence of erosion by the
upheaval of the granitic chain. 4. Denudation distributed it as
stream tin in the valleys and alluvium.

There is one more geological question that may here be touched
upon. It is generally recognised in the present day that in granite
we have one of the results of volcanic action presented to us. It

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1191

supposed to be move the deep-seated portions of the fusion which at
the earth's surface produces basalts, lavas, and scoriae. That this is
very near the truth may be seen from certain sections in Northern
Europe whose upper portions have all the characters of volcanic
products but gradually merge into granite in the lower sections.
Hydrothermal action consequent upon pressure is the assigned
cause of all the phenomena, but this is of no moment in our
present inquiry. We may therefore conclude that there have been
volcanic products in connection with this range, which have now
disappeared or nearly disappeared.

It must be borne in mind however, that these cannot be looked
for under the recent form of the volcanic series. Local meta-
morphism has changed them. According to the researches of
Phillips and others, basalts, dolerites, &c., would be changed into
diorite, diabase, and other rocks, in which augite disappears, and
hornblende takes its place. Time and that constant interchange of
particles which takes place in even the most solid rocks would effect
these changes.

Furthermore, even if there had been no erosion, we could not
expect to find these metamorphosed volcanic products widely distri-
buted. Probably they are only connected with those outlets where
the pressure was less, the gases and steam were able to expand,
and the chemical influence of oxidation felt.

But nearly all of these products belonging as they did to the
upper portion of the granite have been swept away by erosion.
Yet not quite all. In the section of the Kuala Kangsa pass at
about 14 miles from Thaiping, there is a wide dyke which is
trappean. It has been much metamorphosed, and at present has
considerable resemblance to a porphyritic rock. I have not
examined sections as yet, and therefore cannot give any further
information as to its character. This is the only dyke or rock of a
trappean character which I have seen in connection with the
granite, nor would this have been visible but for the cutting
connected with the road through the Pass at Gapis.

It should be mentioned here that one of the greatest difficulties
experienced in exploring the geology of this country is the absence

1192 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

of any sections. The only roads are those made by the Govern-
ment during the last six years. On none of these are there any
extensive cuttings. On the rivers it is extremely rare to see a
section of i-ock exposed ; in fact, I only know of two instances,
amongst all the rivers I have visited. The rest of the country is
jungle where oui-crops of rock are covered with dense vegetation.

Near Pappan, in the Kinta Distiict, on the road between Batu
Gadja and Pappan, there is a small cutting through a recent
volcanic rock. It is basaltic, and the appearance is very like the
doleritic lavas of Australia. A small section showed crystals of
Augite in a glassy paste with abundance of microliths and
magnetite. In the drifts about this neighbourhood I found many
rounded waterworn pebbles of basalt, the vesicles of which are
either filled with zeolites or lined with chalcedony. I believe this
is the first discovery of recent volcanic rock in this portion of. the
Malay Peninsula, and of course there must be more than this
example. It is most interesting as showing the former connection
of this land with the great volcanic belt which runs through
Sumatra, Java, and the islands to the eastward. Whatever
connection there was has now completely died out nor does it
appear probable that its manifestation has in any imi)ortant
degree modified the physical geography of the Peninsula.

The Tin Mines.

I shall now proceed to give an account of the various tin mines
I have visited throughout the State.

Thaiping.

The mines of Thaiping are stream tin deposits underlying drifts
derived from the Larut River and some small tributaries. They
are situated at the ends of some small spurs running westward
from the Thaiping granite range. They also run up the valleys
between these spurs as far as the base of the range. The geology
of these spurs is granite, covered with a red earth which is seen
from other sections to be derived from the paleozoic clays already
referred to. In a few instances these clays remain as outliers

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1193

with well defined stratification. Towards the gaol and at the foot
of the quarry hill the paleozoic formation may be seen, with much
contorted bedding, and ribbon like structure, forming bands of red,
yellow, and white. It is evident that the present river valleys
have all been cut through this rock on to the gi-anite and that the
materials forming the drift have been derived from both. I consider
that the paleozoic clays play a most important part in connection
with the tin deposits, according to what has already been said.
The rich tin sand has its matrix in the granite, but more
abundantly at its junction with the paleozoic clays than elsewhere.
All the tin workings at Thaiping are in drift, and therefore in
what has at one time or another been a portion of a river valley.
The depth of the drift is never more than 30 feet and sometimes
much less. Near the range it is less and the gravel coarser, often
mingled with boulders of granite of a ton or so in weight. The
tin sand is also coarse. The general run of the sections is : —
1. Alluvium of yellow clay. 2. Sand of yellow colour with
occasional drift wood of large size. 3. Blue and yellow clays with
infiltrations of much bright red oxide of iron. 4. Coarse waterworn
gravel composed of granite and various coloured quartz and felspars.
5. Tin sand, in clay or sand or pipeclay. The tin is fine in
quality. The crystals usually not much abraded and seldom
much larger than two millimetres in diameter. In speaking of tin
ore or tin, tin sand, cassiterite or oxide of tin (Sn 02) is meant,
that is to say, pure metallic tin 78'62 and oxygen 21 38. It
occurs in short prisms with four or eight sided pyramidal
summits or complicated by twin crystals. Generally however it is
so abraded and broken as to leave scarcely any trace of crystalli-
zation. It is blackish like graphite, sometimes reddish brown or
ruby red, often transparent but rarely colourless. Its fracture is
hackly and its lustre vitreous. In many specimens of fine tin from
Thaiping small broken prisms of transparent olive green are not
uncommon. In this there appears to me to be a distinct difterence
between the tin ores of Perak and those of Australia, especially
those of Victoria. The latter contain a much larger proportion of
hyacinth-red crystals. Samples from the above named countries

1194 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

could easily be distinguished by those who have had a little
experience in tin ores.

Without entering into detail I may refer generally to all the
mines about Thaiping as atibrding instances of the origin of the
stream tin deposits. The Eesidency of Thaiping is built on a small
isolated hill, capped with red clay, about 100 feet or so above the
plain. Very rich mines were formerly worked at the foot of it.
There are other hillocks of the same kind at the base of which tin
is now worked, ancl there are others further out in the plain where
the yellow clays give a fair indication that tin deposits may be
looked for at a moderate depth.

Five samples of pure tin ore carefully picked and separated from
impurity gave the following results for Specific Gravity.

Sample 1. Thaiping 6-78

2. Thaiping 680

3. Klian Pow 6-77

4. Kamunting ... ... ... 6 -80

5. Assam Kumbang... ... ... 6-78

Most of the s[)ecimens are hard enough to scratch glass.

It is remarked that the stream tin of Austi'alia is rich in
sapphires and other gems. In Perak there appear to be none.

Assam Kumbang.

Due north of the town of Thaiping, a spur from the
range extends, and round the foot of this in a dii-ection N.N.W.
from the town are the mines of Assam Kumbang. They commence
about a mile from the town, and continue round the foot of the
mountain for three or four miles. These mines are mainly
distinguished for the great distance they extend from the range.
It will be understood from the conditions under which stream tin
accumulates, that it cannot be looked for far from the influence of
rapid streams, or from where I'apid streams have formerly been. At

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S , F.L.S., &C. 1195

the mines referredto, the spin- of the range isvery steep, and the wash
from it may on that account have been carried out much further.
As a matter of course, the further from the hills, the finer the tin,
as only small particles of the ore can be carried any distance by
water. Two miles seems to be about the limit to which the very
fine particles of tin have been carried into the plains by floods.

These mines seem to confirm the view that the rich tin deposits
have been formed by the wearing down of the paleozoic clays at
their junction with the granite. There is less oxide of iron and
coloured clays in these mines than in those at Thaiping. White
porcelain clays and sands are the rule. In many places however,
the drift lies upon the softened and almost disintegrated paleozoic
clays, showing that they still lie at the foot of the hills, and must
have been very much worn away in the wash and denudation that
have laid the granite bare,

Kamunting,

These mines are at the foot of the range about three miles
north of Thaiping. The di'ift lies ujion the paleozoic clays in some
mines and in others upon the granite. They are all very close to
the base of the mountain from which they have been derived. It
appeared to me as if the deposits could be shown to follow the
course of more than one ancient stream bed. Both here and at
Assam Kumbang, there are deposits of vegetable matter some
eight to fourteen feet thick. Large tx-ees and stumps with legs are
found, the stumps and roots being often in the position in which
they grew. This shows that the locality has been alternately the
bed of a stream and the site of a forest, probably when the stream
took a difierent course and left the banks and bed free to receive a
forest vegetation.

Another peculiar cii'cumstance connected with the clays in these
localities is the water standing in any of the old workings
becomes a beautiful pale blue colour. Neither by microscopic
examination nor chemical tests was I able to find any satisfactory

1196 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE STATE OF PERAK,

reason for this. The water is quite colourless in small quantities.
1 am inclined to think it is due to a hydrated silicate of alumina
(Halloysite) derived from the clays, but it may be also a minute
diatom (Tryblionella 1) which is sparingly found in the water.

See Note.

The tin in all these mines is abundant, rather coarse, and often
in two strata of a foot or more in thickness. It is generally in
the lowest portion of the drift, covered with coarse water-worn
sands and gravel, fine yellow and white sands and vegetable
matter in regular strata.

Salak.

This mine is situated in a valley formed by granitic spurs from
the i-ange on the eastern side of the Perak River. It is about four
miles east of Enggor, a village on the river about five miles north
of Kuala Kangsa. The workings are in a small river valley which
at the time of my visit (February 6th, 1884) was nearly dry. All
the workings were in alluvial drift with coarse gravel , but with much
fine sand above. In the bed of the river there were outcrops of
very hard stratified quartzite forming bars across the stream.
These have acted as " ripples " and consequently much drift tin
was accumulated on the upper sides of them. I was told that
there were indications of a tin vein here but I saw none. The
whole of this valley must be rich in tin, but it is only worked to a
small extent as yet, by Chinese. The tin is excellent, with grains
of a large size. I saw some crystals half an inch in diameter with
iittle signs of abrasion.

Note. — The action of water holding carbonic acid in sohition (derived
from the vegetation) accounts for most of the changes in the clays and
sands of these localities. The orthoclase felspar containing potash becomes
easily soluble in carbonized waters. Thus the potash becomes carbonate
of potash and the silica of the felspar is set free, partly in solution, and
partly as siliceous sand. Nearly all the water in these pools gives a
slightly alkaline reaction. I need hardly say that carbonate of potash is a
very soluble salt and easily carried away by running water. Soda felspars
are not so common in the granite here, but if present a similar process of
solution goes on, only that the product is carbonate of soda.

by the rev. j. e. tenison-woods, f.g.s., p.l.s., &c. 1197

Pappan.

This is a stream tin deposit in the valley of the Kinta. The lime-
stone formation crops out at a short distance, and in fact flanks the
whole of the i-ange, but does not here rise into such a high series of
hills as on the eastern side of the valley. The Pappan mines are
in river drift composed of sand with granite gravel. This is much
mixed with occasional waterworn fragments of basalt three inches
or so in diameter. The vesicles of this rock are filled with infil-
trations of lime and chalcedony. The drift varies very much in
thickness. In some parts of the flats near the Shanghai Company's
works it is scarcely 20 feet, while further up the valley it increases
enormously. In some old Malay workings on the hill at the back
of the village the deposit of drift is between 60 and 70 feet. This
is scarcely a quarter of a mile up the valley. The drift here is
very fine grained and has hardened into an almost compact sand-
stone. Much of it is stained a deep red especially where the water
fi'om the surface has free access to it.

The old workings are abandoned and now form a large square
waterhole nearly 30 feet deep, surrounded by picturesque cliffs of
compact yellow, white, and red drift. The water in the mine is,
like nearly all the deep mining waters in this country, of a clear
light blue of a beautiful tint, quite different from that of sea-water.

There miist be two or three strata of tin sand in this locality.
On the path by the side of the workings a small but very rich seam
crops out. [ washed a small sample and found an unusual amount
of tin in coarse grains. This was being worked by a native chief,
but only on the surface, with the help of a few Malays.

The accumulation of so much drift above the tin in which no
metal is found would seem to point out that the granite in its
lower portions is barren of ore. In shallow drifts the river gravels
have most probably been turned over by the water again again,
and so in this manner the tin sand sifted out and gradually settled
at the bottom. Or in very thin layers of sand permeated by water,
tin may easily sink through to the clay. Such large accumulations
of sand as we have in the case of Pappan, if they have slowly been

1198 GEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OP THE STATE OF PERAK,

gathered by the weathering of granite, have probably not been sifted
by water, and ought to contain all that the granite contained. The
absence of tin ore in this drift is therefore significant. There may
however, have been a large i-iver here, and this may have been a
sandbank. The present aspect of the valley is against such a
supposition, but as denudation is evident to the extent of a
thousand feet and more in the limestones on the other side of the
Kinta valley, equal erosion may be supposed to have taken place
here. I am, however, inclined to think that the rich tin deposits
were found on the upper part of the granite at its junction with
the limestone or the paleozoic clays already referred to.

Altogether, T consider the Pappan district as very rich in stream
tin and offering most favourable prospects when jjroperly mined.

PoussiN.

About two miles from Pappan on the road between that village
and Batu Gadja there is a small mining community of Malays.
They work upon a low ridge on which white limestone crops out. It is
crystalline, but retains its marks of stratification which dips about
17'' east. The rock is very much eroded, and cut into pinnacles,
and sharp angles of fantastic appearance. Much of the stone is
covered with clay and light soil. This the Malays remove by
cutting narrow trenches, never more than ten feet deep. In the
crevices and amid the pinnacles of the limestone thus uncovered,
they find tin sand. It must be abundant and of great richness,
for though the methods of mining are so rude, and confined to mere
narrow pockets, and though the ore is smelted in a small charcoal
furnace with a piston bellows, yet they manage to make a good
deal of money out of these mines.

Amid the gravel above the limestone were many rounded and
angular fragments of the basalt already referred to. It appeared
to me as if the clay and gravel were derived from granite and
that there were marks of river action.

Between these mines and Pappan there is the small outcrop of
basaltic rock already referred to. The cutting has only revealed

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON- WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1199

a veiy small poi'tion of the decomposed surface, so that it cannot
as yet be said whether this is a dyke or a more extensive out-
pouring of trap.

Lahat.

Separated from the valley of Pappan by a low granite spur
from the main range is the valley of Lahat, a stream tin de[)0sit
taken up by the Company, of which Mons. J. Erriugton de la Croix,
is the manager. It is as usual a stream tin deposit, but is not yet
uncovered sufficiently to enable one to pronounce upon its richness.
The drift appeared to be of moderate depth and mostly of fine
sand and clay, with a good deal of vegetable deposit. The drift
has been formed by the river Kinta which winds around this spur.
I could see no outcrop of any rock except granite, but the lime-
stone is all through the adjacent valley.

Mons. de la Croix has cleared the timber from a portion of the
side of the valley. This has given him a beautiful site for his
residence and the houses of his assistants at a height of 170 feet
above the river. The view from this is very extensive. The
Kinta ranges appear of modei'ate height to the westward. To the
east were high ranges of mountains from 5000 to 8000 feet,
fronted by limestone cliffs and hills, some about 1200 feet in
elevation. These are thickly wooded, and all around the plains
was dense jungle.

GOPING.

This is an extensive valley of stream tin deposits about 10
miles from Lahat. The mines lie on the eastern side of the
Kinta and on the eastern side of the limestone range, in a valley
formed by spurs from the main range. It is said that the stream
tin has been nearly worked out. The mines are few in number
and apparently have been inefficiently worked. From the habit
the Chinese have of throwing the stripping or spoil heaps in all
directions, it is very probable that much ground is covered which
has never been worked at all. It seems to me very improbable
that such a large valley can have been completely tested, much
less exhausted.

1200 geology and physical geography of the state of perak,

Tecca.

Between Laliat and Goping tbere is a small mining village at
the foot of a spur from the main range and close to limestone rocks.
I did not examine the workings here which are small. There are
also other small tin workings ot the base of the limestone hills.
But it appears to me that all the valleys at the junction of the
limestone ought to be rich in tin. The indications are exactly
the same as those of the rich mines mentioned already.

K am par River.

Along this river Malays have worked for tin successfully in the
sand-banks left dry by the stream. Or they have turned the coui'se
of the river and found abundance of tin sand in its former bed.
All along the course of this stream there are outcrops of both
limestone and gi-anite, showing every favourable indication at the
junction of the two deposits.

Kuala Diepang.

About four miles from the junction of the Diepang ^vith the
Kampar River, the new Government road passes close to the lime-
stone range. Here Malays and Chinese are woi'king for stream
tin in the limestone caves which are found at various levels above
the river valley. Payable tin has been taken out of mines 1000
feet above the valley. The tin is in fine earth of dai'k brown
colour, mingled with glossy rounded pea iron ore. It is very
unlike the tin drift of the valleys but the difference is due to its
mode of preservation. Much of the earth is a kind of guano,
chiefly derived from the decomposed excrement of bats and birds.
The remainder is probably derived from decomposed granite
materials of which the siliceous particles still remain.

If as I suppose this tin sand is dei-ived from the granite it afibrds
evidence of the great erosion to which the limestone has been
subjected. We must suppose that the limestone strata where the
caves are now where once the bottom of a valley connected with

BY THE REV. J, E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1201

the granite, the nearest portions of which are three or four miles
away. Limestones are however so easily dissolved by water
containing carbonic acid that there is nothing astonishing in this
denudation. The highest point at which the tin is found is said to
be 1000 feet above the px-esent level of the valley. This I did not
see. The Malays and Chinese were working in caves 300 or 400
feet up the face of the cliff. The ore was sent down in baskets
running on wire.

Bindings.

At the Island of Pulo Pankore, one of the Bindings Group a
small quantity of tin sand is obtained by washing the sand in the
valleys. The island is entirely of granite with much red clay on
some small hills. I did not see any other indications of the
paleozoic formation. There are no regular mines. The tin sand is
washed from the surface by a few Malays, and smelted in a small
charcoal furnace of tlie rudest construction. The Datu of the
locality said that gold was also found in the sand but could not
show me any sj)ecimens. He brought me however, to a narrow
valley about two miles north of the landing place. The spot
pointed out was in the bed of a small stream full of large boulders.
We washed several panfuls of sand but without seeing a trace of
the precious metal. Nevertheless, the Datu insisted that if we
would only get some of the sand from under the very large
boulders we should find plenty of gold, but as no one had ever
done so, this was merely his opinion. It would take a good deal
of dynamite to remove even the smallest of the rocks.

It is very possible that minute scaly gold may be found in
connexion with the granite. It is so found at Batang Padang at
no great distance to the south-east. It may be also mentioned
that the first discovery of tin sand in Australia was made in
connexion with gold in the drifts of the Oven's River. Gold in
granite is however, rare in Australia, but it is not uncommon, and
even rich deposits have been found at the junction of granite with
lower paleozoic slates and schists. I believe that at some former
time small quantities of gold have been found at Pulo Pankore.

1202 geology and physical geography of the state of perak,

Selama.

These mines are situated near the Krian River, which forms the
boundary between Keddah and the State of Perak at the Kuala
Selama. They are very rich in drift or stream tin derived from
the decomposition of the paleozoic clays at their junction with the
granite. Close to the village of Selama there is an outcrop of
paleozoic rock. It is highly ferruginous sandstone, the external
appearance which at the outcrop has been much modified by the
action of water. The sandstone is a brown mottled with red, and
those vai'ious colours which mark the presence of ferric oxide. The
outcrop forms a regular ledge, and appears like a dyke about 15
feet above the ground. It is possible that there is a vein or lode
near it tliough I saw none. The tin found at the surface in the
mud of a swamp at the foot of the outcrop is very rich. The
Malays easily gather small quantities of good ore without digging
at all, in fact most of the families in the village contribute in this
way to their own support.

The workings in the neighbourhood appear to have been con-
ducted on no plan. No one with sufficient capital to drain
the mine effectually appears to have worked a claim. The mines
are a series of small holdings, and the ground has been turned over
in a wasteful manner. The consequences are that the spoil heaps
are an obstacle to any working with small capital, and the mines
are almost abandoned. Yet it appears to me to be a singularly
rich deposit of tin, and only wants the employment of capital to
render it as flourishing as any in Perak, A large extent of clear
ground which must contain tin, and in many places has been proved
to contain tin, is quite un worked.

CONCLUSION.

From what has been said in the preceding report it appears that
we may form the following conclusions.

1. That stream tin deposits are the only ones worked hitherto in
the State of Pex-ak.

BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, P.G.S., F.L.S., &C. 1203

2. These are drift formations derived from the weathering and
wearing down by water of the granite and other overlying strata
on the neighbouring hills.

3. They have accumulated very slowly in the beds of ancient or
existing streams.

4. It is probable that the tin has been mostly derived from the
wearing down of the paleozoic clays and granite at their point of
junction.

5. Tin must therefore be sought for only at the base of hills in
ancient drift beds. Generally also the western slopes are the
richest.

6. Red and yellow clays, or better still an outcrop of slates at
the foot of a range are favouraljle indications.

7. True tin lodes or mineral veins have only been found in the
northern pax't of the State, and these have not been worked.

I may state further that the general impression left on my mind
is that only a small portion of the tin deposits of Perak has yet
been worked. The similarity of the formations throughout the
State gives good ground for believing that tin may be expected on
the western bases of all the mountain groups I have referred to.
I cannot speak so certainly as to the main range, which geolo-
gically may be more modern and belong to an entirely different
mountain system.

78

1204 TEMPERATURE OF BODY OF OEKITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS,

ON THE TEMPERATURE OF THE BODY
OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. Bluinenb.

By N. de jMiklouho-Maclay.

The low temperature of the body of Echidna hystrix (28° C. or
82°, 4 F.), (1) as compared with that of other mammals made me
desii'ous of ascertaining also the temperature of Ornithorhynchus
paradoxus. Through the kindness of Mr. Wm. Macleay, to whom
a specimen of this animal has been sent alive, from Penrith, I had
the opportunity a few days ago of making the desired observation.

The elongated narrow bulb of a sensitive thermometer (2) having
been inti-oduced into the cloaca of the animal (a young $) the
mercury gradually rose to 24'^, 4 0. (or 75°, 9 F.), and remained
stationary. The water in the tub in which the animal was kept,
had a temperature under 23° C. (73"^, 6 F,), and the temperature
of the air in the room (observed with another thermometer) was
20°, C. Cor 68° F.)

The thermometer having remained in the cloaca not more than
two minutes, it appeared to me that a slight possibility of a higher
temperature of the body of the Ornithorhynchus was not quite
excluded. I was therefore very glad to have a chance of trying
the same experiment again on the same animal two days later.

This time I let the thermometer remain in the cloaca, over
5 min. and obtained the tempei-ature of 25° 2 C. (or 77° 3 F.), the
temperature of the air being that afternoon 23° O. (73°, 6 F.), and
of the water of the tub. 24° 3 C. (75° 8 F.)

(1.) My paper on the temperature of the body of Echidna hystrix. Cuv.
Proceed. Linn. Soc. of N.S.W. Vol. 8, p. 425.

(2. ) The scale of the thermometer used (of Patz and Foehr in Berlui), was
divided into degrees (centigrade) fi'om 24° to 46° C. The tenths of a degree
were carefully and distinctly marked on the scale.

BY N. DE MIKLOUHO-MACLAY. 1205

The animal being then in a (lying condition, presenting no chance
of living much longer, I made a small incision near the linea alba,
and introduced the thermometer into the abdominal cavity. It
then showed, after lying there for a few minutes, exactly the same
temperature as in the cloaca (i.e., 25" 2 C, or 77" 3 F.) Taking
the mean of the two observations, the temperature of the body of
Ornithorhynchus jjaradoxus is — 24° 8 C, or 76'' 6 F.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. W. H. Caldwell, B.A., exhibited several specimens which
he had recently obtained in Queensland, showing the stages in the
development of the Monotremes from the laying of the egg to the
hatching.

Mr. J. Mitchell of Bowning, exhibited a lai^ge number of Silurian
fossils collected by him in the neighbourhood of Bowning. They
consisted of a variety of Molluscs, Coi'als and about sixteen species
of Trilobites. Among the Trilobites are Phacops caudatus, P. longi-
caudatus, P. encrinw'us punctatus, and P. Jamesii (1), Galymene
( Lenaria ?), Harpes ttyigula, Staurocephalus MurcJtisonii, Bronteits,
and several of the genus Acidaspis one of which attained a consid-
erable size. The molluscs included representatives of Pentamerus,
Orthoceras, Avicula, Strophomena, &c.

Mr. Macleay exhibited a specimen of Ophiopliagus elaps, a
venemous snake of the Indian region, and the largest known species
of the venemous Colubrine snakes. He had received it fx'om the
Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods from Perak. The specimen measured
142 inches in length, but the species had been known to attain
a length of 170 inches. As its name implies, it preys on other
snakes, and its venom is so deadly, that it is said to kill a man in
three minutes and an elephant in a couple of hours.

1206 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Gervase F. Mathew, F.L.S., of H.M.S. Espiegle, exhibited
four boxes containing a collection of many hundred Lepidopterous
Insects, which he had obtained during his last cruise on the South
East Coast of New Guinea. The collection contained a fev;- Microle-
pidoptera, but by far the greater part of it consisted of Diurnal
Butterflies of the most gorgeous hues and of wonderful variety.

Dr. Cox exhibited some fine samples of a Mushi-oom grown
at Potts' Point on an artificial bed. The spawn (JNlycelium) of
these Mushrooms was obtained from a clump of bamboos and was
placed in the bed in July last. The mushrooms have when half
expanded a strong white membrane reaching from the pileus
to the stipes, and when this breaks the mushroom expands. Pro-
fessor Stephens considered that the Agaric shown belonged in all
probability to the sub-genus Amanita, and that they were, to say
the least, suspicious as articles of diet.

Dr. Cox also exhibited and presented to the Society for safe
custody a dried specimen of a plant recently described by Baron
Sir F. von Mueller from the mountain region of the Clyde River,
and named by him Eriostemon Coxii. The plant is believed to
have valuable medicinal properties.

Mr. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., exhibited for Mr. E. G. W. Palmer
a native Bees' Nest which had been obtained in the neighbourhood
of Smithfield. For the last seven years it had been suspended
from a branch of a pear tree in Mr. Palmer's garden, and a quart
of honey had often been obtained from it, but during the last
winter a caterpillar formed its cocoon in the only aperture and so
effectually closed it that all the bees were killed.

Drawings were exhibited of some fossil Ijones which Mr, R. D.
Fitzgerald, F.L.S., had received from Lord Howe's Island. The
bones have been forwarded to Sir Richai-d Owen, and are believed
to be those of two species of extinct lizards, probably allied to the
gigantic horned Megalania and Notiosaurus, which have been
found in the Pleistocene deposits in Queensland and New South
Wales.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.

28th January, 1885.

The President, C. S. Wilkinson, F.G.S., F.L.S., in the Chair.

President's Address.

It is again my privilege to address you on the occasion of our
Meeting here this evening to celebrate the 10th Anniversary of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales.

The Members must I feel sure be gratified with the progress
that has been made during the past year — progress that is mani-
fested in the increased amount of valuable original research which
has been contributed through the Society to the Science of Natural
History.

The number of Members has also increased to 164, as against
153 at the end of 1883, notwithstanding, as it is our painful
duty to record, the loss of six by death — Dr. Badham, Mr. J. F.
Bailey, Hon. Joseph Docker, Dr. Joseph, Monsignor Lynch, and
Dr. Palmer.

During the year M. Theodore Lef^vre, Secretary of the Royal
Malacological Society of Belgium, has been elected an Honorary
Member ; and Mr. G. F. Angas, F.L.S., O.M.Z.S., of Loudon, and
Mr. F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative
Anatomy, King's College, London, have been elected Correspond-
ing Members.

The Act for the Incorporation of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales received the Royal assent on the 1st February.

1208 president's address.

The following is a list of the Papers read at the monthly meetings
of the Linnean Society, 1884 : —

1. Supplement to the " Descriptive Catalogue of the Fishes of
Australia." By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c.

2. "On some Batrachians from Queensland." By Charles W.
De Vis.

3. " Occasional Notes on Plants Indigenous in the immediate
neighbourhood of Sydney." No. 6. By E. Haviland.

4. " Studies of the Elasmobranch Skeleton." Plates I. and
II. By W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

5. " A Monograph of the Australian Sponges." Part I. By
R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

6. " The Scyphomedusse of the Southern Hemisphere." Part I.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

7. "Notice of New Fishes." By W. Macleay, F.L.S., &c.

8. " On the Improvements effected by the Australian Climate,
Soil, and Culture on the Merino Sheep." By P. N. Trebeck, Esq.

9. " Plants which have become Naturalized in New South
Wales." By W. Woolls, Ph.D., F.L.S.

10. "The Australian Hydromeduste." By R. von Lendenfeld,
Ph.D.

11. " The Scyphomedusse of the Southern Hemisphere." Part
II. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

12. " On some Fossil Plants from Dubbo, New South Wales."
Plate IX. By the Rev. J. Milne Curran, F.G.S.

13. " On the Preservation of Tender Marine Animals." By
R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

14. " On the Scyphomedusfe of the Southern Hemisphere."
Part III. Plates III. and IV. By R, von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

15. " Note on the Development of the Versuridse." Plate V.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

president's address. 1209

16. "A Monograph of the Australian Sponges." Part II.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

17. "The Australian Hydromedusse." Part II. Plate VI.
By E. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

18. "Revision of the Recent Rhipidoglossate and Docoglossate
Mollusca of New Zealand." By Professor F. W. Hutton, F.G.S.

19. "Notes on Hybridism in the Genus Brachychiton." By
Baron Sir F. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., &c.

20. " Notes on the Claspers of Heptanchus." Plate V. By
W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

21. "New Australian Fishes in the Queensland Museum." By
Charles W. De Vis, M.A.

22. "-The Australian Hydromedusse." Part III. Plates VII.
and VIII. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph. D.

23. " The Digestion of Sponges Ectoderm and Entoderm ?" By
R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

24. " The Eruption in the Straits Settlement and the Evening
Glow." By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

25. " Occasional Notes on Plants Indigenous in the immediate
neighbourhood of Sydney." No. 7. By. E. Haviland,

26. " New Australian Fishes in the Queensland Museum "
No. 2. By Charles W. De Vis. M.A.

27. "On a Marine Species of Philougria." Plate XI. By
Charles Chilton, M.A.

28. " The Australian Hydromedusse." Part IV. Plates XII.
10 XVII. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

29. " On the Occurrence of Flesh-spicules in Sponges." By
R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

30. " Note on the Slimy Coatings of certain Boltenias in Port
Jackson." By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

1210 president's address.

31. '' Report on a Colleccion of Ecliinodermata from Australia."
By. F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A.

32. " Revision of the Recent Lamellebranchiata of New Zea-
land." By Captain F. W. Hutton, F.G.S.

33. " A Record of Localities of some New South Wales
Zoophytes." By Baron Sir F. von Mueller, M D., F.R.S., &c.

34. " New Fishes in the Queensland Museum." No. 3. By
Charles W. De Vis, M.A.

35. " Census of Australian Snakes with Description of two New
Species." By William Macleay, F.L.S.

36. " On a New Species of Kangaroo from New Guinea." By
Baron N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

37. " On Some Peculiarities in the Brain of the Australian
Aboriginal." By Baron N. de Miklouho-Macleay.

38. "The Australian Hydromedusae." Part V, By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph. D.

39. "Muscular Tissues in Hydroid Polyps." Plate XXX.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph. D.

40. " Notes on the Fibres of Certain Australian Hircinidge."
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

41. "On the Myrtacese of Australia." By the Rev. W. Woolls,
Ph.D., F.L.S., &c.

42. "On the Marine Annelides of the Order Serpulea ; some
Observations on their Anatomy, with the Characteristics of the
Australian Species." By W. A. Has well, M.A., B.Sc.

43. " On a New Crustacean found inhabiting the Tubes of
Vermilia." By W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

44. " Notes on the Young of Pristiophorus cirratus." By W.
A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

45. " New Fishes in the Queensland Museum." No. 4. By
Charles W. De Vis, M.A.

president's address. 1211

46. "Note on the Eyes of Deep Sea Fishes." By E. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

47. " The Insects of the Maclay Coast of Guinea." By William
Macleay, F.L.S.

48. " On a Sub -genus of Paramelidae (Brachymelis) from New
Guinea." By Baron N, de Miklouho-Maclay.

49. " Descriptions of Australian Microlepidoptera." Part XI.
By E. Meyrick, B.A.

50. " Critical List of Mollusca from the North-west Coast of
Australia." By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S.

51. " Synonymy of Some Land Shells from New Guinea." By
John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c.

52. "The time of the Glacial Period in New Zealand." By R.
von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

53. " Catalogue of Papers and Works Relating to the Orders
Mai-supialia and Monotremata." By J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc.

54. " On Two New Birds from the Austro-Malayan Region."
By. E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.L.S.

55. " New Fishes in the Queensland Museum." No. V. By
Charles W. De Vis, M.A.

56. " Observations on the Temperature of the Sea on the East
Coast of Australia." By Baron N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

57. " A Monograph of the Austi'alian Sponges." Part III.
By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

58. Addenda to the Australian Hydromedusse." By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

59. "On Colour Varieties of Scyphomedusae." By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

60. "The Metamorphoses of Bolina Chuni." By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

1212 president's address.

61. "Revision of the Marine Tsenioglossate and Ptenoglossate
Mollusca of New Zealand." By Captain F. W. Hutton, F.G.S.

62. " Suggestion as to the Mode of Formation of Bai-rier Reef
in Bougainville Straits, Solomon Grou])." By H. B. Gup])y, M.D.,
Surgeon, R.N.

63. ** Record of an Undescribed Correa from New South Wales."
By Baron Sir F. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., &c.

64. " On Volcanic Activity on the Islands near the North-east
Coast of New Guinea, and the Evidences of Rising of the Maclay
Coast of New Guinea." By Baron N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

65. " Note on a Beroid of Port Jackson." By R. v, Lendeufeld,
Ph.D.

66. " The Histology and Nervous System of the Calcareous
Sponges." By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

67. "Addenda to the Australian Hydromedusse." No. 2. By
R, von Lendenfeld, Ph.D,

68. " Note on the Flight of Insects." By R. von Lendenfeld,
Ph.D.

69. " List of Recent Shells found in Layers of ("!lay on the
Maclay Coast, New Zealand." By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S.

70. " A Revision of the Australian Lsemodipoda." By W. A.
Has well, B.A., B.Sc.

71. " A Revision of the Australian Isopoda." By W. A.
Haswell, B.A., B.Sc.

72. " On a New and Remarkable Instance of Symbiosis." By
W. A. Haswell, B.A., Sc.

73. " On the Pycnogonidoe of the Australian Coast, with Des-
criptions of New Species." By W. A. Haswell, B.A., B.Sc.

74. "Notes on the Port Jackson Crustacea." By Charles
Chilton, B.A.

president's address. 1213

75. "Descriptions of Australian Micro-Lepidoptera." By E.
Meyrick, B.A.

76. "A Monograph of the Australian Sponges." Part III. By
E,. von Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

77. " Notes on the Direction of the Hair in some Kangaroos."
By Baron N". de Miklouho-Maclay.

78. " Note on Tribachycrinus Clarkei, McCoy." By F. Eatte,
M.E.

79. " On the Larvse and some Larva Cases of some Australian
Aphrophoridse." By F. Ratte, M.E.

80. " The Geology and Physical Geography of the State of
Perak." By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S.

81. "On the Temperature of the Body of Ornithorhynchus
paradoxus." By Baron N. de Miklouho-Maclay.

82 " Occasional Notes on Plants Indigenous in the immediate
vicinity of Sydney." By E. Haviland, Esq.

It will be .seen from this list that the number of Papers read
during the year exceeds that of the previous year by thirty -four.
The subjects dealt with embrace each of the six sub-kingdoms of
the Animal Kingdom ; whilst a few other papers contain chiefly
observations upon Botanical and Geological subjects.

The Hon. W. Macleay has contributed, besides other papers, a
supplement to his " Descriptive Catalogue of the Fishes of
Australia." Another important work is the " List of Papers and
Works relating to the Mammalian Orders, Marsupialia and Mono-
tremata." By J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. These are valuable
additions to the already advanced list of works of reference which
have been published by this Society : —

" Catalogue of Australian Birds, showing the distribution of
the Species over Australia and New Guinea." By E. P. Ramsay,
F.L.S.

"Catalogue of Accipitres." By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S.

1214 president's address.

"Census of Australian Snakes." By Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S.

" Descriptions of Australian JNIicrolepidoptera." By E.
Meyrick, B.A.

" Mollusca of the ' Chevert ' Expedition." By John Brazier,
C.M.Z.S.

" Contributions to Australian Oology." By E. P. Ramsay,
F.L.S.

" On the Edible Oyster found on the Australian Coast." By
J. C. Cox, M.D., F.L.S.

" On the Australian Amphiopoda." By "William A. Haswell,
B.Sc.

"The Echini of Australia." By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-
Woods, F.L.S., F.G.S.

" Australian Fishes — new or little known." By Count F. de
Castelnau.

" The Flora of Tropical Queensland." By. F. N. Bailey.

" Contribution to South Queensland Flora." By the Rev. B.
Scortechini, L.L.B.

" Forage Plants Indigenous to New South Wales." By Rev.
W. Woolls, Ph.D., F.L.S.

" On the Fungi of New South Wales and Queensland." By
Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.LS., and F. M. Bailey, F.L.S., <kc.

" A Monograph of the Australian Sponges." By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

" The Scyphomedus£e of the Southern Hemisphere." By R. von
Lendenfeld, Ph.D.

" The Australian Hydromedusse." By R. von Lendenfeld,
Ph.D.

" Contributions to Zoology of New Guinea." By E. P. Ramsay,
F.L.S.

president's address. 1215

"On the Coal Flora of Australia." By Rev. J. E. Tenison-
Woods, F.L.S.,F.Ct.S.

" Occasional Notes on Plants Indigenous in the immediate
neighbourhood of Sydney." By Edwin Haviland.

" Synonymy of Australian and Polynesian Land atid Marine
Mollusca." By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S.

" New Australian Fishes in the Queensland Museum." By
Charles W. de Vis, M.A.

"Revision of the Recent Lamellebranchiata of New Zealand."
By Captain F. W, Hutton, F.G.S.

"The Myrtacete of Au.stralia." By Rev. W. Woolls, Ph.D.

" Plants which have become Naturalized in New South Wales."
By Rev, W. Woolls, Ph D.

" Marine Annelids of the Order Serpulse. Some observations
on the Anatomy, with the Characteristics of the Australian
Species." By W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.

Besides numerous special Papers upon various subjects of Natural
History, by Baron Sir Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., Dr.
James 0. Cox, F.L.S., Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., Dr. H.
B. Guppy, R.N., Baron Miklouho-Maclay, M. F. Ratte, M.E.,
and other authors mentioned in my previous address.

The Paper on the " Mode of Formation of Barrier Reefs in
Bougainville Straits, Solomon Group." By Dr. H. B. Guppy,
R.N., is specially interesting as throwing additional light upon
the origin of the Bai*rier Reefs. Dr. Guppy states that these
Barrier Reefs have evidently been formed, during a period not of
subsidence but of upheaval, and that the intei'vening channels
represent belts of detritus upon which the reef building corals
could not live ; and he arrives at the conclusion that in the case
of reefs which possess such a gradual slope that the lower margin
of this band of detritus lies within the zone of reef-building
corals, a line of barrier reef will be ultimately formed beyond
this band with a deep channel inside ; but in the case of reefs

1216 president's address.

which possess a more rapid sub-marine slope, so that the lower
limit of the band of deti'itus extends far beyond the depths in
which the reef corals thrive, no such Barrier Reef will be formed.
He also thinks it probable that reef corals may commence to
build in depths greater than those usually assigned.

The Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.L.S., in a Paper which was
read at our December Meeting, gives a very graphic description of
the Physical Geography and Geology of the State of Perak. The
lofty mountains rising to a height of 8000 feet, fronted by
precipices of limestone of various colours, and at their base
plains covered with dense jungle, must appear truly grand. But
of more practical interest are the extensive tin-bearing deposits.
Mr. Tenison-Woods states that the oi'iginal source of the tin
ore was the granites near their junction with the Palteozoic sedi-
mentary rocks. This mode of occurrence of the ore is in many
respects similar to that which has been observed in the tin mining
districts of New England in New South Wales.

Dr. R. von Lendenfeld who joined the Society at the commence-
ment of last year, read over 30 Papers, mostly on the lower marine
animals of the Australian Seas. The experience and material
collected by him during his three years stay in different Australian
Colonies, is utilized in these Papers. The Hydromedusse and the
Scyphomedusse are finished, some new Ctenophorse have been
described, and a Monograph of the Australian Sponges commenced.
It may be hoped that the indefatigable Author will be able to finish
this in the way it has been begun, and so fill up a very large gap in
our knowledge of Australian animals. Many of his Papers dwell
on Comparative Morphology. He has discovered several interesting
facts of a general scientific interest. The development of one of
our large Jellyfish was found to be totally different from what was
hitherto known about their Metamorphosis. In a Paper on the
Geographical distribution of Medusse, the influence of ocean currents
on the Marine Eauna was illustrated. A most important discovery
was that of certain cells in Sponges which the Author considers as
Nervous elements. Their existence in the Sponges furnishes a
proof that these organisms are more highly developed Matazoa

president's address. 1217

than was hitherto supposed. Some interesting changes which one
of the kirge Jellyfish in our harbour has undergone during the last
forty years were described in another Paper. It appears that the
specimens collected in Port Jackson in the early part of this century
until 1845, when Huxley found this animal, were always blue, as
they are to this day in Port Phillip. Here in Sydney their colotir
has changed and now they ai"e brown ; so that a new variety has
been formed within the last forty years. In other Papers the
Author dwells on several physiological facts concerning the diges-
tion of Sponges, &c. Some short Geological Papers in the Glacial
Period in New Zealand, and the Eruption of Krakatoa were
also furnished by Dr. R. von Lendenfeld.

The interest of our monthly meetings has been much enhanced
by exhibits of Natural history specimens, many of which have
been brought forward in illustration of the papers read. At our
last meeting Mr. W. H. Caldwell, B.A., exhibited some specimens
showing certain stages in the development of the Monotremes.
And at a meeting of the Royal Society he gave an account of the
results of his recent discoveries in this colony and Queensland in
reference to the embryology of Marsupials, Monotremata and
Ceratodus. These embryological researches of Mr. Caldwell are
of the highest value, and will awaken in all scientific cii-cles a
lively interest in the study of the unique fauna of Australia.
Probably in no other part of the globe can the principles of the
descent of animal and plant life through vast periods of time be
studied with greater advantage.

The Honorary Librarian, Mr. W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc,
informs me that during the year nearly 1500 additions have been
made to the Society's Libi'ary. In no previous year has such a
large number of works been received in exchange from the
Society's foreign correspondents ; and two gentlemen have made
very munificient donations of books. These are the Hon. William
Macleay and Monsieur Theodore Lefevre, Secretary of La Societe
Royale Malacologique de Belgique, from the latter was received
a large collection of Belgian Scientific publications.

1218 president's address.

Other donations have been received from Professor W. J.
Stephens, M.A. ; Mr. W. A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. ; Mr, E. C.
Merewether ; Baron Maclay ; Mr. H. C. Russell, B.A. ; Dr. R.
von Lendenfekl, ; Mr. R. M. Johnson ; Professor Ralph Tate ;
Baron Sir F. von Mueller, K.C.M.G.; Mr. Harrie Wood ; Mr. J. F.
Bailey ; Dr. Schutte ; Mr. E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. : Mr.
Thomas Whitelegge ; Professor Edward Mowen ; Mr. A. J.
Campbell ; Capt. Hutton, F.R.S., F.G.S. ; Dr. Finsch ; Professor
Liversidge, F.R.S. ; Dr. Thos. Dixon, M.R.C.S.; Mr. J. J.
Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. ; Professor J. von Haast.

It may be well for the members to know that the following
most important works are now in the Library : —

" Annals and Magazine of Natural History," 103 vols. ; Pro-
ceedings of the Zoological Society, London," 55 vols. ; " British
Museum Catalogue," 100 vols.; " Archiv jur Naturgeschichte."
94 vols. ; " Suite a BufFon," 84 vol.s. ; " Revue de Zoologie," 53
vols. ; " Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de
Moscou," 58 vols.; "Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society of London," 23 vols. Two vols, (IX. and X.) "Challenger
Report (Zoology)," published during the year ; "The final decade
of the Eucalyptographia," by Baron von Mueller, also published
during the year.

We are indebted to the energetic editorial labours of the
Honorary Secretaries, the Hon. William Macleay, M.L.C., F.L.S..
and Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., for the prompt issue of the
Society's Proceedings ; three of the quai-terly Parts of Volume IX.,
have been published, and Part IV., is in the printer's hands.

I have been informed that the prize of £1U0 which had been
munificently ofiered by a Member of this Society for an Essay on
" The Life History of the Bacillus of Typhoid Fever," will not be
awarded, for though three Essays have been received, none of them
are considered to have fulfilled the conditions required for the treat-
ment of the subject. That the results have not realized our
expectations is to be regretted, especially at the present time
when Typhoid Fever is so prevalent throughout the country. It
is interesting to know that the Germ-theory of some forms of

president's address. 1219

disease was mooted so far back as the year 1726. In the English
Mechanic of April 1883, the following extracts are given from
an old book published in its fifth edition in 1726, and entitled,
" New Impx'ovements of Planting and Gardening, both Philoso-
phical and Practical," by Richard Bradley, Professor of Botany
in the Univ^ersity of Cambridge and F.R.S.

In the Chapter on Blights of Plants, he says : — " I am very
apt to believe that the most epidemical distempers mankind is
subject to proceed from poisonous insects, which are either eaten
unregarded or sucked into the stomach with the breath, as that
woi-thy gentleman Mr. Batte so curiously observes in a letter I
have received from him relating to infectious distempers, which I
shall annex to this chapter, as it contains many observations which
may help to explain and confirm what I shall offer concerning
blights." The letter is as follows : —

"To Mr. Bradley, &c.,

" Sir, — Upon discoursing with you some time since upon blights
upon trees, you seemed to be of opinion that they were the effect
of insects brought in vast quantities by the easterly winds, and by
lodging upon the plants proper for their nourishment, they produce
there the distemper which is known as a " Blight or Blast," You
was then desirous of what observations I had made concerning pesti-
lential distempers subject to mankind, which I believe to proceed
from the same cause that produced blights, i.e., from insects. It
is a common received opinion, that the plague proceeds from an

infection in the air, and so undoutedly it does

He then shows that it cannot be the sole operation of " poisonous
vapours from minerals," or such as are found in the Grotto del
Cane, or in mines, though " they are plainly more destructive
to animal life than any others that have been known, in that they
act much quicker upon the spirits of animal bodies than those
which are said to occasion the plague and other pestilential diseases.
And there is this difference likewise between them, that a body
poisoned bv the first will not communicate that poison to another,
79

1220 president's address.

as people infected by that vapour which causeth the plague are
known to do ; therefore, I think it is plain that the most nauseous
vapour of itself will not cause any distemper that is epidemical."

" It seems then, that the plague proceeds from some other cause,
and that I suppose to be insects of that extraordinary smallness
that they are not to be discerned by the naked eyes ; they are so
light that they float in the air, and so are sucked in by the breath.
Such insects not being among us commonly, but only when they
are either brought to us from some remote place by the wind, or
hatched or nourished by some intemperance of air, or from some
poisonous vapours, arising from bogs, ponds, ditches, or some such
unwholesome funds of stagnating water.

" The insects are various according to the nature of the water
or air they are bred in ; their eggs being first laid by some flying
animals which are then hatched and passing through several changes
common to insects, at length take wing, and being drawn in with
the breath, may perhaps be either killed in our bodies and cause a
violent ferment in the juices ; or else finding a proper nourishment
they breed in the lungs, stomach, and other parts within in us,
and probably may occasion those biles and l)reakings out in the
tender parts of the body that are called plague sores. But these
insects, are some of them so extremely small that they are only
capable of being discerned with good microscopes."

The following papers were read at the General Monthly
Meetings of the Royal Society of New South Wales, during
1884:—

May 7th. — Anniversary Address by the Hon. Professor Smith,
C.M.G., &c.. &c.

June 4th. — («) Paper by Mr. Edwin Lowe, " On Pain and its
Causes."

(b) Paper by Mr. Walter Shellshear, A.M., I.C.E.,
" On the Removal of Bars from the Entrances
to our Rivers."

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 1221

July 2nd. — (a) " Notes on Gold." By Dr. Leibius, M.A., F.C.S.

(b) " On the Oven Mounds of Aborigines of
Victoria." By Eev. P. MacPherson, M.A.

Aug. 6th. — " Notes on the Trochoided Plane." By Mr. L.
Hargrave, with explanatary models,

Sept. 3rd. — "On a New Form of Actinometer." By Mr. H.
C. Paissell, B.A,, F.RA.S.

Nov. 5th, — " Notes on Some Mineral Localities in the ^lorthern
District of New South Wales." By Mr, D,
A. Porter.

Nov. 5th. — " Exhibits of Minerals from Mittagong & Berrima."
By Professor Liversidge, F.R,S. ; and from
Silverton, by Mr. C. S. Wilkinson, F.G.S.

" Exhibition of Hughes's Induction Balance and
Sonometer." By the Hon. Professor Smith,
C.M.G.

Dec. 3rd. — (a) " Notes on Doryanthus," illustrated by specimen
of a new species. By Mr. C. Moore, F.L.S.

(b) "Notes on a Self-registeiing Anemometer." By

Mr. H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.AS.

(c) " On Water Supply in the interior of New

South Wales." By Mr. W, E, Abbott.

Dec. 17th. — At "Special Meeting," Mr. Caldwell, Fellow of
Caius College and Balfour Student of Cam-
bridge, gave a resume of his investigations
lately carried on by him in Australia, with
regard to the "Echidna, Platypus and Cera-
todus," illustrated by specimens and diagrams.

The Geographical Society of Australasia, of which Sir Edward
Strickland is Vice-President, is now making arrangements for
sending an exploring expedition to New Guinea, which is likely to
lead to important discoveries of great interest to our Society.

1222 president's address.

Dining the last yeai' Baron von Mueller has made several
additions to his valuable "Census of Australian Plants," a work
which affords the means of tracing the geographical limits of
species, and estimating their numbers in the Australian Colonies
respectively. He has just published the Tenth Decade of his
Eucahj2:)togra2)hia, thereby completing a handsome volume con-
taining descriptions of figures of one hundred species of the genus
Eucalyptus, a genus which, since the days of R. Brown, has been
a sou'-ce of intense difficulty to botanists. Though some thirty or
forty species remain to be described, they are for the most part of
a shrubby nature, and not of the same economic value as those
mentioned in the present volume. This work is one of the
greatest in which the Baron has been engaged, and must ever
remain as an enduring monument of his ability and perseverance.

In addition to several new plants described by him in Melbourne
periodicals during the year, he has issued a supplement to the
Fragmenta Phytograjjlme Australim containing a list of Australian
Fungi enumerated by the eminent mycologist Mr. C. Cooke. His
latest efforts have been dii'ected towards geographical discovery in
Australia, he having been elected Vice-President of the Victorian
branch of the Geographical Society recently formed.

Mr. C. Moore, F.L.S., Director of the Botanical Garden, has
published, "A Census of the Plants of New South Wales,"
compiled from Baron von Mueller's list and arranged according to
the system of the Flora Australiensis.

Mr. R. D. Fitzgerald, F.L.S., has issued another part of his
elegant work on Australian Orchids, in which he has figured and
described sevei'al new species.

Mr. F. M. Bailley, F.L.S., of Brisbane has made some important
additions to his Syno2Jsis of the Queensland Flora, in describing
new species and furnishing some interesting accounts of Crypto-
gamous Plants.

Mr. J. E. Brown, F.L.S., has in course of publication, under the
auspices of the South Australian Government, an elegant work on

president's address. 1223

" The Forest Flora " of that Colony with illustrations of Eucalyptus
&c. Mr. Brown acknowledges his obligations to Baron F. von
Mueller for the elucidation and classification of Plants.

Some of the latest information respecting Western Australian
Plants is contained in Baron F. von Mueller's descriptions of the
collections made by the Hon. J. Forrest, C.M.G., &c., around
Sharks Bay and its vicinity.

Dr. Woolls, F.L.S., has sent to the Linnean Society of New
South Wales during the last year Papers on " Naturalised Plants,"
"The Myrtacese," and " Protaceee." He is also printing in a
popular form a List of the Plants of New South Wales with
occasional notes on the same.

The Botanical world has sustained a great loss in the death of
the venerable George Bentham, F.R.S., C.M.G., &c , for many
years one of the most distinguished and indefatigable Botanists of
Europe. His name will be ever associated with the Flora of
Australia from the fact of his having devoted, in connection with
Baron F. von Mueller, sixteen years to the preparation and
publication of the " Flora Australiensis " in seven volumes.

In my last address I alluded to the possibility of effecting
improvements in our fodder ])lants, fruits, cereals and flowers, by
means of artificial cross fertilization.

In reference to this interesting suVjject, I am assured by my
friend, Mr. W, Farrer, B.A., L.S., who takes a special interest in
this branch of practical science, and particularly in the production
of improved vai'ieties of wheat, that systematic work is being
done, and during several years has been done (and especially in
America) in this direction. Two of the numerous hybrid wheats
that Mr. Pringle has pi'oduced — the "Defiance" and "The
Champlain " — are pretty well known in Australia. Professor
Blount, also, of the .University of Colorado, has taken in hand
the production of new and improved varieties of wheat by this
means ; and from a letter lately received from him by my friend,
I learn that he has 41 varieties which he himself has originated
by hybridization, and one of them has been pronounced by the
Government Chemist at Washington, to be the best milling wheat

1224 president's address.

in America. Professor Blount also mentions in his letter that in
the case of corn, by means of systematic selection, combined
probably with hybridization, during a pei'iod of ten years, he
succeeded in increasing the amount of grain per stalk Irom 10 oz.
to 48^02. average; reduced the period of maturity from 131 days
to 98 ; and increased the proportion of grain to stalk from 28%
of grain and 72% of stalk to 50% of grain and 49% of stalk.
He also says that 10 years ago, when he began his labours, there
was not a single wheat cultivated in the State of Colorado that
contained in its grain a greater quantity of gluten than 10% ; and
that at the present time none is cultivated that stands below
12% ; and when we consider that gluten is the most valuable
constituent of the wheat-grain — that by means of which the loss
of muscle or brain substance, which follows the doing of work, is
repaired — we can see how important an improvement this is.

It ought, however, be stated that since Professor Blount began
his labours, a revolution has taken place in the method of milling
in America, in consequence of which it became desirable to cultivate
hard wheats which are richer in gluten, instead of soft wheats, with
which alone the old-fashioned stones could deal. When I mention
that before roller machinery was invented, our efforts to produce
and cultivate wheat that possessed in a high degree rust-resisting
qualities were defeated by the fact that our milling machinery
was unable to deal with the hard grain which is produced by, and
is in correlation with, the hard straw that resists the rust, we can
see how important is the bearing of this invention likely to be on
the future of wheat-growing in Australia, and especially in our moist
ooast districts. A s soon as our millers adopt the roller-machinery
we shall be in a position to cultivate sorts that ai'e not only rust-
resisting, but produce grain that is actually more nutritious.

So decided has the preference for hard wheats become in
America, that (as Professor Blount mentions) tlie milling qualities
of a wheat are now judged by the proportion of gluten (albuminoids)
it contains.

With regard to fruits, I am glad to say something is being done
in Australia towards getting improved varieties by means of cross-

president's address. 1225

fertilization. The Messrs. Cole of Melbourne, give us from time
to time delicious new fruits. One of the last they gave us, viz.,
the pear " Madam Cole," was produced by crossing the two
delicious pears " Beurre Clairgeau " and " Winter Nelis," and
this new pear is said to combine in a marked degree, blended
together, the excellencies of its two parents.

In the case of the potatoe, we know that many new varieties
are produced by artificial hybridization ; for it is quite an ordinary
thing for nurserymen (Americans especially) to give with a new
variety its parentage.

Artificial hybridization is also largely used in the production of
new \-arieties of our cultivated flowers. In the case of the rose, it
is by no means uncommon to give with a new variety, its pedigree.
In fact, some of the English Rose Catalogues contain a separate
list of new pedigree roses.

The late Mr. Ellwanger of Rochester, New York, gives in his
book on ■' The Rose " a list of 26 roses, which are claimed to be
the result of artificial crossing ; and amongst them are the names
of some of our most beautiful varieties.

In my last Anniversary Address I made reference to the economic
mineral resources of New South Wales. I also briefly alluded to
the fact that the chief characteristic physical features of Australia
are represented within the limits of our own colony ; and that
upon our favoured geographical position, and the varied nature of
the land features, we must naturally look for a corresponding
variety in the climate and in the Fauna and Flora. Now in
investigating these we are inevitably led to a consideration of
their ongin, and as this at once involves geological research, I beg
that you will allow me to make a few remarks on one of the most
interesting and important periods of geological history as afiecting
this question. In doing so I will ask you to accompany me not
very far back into the history of the earth, but as it were only one
step from the present into the past — geologically speaking, from
the Recent to the Pleistocene period — a period when some of the
living forms of animals and plants co-existed with many that are
now extinct. No marked line of division can be drawn between

1226 president's address.

these so-called periods ; like all other epochs they are as inseparable
and continuous portions of the earth's history, as are the individual
" years " of a man's life. We must however make certain divisions
for the purpose of recording in their order of succession the events
and changes which have brought about the natural history phen-
omena which it is the especial work of this Society to study.

During the periods referred to the main physical features
of the country have remained pretty constant. There have
been no great local disturbances ; our most recent volcano,
Mount Canobolas, near Orange, whose conical summit 4565
feet above the sea level towers above the surrounding
country, had already ceased to cloud the atmosphere with its
steam and dust. The Great Dividing Range, with all its main
valleys, and the low lying country of the interior, presented the
same general outline at the commencement of the Pleistocene
period that we observe at the present day.

All these principal physical features were shaped prior to the
Pleistocene period by different causes — volcanic irruptions at
various times, faultings, and the unceasing atmospheric denuding
agencies which have operated since the last main elevation of the
Dividing Range in cai'ly Mesozoic times.

Then earlier than this, in the Carboniferous period, thei-e was a
stretch of ocean where now our picturesque Blue Mountain stand,
which extended from the Shoalhaven ranges on the south, to
beyond the point where the tunnel of the Great Northern Rail-
way pierces the Dividing Range near Murrurundi. And the
mountains of New England are not much older, for we find that
the granites comjiosing them have upheaved and tilted the lower
Carboniferous or Devonian strata surrounding them.

We have no evidence to show that the higher points of our
Dividing Range, or those over 4000 feet above the sea level, have
again been submerged since the genei'al upheaval, after the deposition
of the Hawkesbury formation of our Blue Mountains. There is
little doubt but that the first surface undulations which appeared
as the land rose from the sea were the guiding features for the
development of our ranges and deeply eroded valleys. The

president's address. 1227

marsupials, ceratodiis, araucarias, zamias and other ancient forms
of animal and vegetable life wliicli are now found upon the
continent also attest the antiquity of the land ; and the different
Tertiary " deep leads " or buried river-beds, and the later deposits in
the principal valleys, are also evidence that the Dividing Range
has been subject to atmospheric influences varying in intensity
from a very remote period to the present time. There is, perhaps,
no portion of this epoch of greater importance than the Pleis-
tocene period.

The Pleistocene deposits ai-e indicated by such vast accumula-
tions of the drift and diluvial sediment which have been dei'ived
from the erosion of the deep valleys in the highlands, and spread
out over the low lying country, as to point to a time of much
greater rainfal than obtains at present.

Were we from a great height to look down upon, or as it were
to take a bird's eye view of our country, or what would serve the
same purpose, to look upon an accurately made model of it, the
great Coast Range, the Barrier Ranges beyond the Darling, and all
the other surface prominences would resemble some railway or
other earth embankments, whose sides have been furrowed by the
action of rain, whilst the great plains of the Darling, and Riverina,
with their netwoi-k of Billabong drainage channels intersecting
them, would appear like the patches of silt filling the hollows near
the denuded earth embankment with the little water rills crossing
them. Our comparison would not be an inappropriate one ; for
many of the minor surface appearances are due to the same cause,
sub-serial denudation, which in the one case has produced these
effects in a few years, whilst in the other the erosion is the work
of ages.

But on closely examining the country we find that the present
surface features are but the production of the latest of many
changes that have taken place.

As an instance I will give you a splendid section which is
exposed in the Moorabool Valley between Geelong and Ballaarat.
I measured the section myself some years ago. The river flows
over the upturned edges of an old slate formation, traversed by

1228 president's address.

quartz reefs ; upon this are layers of conglomerates and sandstones,
probably freshwater deposits, containing fossil plants believed to
be of the lower Miocene age. The surface of this formation had
been worn into hollows, thus marking the lapse of some time
before it was covered by the next deposit which consists of lime-
stone abounding in marine shells of Miocene age ; this is overlaid
by a thick mass of basalt. Then comes a layer of marble limestone
full of Miocene shells ; and above this is another flow of basalt,
upon which is a bed of Upper Miocene limestone, composed almost
entirely of bryzoa and corals ; this is covered by a thin Pliocene
quartz pebble drift, and lastly, forming the summit of the hUl we
have climbed, is basaltic lava which extends as a wide sheet over
the surroimding country, and forms vast stony plains as far as the
conical volcanic hill whence if issued. Now it is evident that the
rain water draining from the higher Dividing Range, gradually cut
through this sheet of basalt, and^formed a channel, which during
the Pleistocene period, develoi)ed into the grand Moorabool Valley,
which is here about 300 feet deep. Upon the sides of the valley
there are terraces of drift' which indicate intervals of time when
the eroding water flowed with diminished force.

We will take another instance in this colony. In the Cudjegong
Valley near Gulgong we find in section, granite, slates, and carbon-
iferous rocks overlaid by quartz drifts and clays believed to be of
^Miocene age ; then, basalt, and next in order of time the rich gold
bearing leads containing numerous ^fossil plants of Pliocene age ;
and above these basalt. All the four last named formations lie
within a valley which was eroded probably in Miocene times. But
what I desire to draw your|attention to is the fact, that not only
have the upper basalt and the other Tertiary formations been cut
through by the drainage water of the Pleistocene period, but that
the present valley has been eroded to a greater depth than the old
one ; and, as in the case of the Moorabool Valley, we have here
also terrace banks of gr-avel.

Similar evidence of enormous erosion having taken place during
the Pleistocene period, is afiorded in almost every part of the
countiy, but it is unnecessary to adduce other instances than the

president's address. 1229

two above mentioned ; for as these are given from such widely
separated localities, we may be assured that the physical conditions
which they indicate prevailed also over the whole country. And
this is furtlier supported by the occurrence of those extensive
plains of the interior which have been formed by the deposition of
the gravels and earthy sediment washed from the hills. Reference
was made to this subject at one of our monthly meetings when Mr.
J. G. Griffin, C.E., exhibited samples of the fluviatile deposits
of the Riverina plains near Deniliquin.

The rainfall of the Pleistocene period must have been consider-
ably greater than that of the present.

Excepting in places where the declivity of the ground is steep,
or where the protecting covering of vegetation has been removed
by traffic of stock or artificial cuttings, allowing running water
access to soft earths or drifts, the tendency chiefly is for the
alluvial debris from the hills, not to be swept away by the running
streams, but to accumulate and form alluvial flats in the valleys.
And the highest floods now experienced, though in places, as on
the Darling, Murrumbidgee, and other rivers, they overflow the
country for many miles on either side of their ordinary channels,
yet they do not rise so high as to cover other portions of the great
plains which have clearly been formed under the flood waters of
tlie Pleistocene period. Mr. Russell, the Government Astronomer,
in his pamphlet on the " Physical Geography and Climate of
New South Wales," after describing the Macquarie and other
tributaries flowing into the Darling from the south-east, says
'•'Beyond all these, to the N.W., the Darling at one time must
have been fed by very large tributaries bringing the water from
tropical Queensland ; the courses of several of these can still be
traced to the Darling, but except in great floods they never
contain water and cannot now be called tributaries, There are
many unmistakeable proofs that the Darling was at one time
subject to much greater floods. In addition to these now little-
used wacer-courses, the banks of the river are higher than the
back country, and have evidently been made so by alluvial
deposits where floods never reach now."

1230 president's address.

Then again the occurrence of numerous remains of crocodiles
(reptiles which are now extinct in the valley of the Darling) at
Cuddie Springs on the flat country, 15 miles south of the Darling,
and far from other watercourses, points to a time when abundance
of water or swampy marshes existed over that now dry country.

Professor Ralph Tate, of the Adelaide University, is also of
opinion, from the distribution of the Diprotodon, that the
Pleistocene was a period of great rainfall.

As to the cause of this interesting pluvial period over a large
portion of the Southern Hemisphere — for its elFects have also been
observed in New Zealand, South America and South Africa — I
will state briefly some of the theories which have been put forward
upon the subject.

We know that the Pleistocene deposits &c., just described, bear
the same relation to the present physical features, as do those of
the so called " Glacial Period " of the Northern Hemisphere ; and
it has been asserted that during the glaciation of portions of the
latter, a more humid climate than the present must have pi'evailed
in the Southern Hemisphere — an assertion which the geological
facts above mentioned unquestionably favor. Various causes of the
Glacial Pei'iod have been suggested ; but the views advanced by Dr.
Croll, Dr. Geikie, Professor Ramsay, Mr. A. R. Wallace, and some
others, have received much support. These eminent authorities
have suggested " that the combined eSect of the precession of the
equinoxes and of the excentricity of the earth's orbit" ; together
with " changes in the disti'ibution of land and water " are sufficient
to produce the phenomena observed.

Owing to the precession of the equinoxes the inclination of the
earth's axis towards the sun is reversed every 10,500 years and it
happens that whichever hemisphere is turned from the sun when
the earth is in aphelion during the period of great excentricity
which, according to Dr. Oroll, lasted for 160,000 years ending about
80,000 years ago, the winter of that hemisphere is so long and cold
as to induce a lai'ge accumulation of snow and ice upon high lands
situated within regions of great precipitation : at the same time
the opposite hemisphere would experience equally long and cool

president's address. 1231

summers. When the excentricity had attained its maximum,
about 210,000 years ago, the length of summer in one liemisphere
exceeded that of the winter in the other by about twenty eight
days

At the time that the Northern Hemisphere was glaciated, the
long summer of the Southern Hemisphere would have been cool
and like "a perpetual spring." When the alternation took place
10,500 years after, and the southern regions were subjected to the
cooling influences, the Antartic ice would be so greatly extended
as to produce on a larger scale and nearer to the Australian Conti-
nent, the fogs, rain and snowstorms which now prevail in the
Antarctic Ocean. The present glaciated condition of the Antarctic
regions being due to the winter of the Southern Hemisphere
occurring in aphelion, we may readily perceive how these condi-
tions must have been intensified in the Pleistocene period when
the eccentricity was three and a-half times greater than it now is.
And it is thought that, owing to the then extreme difference
between the temperature of the South Pole and that of the tropics,
the south-east trade winds, which are now stronger than the north-
east trades, woiild blow with greater force over a large area of
ocean surface, and so the upper counter trades would return laden
with an increased amount of aqueous vapour. Therefore, during
the long glacial period, the southern regions must have experienced
a proportionately increased rainfall ; of which we may now adduce
another j)roof in the recent discovery by Dr. R. von Lendenfeld of
former glacial action on Mount Kosciusko, the highest mountain
in Australia.

Near the summit of the mountain. Dr. von Lendenfeld found the
granite rocks — roches moutonnees — rounded off and polished to a
height of 500 feet above the bed of the valley, showing that the
valley to that extent had been once filled by a glacier. Traces of
glacier action were not seen at a lower level than 5800 feet above
the sea ; and the extent of country above this height, embracing
valleys which may have contained glaciers, is said to be 150 square
miles. No glaciers exist there now ; but patches of snow lie on
the sheltered slopes of the hills and never disappear. It is inter-

1232 president's address.

esting to know, as Dr. von Lendenfeld points out, " that the
patches of eternal snow are found on Mount Kosciusko in a
latitude of 37° S., about 1500 feet lower than in the European Alps
in a latitude of 47° N. To find a place in Europe where ever-
lasting snow comes down to GOOO feet, we would have to go up to
latitude 52°. Here in Australia the snow comes as far down in
37°, as in Europe in 52°. In New Zealand the snow and ice are
also very much more extensive than in Europe at a similar
latitude. We have, therefore, another proof of the old statement
that the Southern Hemisphere is colder and damper than the
Northern."

The greater rainfall during the Glacial epoch would no doubt
have produced much surface water here and there over the flat
country in the interior, besides filling the lake - depressions to the
north of Adelaide, evaporation from which would to some extent
increase tlie humidity of the westerly winds.

In 1877 the late Mr. T. Belt suggested that the great precipi-
tation of snow upon the polar ice rings during this period would
become fixed as ice, and that the water being in this way stored
up and not returned to the ocean, would have the effect of lowering
the level of the ocean some 2000 feet ; and thus while plants and
animals would be able to migrate between lands which are now
separated by shallow seas, the inountains would, in relation to the
sea level, be increased in height, and consequently induce a greater
rainfall. This suggestion has been more or less reservedly accepted
by Wallace and others as affording an explanation of the geogra-
phical distribution of some animals and plants. But apart from
its consideration, we have the more certain geological and astron-
omical evidence above-mentioned.

It is my present purpose to indicate the nature of these changes
that have taken place since the Pliocene times, rather than to
discuss the question of the origin and distribution of the Fauna
and Flora of Australia.

Nearly all the available information bearing upon this subject
has been referred to by Captain F. W. Hutton, F.G.S., in his

president's address. 1233

Annual Addresses to the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury,
New Zealand, 1883-4. I cannot agree with some of the views
expressed by the Author.

I may, however, here mention that the learned Palaeontologist,
Baron von Ettingshausen, is now engaged upon an examination of
an extensive collection of fossil plants which'were obtained by Mr.
T. W. E. David, F.G.S., Geological Surveyor, and myself, from the
Lower Tertiary de})osits in ISJew England, and the result of his
labours will be awaited with nuich interest. In acknowledging the
receipt of this collection the Baron writes that " he recognized
instantly several types common with the Tertiary Flora of Europe
and other Tertiary Floras, and strange to the living Flora of
Australia. There is no doubt that the Tertiary Flora of Australia
contains besides the elements of the living Flora, also the elements
of other Floras extinct in Australia, but developed now in other
parts of the globe. We have found the same mixture of the
elements of the Floras in the Tertiary Flora of Europe, of America,
and of Asia. When such a thorough going analogy as this is found
to run through all Tertiary Floras we have investigated, no other
explanation is possible, but that the Tertiary Flora in general is
an original Flora which contains the elements of the living
Floras, and from which all living Floras must have descended.
The descendants only have developed and varied off from it in
different directions."

It may be well also to note the evidence which the fossil re-
mains afford regarding the temperature of the climate of the
period immediately preceding the Pleistocene.

The fossil plants from the upper Pliocene auriferous drifts of
Victoria and New South Wales, which have been described and
figured by Baron Sir F. von Mueller, indicate the prevalence
during that period of a warmer climate than the present. In
reference to these fossils and their living representatives the Bev.
Dr. Woolls, F.L.S., remarks that " the Phymatocaryon Mackayi
which was taken from the Haddou Gold Field at a depth of about
150 feet approaches in many respects some species of the Sapind-
acese, of the fossil genus Cupanoides, and yet at the present day, no

1234 president's address.

species of Cnpania extends to Victoria, the great majority of the
species being semi-tropical. Trematocaryon McLellani found in
the auriferous drift of the Pliocene formation in the same locality
belongs apparently to the Sapindacete and yet no genus now existing
in Australia is represented by it. In all probability it flourished
under climatic conditions very different from those now prevailing.
Rhytidotheca Lynchii (a fossil found under similar circumstances)
may have belonged to some plant of the Meliaceie, though at the
present day no genus of the order is found in Victoria, the species
occurring for the most pai^t in the Northern District of New South
Wales and Queensland. Baron Mueller remarks in reference to
this fact that 'The newly discovered remnant of a past Flora
indicates a clime formerly warmer and more humid and equable
than that of the spot where now vestiges of extinct forests are
buried.' Celyphina McCoyi had a fruit resembling Helicia jyrcealta
of the Proteacese from the warmer parts of eastern Australia.
Odontocaryon is unlike any existing genus ; but Conchotheca
rotundata from the Pliocene formation at Nitingbool seems very
like some extinct species of Grevillea of that section now exclu-
sively tropical. Eisothecaryon semiseptatum, found at Gulgong
in the Upper Pliocene layers, comes very close to Villaresia,
a genus now represented in Eastern Australia by two
species, the one in Queensland and the other not known farther
south than Clarence Eiver. Araucaria Johnstonii of Tasmania,
found imbedded in the yellow Tertiary freshwater limestone near
Hobart, is supposed to be allied to A. Cunninyhami, " the Moreton
Bay Pine," a species ranging from Queensland to the Hastings
and Clarence. A. BidwiUi or " The Bunya Bunya " is peculiar to
Queensland, and A. excelsa to Norfolk Island. The occurrence of
an Araucaria in Tasmania is highly inteiesting, and as it has been
found in company with fruits of plants exhumed from the gold
drifts of Victoria and N. S. Wales, it may well be associated with the
Floi-a of the past as indicating a warmer climate in Victoria and N. S.
Wales. The wood and fruit of Banksia and the foliage of Eucalyptus
obliqua were enumerated by Prof. McCoy, from auriferous drifts,
but as these are probably identical with living species, the Ptev, W.

president's address. 1235

B. Clarke appears to have assigned them to a more recent period.
Amongst the auriferous drifts from which specimens have been
described by Baron von Mueller in the Geological Survey of
Victoria, no fruits or leaves of Uucali/ptus have been mentioned,
and indeed such is the difficulty of determining the species without
a specimen of the -flowers and fruit, that it would be some-
what hazardous to offer any opinion from leaves only. From
a consideration of the fossils, so far as yet known and
described, it is not chimerical to affirm, that, in the Eocene and
Miocene periods, and in the Pliocene also, the climate of Victoria
and New South Wales was difierent from what it now is, being
probably adapted to the growth and perpetuation of tropical and
semi-tropical plants, which have long ceased to flourish in these
colonies, and whose living representatives are now found in the
north and north-eastern portions of Australia or in India. It
would appear also that previous to some changes which occurred
during the Tertiary period, the genus EucalyiJtus which at the
present time is so widely spread over the Continent and is almost
restricted to it, did not constitute the large forests of Eastern
Austx'alia, but that these were composed to a great extent of
Sapindaceous, Meliaceous, Capparideous, and other trees which
imparted a semi-tropical character to the vegetation. Regarding
Western Australia as the grand repository for types purely
Australian, it is very remarkable that the fossils now found in
auriferous drifts have few or no living representatives in that
colony. No species of Meliaceae, with the exception of Owenia
reticulata, has been found there, whilst 32 species occur in New
South Wales and Queensland. Of the Sapindaceee, Dodoncsa,
Diplopeltis and Heterodendron only are represented there ; whilst
species of 14 genera (of which Cuimnia and Neplielixmn are the
chief in point of numbers) belong to Eastern Australia. So again
as regards the Olacinece only two species are western, whilst 13 in
which two Villaresias are included, are eastern. As but little
progress has yet been made in the fossil Botany of Australia, it
may be advisable to exercise caution in forming any conclusions
too hastily."
80

1236 president's address.

Baron von Mueller remarks " the discovery of these organic
remains in a far distant tract of country in New South Wales, is
not without considerable interest inasmuch as thereby now is
shown, that the pristine forests, which have left us these vestiges,
were of wide geographical extent." He then modestly adds " we
as yet possess no data to reconstruct imaginarily in their integrity
these Australian trees of the last of past epochs."

Having this evidence of the existence of a semi-tropical
Flora in south-eastern Austi-alia in the Pliocene period and
of its subsequent banishment from this region, it follows that a
great change of climate must have supervened in Post Pliocene
times. That this change was due to a general lowering of the
temperature of the Southern Hemisphere during a glacial epoch
seems probable from the arguments already adduced. And an
interesting discovery lately made by Mr. R. D. Fitzgerald, F.L.S.,
Deputy Surveyor General, appears to favor these views I
refer to a small pine which has only been found under or close
to the Falls at Katoomba on the Blue Mountains, and which has
been named by Baron Sir F. von Mueller, Pherosphoera Fitzgeraldi.
The cold, shady, constantly wet cliffs adjoining the Falls appear to
be its last reti'eat, and there only a very few plants cling to the
crevices, their trailing bi-anches taking root in the mud and sphag-
num and their glaucous foliage always dripping with spray. It
grows about nine feet highandis intermediate between a Lycopodium
and a Juniper. The genus is Tasmanian, and there the only other
species belongs to the " high Alpine flats." The nearest allied
genus Dacrydhim is also Tasmanian but extends to New Zealand,
New Caledonia and even the Indian Archipelago. The species
found in Tasmania is known as the " Huon Pine."

But the evidence which Fitzgerald's Pine affords of a former
colder climate is perhaps not so conclusive as is that of the animals
which have survived from the Pleistocene period. Fntombed with
the remains of Diprotodon and of the other extinct animals
occur in the Wellington Caves bones of the " Poached Tiger,"
the " Tasmanian Devil," and of a rat, Mastacomys fuscus — animals
which, as Mr. E. P. Ramsay informs me, are now only living in

president's address. 1237

Tasmania, where the mean annual temperature is 7° below that of
the locality in which these remains are found.

These facts favour the supposition that the climate of N. S.
Wales in the Pliocene period was warmer than at pi-esent and that
in Post-Pliocene times it became more humid and colder than now.

Before considering the probable influence of these changes on the
fauna of N. S. Wales, it is necessary to refer briefly to the
principal types of animals inhabiting South-eastern Australia
during the Pleistocene Period, when they attained their greatest
development.

Amongst the Dipi'otodonts one of the most remarkable forms
was the carnivorous Pouched Lion, Thylacoleo, considered however,
liy Professor Flower to have been herbivorous. Thylacoleo was
furnished with carnassial teeth somewhat similar to those of the
Sabre-toothed Lion, whose x-eraains are found in the cave deposits
of Europe. It was provided with " non-retractile, sub-compressed,
decurved, pointed claws, equalling or excelling those of the lion or
tiger in size ;" and from the size and form of its carnassial teeth.
Sir Richard Owen infers that it was one of the fellest and most
destructive of predatory beasts.

Of the large herbivorous Diprotodonts the most conspicuous form
^2J& Diprotodon, an animal taking the same place amongst Austi-a-
lian mammals that the Pachyderms do amongst the Fauna of other
Continents. Its great size may be inferred from the length
of its skull, which in one specimen measured three feet.
" This genus," says Sir Richard Owen, " has near affinities to
the Kangaroo with an osculant relationship to the Wombat." Its
hind pair of limbs were much shortened and strengthened (as
compared with those of the Kangaroo) while the fore pair were
lengthened as well as strengthened. This monster probably walked
like an elephant, and " brought down the tempting foliage by erosion
of the (tree) trunk, not by the strong haul of forcible grasp," (like
the Megatherium, the great extinct Sloth of South America).
Allied to Diprotodon was the Nototlierium, another large
herbivorous mammal, somewhat resembling the South American
tapir. The Kangaroos, Wombats, and Echidnas of the Pleistocene

1238 president's address.

period also attained far larger dimensions than they do now ;
while the lizards were represented by the huge horned lizard
" Megalania prisca" and the Hesh-eating Notiosaurus.

The bones of Dromornis may be taken as belonging to a species
of bii'd of which the emu is the smaller modern type. Remains
of Crocodiles have also been found, associated with those of
Diirrotodon in a manner presently to bo described.

All these large mammals, with the exception of Thylacinus,
Sarcophilus and Thylacoleo were herbivorous, and as their
remains are found not only in the Pleistocene deposits of the
Dividing Range and in Caves, but also in the now arid plains of
the western interior, it may be inferred that the whole country,
wherever the soil was favoui-able, was more or less clothed with a
luxuriant growth of vegetation capable of supporting these huge
herbivores.

As to the precise character of this vegetation no certain clue
has as yet been found : it would be premature therefore in the
present state of our knowledge to affirm that it has altogether
died out. This much is certain, that these gigantic animals have
been entirely extirpated ; and it remains to be considered what
was the probable cause of their extermination. Sir Richard
Owen has suggested that they were killed off by man, aided
possibly by the Dingo, which may have immigrated with him
from the Papuan Continent : but of this, as Sir Richard Owen
remarks, we have as yet no conclusive proof. On the other hand
striking evidence has been afforded by the dryness of the last few
seasons, of how quickly, through want of rain, and overstocking,
savannahs of waving grass may be converted into desert-like
plains ; and the immediate influence of these climatal changes on
the Fauna is fully attested by the numbers of Kangaroos and
Emus, which died last year through want of sustenance on the
western plains.

Fragments of the bones of the extinct Pleistocene Mammalia are
met with in the deposits of gravels and clays of that age at a depth
of over 70 feet from the surface ; while others more perfectly
preserved have been found at a depth of only a few feet. A

president's address. 1239

locality, in which their remains liave been discovered in great
abundance is at Caddie Springs, 15 miles south of the Darling
River, near Brewarrina.

These are boggy springs, situated in a small depression, one
quarter of a mile in diameter, and five feet deep, on the open plains.
In the centre of this hollow a shaft was sunk 28 feet deep in mud
full of bones. Amongst these were bones of Diprotodon, Sthenurus,
Macropus Titan, large wombats, large birds probably emus, croco-
diles, and a gigantic carnivoi'ous lizard, Notiosaurus, which has
lately been described by Sir Richard Owen. These bones are
found only within a few yards of the centre of the Spring, which
is ten miles distant from the nearest watercourse.

The occurrence here of the remains of crocodiles shows, as has
been already stated, that previous to their dying out, there must
have been abundance of water in this now waterless country ; and
the association of their bones with those of the animals above
mentioned, in such numbers in this small boghole, is veiy signifi-
cant as to the cause of their extinction. Nothing but want of water
could have brought together such a heterogeneous assemblage of
animals to the same drinking-place ; and what mu.st have been their
last terrible struggle for existence, as the supply of water failed,
must be beyond description.

This one instance may be taken as typical of the general cause
of the disappearance of these animals since Pleistocene times, viz ,
want of water ; and want of water must have been consequent on
diminished I'ainfall, which in its turn probably led to the gradual
<lyiug out of the once rich Pleistocene Flora.

Stinted of their food supplies, and being unable from their great
bulk to migrate i-apidly or adapt themselves readily to the altered
conditions of life, Diprotodon and the other large herbivores,
])erished by degrees from the combined effects of want of suste-
nance, the raids of predatory beasts, and possibly the attacks of
man.

Their likeness, however, is still to be traced in the Native Bear,
Wombat, Kangaroo, &c., which still survive on our mountain
ranges and plains, as the comparatively pigmy types of their
gigantic predecessors.

1240 president's address.

Apart from Natural History considerations, the Geology of the
Pleistocene period has perhaps a more immediate and practical
bearing upon the future development of a large portion of our
territory than that of any other period. From the fact of the
old river channels having been silted up and buried beneath
alluvial deposits, we may be certain that in the lower portions of
the main valleys, and passing under the wide alluvial plains
beyond, there exist underground streams of water which, when
discovered by systematic exploitation by boring and sinking, may
be made available for increasing the pastoral and agricultui-al
capabilities of the country. And besides this, where the Pleistocene
deposits cover old river channels which have been eroded through
auriferous and tin-bearing formations, miners may with confidence
expect to find in them payable '* leads."

At our previous Annual Meeting, I informed you of a deep bore
which was being put down in the Cretaceous formation at Tarka-
nina in South Australia. It has since been carried to a depth of
12-30 feet, when good water was struck, which rose in the bore and
flowed from the pipes 20 feet above the surface of the ground. In
another diamond drill bore, also in the Cretaceous strata at Hergott
in the same colony, water was met with at a depth of 340 feet, and
it rose to a height of 60 feet above the surface. As you are
already aware, artesian water flowing from the pipes 10 feet above
the surface, has been obtained in a bore near Bourke. As the
Cretaceous formation extends westward from here almost without a
break to the Flinders Range in South Australia, there is little
doubt but that artesian wells may be obtained in any part of it, and
that this enormous tract of now arid land may be made by proper
enterprise a splendidly watered country.

The occupation of the country under our new land laws, and the
settlement of large numbers of people 'm. places like those where
the important discoveries of silver have lately been made, will
necessitate the improvement of the natural advantages we have
indicated ; let us hope that they may be speedily utilised. And
may our Society in its scientific sphere continue its labours in
revealing the availability of nature's rich stores, for the direct and

president's address. 1241

iacUrect advancement of the varied and i)rogressive human interests
— advancement whicli in the past has proceeded on definite lines
through the mineral and vegetable kingdoms into the animal
kingdom, and in humanity leads on to a higher — tlie Spiritual
Kingdom of God.

A vote of thanks was accorded to the President on the motion
of Dr. MacLaurin for liis interesting and valuable Address.

The Treasurer, Hon. James Norton, M.L.C., reported on the
finances of the Society, showing a credit balance of £77 lis. 3d.

Mr. Macleay moved in accordance with notice given — " That
from and after this 1st February, 1885, the Annual Subscription
of each Member sliall be £2 2s., without Entrance Fee."

Mr. Grifiin moved — " That henceforth Ladies may be admitted
by election as Associates of the Society for £1 Is. per annum,
with all the privileges of Ordinary Members except the right to
attend the Meetings of the Society."

These resolutions were both adopted, and the Council were
instructed to make the necessary changes in the Rules.

The Meeting then proceeded to the election of Officers for the
current year, with the following result : —

President :
Professor W. J. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S.

Vice-Presidents :

Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.L.S., F.G.S.
Dr. James C. Cox, F.L.S., &c.
C. S. Wilkinson, F.L.S., F.G.S.

Honorary Secretaries :

Hon. William Macleay, F.L.S.
E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., Ac.

] 242 office-bearers.

Hon. Librarian :
William A. Haswell, M.A , B.Sc.

Hon. Treasuker :
Hon. James Norton, M.L.C.

Council :

John Brazier, C. M.Z.S Edwix Haviland, Esq.

Dr. Thomas Dixson. Hon. P. G. King, M.L.C

J. J. Fletcher, M.A., B.Sc. E. Meyrick, B.A.
J. G. Griffin, C.E., &c. P. R. Pedley, Esq.

H. R. Whittell, Esq.

INDEX TO VOL. IX

Page

Page

Acalyptus supevciliosus

... 565

Aglaophenia urens ...
Aipysiirus anguilliformis

. 481

Acanthella effusa ...

... 479

. 565

Acanthophis antarctica

... 564

fuseus ...

. 565

Achiriis poropteva ...

51

laivis

. 565

Aclis hyalina

... 935

Alethopteris australis

. 251

Acmffia cingulata . . .

... 372

concinna

. 250

conoidea

... 373

Currani

. 250

corticata

... 372

Alliiim fragrans

. 203

flammea

... 373

AUorchestes crassicoi'nis

. 1,035

f ragilis

... 374

rupicola

. 1,036

pileopsis

... 373

Amarantacte

. 194

rubiginosa . . .

... 372

Amarantus blitum ...

194

AcmjBidffi ...

... 372

paniculatus

. 194

Actaster insignis ...

... 499

viridis ...

194

Actinocucumis difficilis

... 506

Amathella cornuta ...

. 536

Actinonietra intermedia

... 498

Ambassis marianus

8

Jukesii

... 498

Muelleri

7

Solaris

... 498

Amblyopus niger ...

. 698

-Eginura myosura ...

... 619

Amblypneustes ovum

. 502

- Equorea eurhodina

... 610

Ammi majus

. 197

.Equoridce

... 60S

Ammothea assimilis

. 1,026

Agelasta obscura

... 707

longicollis - .

. 1,028

Aglaophenia aurita . . .

... 484

Ammotretis zonatus

50

brevicaulis

... 484

Amphisile cristata ...

. 872

brevirostris

... 484

Amphiura constricta

. 500

cnicialis

... 483

Aniplioriscns cyathiscus

. 1,105

delicatula

... 483

cylindrus

. 1,103

divaricata

... 482

poculum

. 1,103

fimbriata

... 485

Anagallis arvensis ...

. 200

flexuosa

... 485

Anamixilla Torresii . .

. 1,109

forniosa

... 484

Anatina Angasii

514

glutinosa

... 485

Anatinidfe ...

. 514

Huxleyi

... 482

Anceus ferox

. 1,005

Kirchenpauei'i

... 480

Ancillaria cingulata

. 795

longicornis

... 481

elongata ...

795

Macgillivrayi

... 484

Anethum fceniculatum

. 197

parvula

... 483

Anguilla amboinensis

59

phienicea

... 482

marginipinnis

59

pluina

... 483

Anomia alectus

. 532

pluinosa

.. 481

cytaeum

. 532

raniosa

482, 534

Stowei

. 532

ramulosa

... 484

Anomiidte ...

. 532

rubens

... 481

Antedon mauonenia

. 497

squarrosa

... 481

Milberti ...

497

Antedon pumila
spicata
Antennarius Moluccensis
Aiitennularia cyliudrica
cyniodoca
Anthemis cotula
Anthias rasor

Anthomedusidffi ... 909, 915
Anthoxanthum odoratum
Anthribidai
Aploactes lichen
Apluda nuitica
Apocyneffi ...
Apogon conspersiis ...
Guntheii ...
Lemprieri...
punctatus
rudis

simplex . .
Apogonichthys longicauda . . .
marmoratus ...
polystigma ...
Aporrhaidc-e
Aphrophoridffi ... ... 1

Arachnoides placenta
Arachnopora argenta
Area decussata

donaciformis ...
fusca...
ArcidtB
Archirhiza aurosa . . .

primordialis

Argemone Mexicana

Argyrolobium Andre wsianuni

Aristeis chrysotuches

Ai'isteus cavif rons ...

perporosus...

Arisus atripenuis ...

Arsysia spilouota ...

Ascaltis Lamarkii ..

Ascandra densa

Ascetta Challengei-ii

dictyoides ..

loculosa

Macleayi . .

potei-ium . .

primordialis

procumbens

Asclepiadacete

Asconidi^i ...

Asperifoliffi

Aspidiotes melanocephalus ...

Ramsay i...

282,
282,

901, 1

902, 1
899, 1

... 1
... 1
... 1
1,084,
897, 1
... 1

897, 1

Paa-e

49:

49'

546

478

478

198

4

518

204

706

461

203

201

8

9

10

394
395

8
8
937
,164
503
614
528
528
802
527
425
425
192
195
762
34
694
703
703
087
,088
085
084
085
086
896
085
086
200
,<i84
202
552
552

Pa^-e

Aspidomorpha sancta;-crucis . 709

Astartidaj ... ... ... 526

Aster dumosus ... ... 198

Asterias calamaria ... ... 49S

Asterina calcar ... ... 499

Gunnii ... ... 498

Astropecten polyacanthns ... 499

Asteropsis vermicina ... 499

Athenea tuberculosa ... 49S

Atherina elongata ... ... 39

tasmaniensis . . . 442

Atlierinichthys esox ... 39

maculatus ... 40

punctatus . . . 869

Atherinosoma Jamesonii ... 171

Atheropla melichlora . . . 759

Atolla Wyvillei ... ... 262

Atriplex patula ... ... 195

Atylus lippus ... ... 1,037

megalophthahnus ... 1,037

Atys cylindrica ... ... 990

Aui'elia clausa ... ... 279

ccerulea ... ... 280

colpota ... ... 279

Aurosa fureata ... ... 281

Autisthes argenteus ... 39S

Arena fatua ... ... 204

Aviculidie ... ... ... 530

Azygoplon rostratum ... 48S

Bankivia varians ... ... 365

Barnea simUis ... ... 512

Batocera Wallacei ... ... 707

Batrachus Mulleri ... ... 29

punctatulus ... 29

Belone Gra-neri ... ... 57

Beryx Mulleri ... ... 21

Bidens pilosa ... ... 198

BimerintK ... ... ... 401

Bittium exilis . . ... 936

terebelloides ... 936

Blastopolypidi\j 401, 908, 910

Boidiv ... ... ... 551

Bolina Chuni ... ... 930

Bi'achioloplius collaris ... 291

Brachionichthys hirsutus ... 30

L-evis ... 30

Brachynieles Garagasii ... 715

Brachynemata cingulata ... 1,045

Brachysoma diadema . . . 558

simile ... ... 558

triste ... ... 558

Brachyurophis australis ... 559

semifasciata ... 559

Fsige

p-,,trc

Brassica campestris

... 192

Caranx cives

... 540

Bregniocorella tricornis

... 1,004

compressus ...

24

Brenthidc-B

... 706

ecclipsifer ...

... 541

Breynia australasias

... 503

ignobilis

24

Briza maxima

... 204

procaranx ...

... 540

minora

... 204

Carcliarodon Rondeletii

... 83

Bromus mollis

... 204

Carcharias crenidens

62

sterilis

... 204

Cardiidre ...

... 524

Bugula (lentata

... 535

Cardita australis

... 527

Bulla ampulla

... 990

compressa ...

... 527

Bupleunim rotuncUfolium

... 197

crassicostata

... 802

Buprestida?

... 703

difficilis

... 527

Cacophis Blackmanni

... 559

Tasmanica ...

... 527

Fordei

... 559

Cardium striatulum

... 524

Harrietts

... 560

subrugosum

... 801

Kreffti ...

... 560

Carduus marianus . . .

... 198

modesta ...

... 560

Carthamnus tinctorius

... 197

Cajanus bicolor

... 196

CaryophylleK

... 194

Callionymus achates

... 35

Cassiopea andromeda

... 284

lunatus

35

depressa ...

... 285

phasis

35

ornata

285, 426

Camaris Giltschii . .

... 618

Cassis achatina

... 934

Comelina dentata ...

.. 192

pyrum

... 934

Campanulaceje

... 200

Cateniocella Buskii...

... 535

Campanularia costata

... 403

elegans

... 535

macrocy ttaria . . . 402

margaritacea

... 535

tincta

... 403

ventricosa

... 535

urnigera

... 402

Celeuthetes bicristatus

... 705

Campanularinaj

... 402

Cellularia cuspidata

... 535

Campannlina caliculata

910, 922

Celsia cretica

... 201

Campamilinidffi

... 611

Centaurea calcitrapa

... 197

Cancellaria Trailli ...

... 936

melitensis

... 197

CancellariidfB

... 936

Centriscus gracilis ...

42

Cannabiuacea?

... 194

Centropogou nitens...

... 459

Cannabis sativa

... 194

Centrostephanus Rodgersii

... 501

Cannorhiza connexa

294, 427

Cephea conifera

... 2S6

Cannota dodecantha

... 600

fusca

287, 426

Cannotidaj

... 600

Cerambycida;

... 707

Cantharidus caslatus

... 363

Cerastium vulgatum

... 194

dilatatus

... 363

Ceratella fusca

... 612

Huttoni

... 362

Ceratochloa unilioides

... 2U4

iris

... 361

Cerberus australis . . .

... 555

pruninus

... 361

Ceresium pachymerum

.. 709

pupillus

... 362

Ceritliidea bicarinata

... 937

purpuratus

... 361'

subcai'inata

... 937

rufozona

... 362

tricarinata

... 9.37

sanguineus

... 362

Ceriithiidc-e

... 936

simulatus

... 363 1

Cestraciontidai

... 113

Caprella ajquilibra . . .

... 999

Chasrops albigena ...

... 876

attenuata ...

... 1,000

concolor . . .

... 876

inermis

... 1,000

graphicus ...

... 87S

Capsella bursa-pastoris

... 192

olivaoeus . . .

... 876

Caranx auriga

... 538

perpulcher

... 877

Chserops unimaculatus

877

Ccesyra amphilyca ...

C hffitodon aurora ...

453

amylodes ...

ephippium

453

annularis

germanus ...

454

anthodora ...

iiigripes ...

453

aphanes

Townleyi

454

apothyma ...

Chainostra?a albida ...

516

arenivaga ...

Charybdea alata

•244

aspasia

Chary bdeidse

242

austalea

Chatoessus elongatus

59

basilica

Erebi

59

catoptrina ...

Chaunostomidie ... 292

, 426

concisella ...

Chelnio Mulleri

14

cyclotoma ...

Chenopodiuin ambrosioides . . .

195

deltosema ...

murale

195

dichroella ...

CMlodactyhis asper . . .

17

discincta

Mulhalli

IS

disema

nebulosus

17

distephana ...

spectabilis

17

ecliptica

ChirodropidiB

247

ergatis

Chirodropus gorilla ...

249

gephyrota ...

palmatus

249

iozona

Cliiropsalnius quadrumanus . . .

248

isogranima ...

zygonema

247

melliflua

Choriiiemus Fancti-Petri

24

ocellaris

Chrysanthemum parthenium

199

ochroptera ...

^ 't!:.'"' segetum ...

199

amichlota ...

Chrysaora Blossevillei

268

oj)hthalmica

calliparea

270

panchiysa ...

fulgida ...

268

panxantha ...

plocamia

269

paracycla ...

Chrysomelidre

709

paragramma

Cichorius intybus ...

199

parbula

Cicindela D'Urvillei

701

personata ...

Cicindelidaj

701

philoxena ...

Circium lanceolatum

198

pyrrhoptera

Cladoeanna polyclada

601

seleniaca ...

thalassina

600

stenoptera ...

Cladograpsus fiircatus

470

triptycha ...

rainosus

469

vegrandis ...

CladonemidcTe

591

zanclotoma...

Clava simplex

349

zonostola ...

Clavid;e

348

Colochirus australis

Cleidbpus gloria-maris

20

tuberculosus

Climacograptus bicornis

471

Colubridaj ...

Clinus marmoratus ...

37

Colossendeis tenuissima

Clytanthus luxata ...

709

Commelina afriCana

Cnidoglanis Mulleri

53

Commelineaj

Coccinellida?

710

Composita3
Coniferaj ...

Codonidai ...

582

Coeranica eritima ...

760

Conus complanatus ...

Isabella ...

760

glaucus

C(L'syra acrotropa ...

779

stillatus

Paye

Page

Conus trigonus

... 796

Cyanea annaskala ...

275

Victoriaj

... 796

Cyaneidffi ...

271

Convolvulaceai

... 201

Cyl)ium semifasciatum

28

Cookia Davisii

... 356

tigris

545

sulcata

... 358

Cycadaceaj

253

Corbis Sowerbyi

... 801

Cyclostrema fluctuata

356

Corbula albuginosa . . .

... 991

Cymospira bracliycera

662

crassa

799, 991 >

Miirchii

662

erythrodon ..

... 513

Cynoglossus (|uadriliiieatus . . .

53

Haastiana ...

... 514

Cyphocrania lol^iceps

710

neozelanica

... 513

Macleayi

710

Cordylophoriiut

... 401

Cyphogastra Mniszeckii

703

Coiocella ophione ...

... 934

Cypraaidfe ...

935

Coris coronata

... 883

CytieidiB

612

semicincta

47

Cytherea multistriata

523

Coronella australis . . .

... 553

Dactylis glomerata...

204

Correa Baurelenii . . .

... 960

Dactylometra lactea

271

Corvina argentea ...

23

Dactylophora semimaculata. . .

IS

australis

23

Datura tabula

201

axillaris

... 538

Deliitella atrorubeiis

612

canina

... 538

Delphinula laciiiata...

798

comes

... 538

Dendrophidie

553

miles

23

Deiidrophis bilorealis

553

Corynina; ...

... 349

calligastra
darnleyensis

554

Coryphitiioides Tasmaniaj

48

554

Cossyphus Frenchii

46

gracilis...

554

latro

... 878

olicacea

554

Crambessa cruciata^...

... 298

punctulata

554

mosaica . . .

299, 428

Desmonema annasethe

273

palmipes

299, 427

Gaudichandi

274

Crambessidse

297, 427

pendula

274

Cramborhiza flagellata

... 297

Deiitalium longithrorsum

990

Crasstitella bellula . . .

... 526

Dentex upeneoides ...

14

decipieus

... 802

Diadema setosum ...

501

Craterolophus macrocystis

... 165

Diagramma labiosum

13

Crenatula viridis

... 802

punctatum

13

Crenella impacta . . .

... 530

Dianthus prolif era ...

194

Crepidoscelis exanthema

... 1,057

Dichograptida3

468

iostephana

... 1,056

Dicodonium dissonema

585

Crepidula costata ...

... 938

Dicoryne ainiulata . . .

491

inonoxyla

... 9.38

Dicorynidaj

490

unguiformis

... 938

Dicranograptidse

470

Crepis japonica

... 199

Didymia simplex

535

Crisia margaritacea

... 536

Didymograpsus bryonoides ...

468

Cliristaria coccinea ...

... 193

caduceiis

469

Cristiceps tristis . . .

38

extensus

469

Crossorhimis barbatus

92

fruticosus

468

ornatus

63

gracilis

469

Cruciferw ...

... 192

Headi

469

Cryptohelia pudica . . .

... 616

Logani

469

Cryptostemma calendulaceum 199

octobrachiatus

468

Curculionidc-e

... 704

quadribrachiatus

468

Cuscuta epithymuiu

... 201

Thureani ...

469

Pa-e

Pasre

Diemenia aspidorhynclia

.. 555

Echinaster purpurea

... 498

atra

... 556

Echinocardium australe

... 503

f erox

... 556

Echinometra lacunter

... 502

microlepidota

... 556

Echinostrephus molare

... 502

Mulleri ...

... 556

Echiiiothrix calamaria

... 501

olivacea

... 556

Echium violaceum ...

... 202

psammophis

... 556

Ectocemus pterygorhinus

... 706

reticulata...

... 556

Eglisia plicata

... 939

buperciliosa

... 557

P]isothistos venuiformis

... 677

toniuata ...

557

Elapidaj ..

... 555

Dihamiis rarus

... 707

Elapocraniuiii ornaticeps

... 560

Dione bullata

.. 992

Eleotris aporocephalus

33

inipar

... 800

cavifrons ...

693

Dipelicus iiasulus ...

... 702

concolor . . .

.. 692

Diphasia attenuata . . .

... 415

cyanostigma
cyprinoides

.. 693

digitalis ...

... 415

.. 33

mutiilata ...

... 416

humilis

. 090

pinnata

... 415

laticeps

692

rectangularis

909, 914

macrodon ...

34

subcarinata

... 416

mimus

.. 690

symmetrica

... 414

planiceps ...

.. 33

Uiplocheilus mirabilis

... 485

reticulatus...

33

Diplograpsus mucronatus

... 470

robustus . . .

.. 692

palinens

... 471

Selheimi ...

.. 33

pristis

... 470

Elhardia Schukei ...

.. 1,143

rectangularis

... 470

Emarginula emarginata

.. 371

Diplograptida.'

... 470

striatula

.. 371

Dipsaceffi ...

... 197

Emma crystallina ...

.. 535

Dipsadidai

... 554

Emydocephalus annulatus .

.. 565

Dipsas Boydii

. . . 554

Engraulis Carpentaria-

57

f usca

... 554

Hamiltonii

58

irregularis ...

... 554

heterolobus

. 57

Disteira doliata

... 565

mystax ...

58

Dissonema saphenella

... 599

Enhydrina bengalensis

.. 566

Distichopora coccinea

... 614

Epliyra discoinetx'a...

260

gracilis
livida ...

... 615

prometcor

. 260

... 615

Ephyridffi ...

. 260

rosea ...

... 614

Epilachna consputa

. 710

violacea

... 614

hiomorrhoa

710

Doliidffi ...

.. 933

Epilobium roseum ...

. 196

Dolium variegatum . . .

... 933

^pipyg'i agaclita ...

791

Coreopsis Clialmersii

... 569

Equula argentea
asina

542

Dosinia australis . . .

... 523

5-14

canaliculata

. . . 992

decoi'a

. 543

contusa

... 801

dispar

. 542

Grayi

... 524

edentula

25

limbata

... 523

longispina ...

. 542

scalaris

... 801

nuchalis

545

subrosea

... 523

ovalis

. 543

Drymonema gorgo . . .

... 276

profunda

. 544

Dules humilis

... .396

simplex

544

Echinanthus testudinarius

... .502

splendens ...

25

tumidus

.. 502

Erigeron canadensis

. 198

Pa-e

Pase

Erigeron linifolius ...

... 198

Galinsogea parviflora

198

Erodium moschatum

... 193

Galium asparine

. 200

Erycinidai...

... 525

Gasterochisnia melampus

. 26

Euchelus atratus ...

... 798

Genyoroge Macleayana

6

bellus

... 357

nigricauda

. 391

denigratiis

... 798

notata ...

. 391

Hamiltoni

... 358

Geraniacese

. 193

iricolor . . .

... 358

Gerres splendens ...

. 400

Eucnemidaj

... 703

Geryonia diauaea ...

. 618

Eucopa annulata ...

... 602

Geryonidaj...

. 617

hyalina

910, 920

Gibbula nitida

. 364

Eucopella campanularia

... 608

oppressa

. 364

Eucopelliiic'e

... 607

Girella carbonaria ...

15

Eucopidae

... 601

mentalis

15

Eucrambessa Miilleri

... 302

Gladiograptidse

. 472

Eudendiidffi

... 350

Gladiolus cuspidatus

. 203

Eudendrium generalis

... 351

Glaucosoma scapulai'e

7

pusillum

... 352

Glenea picta

. 708

Eulachna dasyptera

... 761

Glossograptidas

. 471

Eupatoiium cannabinum

... 198

Glycerina affinis

. 1,036

Eupholus azureus . . .

... 704

Glycimeridse

. 513

Euphorbia helioscopia

... 193

Glypliidodon expansus

. 875

peplus . . .

... 193

melanopus

45

Euphorbiaceaj

... 193

Gnaphalium luteo-album

. 199

Euphysa australis . . .

... 586

purpureum

199

Eupilenia claustra ...

... 290

Gobiesox cardinalis

43

scapulare
Eupomatus elegans...

... 289

Gobius annulatus ...

. 688

... 660

concolor

. 689

Eiiryale aspersa

... 500

f estivus

. 687

Eutimalphes pretiosa

... 607

flavescens ...

. 689

Ficoideaj ...

... 195

marginalis ...

. 686

Ficula gracilis

... 796

nebulopunctatus

. 31

Fissurella monilif era

... 370

pauper

. 687

sqiiamosa

... 370

princeps

. 685

Fissurellidae

... 370

stigmaticus ...

686

Floresca palladia . . .

... 278

tamarensis ...

32

parthenia ...

... 277

Watkinsoni...

. 685

Floscula pandora

... 277

Goniocidaris geranioides

. 501

promethea...

... 277

tubaria

. 501

FlosculidEe...

... 276

Gom pilocarpus fruticosus

. 200

Flustra denticulata . . .

... 5,35

Graminaceaj

203

Fordonia variabilis ...

555

Grantessa sacca

. 1,098

Fossarina variiis

... 942

Grantia lobata

. 1,106

Fiimaria officinalis ...

... 192

Graphtolithidaj

. 467

Furina bicucullata . . .

... 559

Gryllidas

. 712

bimaculata ...

... 558

GuUiveria Ramsay i...

11

Galaxias Atkinsoni . . .

56

Gypsophila tabulosa

. 194

auratus

56

Halecium teuelluni ...

. 405

Findlayi ...

56

Halicornaria ascidioides

. 486

rostratus ...

55

Baileyi

4S6

Weedoni ...

56

furcata

. 487

Galerus neozelanicus

... 938

Haswelli

. 487

scutiim

... 938

hians ...

.. 486

Pajre

Page

Halicornaria humilis

. 487

Hoplocephalus ater

... 561

ilicistoma

488

Braiisl)yi

... 561

loiigirostris

--^87

coronatus

... 561

prolifera

487

corouoides

... 561

superba

486

curtus

... 561

Halicornopsis avicularis

488

Damelii

... 561

Haliophasma purpureum

1,012

flagelluni

... 561

HalioticUe ...

369

Gouldii

... 562

Haliotis gibba

370

inaculatus

... 562

Huttoni ...

370

Mastersi

... 562

iris

369

minor

... 562

lugoso-plicata

369

nigrescens

... 562

Haplodactylus inwandratus ..

16

nigriceps

... 562

Haplochiton Sealii ...

54

nigro-striatus.. 562

Harinonia ci-assipes ...

1,044

pallidiceps

... 563

Heliastes hypsilepis

45

Ramsayi

... 563

Helix Goldiei

804

signatus

... 563

zeno

805

spectabilis

... 563

Helotes profundior . . .

397

Stephensi

... 563

Hemerocietes Haswelli

36

superbus

... 563

Hemiaster apicatus ...

503

temporalis

... 563

Hemimactra eloiigata

518

variegatus

... 564

notata...

518

Hoplorhiza punctata

294, 427

ovata ...

518

simplex...

293, 427

Hephaestus tulliensis

399

Hordeum niurinum . . .

... 205

Heptadecantlius brevipiunis . . .

872

nodosum...

... 205

luaculosus ...

873

Hydra fusca

348, 908

Heptanchus indicus 88, 382

oligactis

... 348

Herbertophis plumbeus

553

viridis

... 348

Hei'ops munda

392

Hydractinida;

... 611

Heterocentrotus maminelatus

502

Hydridaj

347, 908

Heteroploii pluma ...

480

Hydrophida"

... 564

Heteropegnia nodixs-gordii ...

1,107

Hydrophis Belcheri

... 566

Heteroscarus tenuiceps

883

elegaus ...
ocella . . .

... 566

Heterozyga coppatias

1,049

... 566

Hiatula incerta

520

Stokesii

... 566

nitida

520

Hyla Rothii

66

siliqua

520

Hymenopliyllites dubia

... 253

Hierodnla timorensis

710

Hypnos subnigcr

... 104

Hipponyx australis...

939

HyiJocliMris glal)ra ...

... 199

Hiicella cornigera ...

999

radiata

... 199

Histiopterus la))iosus

13

Idia pristis

... 419

Holacanthus bicolar

457

Imperator impcrialis

... 356

semi-circularis ...

457

Ipomcea purpurea . . .

... 101

Spliynx

457

Iridete

... 203

Holcus lanatu.s

204

Janthina communis

... 944

Holothuria pulla ...

507

exigua

... 944

Holoxenus calaneus

19

iricolor . . .

... 944

Homalogrystes luctuosus

12

Janthinida;

... 944

Homalopsidffi

555

Jasmineee ...

... 200

Homodemus cavifrons

396

Julichthys inornata...

... 884

Honioderma sycandra 903,

1,088

Julis ventralis

... 884

HoiiiodermidiB 903,

1,088

Kellia antipodum . . .

... 526

Pa.ee

.'Pasre

Kellia citrina

... 526

Leucandra cucumis ...

.. 1,134

sanguinea

... 526

meandrina

.. 1,128

Labiatit ...

202

saccharata

.. 1,137

Labrichthys cruentatus

... 879

typica ...

.. 1,130

dux ...

47

vaginata...

.. 1,133

Guntheri

... 879

villosa ...

.. 1,131

maculatus

... 881

Leucetta clathrata ...

.. 1,118

nudigena

... 881

dura

.. 1,118

rex

... 810

microrhaphis

.. 1,117

sexlineatus

... 880

pandora ...

.. 1,118

Lactarhis delicatulus

26

Leuconidfe

.. 1,116

L.tops parviceps

52

Leucopsid;«

.. 1,089

Lat'tea cylindrica ...

208, 912

Leucopsis pedunculata

.. 1,089

fruticosa

... 404

Leucortis loricata ...

.. 1,123

Laganum decagonale

... 502

pulvinar

.. 1,124

Peionii

... 503

Lialis amethystinus

.. 551

Lainellaria cerebroides

... 934

Childreni

.. 552

Lamellariidfle

... 934

cornwallisius

.. 552

Lamnidje ...

... 114

fuscus

. 552

Lantana camara

... 202

maculosus

.. 552

Laomedea antipathes

... 403

olivacea

552

Lairii

... 403

Ligia australiensis ...

.. 1,005

marginata

... 404

Liliaceai

.. 203

reptans ..

.. 403

Lima angulata

.. 531

ruf a

... 404

bullata

.. 531

Torresii...

... 403

neozelanica . . .

.. 531

Lates darwiuiensis . . .

4

Limidas

.. 531

Leda piiUata

... 992

Limnoi'ea tried ra ...

.. 591

Legumiiiosaj

... 195

Linantha lumilata ...

.. 263

Leme mordax

34

Linaria elatine

. 202

purpurascens . . .

... 698

Linckia marmorata...

.. 498

Leoiiites leonurus . . .

... 202

Linese

.. 192

Leontodon hirtus ...

... 200

Lineolaria flexuosa ...

.. 405

Leonura lepture

305, 428

Linergidse ...

.. 263

terminalis ...

... 306

Linergis aquila

.. 264

Lepidiota quinquelineata

... 701

Liniscus ornithopterus

.. 264

scutellata

... 702

Linuche Lamarckii . . .

.. 265

Lepidium ruderale . . .

... 192

Linum gallicum

.. 192

sativum . . .

... 192

Liotiida3 ... ... _

.. 356

Leptobrachia leptopus

... 304

Lithodomus cinnamominus

.. 802

Leptogi-aptidiB

... 468

gracilis

.. 802

Lepidotrigla Mulhalli

31

truncatus

.. 530

Leptomedusidffi . . . 599

910, 919

Littorina cincta

.. 942

Lethriuus nebulosus

16

mauritiana

.. 942

oniatus

... 458

Littorinida;

.. 941

reticulatus

... 17

Lixus Duponti

.. 706

Leucaltis bathybia

... 1,121

Lizusa prolifera

.. 589

heleua

... 1,119

Lobelia erinus

.. 200

pumila

... 1,120

Loda concinna

.. 529

Leucandra alcicornis

... 1,125

Lolium pereune

.. 205

bomba ...

... 1,136

teniulentum...

.. 205

cataphracta

... 1,129

Lomaptera adelpha...

.. 703

conica . . .
81

... 1,126

Lophorhombus cristatus

.. 52

Pajre

rage

Lophotes Guntheri ...

443

Microbela epicona ...

... 1.046

Lotella Swannii

47

monodyas

... 1,048

Lotus tetragonobolus

196

Microdeuteropus Mortoni

.. 1,040

Lovenia elongata ...

503

tenuipes

... 1,040

Lucernaridaj

165

Microperca TasmaniiB

11

Lucina dentata

525

Micropteryx Queenslandife

... 541

Lucinidaj ...

525

Millepora tortviosa...

... 613

Luciola ruficoUis

704

Milleporidw

.. til3

Lychnorhiza lucerna

289

Minos rimata

... 369

Lycium chinense ..

201

Mitrocomium annae

... 606

Lyga3us paciticus ...

712

Modiola australis ...

... 530

Lymnodynastes lineatiis

65

fluviatilis ...

... 5.30

olivaceus

65

Mcera dentifera

... 1,044

Macropus gracilis ...

894

f estiva

... 1,037

jukesii ...

891

Petriei

... 1,039

Mactra seqiiil atera . . .

517

spiuosa

... 1,044

discors

517

sub-carinata ...

... 1,039

scalpellum ...

517

Molucella IcBvis

... 202

Mactrida3 ...

517

Monilea egena

... 365

Malacodermidaa

704

Monodonta rethiops . . .

... 365

Malleus vulsellatus ...

803

excavata

... 368

Malva parviflora

193

guttata...

... 367

rotundif olia ...

193

melaloma

... 366

sylvestris

193

mimetica

... 368

Malvaceae ...

193

nigerrima

... 366

Mantidte ...

710

plumbea

... 367

Maretia planulata ...

503

subrostrata

... 367

Margarita autipoda . . .

363

sulcata . . .

.. 367

fulminata

364

undulosa

... 366

rosea

364

Monograptidaj

... 467

Margilid?e

589

Monohammus variolaris

... 707

Margelis trinenia ...

909

Monosklera pusilla 90S,

911, 918

Marubium vulgare . . .

202

Montagua Miersii ...

... 1,043

^lastigias ocellata ...

301

Morelia spilotes

... 551

pantherina

302

variegata . . .

... 551

papua

300

Mugil convexus

... 869

Mecopus bispinosus...

706

gelatinosus ...
longimanus .

41

Medicago denticulata

195

41

lupulina

195

margiualis ...

... 870

maoulata

195

Mulleri

... 42

sativa ...

195

nasutus

42

Medora reticulata ...

272

planiceps

40

Megynienum dentatum

712

Ramsayi

42

M elilotus parviflora ...

196

splendens

... 871

Melusina f ormosa ...

276

tade

40

M embranepora mem branacia . .

536

Mulloides armatus . . .

... 458

pilosa

536

Murfenichthys macropterus

59

Mendosoma Allporti

19

Murex monodon

... 793

Merianopteris major

250

Stainforthi ...

... 793

Mesoprion argentimaculatus. .
fulviflamma

6

Myliobatidce

... 117

6

Myodora antipodum

... 516

Metriorhynchus papuensis ..

704

Boltoni ...

... 517

Microbela allocoma

1,047

brevis

... 515

Pajje

Paire

Myodora crassa

.. 516

Octorhopalon fertilis

910, 919

neozelanica

.. 516

Ocystola acrobaphes

... 1,374

pandoriformis

... 515

acroxantha

... 1,066

rotuiidata

... 515

agela^a

... 1.070

striata

... 514

anthera . . .

... 1,066

subrostrata

... 516

callista

... 1,067

Myriothelidaj

... 349

chionea

... 1,676

Myron Kichardsonii

... 555

coniata

... 1,069

Mysia globularis ...

... 525

crystallina

... 1,077

neozelanica ..

... 525

diclethra ...

... 1,079

striata

... 525

enoplia

... 1,069

Mytilidni

... 529

euanthes ...

... 1,072

Mytilus ater

... 530

glacialis ...

... 1,077

chorus

... 529

gnoniica ...
hemicalypta

... 1,062

latus

... 529

... 1,061

magellanicus

... 529

hemisenia...

... 1,063

Nannoperca obscura

10

homoleuca

... 1,076

riverinaj

... 10

illuta

... 1,074

Nardoa Gilberti ...

... 552

isarithma...

... 1,065

Narkamedusidse

... 618

lithophaues

... 1,075

Naseus strigatus
Nassa bioallosa

... 539

macella ...

... 1,064

... 794

mesoxantha

... 1,073

lifiuijarensis ...

... 988

milichia . . .

... 1,071

unicoralata . . .

... 793

monostropha

... 1,075

Natica australis

... 934

ueurota . . .

.. 1,082

globosa

... 796

niphodesma

... 1,080

Gruneriana . . .

... 797

oxytora . . .

... 1,064

Jukesi

... 797

paulinella . . .

... 1,078

neozelanica ...

.. 934

placoxantha

... 1,072

solida

... 797

protosticha

... 1,071

vitrea

... 934

psamathina

... 1,07()

NaticidfB

... 934

pyramis ...

... 1,073

Nauphanta Challenger!

... 262

suppressella

... 1,079

Ne^raTraiUi

... 514

thalaniepola

... 1,081

Kemopsis pavonia ...

.. 591

thiasotis . . .

... 1,062

Neoniplion hasta

... 537

thymodes

... 1,061

Nerita satixrata

... 354

trilicella ...

... 1,081

Neritidie ...

... 354

tyranna ...

... 1,068

Nessiara diploniata . . .

... 706

Odontopteris macrophylla

.. 250

Nevxropteris australis

... 250

Odostomia lactea

... 9.35

Nicandra physaloides

... 201

(Esophorida;

721 1,045

Nicotiana glauca

... 201

tEnothera biennis ...

... 196

Notodanid*

... 112

tetraptera

... 196

Novacula jacksoniensis

46

Oides limbata

... 710

Nucula lacunosa

... 528

Olasa europaea

... 200

nitidula

... 528

Olenocamptus bilobus

... 708

Strangei

... 528

Oligorus goliath

12

Nymphon fequidigitatum

... 1,022

macquariensis

12

validuni...

... 1,144

Olistherops Brownii

... 443

Nvmphopsis armatus

... 1,025

Oliva caldania

... 794

Obelia australis ... 604,

910, 920

ispidula

... 989

geniculata ...

... 603

lepida

... 989

Obeliscus roseus

... 935

neostina

... 989

01i%-a sidelia
Oiiagreae ...
Onar iiebulosum
Onopordon acanthium
Oniistidfe ...
Ophioactis resiliens . . .
Ophiarthrum elegans
Ophiocoma eriuaceus

scolopeiidima
Ophioflocus imbricatus
Ophioglypha multispim
Ophiomastix annulosa
Ophionereis Schayeri
Ophiothrix ccespitora
fumaria
longipeda
Opuntia ficus-indica
tuna
vulgaris
Orcula perspicillum...
Orophia cinetica
Ostrea Angasi
edulis
gloinerata
reuiformis . . .
Ostreidce ...
Oxalis cernua
Pachydissus ternatensis
Pachymetopon squamosum
Palephyra antiqua ...
Pallene pachyclieira
Pandsea minima
Panopjea, ueozelanica
Papaveraca3
Paphia spissa

ventricosa . .
Paphiidaj ...
Paranaenia dentifera
Paratanais ignotus ...
linearis ...
Paranthura australis

crassicornis
diemensis
Miersii ...
Parmophorus intermedins

unguis
Pascoea Ida?
Passiflora cserulea ...
Passiflorefe
Pastinacia sativa
Pasythea hexodon . . .

quadridentata
Patellidaj

Page

Page

... 919

Patinella denticulata

.. 375

... 196

Earlii ...

.. 376

... 875

flava_ ...

.. 378

... 197

illuminata

.. 376

... 943

inconspicua

.. 375

... 499

olivacea ...

.. 377

... 500

pholidota

.. 377

... 500

radians . . .

.. 376

... 500

redimiculum

.. 375

... 499

Reevei

.. 376

... 499

stellifera ...

.. 373

... 500

strigilis ...

.. 374

... 500

Pecten asperimus ...

.. 531

... 500

convex us

.. 532

... 500

laticostatus ...

.. 532

... 500

neozelanica ...

.. 531

... 195

radiatus

.. 532

... 195

Pectinidae ...

.. 531

... 195

Pectinura gorgonia . . .

.. 499

... 506

marmorata

.. 499

... 738

stellata ...

.. 499

... 533

Pectunculus laticostatus

.. 528

... 533

striatularis

.. 528

... 533

Pelagia discoidea ...

.. 267

... 533

panopyra . .

.. 266

... 533

papillata ...

. 267

... 193

Pelagidaj

.. 265

... 70S

Pelamis bicolar

.. 566

16

Pelargonium graveolens

.. 193

... 261

Pelor barbatus

.. 547

... 1,030

Peltophora argutella

.. 726

909, 916

atricoUis

.. 726

... 513

basioplaga

. 734

... 192

carphalea

. 731

... 519

cataxera

.. 736

... 519

ceratina

.. 737

... 519

conjunctella

.. 736

... 1,004

coniortia

., 725

.. 1,042

crj'psileuca

.. 732

... 1,008

fulvia ...

. 732

... 1,012

glaphyropla

.. 735

... 1,011

gloriosella

. 727

... 1,011

helias ...

.. 733

... 1,012

incomposita

.. 728

... 371

marionella

. 728

... 371

niphias...

. 730

... 709

orthogramma

.. 725

... 197

privatella

. 737

... 197

proximella

.. 733

... 197

psilopla

. 735

... 419

theorica

. 729

... 419

thermachroa

. 730

... 374

Pemilepterus indicus

.. 15

Pa''e

Page

Feinplieris Mulleri

21

Plantago

major

200

multiradiatus

•21

Plantagineiu

200

Pennaria adanisia ...

. 5m

Platurus

Fischeri ...

564

australis ...

. 593

scutatus ..

564

rosea

. 594

Platycephalus longispinis

170

Pentagonaster australis

. 49S

jMortoni

31

Pentrandra Balei ...

. 490

Mulleri

31

parviila ...

489 1

seniermis

31

Percis concinna

. 54G|

speculator

30

Coxii

28

Platychan-ops Mulleri

46

stricticeps ...

. 545

Platyglossus anial)ilis

885

Pericolpa quadrigata

. 166'

equinus

885

Pericolpidas

. 166

punctatus

885

Pericrypta campana

. 167

Plectropoma dentex

6

galea ...

.. 167

Pleurota argoptera ...

758

Periphema regina ...

.. 169

brevivettella

752

Peri phy 11a mirabilis

.. 168

callizona

753

Peronii ...

.. 168

clochyta

757

Periphyllida?

.. 168

crassinervis

752

Perna australica

.. 802

endesma

755

Petricolida-

.. 524

gypsina
peloxantha

756

Petrodymon cucullatuni

.. 5.-.9

753

Petroscirtes lineatus

.. 698

protogramma

751

AVilsoni

.. 171

psammoxantha

755

Phalaris canariensis

.. 204

pyrosenia

. 751

Pharniatiihe

.. 710

psephena

. 751

Philonympha aparthena

.. 722

stasiastica

. 757

pura ...

722

tephrina

. 750

Philougria marina ... 464, l,0-i2

themeropis

. 749

Pholadidrt'

.. 512

zalocoma

. 749

Pholadidea tridens...

.. 512

Pleuronectes moretonlensis ..

50

Phoxichilus charybdnsus

.. 1,03.3

Pleurotomariidfti

. 368

Phoxichilidium tubiferum

.. 1,032

, Plumularia aglaophenioides .

. 473

Phryganeutis cinerea

.. 742

1

australis

. 475

Phyllacanthus imperialis

.. 501

1

Buskii ...

. 473

tenuispinus

.. 501

companula

. 473

Phyllograptida?

.. 471

compressa

. 475

Phyllograptus folium

.. 471

cornuta

. 474

Phyllophora speciosa

.. 712

delicatula

. 474

Phylloi-hiza punctata

296, 427

effusa ...

. 473

Physiculus palmatus

48

filamentosa

. 475

Phytolacca octandra

.. 195

filicaulis

. 474

Phytolaccese

... 195

j

Goldsteini

. 474

Picris hieracioides ...

... 199

gracilis...

. 476

Pilema capense

... 290

!

hyalina ...

. 475

Pilemida? ...

... 288

laxa

. 476

Pinna neozelanica ...

8

obconica

. 473

Pithomictus irroratus

... 707

I

obliqua

. 474

Placuanomia ione ...

... 532

!

producta

.. 474

neozelanica

... 532

1

pulchella

.. 475

Plagusia guttata

51

radia

.. 473

notata

51

Ramsayi

.. 473

Plantago lanceolata...

... 200

i

rubra ...

.. 476

Plumularia scabra ... ... 476

setaceoides ... 47'!

spinulosa ... 475

sulcata ... 476

tripartita ... 477

torvesia ... 477

Plumularidcu ... ... 472

Poa annua... ... ... 204

glauca ... ... 204

pratensis . ... 204

Podocerus longimanus ... 1.044

Podozamites sp. ... ... 253

Polejna liter ... ... 1,115

Polycarpon tetraphylluni ... 194

Polygonacese ... ... 195

Polygonum aviculare ... 195

orientale ... 195

Polynemus vSheridani ... 21

specularis ... 21

tetradactylus ... 21

Polyrhiza homopneusis ... 287

orithyia . . . 287

Ponaacentrus apicalis . . . 874

cyanospilus ... 44

f asciatus ... 45

f renatus . . . 874

profundus ... 873

prosopotsenia ... »73

subniger . . 873

taniiurus ... 44

ti'ilineatus ... 44

PomotostegiTS Bowerbanki . . . 663

elaphus . . . 663

Porichthys Queenslandiii) .. 30

Portulacca oleracea ... 194

Priacanthusjunonis ... 392

Primulaceffi ... ... 200

PristidtB ... ... ... 116

Pristiophoridae ... ... 115

Pristiophorus cirratus 98, 680

Probolium Miersii ... 1,043

Procharybdis cuboides . . . 244

flagellata ... 243

securigera . . . 244

tetraptera . . . 242

Procyanea protosenia ... 27 1

Protellaaustralis... 997,1,042

echinata ... 998

Haswelliana ... 998

Proto condylata ... ... 993

Protomaclia cara . . ... 740

chalcaspis ... 740

consuetella ... 739

rase

Psaniniobia lineolata

... 520

neozelanioa

... 620

Stangeri

... 519

Pseudambassis con vex us

... 394

iiigripinnis
pallidus

... 393

... 393

Pseudechis australis

... 557

darwiniensis

... 557

porphyraceus

... 558

scute) latus

... 558

Pseudojulis nuirrayanus

... 882

ziczac ...

... 882

Pseudochroniis Mulleri

... 28

Pseudolates cavifrons

4

Pseudonaja affinis...

... 557

Pseudophycis breviusculus

48

Pseudorhombus Mulleri

49

Russellii

49

Pseudoscarus flavipinnis

... 486

fuscus

... 887

strigipinnis

... 886

Pseudorhiza aurosa ...

293, 52«

Psilocraniuni Coxii . .

19

Psomeles plagiatus ..

... 706

Pteronema anibiguuni

... 592

Darwinii

... 592

Pythina Stowei

... 526

Raeta perspicua

... 518

Raja australis

... 63

dentata

... 63

nitida

... 63

Rajidas

... 117

Ranella albivaricosa

... 9.38

Argus

... 933

leucostonia

... 933

RanunculaceEe

... 191

Ranunculus nniricatus

... 191

Raphanus raphanistruni

... 192

Rhetiolites australis

... 472

Rhegmatodes tlialassina

... 611

Rhinelaps fasciolatus

... 559

Rhinidfe ...

... 115

Rhinobatida'

... 116

Rhinoscapha Maclayi

... 704

Rhopileiua rliopalophora

... 291

Rhynchopliorus velutinus

... 706

Rhyparida atrata ...

... 709

Ricinus communis ...

... 193

Rissoa flammulata ...

... 941

impolita

... 941

limbata

... 941

nana

... 941

purpurea

... 940

Page

Pasre

Rissoa rosea

.. 941

Scatophagus quadranus

... 455

rugulosa

.. 940

Scijena Mulleri

24

Rissoidsc

.. 940

iScissure

llaMantelli...

... .368

Rissoina aiinulata ...

.. 940

Sciurella indivisa ...

... 479

olivacea

940

Scomber janesaba ...

... 27

Robin ia pseudacacia

.. 196

kanagurta...

27

Rosa rubiginosa

.. 196

tapeioceplialus

27

Rosacere ...

196

Scolopsis affinis

... 13

Rotella ncozelaiiica...

. 357

pleb;eius ...

... 400

Rotellidse...

. 357

specularis

14

Rubiacese ...

.. 200

Scrophu

larineaj

... 202

Rumex acetocella ...

.. 195

Scyllidae

... 115

congloineratus

. 195

Scylliolamnidaj

... 114

crispus

. 195

Selache

maxima

62

Sabella punctulatct ...

. 671

Senebie

•a didyma . . .

... 192

velata

. 671

Senecio

scandens ...

... 199

Salarias belemnites ..

. 695

vulgaris

... 199

culviis

. 697

Serpula

Jukesii

... 669

(lecipiens ...

694

vasif era

... 668

furcatus ...

. 696

Serranus armatus . . .

6

f urviis

. 696

estuarius ...

6

Helenae

. 697

mars

... 390

MiiUeri ...

36

mysticalis

... 390

pauper

695

polypodophilus

4

punotillatus

. 37

subfasciatus

... 389

sublineatus

. 695

Sertularella divaricata

... 418

viperideus

. 697

Johnstoni

418, 534

Salmacina australis

. 669

Isevis . . .

... 417

Salmacis Alexandri

. 501

macrotheca

... 417

bicolor

. 502

microgona

... 416

Diissumieri

. 502

neglecta

... 418

siUcata

. 502

polyzonias

... 417

Salsolaceffi

. 195

pygnuea

... 417

vSalvia verbenacea ...

. 202

ramosa...

... 418

Saropla CEelatella

. 745

simplex

... 534

cleronoma ...

. 746

solidula

... 417

hyperocha ...
melanoneura

. 744

Sertulai

ia acanthostoma

... 410

. 744

arbuscula

... 412

philocala ...

. 746

australis

... 408

Sarsia minima ... 584, 909

barlmta ...

... 413

radiata ... 583, 640

bicornis ...

... 410

.Saurida ferox

55

bidens ...

... 408

Saxicava australis ... 5

13, 799

bispinosa

... 407

Scabiosa atropurpuiea

. 197

conferta...

... 412

Scalaria acuminata ...

. 797

crenata ...

... 411

Jukesiana ...

. 943

distans . . .

... 414

philippinarum

. 797

divergens

... 410

tenella

. 943

eloiigata

... 409

zelebori

. 943

fertilis ...

... 406

Scalaridae

. 943

iiexilis ...

... 409

Scarabneida3

. 701

geminata

... 409

Scapanes politus

. 702

grossedentata

... 412

Scatophagus tetate-varians .

. 456

insignis ...

... 410

Page

Page

Sertularia irregularis

loculosa

406

Solenella australis ...

529

412

Solenognatlius fasciatus

61

lycopoilium

534

Solidula suturalis ...

798

macrocarpa

410

Soliva anthemifolia...

199

Maplestoni

408

Sonchus oleraceus ...

199

millefolium

534

Sparaxis tricolor ...

203

minima ...

411

Sphergula arvensis ...

194

minuta ...

411

Spha;rechinus australis

502

obliqua ...

413

Sphenopteris crebra

250

operculata

407

glossophylla . . .

250

ortliogonia

411

Sphyrsena strenua

39

pa tula ...

411

Spiralia crispa

536

penna

409

dentata

536

pulohella

408

Spirographis australiensis ...

673

recta

410

Spondylus castus

803

rigida ...

414

Lamarckii

803

scandens

414

ocellatus

803

simplex ... 909, 913

915

Wrightianus

803

tenuis

410

Stachys arvensis

202

tridentata 409

414

Stauraglaura tetragonima ...

617

trigonostoma

410

Steganiporella sp. ...

535

trispiuosa

408

Stellaria media

194

tuba

411

Stellaster Incei

498

tumiformis

41-2

Stenetrium armatum

1,009

turbiuata

413

Stenoptycha Goethana

272

typica ...

413

rosea...

272

unguiculata

409

Stenotaphrum americanum ...

203

Sertularina3

405

Steroderma validum

507

Sherardia arvensis ...

200

Stichopus sp

507

Sida rhombif olia

193

Stomatellidrt'

368

Siegesbeckia orientalis

19S

Stomolophus f ritillaria

292

Silene gallica

194

Stromotoporidse

613

Siliquariaaustralis ...

942

Strombus canarium ...

989

Sillago sihama

28

Strongylocentrotus erythro-

Siphognathus argyrophaues . . .

47

grammus

502

Sisymbrium officinale

192

tuberculatus

502

SisyrincMum Bermudianum ...

203

Struthiolaria papulosa

937

micranthum . . .

203

vernis

938

Sium angustifolii;m...

197

Stylaster gemmascens

615

latif olium

197

gracilis ...

615

Solanaceffi...

201

sanguineus

615

.Solanum auriculatum

201

Stylasteridte

614

pseudocapsicum

201

Sycandra alcyoncellum

1,096

Sodomajum

201

arborea

1,095

Solariidie

943

coronata ...

1,092

Solarium luteum

943

inconspicua

1,093

Solea fluviatilis

50

Ramsayi

1,097

lineata

51

raphanus ...

1,093

poroptera

51

1 Sycetta primitiva ...

1,191

uncinata

50

Syconidfe

1,091

Solemya Parkinson!

526

Sycoi-tusa lievigata ...

1,102

Solemyid^...

526

Sylleibidas . . .

1,110

Solen timorensis

798

Synagris upeneoides

14

Page

Faee

Synapis arvensis

... 192

Therapon fuliginosus

13

Synaptura cinerea ...

51

Macleayanus

12

fascia ta ..

... 51

niger

12

Fitzroieusis

... 51

parviceps...

13

Sclheimi...

51

spinosior ...

397

Syngnathus carctta

... 60

Thinnfeldia media ...

250

superoiliai'is

... 60

odontopteroides 250,

252

Syntheciiim elegans

909, 913

Thuiaria cartilaginea

534

Ttciiiura Mortoui . . .

64

fenestrata ...

420

Tagctus glaiululifcra

... 198

lata

420

Tamoya bursariK ...

... 246

quadridens 420, 909

915

gargantua ...
haplonema...

... 247

Thyone buccalis

506

... 244

Thynnus thynnus ...

27

Tanais tenuicornis ...

... 1,006

Thysanostoma melitea

303

Tapes intermedia . . .

... 524

thysanura... 303

428

Taraxioum deiis-leonis

... 200

Tiara papiia

587

Teiclionella labyrinthica

... 1,142

Tiaridie

586

prolifera

... 1,141

Tiaropsis Macleayi ...

605

Teichonidx-

... 1,140

Tibiana ramosa

598

Tellina alba

... 520

Tmesisternus trivittatus

709

conspicua ...

... 991

Tolpis barbata

198

disculus

... 521

Toreuma Gegenbauri

284

foliacea

... 991

thamnostoma

283

glabrella . . .
MeAndrewi

... 520

theophila ... 283,

426

... 991

Torcumidfe ... 282

425

piiiguis

... 991

Tornatella flammea

728

1° .
radiata

... 521

Torresia lineata

881

scalpelluni

... 991

Torpenid;«

116

spectabilis

... 992

Toxoclytus roseus ...

288

subovata ...

... 521

Trachichthys Macleayi

20

tioaouica ...

.. 521

Trachomedusida3 ...

616

TelliiiadiB

... 519

Trachypterus altivelis

43

Teracia vitrea

... 514

Tragopogon porrifolius
Trebrachyocrinus corrugatus

200

Terebra duplicata ...

... 795

1,158

straminea ...

... 989

Trichocopis inornata

936

strigilata ...

... 795

Trichonema bulbicodium

203

undulata . . .

... 796

Trichotropidse

936

TeredidDB

... 512

Trifolium pratense...

196

Teredo an tarctica ...

... 512

repens ...

196

Tessera princeps

... 164

Triphorus Angasii ...

936

Tesseridai ...

... 164

gemnuilatus

937

Tesserantha connectens

... 165

Triton uodifei'us

932

Tetraroge bellona . . .

... 460

olearium

932

Hamiltoni

460

Spengleri

933

Tetrodon reticularis

61

tritonis

932

Teuthisflava

... 462

Tritonidaj

932

fuscescens ...

... 20

Trivia australis

935

gibbosus

... 461

europsea

935

sutor

20

Trochida3

357

teuthopsis . . .

... 462

Trochocopus sanguinolentus.. .

46

Thalassophryne cteca

... 546

Trochiis chathamensis

359

Thalerotricha mylicella

... 741

tiaratus

358

ThaumantidfB

... 599

viridis

358

Tiierapon acutirostris

... 398

Tropidechis carinata

564

82

i-agc

Paffe

Tropidonotua anguaticeps

.. 553

Venus coatata

... 522

picturatus

.. 553

crebra

... 522

Trygon paatiiiaca ...

.. 100

imbricata ...

... 992

sephen

.. 64

lamellaris ...

... 799

TrygonidaB

.. 117

mesodesma ...

... 523

Trygonorhina fasciata

.. 107

oblonga

... 521

Tubularia gracilis ...

.. 597

Stutchburyi

... 522

pygmsBa ...

.. 597

tiara

... 799

Ralphi ..

.. 597

Yatei

... 522

spongicola

.. 597

Verbaacum blattaria

... 201

Tubularidae

.. 592

Verbena bonariensis

... 202

Turbidae

.. 354

venosa

... 202

Turbo granoaus
Shandi

.. 355

Verbenaceo3

... 202

.. 355

Vermetidaj

... 942

smaragdus ...

.. 355

Vermetus lamelloaua

... 942

tricostatus . . .

.. 355

neozelanicus

... 942

Turbonilla neozelanica

.. 934

reseua

... 942

Turbonillidje

.. 934

Verniicella annulata

... 560

Turritella carlottaj ...

.. 939

Bertholdi

... 560

fulminata

.. 939

lunulata

... 560

pagoda . .

.. 939

Verinilia csespitosa

... 665

rosea

.. 939

rosea

... 667

tricincta...

.. 939

strigicepa ...

.. 665

vittata ...

.. 939

Veraura palmata . . .

... 295

Turritellidaa

.. 939

pinnata

... 295

Turritopsis lata

.. 588

vesicata ...

. 296

pleurostoma

.. 588

VerauridaB

293, 427

Typhlopidae

.. 550

Vicia hirsuta

... 196

Typhlops australis . . .

.. 550

sativa

... 196

bicolor ...

.. 550

Vinca rosea

... 201

bituberculatus

.. 550

Viperidaj

... 564

Giintheri...

.. 550

Vosmajria gracilia . . .

... 1,111

nigrescens

.. 551

JHaeckeliana

... 1.114

unguirostria

.. 551

imperfecta

... 1,113

AViedii ..

.. 551

Walchia Milneana . .

... 250

Ulex europc-cus

.. 196

piniformia .

... 253

Ulmaridfe

.. 278

Wedelia hispida

... 199

Ulmaris prototypus

.. 278

Wyvillea longimanus

... 1,044

Umbelliferai

.. 197

Xanthium spinosum

.. 198

Umbrina Mulleri ...

.. 23

Xenophora conchyliophora

... 943

Ungulinidse

.. 525

Zamenophis australis

... 553

Upeneoides rubriniger

.. 458

Zenatia acinaces

... 518

Urolophus bucculentus

.. 172

Zephyranthus atamasco

... 203

ap.

.. 103

Zizyphinus decariuatus

... 3.59

Urtica dioica

.. 193

granatum

.. 360

urens

.. 193

punctulatus

... 360

Urticaceaj

.. 193

selectus

... 359

Ute argentea

.. 1,100

spectabilis

... 360

Uvanilla fimbriata ...

... 797

Zonephyra connectens

... 261

Vanganella Taylori

... 518

Zygocanna costata ...

. 608

Veneridae

... 521

pleuronota

... 6U9

Venerui^is elegans ...
reflexa ...

... 524

Zygocannoia purpurea
Zygocannula diploconus

... 609

... 524

... 610

Venua calophylla ...

. 992

undulosa

... 610

F. CUNNINGUAME & CO., STEAM MACHINE PRINTEKS, 146 PlTT STREET, SYDNEY.

INSERT FOLDOUT HERE

P.L.S. VoL.9.

Pu- 40.

) n

L^,~

<Bi

A

\1

,./-.

y. LendenFeld del.

S.Sedg field lith

P.L.S. Vol 9

Pl.4-1

LenJenfdd dsl.

d^

If

S. Sedqfield

Ulh.

INSERT FOLDOUT HERE

p. L.S. Vol 9.

Pl 43.

^

\ \ I i| I ^1 /I 9

'X;!

<'M

19.

/A

V. Ze?idenfel(i del.

S. Sed^ field lUh.

P.L.S. Vol. 9. Pl. 44.

^- •"'

l^^^fE^EKepEfcE,,^ _...■;;■;

^■'•^^^^^rrrre-*'*'"'

"^

ylevdenfeli d^l S Sedqfield lith

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl. 45.

Lendenfeld del.

S. Sed^f'eU lilh.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl 46.

C Chilton del.

P.L.S, Vol. 9.

Pl.47.

C. Chilton del

P.L.S. VoL.9.

Pl.48.

S.Sedg^ieU litk.

P.LS. Vot. 9.

Pl.4-9

S SedyheU litk.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl. 50

W.A.H. del.

S. Sedq field lith.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl 51.

WA.H. del.

S.Sedgf^eli Ink.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl. 52.

W.A.H. del

S. SedjfzeU Iztk.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl. 53.

S.Si^d^ field htL

PLS Vol. 9.

Pl. 54.

S. SedgField litk.

P.LS. Vol 9

Pl. 55

S.Sedcffxeld Itth.

P.LS. Vol. 9.

V^.A H. del.

S.Se da field hth.

P.LS. Vol. 9.

Pl.57.

W AH. del.

S.Sedgfiell htk.

INSERT FOLDOUT HERE

P.LS. Vol. 9.

Pl.59.

"»'■&£

S SeJ^Field Jith

P.LS Vol 9

Pl 60.

(r

*-v ^

m- - -'-f

^A

^4

:.< '^

^'l^^^^'

1,- Lenden/eU del

S Sed^fieU. lith.

PL.S. VoL.9.

Pl.61.

LefUnnfcU del.

S. SeiyfieU Ink

INSERT FOLDOUT HERE

INSERT FOLDOUT HERE

p. L S Vol 9

Pl 64.

W 1 1 III

fi a

I

,.!;'ili!'i/

M^rrrfff i i

S Sed^f-iU- hth

INSERT FOLDOUT HERE

PLS. Vol. 9

Pl.66.

SScdafieli Itlk.

PL.S. Vol 9

Pl 67

-^^^f^"

->^-

*•

P.L.S Vol. 9.

Pl 68.

F. Tiatte del .

S. Sedg field htfi.

P.L.S. Vol. 9

Pl 69.

r. TUUe. del.

P.L.S. Vol. 9.

Pl.70.

INSERT FOLDOUT HERE

^^•ili